2ע0]      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~                !"#$%&'()*+ , -!.!/"0"1#2#3$4$5%6%7&8&9':';(<(=)>)?*@*A+B+C,D,E-F-G.H.I/J/K0L0M1N2O2P3Q3R4S4T5U5V6W6X7Y7Z8[8\9]9^:_:`;a;b<c<d=e=f>g>h?i?j@k@lAmAnBoBpCqCrDsDtEuEvFwFxGyGzH{H|I}I~JJKKLLMMNNOOPPQQRRSSTTUUVVWWXXYYZZ[[\\]]^^__``aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz{{||}}~~      !"G#G$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~~~~}}}|||{{{zzzyyxxxwwwvvvuuuttt s s s r rrqqqpppooonnnmmmll l!k"k#k$j%j&j'i(i)i*h+h,h-g.g/g0f1f2f3e4e5e6d7d8d9c:c;c<b=b>b?a@aAaB`C`D`E_F_G_H^I^J^K]L]M\N\O\P[Q[R[SZTZUZVYWYXYYXZX[W\W]W^V_V`VaUbUcUdTeTfTgShSiSjRkRlRmQnQoQpPqPrPsOtOuOvNwNxNyMzM{M|L}L~KKKJJJIIIHHHGGGFFFEEEDDDCCCBBB@@@???>>==<<;;;:::999888777666555444333222000///...---,,+++***)))(('''&&&%%$$###"""!!!         !"#$% & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO:P:Q:R:S:T:U:V:W:XYZ[\]S^S_S`SaSbScSdSeSfSgShSiSjSkSlSmSnSoSpSqSrSsStSuSvSwSxyz{|}~hpwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwtOzuuuu;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;pp p p p p ppIIIIIIIIII !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHaIaJaKaLaMaNbObPbQbRbSbTbUbVbWbXbYbZb[b\b]b^b_l`lalblcldlelflglhliljlk+l+m+n+o+p+qrstuvwxyz{|}~,,--nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoooooooDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD//////////////////////////55mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm66      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO]P]QLRLSLTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%2&3'()*+,-./012345Q6_7^8H9H:H;H<H=H>H?H@HAHBHCHDHEHFHGHHHIHJHKHLHMHNHOHPHQHRHSHTkUkVkWkXkYkZk[k\k]k^k_k`kakbkckdkekfkgkhkikjkkOlOmOnOoOpOqOrOsOtOuOvOwOxOyOzO{O|R}T~TTTTTTT`Y             ZZVVVVVVV V V V < = > > > > > >                   ! " # $ % & ' ( )r *r +r ,r -r .r /r 0r 1r 2[ 3[ 4[ 5[ 6[ 7[ 8[ 9t :t ;t <t =t >t ?t @t At Bt Ct Dt E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S Tu U\ V\ W\ X\ Y\ Z\ [\ \\ ]\ ^\ _\ `\ a\ b\ c\ d\ e\ f\ g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~     c c c c { h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h } ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N                      ! " #K $K %K &K 'K (K )K *K +K ,K -K .K / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~                                                  * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *                        C C C C C C C C C !" "" #" $" %" &" '" (" )" *" +" ," -" .$ /$ 0$ 1$ 2& 3& 4& 5& 6& 7& 8& 9& :& ;& <& =& >& ?& @& A& B& C& D& E& F& G& H& I& J& K& L& M& N& O& P& Q& R& S& T& U& V& W& X& Y& Z& [& \& ]& ^& _& `& a! b! c! d' e' f' g' h' i' j' k' l' m# n# o# p( q( r( s( t u v w x y z { | }j ~j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j j i i i i i i i i ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? 8 8 9 9                                                      ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j kU lU mU nU oU pU qU rU sU tU uU vU wU xU yU zU {U |U }A ~A A A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q q X X X X X X X X X X X y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v w w w w w w w w w !w "w #w $w %w &w 'w (w )w *w +w ,w -x .x /x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U1 V1 W1 X1 Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )       !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@........... . . . . ..zzzzz z!z"z#z$z%z&z'z(z)z*z+z,z-z.z/z0z1z2z3z4z5z6z7z8z9z:z;z<z=z>z?z@zAzBzCzDzEzFzGzHzIzJzKzLzMzNzOzPzQzRzSzTzUzVzWzXzYzZz[z\z]z^z_z`zazbzczdzezfzgzhzizjzkzlzmznzozpzqzrzsztzuzvzwzxzyzzz{z|z}z~zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzssJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJ J J J J JJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJ J!J"J#J$J%J&J'J(J)J*J+J,J-J.J/J0J1J2%3%4%5%6%7%8%9%:%;%<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG      PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP P P P P PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP P!P"P#P$P%P&P'P(P)P*P+P,P-P.P/P0P1P2E3E4E5E6E7E8E9E:E;E<E=E>E?E@EAEBECEDEEEFEGEHEIEJEKELEMENEOEPEQERESETEUEVEWEXEYEZE[E\E]E^E_E`EaEbEcEdEeEfEgEhEiEjEkElEmEnEoEpEqErEsEtEuEvEwExEyEzE{E|E}E~EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~     |||||||FFFFFF F!F"F#F$F%F&F'F(F)F*F+F,F-F.F/F0F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9F:F;F<F=F>F?F@FAFBFCFDFEgFgGgHgIgJgKgLgMgNgOgPgQgRgSgTgUgVgWgXgYgZg[f\f]f^f_f`fafbfcfdfeefegeheiejekeldmdndodpdqdrdstuvwxyz{|}~                                                             !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~WWWWWWWWWWWWBBB      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net]]]portable experimentalross@soi.city.ac.ukf^_`ab%View of the right end of a sequence. c*the sequence minus the rightmost element,  and the rightmost element dempty sequence e$View of the left end of a sequence. f.leftmost element and the rest of the sequence gempty sequence hijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"General-purpose finite sequences. {|}~O(1). The empty sequence. O(1). A singleton sequence. O(1)0. Add an element to the left end of a sequence. A Mnemonic: a triangle with the single element at the pointy end. O(1)1. Add an element to the right end of a sequence. A Mnemonic: a triangle with the single element at the pointy end. O(log(min(n1,n2))). Concatenate two sequences. O(1). Is this the empty sequence? O(1)*. The number of elements in the sequence. O(1)&. Analyse the left end of a sequence. O(1)'. Analyse the right end of a sequence. O(log(min(i,n-i)))(. The element at the specified position O(log(min(i,n-i)))0. Replace the element at the specified position O(log(min(i,n-i)))/. Update the element at the specified position O(log(min(i,n-i))) . The first i elements of a sequence. O(log(min(i,n-i)))'. Elements of sequence after the first i. O(log(min(i,n-i)))(. Split a sequence at a given position. O(n)4. Create a sequence from a finite list of elements. O(n)$. List of elements of the sequence. O(n*t)(. Fold over the elements of a sequence,  associating to the right. O(n*t). A variant of  that has no base case, 6 and thus may only be applied to non-empty sequences. O(n*t)(. Fold over the elements of a sequence,  associating to the left. O(n*t). A variant of  that has no base case, 6 and thus may only be applied to non-empty sequences. O(n*t)(. Fold over the elements of a sequence, ) associating to the right, but strictly. O(n*t)0. Monadic fold over the elements of a sequence, 4 associating to the right, i.e. from right to left. O(n*t)(. Fold over the elements of a sequence, ) associating to the right, but strictly. O(n*t)0. Monadic fold over the elements of a sequence, 3 associating to the left, i.e. from left to right. O(n). The reverse of a sequence. !bcdefgz!bdccdegffgzportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net()*+,-./012GDefines the reference point of a window and the meaning of coordinates  passed to )Graphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.Window.windowMove. See  )Graphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.Window.windowMove and the implementation notes N section of the extended window manager hints specification for more details. 3456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKL$Determines a window edge or corner. MNOPQRSTU The state a  DrawWindow is in. VWXYZ[\]^_`abcd!in which direction was scrolled? efghiAInformation on from what level of the widget hierarchy the mouse  cursor came. o8 The window is entered from an ancestor or left towards  an ancestor. n7 The pointer moves between an ancestor and an inferior  of the window. m0 The window is entered from an inferior or left  towards an inferior. l. The window is entered from or left towards a 6 window which is neither an ancestor nor an inferior. k- The pointer moves between two windows which H are not ancestors of each other and the window is part of the ancestor E chain between one of these windows and their least common ancestor. j5 The level change does not fit into any of the other ( categories or could not be determined. jklmnop)Determines if a line is solid or dashed. qrstuvwx4Specify on what file condition a callback should be  done. yz{|1Determine how bitmap operations are carried out. }~How objects are filled. /specify which input extension a widget desires <Keyboard modifiers that are depressed when the user presses  a key or a mouse button. D This data type is used to build lists of modifers that were active  during an event.  The Apple key on Macintoshs is mapped to  and the   key (if available).  Since Gtk 2.10, there are also ,  and  modifiers ! which are simply generated from  .. Compose modifier keys, C depending on the mapping used by the windowing system. Due to one  key being mapped to e.g.  and  , you shouldn' t pattern A match directly against a certain key but check whether a key is  in the list using the  function, say. 4Specify which events a widget will emit signals on. .Specify how to dither colors onto the screen. Used in (Graphics.UI.Gtk.Genearl.Drag.DragContext to indicate what the . destination should do with the dropped data.  ,: Initialisation value, should not be used.  : Copy the data.  E: Move the data, i.e. first copy it, then delete it from the source.  F: Add a link to the data. Note that this is only useful if source and % destination agree on what it means.  E: Special action which tells the source that the destination will do  something that the source doesn't understand.  ): Ask the user what to do with the data. Used in $Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Drag.DragContext: to indicate the protocol according to which DND is done. "How focus is crossing the widget. -Specify the how the ends of a line is drawn. 1Specifies why a selection ownership was changed. OwnerChangeNewOwner. some other application claimed the ownership OwnerChangeDestroy the window was destroyed OwnerChangeClose the client was closed  Returned by  pointerGrab and  keyboardGrab to indicate success or the - reason for the failure of the grab attempt.  GrabSuccess( the resource was successfully grabbed. GrabAlreadyGrabbed5 the resource is actively grabbed by another client. GrabInvalidTime1 the resource was grabbed more recently than the  specified time. GrabNotViewable2 the grab window or the confine_to window are not  viewable.  GrabFrozen= the resource is frozen by an active grab of another client. KThese are hints for the window manager that indicate what type of function M the window has. The window manager can use this when determining decoration N and behaviour of the window. The hint must be set before mapping the window. KSee the extended window manager hints specification for more details about  window types. visibility of a window ,Determine if child widget may be overdrawn. -Determines how adjacent line ends are drawn. ()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~(+*))*+,10/.--./012 <;:98765433456789:;<=KJIHGFEDCBA@?>>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLTSRQPONMMNOPQRSTU\[ZYXWVVWXYZ[\]`_^^_`acbbcdhgfeefghionmlkjjklmnopsrqqrstwvuuvwx{zyyz{|~}}~? N     ? portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net<Specifies the side of the entry at which an icon is placed. %Determine how lines are wrapped in a "Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextView. ,Interaction of a window with window manager Window position types  Visibility 6Updating types for range widgets (determines when the  "connectToValueChanged"" signal is emitted by the widget)   8Wether columns of a tree or list widget can be resized.    Where to place the toolbar? ,The window type for coordinate translation. (Specify the way the search function for  $Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextBuffer works.  !"The "8 enumeration is used to specify constraints on an entry  in a (Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Selection.TargetList. These flags are only  used for drag and drop.  If the &3 flag is set, the target will only be selected for $ drags within a single application.  If the %/ flag is set, the target will only be selected # for drags within a single widget. #$%&'-Spin a SpinButton with the following method. ()*+,-./+Whether to clamp or ignore illegal values. 012Submenu placement policies 345Submenu direction policies 678Widget states 9:;<=>?@A Shadow types BCDEFG*Mode in which selections can be performed J There is a deprecated entry SelectionExtended which should have the same < value as SelectionMultiple. C2HS chokes on that construct. HIJKLScrolling step MNOPQRSScrolling type TUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdResize mode, for containers  g# Pass resize request to the parent  f Queue resizes on this widget  e Perform the resizes now efghI don't have a clue. ijkl.Is the ProgressBar horizontally or vertically  directed? mnopqPosition a scale'!s value is drawn relative to the  trough rstuvwxyzWidget identification path {|}~ Priorities ,Packing of widgets at start or end in a box Packing parameters of a widget  The > parameter determines how the child behaves in the horizontal  or vertical way in an Graphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.HBox or  Graphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.VBox, respectively.  K means the child is as big as it reqests. It will stay at the start of the  end of a Graphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.Box# if there is more space available.  All children packed with # will be padded on both sides with  additional space. / will increase the size of a widget so that it E covers the available space. A menu bar, for instance, should always D stay at the top of a window and should only occupy as little space : as possible. Hence it should be packed at the start of a  Graphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.VBox with  the packing option . The working area of a window D (e.g. the text area in an editor) should expand when the window is " resized. Here the packing option  is the right choice and D it is irrelevant whether the main area is inserted at the start or  the end of a box. Finally  is most useful in a window B where no widget can make use of excess space. Examples include a / dialog box without list boxes or text fields. Orientation is good Movement in text widget Units of measure $From where was a menu item entered? #Some kind of string search options 8Justification for label and maybe other widgets (text?) Editing direction The 8 enumeration specifies the various types of action that B will be taken on behalf of the user for a drag destination site.  5: If set for a widget, GTK+, during a drag over this 2 widget will check if the drag matches this widget's list of possible * targets and actions. GTK+ will then call  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Drag.dragStatus as appropriate.  (: If set for a widget, GTK+ will draw a H highlight on this widget as long as a drag is over this widget and the / widget drag format and action are acceptable.  5: If set for a widget, when a drop occurs, GTK+ will + will check if the drag matches this widget's list of possible targets and  actions. If so, GTK+ will call $Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Drag.dragGetData on H behalf of the widget. Whether or not the drop is successful, GTK+ will  call #Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Drag.dragFinish. If the action was a move, ' then if the drag was successful, then True will be passed for the  delete parameter to #Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Drag.dragFinish  7: If set, specifies that all default actions should be  taken. Editing option :Specifies in which corner a child widget should be placed Type of mouse click 7Specify which items of a calendar should be displayed. =Dictate the style that a ButtonBox uses to align it contents 1Child widget attach options for table containers State of an accelerator :Is the text written from left to right or the exotic way? .Scrollbar policy types (for scrolled windows) BGives an indication why a drag operation failed. The value can by  obtained by connecting to the  dragFailed signal.  $: The drag operation was successful  : No suitable drag target  (: The user cancelled the drag operation  : The drag operation timed out  1: The pointer or keyboard grab used for the drag  operation was broken  :: The drag operation failed due to some unspecified error Mouse buttons. &Arrow directions for the arrow widget ()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~~z}|{vyxwqutsrlponmhkjidgfeScba`_^]\[ZYXWVUTLRQPONMGKJIHAFEDCB>@?8=<;:9576243/10'.-,+*)("&%$#!      |~}x{zytwvupsrqionmlkjdhgfeacb]`_^U\[ZYXWVLTSRQPONM=KJIHGFEDCBA@?>2<;:9876543,10/.-(+*)         !  !"&%$##$%&'.-,+*)(()*+,-./100124334576678=<;:99:;<=>@??@AFEDCBBCDEFGKJIHHIJKLRQPONMMNOPQRScba`_^]\[ZYXWVUTTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdgfeefghkjiijklponmmnopqutsrrstuvyxwwxyz}|{{|}~ portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netV !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-. /0 12 34 56 789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLM NO!PQ"RS#TU$VW%XY&Z['\](^_)`a*bc+de,fg-hi.jk/lm0no1pq2rs3tu4vw5xy6z{7|}8~9:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|} ~     !"#$%     &'()*+,- !."#$%&'()*+,-./012/34567809:2123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHI]      !"#$%&'()*+,-. /0 12 34 56 789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLM NO!PQ"RS#TU$VW%XY&Z['\](^_)`a*bc+de,fg-hi.jk/lm0no1pq2rs3tu4vw5xy6z{7|}8~9:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWJKLMXYZNO[\PQ]^RS_`aTUbcVWdeXYfgZ[hi\]jk^_lm`anobcpqrdestfghijkuvwlmxyznopqrstu{|}vw~xyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@A BCD  EFG  HIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abc !"#$%def&'ghi()jkl*+mno,-pqr./stu0123vwx45yz{67|} 89~:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLM   NOPQRS TUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~ !"#$%     &'()*+,- !."#$%&'()*+,-./012/34567809:      !"#$%&'()*+,-.  /0  12  34  56  789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLM  NO!!PQ""RS##TU$$VW%%XY&&Z[''\]((^_))`a**bc++de,,fg--hi..jk//lm00no11pq22rs33tu44vw55xy66z{77|}88~99::;;<<==>?@@AABBCCDDEEFFGHIIJKLLMMNNOOPPQQRRSSTTUUVVWWXXYYZZ[[\\]]^^__``aabbccddeeffgghhiijkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvwxxyyzz{{||}}~~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|} ~     !"#$%     &'()*+,- !."#$%&'()*+,-./012/34567809:;,A monad providing access to selection data. A pointer to selection data. <A <1 contains information about all possible formats  (represented as ?1) that a widget can create or receive in form of  a selection. =BAn atom is an index into a global string table. It is possible to B associate binary data with each entry. This facility is used for 7 inter-application data exchange such as properties of  )Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.DrawWindow (using ),  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.Clipboard.Clipboard or Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Drag  ( SelectionId and TargetId). A tag * that uniquely identifies a property of a  )Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.DrawWindow. >DA tag that defines the encoding of the binary data. For instance, a J string might be encoded as UTF-8 or in a different locale. Each encoding  would use the same ? but a different >. ?JA tag that uniquely identifies a target. A target describes the format of J the underlying data source, for instance, it might be a string. A single M selection may support multiple targets: suppose a new target is created for  the Haskell data type *. In this case, the value of the floating 1 point number could also be offered as a string. @DA tag that uniquely identifies a selection. A selection denotes the K exchange mechanism that is being used, for instance, the clipboard is the G most common exchange mechanism. For drag and drop applications, a new J selection tag is usually created for each different kind of data that is  being exchanged. AIA number that the application can use to differentiate between different % data types or application states. B Create a new ?, @, > or  =. Note that creating two target tags with the same name will G create the same tag, in particular, the tag will be the same across 4 different applications. Note that the name of an = can be printed  by < though comparing the atom is merely an integer comparison. CCreate a new, empty <. ;<=>?@ABC;<=>?@ABCportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netD+Test if a Plug is connected to the socket. DDDportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net*EThe type of a tree column. /Accessing a row for a specific value. Used for  ColumnMap. F?TreePath : a list of indices to specify a subtree or node in a  -Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeModel.TreeModel. The node that correspond  to a given F2 might change if nodes are removed or added and a  F< may refer to a different or even non-existent node after a + modification of the model. In contrast, a HG is a more compact  representation of a F" which becomes invalid after each M modification of the underlying model. An intelligent index that is adjusted M with each update of the model to point to the same node (whenever possible)  is ;Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeRowReference.TreeRowReference. G*Tree Iterator: a pointer to an entry in a  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeModel'. The constructor of this structure is J public for the sake of creating custom tree models. The first value is a J time stamp that is handled by the functions that interface with Gtk. The H time stamps are used to print warnings if programmers use an iter to a J model that has changed meanwhile. The other three fields are used by the J custom model implementation to implement an indexing scheme. The precise G use of the three words is therefore implementation specific. See also  F. HIJKL*Convert the given pointer to a tree path. =Convert the given pointer to a tree path. Frees the pointer. M1Convert a comma or colon separated string into a F. Any J non-digit characters are assumed to separate indices, thus, the function  always is always successful. !EFGHIJKLM!EFGHHIJKLM-no (uses MTC, depends on internal GHC module) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netN-An array that stored the raw pixel data of a +.  See *Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Pixbuf.pixbufGetPixels.    N is a mutable array. N N 4portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netRSSR7portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netXYYX:portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net  OHSets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value. Also H causes the value of the adjustment to be rounded off to this number of @ digits, so the retrieved value matches the value the user saw. digits7 - the number of decimal places to display, e.g. use 1 ( to display 1.0, 2 to display 1.00 etc. PCGets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value. 9returns the number of decimal places that are displayed. QISpecifies whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the  slider.  drawValue - a boolean. RGReturns whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the  slider. <returns whether the current value is displayed as a string. S;Sets the position in which the current value is displayed. pos. - the position in which the current value is  displayed. T;Gets the position in which the current value is displayed. 3returns the position in which the current value is  displayed. U>The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value. Allowed values: [-1,64] Default value: 1 VGWhether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider. Default value: True W6The position in which the current value is displayed. Default value: s qrstu^_OPQRSTUVW_^OPQRqutsrSTUVW OPQRSTUVWportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netXYZ0Attach a callback that will be called after the  destroy hooks have been called [(Detach a weak destroy callback function \/Signals that all holders of a reference to the  should release K the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the object if  all references are released. XYZ[\ YXZ[\XYZ[\Sportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net$]FAdds a child to the top or left pane with default parameters. This is  equivalent to _ paned child False True. child - the child to add ^JAdds a child to the bottom or right pane with default parameters. This is  equivalent to ` paned child True True. child - the child to add _&Adds a child to the top or left pane. child - the child to add resize5 - should this child expand when the paned widget is  resized. shrink7 - can this child be made smaller than its requsition. `*Adds a child to the bottom or right pane. child - the child to add resize5 - should this child expand when the paned widget is  resized. shrink7 - can this child be made smaller than its requsition. a8Sets the position of the divider between the two panes. position5 - pixel position of divider, a negative value means  that the position is unset. b;Obtains the position of the divider between the two panes.  returns position of the divider c-Obtains the first child of the paned widget. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 returns first child, or Nothing if it is not set. d.Obtains the second child of the paned widget. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 returns second child, or Nothing if it is not  set. e Returns the N of the handle. This function is useful when handling button or motion events a because it enables the callback to distinguish between the window of the paned, a child and the  handle. fBPosition of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the  left/top). Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 gTrue* if the Position property should be used. Default value: False hHThe smallest possible value for the position property. This property is 6 derived from the size and shrinkability of the widget' s children. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 iGThe largest possible value for the position property. This property is 6 derived from the size and shrinkability of the widget' s children. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 2147483647 jThe "resize"9 child property determines whether the child expands and & shrinks along with the paned widget. Default value: True kThe "shrink"9 child property determines whether the child can be made  smaller than its requisition. Default value: True lmnopqrstuvw ghi]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvw hig]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvw]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net !"#$%&xyz{|}~Creates a new * object. GParses a file containing a GtkBuilder UI definition and merges it with  the current contents of the *. F If an error occurs, the computation will throw an exception that can  be caught using e.g. ' and one of the  error codes in x. DParses a string containing a GtkBuilder UI definition and merges it " with the current contents of the *. F If an error occurs, the computation will throw an exception that can  be caught using e.g. ' and one of the  error codes in x. BParses a file containing a GtkBuilder UI definition building only D the requested objects and merges them with the current contents of  the *. F If an error occurs, the computation will throw an exception that can  be caught using e.g. ' and one of the  error codes in x.  Object IDs DParses a string containing a GtkBuilder UI definition building only D the requested objects and merges them with the current contents of  the *. F If an error occurs, the computation will throw an exception that can  be caught using e.g. ' and one of the  error codes in x.  Object IDs EGets the object with the given name. Note that this computation does ; not increment the reference count of the returned object. FGets the object with the given name, with a conversion function. Note E that this computation does not increment the reference count of the  returned object. AIf the object with the given ID is not of the requested type, an  exception will be thrown. 0A dynamic cast function which returns an object  of the expected type, eg  GGets all objects that have been constructed by builder. Note that this E computation does not increment the reference counts of the returned  objects. #Sets the translation domain of the *. #Gets the translation domain of the *. )*xyz{|}~*)x~}|{zyx ~}|{zyyz{|}~portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netu()*+,-A 3 is a hardware key that can be mapped to a keyval. ./keycodeI the hardware keycode. This is an identifying number for a physical key. 0group0 indicates movement in a horizontal direction. 7 Usually groups are used for two different languages. 8 In group 0, a key might have two English characters, 6 and in group 1 it might have two Hebrew characters. S The Hebrew characters will be printed on the key next to the English characters. 2 indicates which symbol on the key will be used, U in a vertical direction. So on a standard US keyboard, the 1level key with the number 1! on it also has the exclamation  point (!) character on it. The level  indicates whether to use the 1 or the !+ symbol. The letter keys are considered to U have a lowercase letter at level 0, and an uppercase letter at level 1, though only " the uppercase letter is printed. 23ID number of a sort column.  A 5 is a logical number to which a sorting function can G be associated. The number does not have to coincide with any column  number. The size of an icon in pixels. C This enumeration contains one case that is not exported and which / is used when new sizes are registered using  4Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.IconFactory.iconSizeRegister.  Applying / to this type will reveal the name of the size ! that is registered with Gtk+. )Icon size for icons next to dialog text. &Icon size for icons in drag-and-drop. 3Icon size for icons in buttons, next to the label. Icon size for larger toolbars. Icon size for small toolbars. ;Icon size to use in next to menu items in drop-down menus. Don',t scale but use any of the available sizes. >The identifer of a window of the underlying windowing system. 4/Some constructors that can be used as response  numbers for dialogs. A user-defined response 3 This value is returned from a user defined button "Help" was pressed. ! This value is returned from the "Help" stock dialog button. "Apply" was pressed. ! This value is returned from the "Apply" stock dialog button. "No" was pressed. ! This value is returned from the "No" stock dialog button. "Yes" was pressed. ! This value is returned from the "Yes" stock dialog button. "Close" was pressed. ! This value is returned from the "Close" stock dialog button. "Cancel" was pressed. " These value is returned from the "Cancel" stock dialog button. "Ok" was pressed. ! This value is returned from the "Ok" stock dialog button. If the dialog is deleted.  (as above) GTK won'*t return these unless you pass them in as E the response for an action widget. They are for your convenience. -GTK returns this if a response widget has no  response_id, ? or if the dialog gets programmatically hidden or destroyed.  Requisition  For 1Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.widgetSizeRequest . The values 9 represent the desired width and height of the widget. 5 Allocation  For Widget's ,Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.sizeAllocate signal.  The x and y7 values of the rectangle refer to the widgets position " relative to its parent window.  Intermediate data structure for s.  If graphicsExposure% is set then copying portions into a  drawable will generate an "exposure" event, even if the . destination area is not currently visible. 6.Represents the x and y coordinate of a point. 7*Retrieve the current state of the widget. > The state refers to different modes of user interaction, see  8 for more information. *Retrieve the current state of the widget. D If a widget is turned insensitive, the previous state is stored in E a specific location. This function retrieves this previous state. 89: Get the upper part of a dialog. 1 The upper part of a dialog window consists of a . + Add the required widgets into this box. )Extract the action area of a dialog box.  This A is useful to add some special widgets that cannot be added with  dialogAddActionWidget. ;<=>Get  of A$. ?@AB"Extract the List container from a  box. (Extract the buttons of a fileselection. Retrieves the ? that the widget draws onto. LThis function thows an error if the widget has not yet been realized, since I a widget does not allocate its window resources until just before it is * displayed on the screen. You can use the  )Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.onRealize signal to give you the  opportunity to use a widget's ? as soon as it has been created % but before the widget is displayed. Returns the current size. I This information may be out of date if the user is resizing the window. Retrieves the A part. Retrieves the frame ? that contains a . #Retrieve the the foreground color.  The parameter state determines for which widget  state (one of 8) the $% should be retrieved.  Use ' to determine the current state of the  widget. Retrieve the background color.  The parameter state determines for which widget  state (one of 8) the $% should be retrieved.  Use ' to determine the current state of the  widget. Retrieve a light color.  The parameter state determines for which widget  state (one of 8) the $% should be retrieved.  Use ' to determine the current state of the  widget. Retrieve a middle color.  The parameter state determines for which widget  state (one of 8) the $% should be retrieved.  Use ' to determine the current state of the  widget. Retrieve a dark color.  The parameter state determines for which widget  state (one of 8) the $% should be retrieved.  Use ' to determine the current state of the  widget. Retrieve the text color.  The parameter state determines for which widget  state (one of 8) the $% should be retrieved.  Use ' to determine the current state of the  widget. Retrieve the base color. = The base color is the standard text background of a widget.  The parameter state determines for which widget  state (one of 8) the $% should be retrieved.  Use ' to determine the current state of the  widget. 2Retrieve the color for drawing anti-aliased text. G The anti-aliasing color is the color which is used when the rendering I of a character does not make it clear if a certain pixel shoud be set > or not. This color is between the text and the base color.  The parameter state determines for which widget  state (one of 8) the $% should be retrieved.  Use ' to determine the current state of the  widget. @Retrieve the ColorSelection object contained within the dialog. ;Retrieve the OK button widget contained within the dialog. ?Retrieve the Cancel button widget contained within the dialog. =Retrieve the Help button widget contained within the dialog. CDEFGH A special 9 to indicated that the default sorting function is used. IJ An invalid ?, @, > or  PropertyTag. FThe primary selection (the currently highlighted text in X11 that can < in many applications be pasted using the middle button). &The secondary selection. Rarely used. =The modern clipboard that is filled by copy or cut commands. FIf this target is provided by a selection, then the data is a string. CThe type indicating that the associated data is itself a (list of)  &Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.Atoms. CThe type indicating that the associated data consists of integers. IThe type indicating that the associated data is a string without further  information on its encoding. K@Extract the type field of SelectionData*. This should be in the , Selection modules but c2hs chokes on the 'type' field. Lm$%&'./015789:;<>?@ABCDEFGHJKLi./01./01 5789:;<>?@ABCDEFGHJKL;portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net@MNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`a[Determines how Gtk+ handles the sensitivity of stepper arrows at the end of range widgets.  ;: the arrow is made insensitive if the thumb is at the end   : the arrow is alwasy sensitive  ": the arrow is always insensitive Get the J which is the "model" object for a. See   for details.  returns a J &Sets the adjustment to be used as the "model" object for this range K widget. The adjustment indicates the current range value, the minimum and  maximum range values, the step/)page increments used for keybindings and ? scrolling, and the page size. The page size is normally 0 for _ and  nonzero for Y4, and indicates the size of the visible area of the H widget being scrolled. The page size affects the size of the scrollbar  slider.  adjustment - a J Gets the update policy of range. See . "returns the current update policy &Sets the update policy for the range.   means that H anytime the range slider is moved, the range value will change and the ' value_changed signal will be emitted.  means that the value I will be updated after a brief timeout where no slider motion occurs, so < updates are spaced by a short time rather than continuous.  4 means that the value will only be updated when the > user releases the button and ends the slider drag operation. policy - update policy Gets the value set by . returns True if the range is inverted JRanges normally move from lower to higher values as the slider moves from K top to bottom or left to right. Inverted ranges have higher values at the 8 top or on the right rather than on the bottom or left. setting - True to invert the range %Gets the current value of the range. $returns current value of the range. ISets the current value of the range; if the value is outside the minimum K or maximum range values, it will be clamped to fit inside them. The range  emits the  signal if the value changes. value - new value of the range GSets the step and page sizes for the range. The step size is used when  the user clicks the Y arrows or moves _ via arrow keys. The J page size is used for example when moving via Page Up or Page Down keys. step - step size page - page size !Sets the allowable values in the a , and clamps the range value to  be between min and max0. (If the range has a non-zero page size, it is  clamped between min and max - page-size.) min - minimum range value max - maximum range value ?Sets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'lower'  end of the Range's adjustment. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  sensitivity - the lower stepper's sensitivity  policy. ?Gets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'lower'  end of the Range's adjustment. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns The lower stepper's sensitivity policy. ?Sets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'upper'  end of the Range's adjustment. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  sensitivity - the upper stepper's sensitivity  policy. ?Gets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'upper'  end of the Range's adjustment. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns The upper stepper's sensitivity policy. #This function is useful mainly for a subclasses. See . %returns The minimum size of the range' s slider. 6This function returns the area that contains the range's trough and its steppers, in ?  coordinates. #This function is useful mainly for a subclasses. AThis function returns sliders range along the long dimension, in ? coordinates. #This function is useful mainly for a subclasses. #This function is useful mainly for a subclasses. See . returns whether the range's slider has a fixed size. "Sets the minimum size of the range' s slider. #This function is useful mainly for a subclasses. Sets whether the range'7s slider has a fixed size, or a size that depends on it' s adjustment's page  size. #This function is useful mainly for a subclasses.  sizeFixed b" to make the slider size constant /How the range should be updated on the screen. Default value:   The J7 that contains the current value of this range object. 7Invert direction slider moves to increase range value. Default value: False DThe sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's  lower side. Default value:  DThe sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's  upper side. Default value:  'value' property. See  and   Wheter range'8s slikder has a fixed size, or a size that depends on it' s adjustment' s page size. Get//Set sliders range along the long dimension, in ? coordinates. &Emitted when the range value changes. The 8 signal is emitted when a scroll action is performed on N a range. It allows an application to determine the type of scroll event that L occurred and the resultant new value. The application can handle the event  itself and return True1 to prevent further processing. Or, by returning  FalseA, it can pass the event to other handlers until the default Gtk+  handler is reached. DThe value parameter is unrounded. An application that overrides the  = signal is responsible for clamping the value to the desired  number of decimal digits. CIt is not possible to use delayed update policies in an overridden   handler. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 @Emitted when a scroll action is performed on a range. It allows ; an application to determine the type of scroll event that B occurred and the resultant new value. The application can handle  the event itself and return b to prevent further  processing. Or, by returning c, it can pass the event to ; other handlers until the default GTK+ handler is reached.  Since Gtk 2.6 FEmitted when the range value is changed either programmatically or by  user action. IEmitted when the range is adjusted by user action. Note the value can be I outside the bounds of the range since it depends on the mouse position. Usually you should use  /   instead. IEmitted when the user presses a key (e.g. Page Up, Home, Right Arrow) to  move the slider. The S+ parameter gives the key that was pressed. Usually you should use  /   instead. E STUVWXYZ[\]^_`abc`aEa` Scba`_^]\[ZYXWVUT+pportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netdefghi%Creates a new plug widget inside the } identified by socketId.  If socketId is Nothing, the plug is left " unplugged" and can later be  plugged into a } by ,Graphics.UI.Gtk.Embedding.Socket.socketAddId. DIf a NativeWindowId is supplied the foreign application window will  immediatly appear in this  once it is shown. If Nothing is passed  then a  can be extracted from this  using   ; and be passed to the application which is to be embedded. socketId# - the window ID of the socket, or  Nothing. $Create a new plug widget inside the } identified by socket_id. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 display - the 9 on which socketId is  displayed socketId - the XID of the socket' s window.  Gets the window ID of a ) widget, which can then be used to embed 6 this window inside another window, for instance with  ,Graphics.UI.Gtk.Embedding.Socket.socketAddId. #returns the window ID for the plug  5Determines whether the plug is embedded in a socket. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14 returns True% if the plug is embedded in a socket  .Retrieves the socket the plug is embedded in. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14 !returns the window of the socket  True& if the plug is embedded in a socket. Default value: False # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12  2The window of the socket the plug is embedded in. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14 EGets emitted when the plug becomes embedded in a socket and when the  embedding ends.                Iportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netjklmCreate a new empty }. } is a  2 for foreign applications that support the XEMBED + protocol. To connect two applications the  has to be passed 1 either from this socket to the other application's  or vice versa. !Adds an XEMBED client, such as a  , to the }. The client may 3 be in the same process or in a different process.  To embed a  in a }, you can either create the  with  .Graphics.UI.Gtk.Embedding.Plug.plugNew Nothing, call  (Graphics.UI.Gtk.Embedding.Plug.plugGetId to get the window ID of the ! plug, and then pass that to the , or you can call  / to get the window ID for the socket, and call  &Graphics.UI.Gtk.Embedding.Plug.plugNew passing in that ID. The }> must have already be added into a toplevel window before you  can make this call. windowId - the window ID of a client ' participating in the XEMBED protocol. Gets the window ID of a }* widget, which can then be used to create 8 a client embedded inside the socket, for instance with  &Graphics.UI.Gtk.Embedding.Plug.plugNew. The }> must have already be added into a toplevel window before you  can make this call. IRetrieves the window of the plug. Use this to check if the plug has been  created inside of the socket. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14 0returns the window of the plug if available, or  { ((void *)0)0, FIXME: this should probably be converted to a  Maybe data type} JThis signal is emitted when a client is successfully added to the socket. EThis signal is emitted when a client is removed from the socket. The " default action is to destroy the }$ widget, so if you want to reuse it , you must add a signal handler that returns True. |}D}|D nCopy the iterator. oInteral marshaling util p.Allocate memory to be filled with a TextIter. nopnnopportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net8123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHI]      !"#$%&'()*+,-. /0 12 34 56 789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLM NO!PQ"RS#TU$VW%XY&Z['\](^_)`a*bc+de,fg-hi.jk/lm0no1pq2rs3tu4vw5xy6z{7|}8~9:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWJKLMXYZNO[\PQ]^RS_`aTUbcVWdeXYfgZ[hi\]jk^_lm`anobcpqrdestfghijkuvwlmxyznopqrstu{|}vw~xyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@A BCD  EFG  HIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abc !"#$%def&'ghi()jkl*+mno,-pqr./stu0123vwx45yz{67|} 89~:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLM   NOPQRS TUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~ !"#$%     &'()*+,- !."#$%&'()*+,-./012/34567809:nopportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net qrst"Sets the alignment of the widget. xalign0 - the horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1  (right). yalign7 - the vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom). DGets the X and Y alignment of the widget within its allocation. See  . 3Sets the amount of space to add around the widget. xpad7 - the amount of space to add on the left and right of  the widget, in pixels. ypad7 - the amount of space to add on the top and bottom of  the widget, in pixels. >Gets the padding in the X and Y directions of the widget. See  . GThe horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL  layouts. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5  4The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom). Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5 !CThe amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in  pixels. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 "CThe amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in  pixels. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0  !"  !" !"portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netu#Gets the child of the , or Nothing if the bin contains no child  widget.  returns pointer to child of the  ###portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net9vwxyz{|}~$;A function that is invoked for all widgets in a container. %Adds widget= to the container. Typically used for simple containers such  as , , or ); for more complicated layout containers  such as  or {5, this function will pick default packing parameters 8 that may not be correct. So consider functions such as  boxPackStart and   tableAttach as an alternative to % in those cases. A widget 6 may be added to only one container at a time; you can't place the same ) widget inside two different containers. widget - a widget to be placed inside  container &Removes widget from  container. widget must be inside  container. widget - a current child of  container 'Maps callback! over each non-internal child of  container. See  ($ for details on what constitutes an "internal" child.  Most applications should use ', rather than  (. (Maps callback over each child of  container, including children that  are considered "internal", (implementation details of the container).  "Internal" children generally weren'&t added by the user of the container, J but were added by the container implementation itself. Most applications  should use ', rather than (. callback - a callback )Returns the container's non-internal children. See ( for  details on what constitutes an "internal" child. *5Give the focus to a specific child of the container.  child+GSets a focus chain, overriding the one computed automatically by Gtk+. DIn principle each widget in the chain should be a descendant of the = container, but this is not enforced by this method, since it' s allowed to J set the focus chain before you pack the widgets, or have a widget in the  chain that isn'>t always packed. The necessary checks are done when the focus  chain is actually traversed. focusableWidgets - the new focus chain. ,@Retrieves the focus chain of the container, if one has been set J explicitly. If no focus chain has been explicitly set, Gtk+ computes the F focus chain based on the positions of the children. In that case the  function returns Nothing. -*Removes a focus chain explicitly set with +. .IHooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child N of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that widget. 0 This function sets the vertical alignment. See  scrolledWindowGetVAdjustment/ for a typical way of obtaining the adjustment  and 0( for setting the horizontal adjustment. EThe adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate C system as the allocation for immediate children of the container.  adjustment/ - an adjustment which should be adjusted when - the focus is moved among the descendents of  container /?Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container. See  .. *returns the vertical focus adjustment, or  Nothing if none has been set. 0IHooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child N of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that widget. 2 This function sets the horizontal alignment. See  scrolledWindowGetHAdjustment/ for a typical way of obtaining the adjustment  and .& for setting the vertical adjustment. EThe adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate C system as the allocation for immediate children of the container.  adjustment/ - an adjustment which should be adjusted when - the focus is moved among the descendents of  container 1ARetrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container. See  0. ,returns the horizontal focus adjustment, or  Nothing if none has been set. 2(Make the container resize its children. 3(Sets the border width of the container. GThe border width of a container is the amount of space to leave around = the outside of the container. The only exception to this is ;  because toplevel windows can',t leave space outside, they leave the space L inside. The border is added on all sides of the container. To add space to , only one side, one approach is to create a  widget, call  widgetSetUsize4 to give it a size, and place it on the side of the  container as a spacer.  borderWidth" - amount of blank space to leave outside the : container. Valid values are in the range 0-65535 pixels. 41Retrieves the border width of the container. See  3. !returns the current border width 5/Returns the resize mode for the container. See 6.  returns the current resize mode 6(Sets the resize mode for the container. HThe resize mode of a container determines whether a resize request will  be passed to the container'1s parent, queued for later execution or executed  immediately.  resizeMode - the new resize mode. 7'Specify how resize events are handled. Default value: g 8?The width of the empty border outside the containers children. Allowed values: <= ( :: Int) Default value: 0 91Can be used to add a new child to the container. :'focusHadjustment' property. See 1 and  0 ;'focusVadjustment' property. See / and  . <%A widget was added to the container. =)A widget was removed from the container. >HEmitted when widgets need to be queried again for their preferred size. ?<A widget in the container received or lost the input focus. @ABCDEFG-defg  $%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFG-  $dgfe%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<>=?@ADEBCFG$$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGaportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net HJRetrieves the method being used to arrange the buttons in the button box. IReturns whether child1 should appear in a secondary group of children. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 child$ - a child of the button box widget returns whether child' should appear in a secondary group of  children. J9Changes the way buttons are arranged in their container.  layoutStyle - the new layout style. K Sets whether child3 should appear in a secondary group of children. A B typical use of a secondary child is the help button in a dialog. <This group appears after the other children if the style is  ,  or , and before the other  children if the style is #. For horizontal button boxes, the  definition of before/.after depends on direction of the widget (see  widgetSetDirection). If the style is  or , L then the secondary children are aligned at the other end of the button box L from the main children. For the other styles, they appear immediately next  to the main children. child$ - a child of the button box widget  isSecondary - if True, the child appears in a secondary  group of the button box. LCHow to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are default,  spread, edge, start and end. Default value:  MIf True?, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable  for, e.g., help buttons. Default value: False ?@AHIJKLM@A?HJKILMHIJKLMbportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netN Adds the child: widget to the box, packed with reference to the start of  the box. The  childD is packed after any other child packed with reference to the start  of the box. child - the  to be added to the box. padding7 - extra space in pixels to put between this child and > its neighbors, over and above the global amount specified by  spacing T. If child - is a widget at one of the reference ends of box, then padding  pixels are also put between child and the reference edge of  box. O Adds the child8 widget to the box, packed with reference to the end of  the box. The  child@ is packed after (away from end of) any other child packed with " reference to the end of the box.  Note that  for O the * option will move a child to the right in  an  or to the bottom in an " if there is more space availble. child - the  to be added to the box. padding7 - extra space in pixels to put between this child and > its neighbors, over and above the global amount specified by  spacing T. If child - is a widget at one of the reference ends of box, then padding  pixels are also put between child and the reference edge of  box. PLike N! but uses the default parameters  and 0 for  padding. widget - the  to be added to the box. QLike O! but uses the default parameters  and 0 for  padding. widget - the  to be added to the box. RSets the homogeneous property, J controlling whether or not all children of the box are given equal space  homogeneous - a boolean value, True to create equal  allotments, False for variable allotments. SIReturns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the same size).  See R. returns True if the box is homogeneous. T/Set the standard spacing between two children. JThis space is in addition to the padding parameter that is given for each  child. spacing1 - the number of pixels to put between children. UMoves child to a new position in the list of box children. The list  contains both widgets packed  as well as widgets packed  9, in the order that these widgets were added to the box. A widget'9s position in the box children list determines where the L widget is packed into the box. A child widget at some position in the list K will be packed just after all other widgets of the same packing type that  appear earlier in the list. child - the  to move. position - the new position for child in the children list > starting from 0. If negative, indicates the end of the list. VReturns information about how child is packed into the box. @Returns information on the behaviour if free space is available  (in <), the additional padding for this widget and if the widget 4 was inserted at the start or end of the container (). child - the  of the child to query.  (packing, padding, packType)W Sets the way child is packed into the box. child - the  of the child to set.  padding packTypeX0Retrieves the standard spacing between widgets. !returns spacing between children Y&The amount of space between children. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 Z2Whether the children should all be the same size. Default value: False [ The packing style of the child. Default value:  \CExtra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels. Allowed values: <= ( :: Int) Default value: 0 ]A > indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the  start or end of the parent. Default value:  ^&The index of the child in the parent. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: 0 <=>NOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^=><NOPQSRXTUVWYZ[\]^NOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^lportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net_Creates a new  with the given adjustments.  hadjustment - horizontal adjustment.  vadjustment - vertical adjustment. `3Returns the horizontal adjustment of the viewport. a1Returns the vertical adjustment of the viewport. b0Sets the horizontal adjustment of the viewport. c.Sets the vertical adjustment of the viewport. d&Sets the shadow type of the viewport. type - the new shadow type. eGets the shadow type of the . See d. returns the shadow type fGets the bin window of the . " Available since Gtk version 2.20 gGets the view window of the . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 hThe J7 that determines the values of the horizontal position  for this viewport. iThe J9 that determines the values of the vertical position for  this viewport. j>Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn. Default value: E ABCDEF _`abcdefghijAFEDCB _`abcdefghij _`abcdefghij+portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net kCreate a new goup of B. lHAllows the user to see your tooltips as they navigate your application. mCauses all tooltips in tooltips& to become inactive. Any widgets that N have tips associated with that group will no longer display their tips until  they are enabled again with l. nFSets the time between the user moving the mouse over a widget and the  widget's tooltip appearing. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. delay - the delay in milliseconds o&Adds a tooltip containing the message tipText to the specified  . widget - the % you wish to associate the tip with. tipText' - a string containing the tip itself.  tipPrivate3 - a string of any further information that may be  useful if the user gets stuck. pRetrieves any B. previously associated with the given widget. ABklmnop BAklmnopklmnopportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netq#Sets the text of the tooltip to be markup, which is marked up with the  Pango text markup language. If markup is , the label will be hidden. markup0 - a markup string (see Pango markup format) or  r#Sets the text of the tooltip to be text. If text is  $ the label will be hidden. See also q. text - a text string or  sCSets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be  pixbuf. If pixbuf is  the image will be hidden. pixbuf - a + or  tGSets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be the  stock item indicated by stockId with the size indicated by size. If  stockId is  the image will be hidden. id a stock id, or  size a stock icon size uGSets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be the  icon indicated by iconName with the size indicated by size. If  iconName is  the image will be hidden. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14 iconName an icon name, or  size a stock icon size v1Replaces the widget packed into the tooltip with  customWidget.   customWidget? does not get destroyed when the tooltip goes away. By default  a box with a  and * is embedded in the tooltip, which can be  configured using q and s.  customWidget a , or ! to unset the old custom widget. w Triggers a new tooltip query on display!, in order to update the current  visible tooltip, or to show/+hide the current tooltip. This function is L useful to call when, for example, the state of the widget changed by a key  press. display - a 9 xJSets the area of the widget, where the contents of this tooltip apply, to  be rectA (in widget coordinates). This is especially useful for properly  setting tooltips on u rows and cells,  For setting tooltips on u", please refer to the convenience  functions for this: treeViewSetTooltipRow and treeViewSetTooltipCell. ydSets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be the icon indicated by gicon with ) the size indicated by size. If gicon is , the image will be hidden. gicon# a GIcon representing the icon, or . allow-none. $%qrstuvwxy %$qrstuvwxy qrstuvwxyportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netz{|}~ Create a new . mode$ - the mode for the new size group. Adds a widget to a (. In the future, the requisition of the E widget will be determined as the maximum of its requisition and the J requisition of the other widgets in the size group. Whether this applies L horizontally, vertically, or in both directions depends on the mode of the  size group. See . widget - the  to add -Gets the current mode of the size group. See . ,returns the current mode of the size group. Removes a widget from a . widget - the  to remove  Sets the z/ of the size group. The mode of the size group K determines whether the widgets in the size group should all have the same  horizontal requisition } all have the same vertical  requisition |*, or should all have the same requisition  in both directions {. mode' - the mode to set for the size group. FSets whether invisible widgets should be ignored when calculating the  size. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8  ignoreHidden1 - whether hidden widgets should be ignored when  calculating the size DReturns if invisible widgets are ignored when calculating the size. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 returns True# if invisible widgets are ignored. JThe directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its  component widgets. Default value: } If True>, hidden widgets are ignored when determining the size of the  group. Default value: False z{|}~z~}|{z~}|{{|}~,portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netCreates a new D. [Adds an additional table to search to the input context. Each row of the table consists of   maxSeqLen key symbols followed by two 5 interpreted as the high and low words of a gunicode : value. Tables are searched starting from the last added. dThe table must be sorted in dictionary order on the numeric value of the key symbol fields. (Values 4 beyond the length of the sequence should be zero.) data - the table  maxSeqLen- - Maximum length of a sequence in the table  (cannot be greater than  MaxComposeLen) nSeqs$ - number of sequences in the table CDDC-portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netCreates a new F. AAdd menuitems for various available input methods to a menu; the L menuitems, when selected, will switch the input method for the context and " the global default input method.  menushell - a  EFFEnportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netCreate a new handle box. ISets the type of shadow to be drawn around the border of the handle box. 9Gets the type of shadow drawn around the handle box. See  . 6returns the type of shadow currently drawn around the  handle box. :Sets the side of the handlebox where the handle is drawn. position. - the side of the handlebox where the handle  should be drawn. 0Gets the handle position of the handle box. See  . %returns the current handle position. FSets the snap edge of the HandleBox. The snap edge is the edge of the H detached child that must be aligned with the corresponding edge of the  "ghost"B left behind when the child was detached to reattach the torn-off N window. Usually, the snap edge should be chosen so that it stays in the same 5 place on the screen when the handlebox is torn off. GIf the snap edge is not set, then an appropriate value will be guessed 5 from the handle position. If the handle position is t or u,  then the snap edge will be s, otherwise it will be u. GGets the edge used for determining reattachment of the handle box. See  . 7Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container. Default value: B 5Position of the handle relative to the child widget. Default value: u Side of the handlebox that'.s lined up with the docking point to dock the  handlebox. Default value: s HWhether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived  from handle_position. Default value: False IThis signal is emitted when the contents of the handlebox are reattached  to the main window. GThis signal is emitted when the contents of the handlebox are detached  from the main window. ABCDEFqrstuAFEDCBqutsroportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net Creates a new . HSet whether the event box uses a visible or invisible child window. The $ default is to use visible windows. EIn an invisible window event box, the window that that the event box  creates is a " input only"3 window, which means that it is invisible and only  serves to receive events. .A visible window event box creates a visible (" input output") window that K acts as the parent window for all the widgets contained in the event box. GYou should generally make your event box invisible if you just want to M trap events. Creating a visible window may cause artifacts that are visible H to the user, especially if the user is using a theme with gradients or  pixmaps. GThe main reason to create a non input-only event box is if you want to 8 set the background to a different color or draw on it. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 8Returns whether the event box has a visible window. See   for details. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 HSet whether the event box window is positioned above the windows of its N child, as opposed to below it. If the window is above, all events inside the G event box will go to the event box. If the window is below, events in I windows of child widgets will first got to that widget, and then to its  parents. 3The default is to keep the window below the child. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 JReturns whether the event box window is above or below the windows of its  child. See  for details. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 HWhether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used  to trap events. Default value: True IWhether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of * the child widget as opposed to below it. Default value: False  Dportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net,>Creates a new calendar, with the current date being selected. *Shifts the calendar to a different month. month$ - a month number between 0 and 11. year - the year the month is in. returns True , always &Selects a day from the current month. day9 - the day number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the  currently selected day. ,Places a visual marker on a particular day. day, - the day number to mark between 1 and 31. returns True , always 1Removes the visual marker from a particular day. day. - the day number to unmark between 1 and 31. returns True , always Remove all visual markers. CSets display options (whether to display the heading and the month  headings). " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 6Returns the current display options for the calendar. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 CSets display options (whether to display the heading and the month  headings). @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. Use  instead. &Retrieve the currently selected date.  (year, month, day)HDoes nothing. Previously locked the display of the calendar for several  update operations. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. 9An action that performs several update operations on the A calendar. After the action finnishes all the changes made by it  are displayed. The selected year. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 3The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11). Allowed values: [0,11] Default value: 0 EThe selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the  currently selected day). Allowed values: [0,31] Default value: 0 +Determines whether a heading is displayed. Default value: True ,Determines whether day names are displayed. Default value: True 6Determines whether the selected month can be changed. Default value: False /Determines whether week numbers are displayed. Default value: False 'displayOptions' property. See  and   QcalendarDisplayOptions :: CalendarClass self => Attr self [CalendarDisplayOptions] !calendarDisplayOptions = newAttr  calendarGetDisplayOptions  calendarSetDisplayOptions !Emitted when a day was selected. ,Emitted when a day received a double click. The month changed. The next month was selected. The next year was selected. !The previous month was selected.  The previous year was selected. ,rs,sr portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netCreates a new arrow widget. $Sets the direction and style of the . &The direction the arrow should point. Default value:  0Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow. Default value: D ABCDEFAFEDCB/portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net Creates a new J. HThe creation function take every value that is contained in the object:  value0 is the initial value and should be between the upper and lower F bounds of the slider. Clicking on the arrows increases this value by   stepIncrement%. Clicking in the slider advances by  pageIncrement. The  pageSizeA is needed to determine if the end of the slider is still in the  range. value - the initial value. lower - the minimum value. upper - the maximum value.  stepIncrement - the step increment.  pageIncrement - the page increment. pageSize - the page size. Set the lower value. Retrieve the lower value. Set the page increment value. "Retrieve the pageincrement value. Set the page size value. Retrieve the page size value. Set the step-increment value. #Retrieve the step-increment value. Set the upper value. Retrieve the upper value. ISets the current value of the Adjustment object. The value is clamped to  lie between the adjustment's lower and upper values. See  " for details of these properties. .Note that for adjustments which are used in a Y, the effective # range of allowed values goes from lower to upper - page_size. .Gets the current value of the adjustment. See .  Updates the J value" to ensure that the range between lower  and upper& is in the current page (i.e. between value and value +  pageSizeB). If the range is larger than the page size, then only the start & of it will be in the current page. A "changed" signal will be emitted if  the value is changed. lower - the lower value. upper - the upper value.  Emit the  signal.  Emit the  signal. H When adjusting the or bounds, this function can be called to enforce a ) visual update of the containing widget. The value of the adjustment. Default value: 0 %The minimum value of the adjustment. Default value: 0 IThe maximum value of the adjustment. Note that values will be restricted  by upper - page-size' if the page-size property is nonzero. Default value: 0 &The step increment of the adjustment. Default value: 0 &The page increment of the adjustment. Default value: 0 GThe page size of the adjustment. Note that the page-size is irrelevant I and should be set to zero if the adjustment is used for a simple scalar  value, e.g. in a i. Default value: 0  Emitted when one or more of the J fields have been changed,  other than the value field. Emitted when the J value field has been changed. IJJIportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net Gets the  corresponding to the W. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22  returns the  corresponding to the W, or .  Sets the  corresponding to the W. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22  accessible a W widget a  VWXYZWVYZX5portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net"Creates a new vertical scrollbar.  adjustment - the J to use. 7Create a new HScrollbar without specifying an existing J. A " new one will be created instead. TUUTmportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net%BCreates a new scrolled window. The two arguments are the scrolled  window'Fs adjustments; these will be shared with the scrollbars and the child J widget to keep the bars in sync with the child. Usually you want to pass  Nothing> for the adjustments, which will cause the scrolled window to  create them for you.  hadjustment - Horizontal adjustment.  vadjustment - Vertical adjustment.  Returns the horizontal scrollbar'"s adjustment, used to connect the ) horizontal scrollbar to the child widget'#s horizontal scroll functionality. Returns the vertical scrollbar'+s adjustment, used to connect the vertical  scrollbar to the child widget'!s vertical scroll functionality. JSets the scrollbar policy for the horizontal and vertical scrollbars. The L policy determines when the scrollbar should appear; it is a value from the  v enumeration. If y, the scrollbar is always  present; if w%, the scrollbar is never present; if  x;, the scrollbar is present only if needed (that is, if the J slider part of the bar would be smaller than the trough - the display is  larger than the page size). hscrollbarPolicy - Policy for horizontal bar. vscrollbarPolicy - Policy for vertical bar. DRetrieves the current policy values for the horizontal and vertical  scrollbars. See .  $(hscrollbarPolicy, vscrollbarPolicy)DUsed to add children without native scrolling capabilities. This is L simply a convenience function; it is equivalent to adding the unscrollable L child to a viewport, then adding the viewport to the scrolled window. If a ! child has native scrolling, use  /Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Container.containerAdd instead of this function. -The viewport scrolls the child by moving its ?, and takes the 2 size of the child to be the size of its toplevel ?. This will be L very wrong for most widgets that support native scrolling; for example, if  you add a widget such as u( with a viewport, the whole widget will L scroll, including the column headings. Thus, widgets with native scrolling % support should not be used with the  proxy. child - Widget you want to scroll. @Determines the location of the child widget with respect to the  scrollbars. The default is ", meaning the child is in the top H left, with the scrollbars underneath and to the right. Other values in   are , , and  . windowPlacement! - Position of the child window. BGets the placement of the scrollbars for the scrolled window. See  . 8Changes the type of shadow drawn around the contents of scrolledWindow. 1Gets the shadow type of the scrolled window. See  .  Sets the J for the horizontal scrollbar.  Sets the J for the vertical scrollbar.  vadjustment - Vertical scroll adjustment. $Returns the horizontal scrollbar of scrolledWindow. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 1returns the horizontal scrollbar of the scrolled  window, or Nothing if it does not have one. "Returns the vertical scrollbar of scrolledWindow. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 /returns the vertical scrollbar of the scrolled  window, or Nothing if it does not have one. The J for the horizontal position. The J for the vertical position. ,When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed. Default value: y *When the vertical scrollbar is displayed. Default value: y ?Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. Default value:  $Style of bevel around the contents. Default value: F ' placement' property. See  and   )ABCDEFvwxy)vyxwAFEDCB6portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net$Creates a new horizontal scrollbar.  adjustment - the J to use. 7Create a new HScrollbar without specifying an existing J. A " new one will be created instead. VWWVportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net.     Helper function for build  cChecks whether the resource pointed by info still exists. At the moment this check is done only on $ resources pointing to local files. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns b if the resource exists 'Gets the timestamp (seconds from system':s Epoch) when the resource was added to the recently used  resources list. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 1returns the number of seconds elapsed from system'Cs Epoch when the resource was added to the list, or -1 on failure. WGets the number of days elapsed since the last update of the resource pointed by info. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 qreturns a positive integer containing the number of days elapsed since the time this resource was last modified. ZGets the data regarding the application that has registered the resource pointed by info. bIf the command line contains any escape characters defined inside the storage specification, they  will be expanded. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 appName; the name of the application that has registered this item appExecL return location for the string containing the command line. transfer none.  ^ countH return location for the number of times this item was registered. out.  ^ time out. out. GRetrieves the list of applications that have registered this resource. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 .Gets the (short) description of the resource. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 )returns the description of the resource. cGets the name of the resource. If none has been defined, the basename of the resource is obtained. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 *returns the display name of the resource. ?Returns all groups registered for the recently used item info. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 FRetrieves the icon of size size associated to the resource MIME type. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 size the size of the icon in pixels  returns a + containing the icon, or  $Gets the MIME type of the resource. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 'returns the MIME type of the resource. 'Gets the timestamp (seconds from system'.s Epoch) when the resource was last modified. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 1returns the number of seconds elapsed from system'?s Epoch when the resource was last modified, or -1 on failure. Gets the value of the privateF flag. Resources in the recently used list that have this flag set to  bI should only be displayed by the applications that have registered them. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns b if the private flag was found, c otherwise.  ^Computes a valid UTF-8 string that can be used as the name of the item in a menu or list. For : example, calling this function on an item that refers to "file:foobar.txt" will yield "bar.txt". # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  Gets the URI of the resource. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 !returns the URI of the resource.  *Gets a displayable version of the resource':s URI. If the resource is local, it returns a local path; G if the resource is not local, it returns the UTF-8 encoded content of recentInfoGetUri. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  'Gets the timestamp (seconds from system'-s Epoch) when the resource was last visited. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 1returns the number of seconds elapsed from system'>s Epoch when the resource was last visited, or -1 on failure.  =Checks whether an application registered this resource using appName. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 appName) a string containing an application name returns b if an application with name appName was found, c otherwise. Checks whether  groupNameG appears inside the groups registered for the recently used item info. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  groupName name of a group returns b if the group was found. QChecks whether the resource is local or not by looking at the scheme of its URI. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns b if the resource is local. eGets the name of the last application that have registered the recently used resource represented by  info. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns an application name. Checks whether two ( structures point to the same resource. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns b if both ' structures point to se same resource, c otherwise.                portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net2UUsed to specify the sorting method to be applyed to the recently used resource list. ?These identify the various errors that can occur while calling E functions. Sets uri as the current URI for chooser. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 uri - a URI returns True if the URI was found. #Gets the URI currently selected by chooser. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 &returns a newly string holding a URI.  Gets the  currently selected by  chooser. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  returns a .  Use recentInfoUnref when when you have finished  using it. Selects uri inside chooser. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 uri - a URI returns True if uri was found.  Unselects uri inside chooser. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 uri - a URI  Selects all the items inside chooser , if the chooser supports  multiple selection. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 !Unselects all the items inside chooser. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 "4Gets the list of recently used resources in form of  5The return value of this function is affected by the " sort-type" and  "limit" properties of chooser. returns A list of  objects. #-Gets the URI of the recently used resources. 5The return value of this function is affected by the " sort-type" and  "limit" properties of chooser. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 $Adds filter to the list of  objects held by chooser. DIf no previous filter objects were defined, this function will call  recentChooserSetFilter. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 filter - a  %Removes filter from the list of  objects held by  chooser. filter - a  & Gets the  objects held by chooser. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  returns A singly linked list of . '/Whether the private items should be displayed. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 ( Whether this EH should display a tooltip containing the full path of the recently used  resources. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 ) Whether this E' should display an icon near the item. Default value: b # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 * Whether this E@ should display the recently used resources even if not present  anymore. Setting this to cD will perform a potentially expensive check on every local resource 3 (every remote resource will always be displayed). Default value: b # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 +-Allow the user to select multiple resources. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 , Whether this E. should display only local (file:) resources. Default value: b # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 -^The maximum number of recently used resources to be displayed, or -1 to display all items. By  default, the SettingM:gtk-recent-files-limit setting is respected: you can override that limit on  a particular instance of E by setting this property. Allowed values: >=  GMaxulong Default value: -1 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 .FSorting order to be used when displaying the recently used resources. Default value: ''RecentSortNone'' # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 /The @ object to be used when displaying the recently used resources. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 0EThis signal is emitted when there is a change in the set of selected M recently used resources. This can happen when a user modifies the selection J with the mouse or the keyboard, or when explicitely calling functions to  change the selection. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 1%This signal is emitted when the user " activates" a recent item in the F recent chooser. This can happen by double-clicking on an item in the 5 recently used resources list, or by pressing Enter. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  5Sets the comparison function used when sorting to be sortFunc . If the  chooser has the sort type set to  then the chooser will  sort using this function. .To the comparison function will be passed two  structs and sortData; sortFunc should return a positive N integer if the first item comes before the second, zero if the two items are H equal and a negative integer if the first item comes after the second. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 $DElm !"#$%&'()*+,-./01$EDml !"#$%&'()*+,-./01  !"#$%&'()*+,-./01portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net!"#$%&'()2HCreates a new recent manager object. Recent manager objects are used to / handle the list of recently used resources. A C object : monitors the recently used resources list, and emits the "changed" signal . each time something inside the list changes. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 3Gets a unique instance of C. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns A unique C. 4 Adds a new resource, pointed by uri#, into the recently used resources  list. FThis function automatically retrieves some of the needed metadata and L setting other metadata to common default values; it then feeds the data to  recentManagerAddFull. See recentManagerAddFull/ if you want to explicitly define the metadata  for the resource pointed by uri. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 uri - a valid URI returns True/ if the new item was successfully added to the  recently used resources list 5Removes a resource pointed by uri' from the recently used resources list  handled by a recent manager. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 uri* - the URI of the item you wish to remove returns True if the item pointed by uri has been ? successfully removed by the recently used resources list, and  False otherwise. 6JSearches for a URI inside the recently used resources list, and returns a M structure containing informations about the resource like its MIME type, or  its display name. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 uri - a URI  returns a  , structure containing information about the  resource pointed by uri, or { ((void *)0), FIXME: this 4 should probably be converted to a Maybe data type} 4 if the URI was not registered in the recently used  resources list. 7AChecks whether there is a recently used resource registered with uri  inside the recent manager. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 uri - a URI returns True if the resource was found, False otherwise. 86Changes the location of a recently used resource from uri to newUri. GPlease note that this function will not affect the resource pointed by F the URIs, but only the URI used in the recently used resources list. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 uri' - the URI of a recently used resource newUriK - the new URI of the recently used resource to remove the item pointed by uri in the list returns True on success. 9*Gets the list of recently used resources. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 "returns a list of newly allocated   objects. :9Purges every item from the recently used resources list. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 <returns the number of items that have been removed from the  recently used resources list. ;XThe full path to the file to be used to store and read the recently used resources list Default value:  # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 <2The maximum number of items to be returned by the 9 function. Allowed values: >=  GMaxulong Default value: -1 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 =.The size of the recently used resources list. Allowed values: >=  GMaxulong Default value: 0 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 >EEmitted when the current recently used resources manager changes its  contents. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 BCno23456789:;<=>CBon23456789:;<=> 23456789:;<=>portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net*+,-./012?%These flags indicate what parts of a RecentFilterInfo) struct are filled or need to be filled. @ABCDEFG1Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See H. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns the name of the filter H]Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string that will be displayed in the [ recently used resources selector user interface if there is a selectable list of filters. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 name - then human readable name of filter IGAdds a rule that allows resources based on their registered MIME type. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 mimeType - a MIME type JDAdds a rule that allows resources based on a pattern matching their  display name. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 pattern - a file pattern K=Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported by +. LGAdds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the application  that has registered them. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  application - an application name MJAdds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the group to which  they belong # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 group - a group name NDAdds a rule that allows resources based on their age - that is, the 7 number of days elapsed since they were last modified. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 days - number of days 3Creates a new - with no rules added to it. Such filter does M not accept any recently used resources, so is not particularly useful until  you add rules with J, I,  L, N. To create a filter that * accepts any recently used resource, use:   filter <- recentFilterNew # recentFilterAddPattern filter "*" # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 ?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMN?EDCBA@FGHIJKLMN?EDCBA@@ABCDEFGHIJKLMN]portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net45OCreates a new & object. This is an embeddable widget 2 used to access the recently used resources list. PCreates a new " with a specified recent manager. JThis is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if you ! have a customized instance of a C object. manager - a C returns a new  KLOPLKOPOPLportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net67QCreates a new  widget. IThis kind of widget shows the list of recently used resources as a menu, I each item as a menu item. Each item inside the menu might have an icon, @ representing its MIME type, and a number, for mnemonic access. This widget implements the E interface. This widget creates its own C object. See the  R" function to know how to create a   widget bound to another C object. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 RCreates a new  widget using manager as the - underlying recently used resources manager. JThis is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if you ! have a customized instance of a C object or if you wish to  share a common C object among multiple E  widgets. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 manager - a C returns a new , bound to manager. SeWhether the first ten items in the menu should be prepended by a number acting as a unique mnemonic. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 |}QRS}|QRSQRSportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net89:;<=>?@ABT6Obtains the cairo context that is associated with the G. returns the cairo context of context U-Sets a new cairo context on a print context. IThis function is intended to be used when implementing an internal print N preview, it is not needed for printing, since Gtk+ itself creates a suitable  cairo context in that case. cr - the cairo context dpiX) - the horizontal resolution to use with cr dpiY' - the vertical resolution to use with cr V Obtains the I, that determines the page dimensions of the  G. returns the page setup of context WObtains the width of the G , in pixels. returns the width of context XObtains the height of the G , in pixels. returns the height of context Y)Obtains the horizontal resolution of the G, in dots per  inch. %returns the horizontal resolution of context Z'Obtains the vertical resolution of the G, in dots per inch. #returns the vertical resolution of context [ Returns a C# that is suitable for use with the G. returns the font map of context \Creates a new Context that can be used with the G.  returns a new Pango context for context ]Creates a new D# that is suitable for use with the  G. returns a new Pango layout for context ^returns (top, bottom, left, right)  top top hardware printer margin  bottom bottom hardware printer margin  left left hardware printer margin  right right hardware printer margin FGjkTUVWXYZ[\]^GFkjTUVWXYZ[\]^ TUVWXYZ[\]^portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net-EFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVW_`abcdefgCreates a new ed object by parsing a PWG  5101.1-2002 paper name. If name5 is Nothing, the default paper size is returned, see w. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 name - a paper size name, or  hCreates a new ed object by using PPD  information. If ppdName% is not a recognized PPD paper name, ppdDisplayName,  width and height are used to construct a custom ed object. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 ppdName - a PPD paper name ppdDisplayName) - the corresponding human-readable name width - the paper width, in points height - the paper height in points iCreates a new ed object with the given  parameters. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 name - the paper name  displayName - the human-readable name width - the paper width, in units of unit height! - the paper height, in units of unit unit - the unit for width and height jCopies an existing ed. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns a copy of other k Compares two ed objects. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 size2 - another ed object returns True, if size1 and size2 represent  the same paper size lGets the name of the ed. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns the name of size m$Gets the human-readable name of the ed. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 #returns the human-readable name of size nGets the PPD name of the ed, which may be # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns the PPD name of size, or  oGets the paper width of the ed , in units  of unit. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 unit! - the unit for the return value returns the paper width pGets the paper height of the ed , in units  of unit. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 unit! - the unit for the return value returns the paper height qReturns True if size is not a standard paper size. returns whether size is a custom paper size. rChanges the dimensions of a size to width x height. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 width - the new width in units of unit height - the new height in units of unit unit - the unit for width and height s$Gets the default top margin for the ed. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 unit! - the unit for the return value returns the default top margin t'Gets the default bottom margin for the ed. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 unit! - the unit for the return value "returns the default bottom margin u%Gets the default left margin for the ed. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 unit! - the unit for the return value  returns the default left margin v&Gets the default right margin for the ed. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 unit! - the unit for the return value !returns the default right margin wIReturns the name of the default paper size, which depends on the current  locale. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 ,returns the name of the default paper size. x%Creates a list of known paper sizes. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12  includeCustom - whether to include custom 1 paper sizes as defined in the page setup dialog _`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxdef_cba`ghijklmnopqrstuvwx_cba``abcdeefghijklmnopqrstuvwxportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netqXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvy_Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while using the GTK+ printing support. z{|}~$A value of this type is returned by . The action parameter to 3 determines what action the print operation should  perform. TThe status gives a rough indication of the completion of a running print operation. Creates a new M. Sets whether the  may return before the print M operation is completed. Note that some platforms may not allow asynchronous  operation.  allowAsync - True! to allow asynchronous operation 2Call this when the result of a print operation is  , either as returned by , or  in the done signal handler. The returned  wx/ will contain more details on what went wrong. yESets the name of the print job. The name is used to identify the job 1 (e.g. in monitoring applications like eggcups).  If you don'8t set a job name, Gtk+ picks a default one by numbering  successive print jobs. jobName* - a string that identifies the print job z*Sets the number of pages in the document. This must= be set to a positive number before the rendering starts. It  may be set in a  beginPrint signal hander. )Note that the page numbers passed to the requestPageSetup  and drawPage signals D are 0-based, i.e. if the user chooses to print all pages, the last   'draw-page' signal will be for page nPages - 1. nPages - the number of pages 2Returns the number of pages that will be printed. ;Note that this value is set during print preparation phase  (6), so this function should never be called before the  data generation phase (). You can connect to the   statusChanged signal and call   when print status is  2. This is typically used to track the progress of  print operation. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 1returns the number of pages that will be printed {Sets the current page. If this is called before , the user will be able to ( select to print only the current page. =Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents.  currentPage - the current page, 0-based |If fullPage is True+, the transformation for the cairo context  obtained from G/ puts the origin at the top left corner of the L page (which may not be the top left corner of the sheet, depending on page M orientation and the number of pages per sheet). Otherwise, the origin is at F the top left corner of the imageable area (i.e. inside the margins). fullPage - True to set up the G for the full  page }?Sets up the transformation for the cairo context obtained from  G7 in such a way that distances are measured in units of unit. unit - the unit to use ~ Sets up the M+ to generate a file instead of showing the E print dialog. The indended use of this function is for implementing "Export  to PDF"7 actions. Currently, PDF is the only supported format. " Print to PDF"7 support is independent of this and is done by letting  the user pick the " Print to PDF"' item from the list of printers in the  print dialog. filename& - the filename for the exported file If  showProgress is True+, the print operation will show a progress $ dialog during the print operation.  showProgress - True to show a progress dialog If track_status is True+, the print operation will try to continue J report on the status of the print job in the printer queues and printer. 5 This can allow your application to show things like " out of paper" issues, 6 and when the print job actually reaches the printer. EThis function is often implemented using some form of polling, so it & should not be enabled unless needed.  trackStatus - True to track status after printing 3Sets the label for the tab holding custom widgets. label1 - the label to use, or empty to use the default  label JRuns the print operation, by first letting the user modify print settings 3 in the print dialog, and then print the document. GNormally that this function does not return until the rendering of all + pages is complete. You can connect to the  statusChanged signal on op& to obtain some information about the F progress of the print operation. Furthermore, it may use a recursive $ mainloop to show the print dialog.  If you call  or set the  allowAsync 0 property the operation will run asynchronously + if this is supported on the platform. The done> signal will be emitted with the result of the operation when N the it is done (i.e. when the dialog is canceled, or when the print succeeds  or fails). action - the action to start parent" - Transient parent of the dialog -returns the result of the print operation. A  return value of  + indicates that the printing was completed 2 successfully. In this case, it is a good idea to % obtain the used print settings with  printOperationGetPrintSettings and store them 2 for reuse with the next print operation. A value  of  means the / operation is running asynchronously, and will  emit the done signal when done. FCancels a running print operation. This function may be called from a   beginPrint, paginate or drawPage signal handler 0 to stop the currently running print operation. 7Signalize that drawing of particular page is complete. GIt is called after completion of page drawing (e.g. drawing in another  thread). If  was called before, then this K function has to be called by application. In another case it is called by  the library itself. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.16  Sets up the M to wait for calling of  . from application. It can be used for drawing  page in another thread. 0This function must be called in the callback of " draw-page" signal. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.16 4Returns the status of the print operation. Also see  . *returns the status of the print operation JReturns a string representation of the status of the print operation. The M string is translated and suitable for displaying the print status e.g. in a  . Use + to obtain a status value that is suitable  for programmatic use. ;returns a string representation of the status of the print  operation GA convenience function to find out if the print operation is finished,  either successfully () or unsuccessfully  (). JNote: when you enable print status tracking the print operation can be in H a non-finished state even after done has been called, as the operation 9 status then tracks the print job status on the printer. returns True&, if the print operation is finished. BRuns a page setup dialog, letting the user modify the values from  pageSetup. If the user cancels  the dialog, the returned I is identical to the passed in  pageSetup, otherwise it 0 contains the modifications done in the dialog. XNote that this function may use a recursive mainloop to show the page setup dialog. See   if this is a problem. parent transient parent.  pageSetup an existing I. settings a O returns a new I BRuns a page setup dialog, letting the user modify the values from  pageSetup. In contrast to 5, this function returns after showing the page setup 2 dialog on platforms that support this, and calls doneCb from a signal handler for the response  signal of the dialog. parent transient parent.  pageSetup an existing I. settings a O doneCb@ a function to call when the user saves the modified page setup Ends a preview. ?This function must be called to finish a custom print preview. eReturns whether the given page is included in the set of pages that have been selected for printing. preview a K pageNr a page number returns b, if the page has been selected for printing NRenders a page to the preview, using the print context that was passed to the preview handler  together with preview. 8A custom iprint preview should use this function in its expose! handler to render the currently  selected page. cNote that this function requires a suitable cairo context to be associated with the print context. preview a K pageNr the page to render The I used by default.  This page setup will be used by ), but it can be overridden on a per-page  basis by connecting to the requestPageSetup signal.  Since 2.10 The O# used for initializing the dialog. ]Setting this property is typically used to re-establish print settings from a previous print  operation, see .  Since 2.10 RA string used to identify the job (e.g. in monitoring applications like eggcups).  If you don'Ot set a job name, GTK+ picks a default one by numbering successive print jobs. Default value: ""  Since 2.10 %The number of pages in the document. VThis must be set to a positive number before the rendering starts. It may be set in a  beginPrint  signal hander. )Note that the page numbers passed to the requestPageSetup and drawPage signals are 0-based, 7 i.e. if the user chooses to print all pages, the last drawPage signal will be for page nPages -  1. Allowed values: >=  GMaxulong Default value: -1  Since 2.10 "The current page in the document. If this is set before 4, the user will be able to select to print only the  current page. =Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents. Allowed values: >=  GMaxulong Default value: -1  Since 2.10 If b9, the transformation for the cairo context obtained from G puts the origin at b the top left corner of the page (which may not be the top left corner of the sheet, depending on f page orientation and the number of pages per sheet). Otherwise, the origin is at the top left corner 2 of the imageable area (i.e. inside the margins). Default value: c  Since 2.10 If bX, the print operation will try to continue report on the status of the print job in the Q printer queues and printer. This can allow your application to show things like  out of paper a issues, and when the print job actually reaches the printer. However, this is often implemented 9 using polling, and should not be enabled unless needed. Default value: c  Since 2.10 7The transformation for the cairo context obtained from G is set up in such a way that * distances are measured in units of unit. Default value:  ''UnitPixel''  Since 2.10 IDetermines whether to show a progress dialog during the print operation. Default value: c  Since 2.10 FDetermines whether the print operation may run asynchronously or not. Some systems don'?t support asynchronous printing, but those that do will return  "''PrintOperationResultInProgress'' as the status, and emit the done signal when the operation  is actually done. aThe Windows port does not support asynchronous operation at all (this is unlikely to change). On ) other platforms, all actions except for ''PrintOperationActionExport'' support asynchronous  operation. Default value: c  Since 2.10 _The name of a file to generate instead of showing the print dialog. Currently, PDF is the only  supported format. 6The intended use of this property is for implementing  Export to PDF actions.  Print to PDFI support is independent of this and is done by letting the user pick the  Print to PDF5 item from the list of printers in the print dialog. Default value:   Since 2.10 #The status of the print operation. Default value: ''PrintStatusInitial''  Since 2.10 dA string representation of the status of the print operation. The string is translated and suitable + for displaying the print status e.g. in a . See the D property for a status value that is suitable for programmatic use. Default value: ""  Since 2.10 bUsed as the label of the tab containing custom widgets. Note that this property may be ignored on  some platforms.  If this is , GTK+ uses a default label. Default value:   Since 2.10 If b^, the print operation will support print of selection. This allows the print dialog to show a   Selection button. Default value: c  Since 2.18 `Determines whether there is a selection in your application. This can allow your application to 7 print the selection. This is typically used to make a  Selection button sensitive. Default value: c  Since 2.18 If bS, page size combo box and orientation combo box are embedded into page setup page. Default value: c  Since 2.18 *The number of pages that will be printed. <Note that this value is set during print preparation phase (''PrintStatusPreparing'' ), so this = value should never be get before the data generation phase (''PrintStatusGeneratingData''). You  can connect to the  statusChanged signal and call  when  print status is ''PrintStatusGeneratingData''2. This is typically used to track the progress of  print operation. Allowed values: >=  GMaxulong Default value: -1  Since 2.18 CEmitted when the print operation run has finished doing everything  required for printing. result> gives you information about what happened during the run. If  result is  then you can call   for more information. *If you enabled print status tracking then  may  still return False after done was  emitted. CEmitted after the user has finished changing print settings in the - dialog, before the actual rendering starts. A typical use for  'begin-print'# is to use the parameters from the  G9 and paginate the document accordingly, and then set the  number of pages with z. Emitted after the  beginPrint signal, J but before the actual rendering starts. It keeps getting emitted until a " connected signal handler returns True. The paginate< signal is intended to be used for paginating a document in I small chunks, to avoid blocking the user interface for a long time. The 8 signal handler should update the number of pages using  z , and return True if the document has been  completely paginated.  If you don'?t need to do pagination in chunks, you can simply do it all in  the 'begin-print handler'*, and set the number of pages from there. GEmitted once for every page that is printed, to give the application a 6 chance to modify the page setup. Any changes done to setup will be in $ force only for printing this page. GEmitted for every page that is printed. The signal handler must render  the pageNr',s page onto the cairo context obtained from context using  printContextGetCairoContext. Use | and } before H starting the print operation to set up the transformation of the cairo " context according to your needs. JEmitted after all pages have been rendered. A handler for this signal can 8 clean up any resources that have been allocated in the  beginPrint handler. BEmitted at between the various phases of the print operation. See  2 for the phases that are being discriminated. Use  ! to find out the current status. FEmitted when displaying the print dialog. If you return a widget in a G handler for this signal it will be added to a custom tab in the print N dialog. You typically return a container widget with multiple widgets in it. CThe print dialog owns the returned widget, and its lifetime is not J controlled by the application. However, the widget is guaranteed to stay  around until the customWidgetApply K signal is emitted on the operation. Then you can read out any information  you need from the widgets. Signal helper functions. JEmitted after change of selected printer. The actual page setup and print F settings are passed to the custom widget, which can actualize itself  according to this change. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 Emitted right before  beginPrint if you  added a custom widget in the createCustomWidtet7 handler. When you get this signal you should read the M information from the custom widgets, as the widgets are not guaraneed to be  around at a later time. AGets emitted when a preview is requested from the native dialog. HThe default handler for this signal uses an external viewer application  to preview. @To implement a custom print preview, an application must return True @ from its handler for this signal. In order to use the provided context for L the preview implementation, it must be given a suitable cairo context with  printContextSetCairoContext. *The custom preview implementation can use   and  to N find pages which are selected for print and render them. The preview must be  finished by calling  (typically in response ' to the user clicking a close button). The readyT signal gets emitted once per preview operation, before the first page is rendered. 7A handler for this signal can be used for setup tasks. The  gotPageSizeI signal is emitted once for each page that gets rendered to the preview. AA handler for this signal should update the context according to  pageSetup and set up a suitable  cairo context, using printContextSetCairoContext. PJKLMdefgyz{|}~PMLedKJgf~y}|{zHy}|{zz{|}~ portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netYUsed to determine the layout of pages on a sheet when printing multiple pages per sheet. Creates a new O object. Reads the print settings from fileName. Returns a new O $ object with the restored settings. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 fileName* - the filename to read the settings from  Copies a O object. "returns a newly allocated copy of other Returns True , if a value is associated with key. key - a key returns True, if key has a value *Looks up the string value associated with key. key - a key returns the string value for key  Associates value with key. key - a key value - a string value "Removes any value associated with key key - a key Calls func for each key-value pair of settings. func - the function to call EReturns the boolean represented by the value that is associated with  key.  The string "true" represents True, any other string False. key - a key returns True, if key maps to a true value. Sets key to a boolean value. key - a key value - a boolean )Returns the double value associated with key, or 0. key - a key returns the double value of key CReturns the floating point number represented by the value that is  associated with key, or  defaultVal# if the value does not represent a  floating point number. 'Floating point numbers are parsed with  gAsciiStrtod. key - a key def - the default value 2returns the floating point number associated with key Sets key to a double value. key - a key value - a double value "Returns the value associated with key, interpreted as a length. The  returned value is converted to units. key - a key unit - the unit of the return value returns the length value of key, converted to unit  Associates a length in units of unit with key. key - a key value - a length unit - the unit of length Returns the integer value of key, or 0. key - a key returns the integer value of key Returns the value of key,, interpreted as an integer, or the default  value. key - a key def - the default value returns the integer value of key Sets key to an integer value. key - a key value - an integer ,Convenience function to obtain the value of ''PrintSettingsPrinter''. returns the printer name ,Convenience function to obtain the value of ''PrintSettingsPrinter''. printer - the printer name Get the value of ''PrintSettingsOrientation'', converted to a . returns the orientation Sets the value of ''PrintSettingsOrientation''.  orientation - a page orientation Gets the value of PrintSettingsPaperFormat, converted to a ed. returns the paper size Sets the value of PrintSettingsPaperFormat, PrintSettingsPaperWidth and  PrintSettingsPaperHeight.  paperSize - a paper size Gets the value of PrintSettingsPaperWidth, converted to unit. unit! - the unit for the return value %returns the paper width, in units of unit Sets the value of PrintSettingsPaperWidth. width - the paper width unit - the units of width Gets the value of PrintSettingsPaperHeight, converted to unit. unit! - the unit for the return value &returns the paper height, in units of unit Sets the value of PrintSettingsPaperHeight. height - the paper height unit - the units of height Gets the value of ''PrintSettingsUseColor''. returns whether to use color Sets the value of ''PrintSettingsUseColor''. useColor - whether to use color Gets the value of ''PrintSettingsCollate''. -returns whether to collate the printed pages Sets the value of ''PrintSettingsCollate''. collate! - whether to collate the output Gets the value of ''PrintSettingsReverse''. :returns whether to reverse the order of the printed pages Sets the value of ''PrintSettingsReverse''. reverse! - whether to reverse the output Gets the value of ''PrintSettingsDuplex''. /returns whether to print the output in duplex. Sets the value of PrintSettingsDuplex. duplex - a  value Gets the value of PrintSettingsQuality. returns the print quality Sets the value of PrintSettingsQuality. quality - a  value Gets the value of PrintSettingsNCopies. &returns the number of copies to print Sets the value of PrintSettingsNCopies.  numCopies - the number of copies Gets the value of PrintSettingsNumberUp. &returns the number of pages per sheet Sets the value of PrintSettingsNumberUp. numberUp! - the number of pages per sheet Gets the value of PrintSettingsNumberUpLayout. )returns layout of page in number-up mode Sets the value of PrintSettingsNumberUpLayout. numberUpLayout - a  value Gets the value of PrintSettingsResolution. returns the resolution in dpi Sets the values of PrintSettingsResolution, PrintSettingsResolutionX and  PrintSettingsResolutionY.  resolution - the resolution in dpi Sets the values of PrintSettingsResolution, PrintSettingsResolutionX and  PrintSettingsResolutionY. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.16  resolutionX$ - the horizontal resolution in dpi  resolutionY" - the vertical resolution in dpi Gets the value of  resolution-x. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.16 )returns the horizontal resolution in dpi Gets the value of  resolution-y. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.16 'returns the vertical resolution in dpi Gets the value of PrintSettingsPrinterLpi. /returns the resolution in lpi (lines per inch) Sets the value of PrintSettingsPrinterLpi. lpi* - the resolution in lpi (lines per inch) Gets the value of PrintSettingsScale. returns the scale in percent Sets the value of PrintSettingsScale. scale - the scale in percent Gets the value of PrintSettingsPrintPages. returns which pages to print Sets the value of PrintSettingsPrintPages. pages - a  value Gets the value of PrintSettingsPageRanges. >printSettingsGetPageRanges :: PrintSettingsClass self => self  -> IO [PageRange] -- ^ returns an array of  PageRange. # printSettingsGetPageRanges self =  alloca $ numRangesPtr -> do  rangeListPtr <- {) call gtk_print_settings_get_page_ranges }  (toPrintSettings self)  numRangesPtr  rangeLen <- peek numRangesPtr  ptrList <;- peekArray (fromIntegral rangeLen) (castPtr rangeListPtr)  rangeList <- mapM peek ptrList  {call unsafe g_free} (castPtr rangeListPtr)  return rangeList Sets the value of  page-ranges. >printSettingsSetPageRanges :: PrintSettingsClass self => self  -> [PageRange] -- ^  pageRanges - an array of  PageRange  -> IO () - printSettingsSetPageRanges self rangeList =  withArrayLen (concatMap ((1PageRange x y) -> [fromIntegral x, fromIntegral y] ) rangeList)  $ rangeLen rangeListPtr ->  {) call gtk_print_settings_set_page_ranges }  (toPrintSettings self)  (castPtr rangeListPtr)  (fromIntegral rangeLen) Gets the value of PrintSettingsPageSet. "returns the set of pages to print Sets the value of PrintSettingsPageSet. pageSet - a  value Gets the value of PrintSettingsDefaultSource. returns the default source Sets the value of PrintSettingsDefaultSource.  defaultSource - the default source Gets the value of PrintSettingsMediaType. returns the media type Sets the value of PrintSettingsMediaType.  mediaType - the media type Gets the value of PrintSettingsDither. #returns the dithering that is used Sets the value of PrintSettingsDither. dither - the dithering that is used Gets the value of PrintSettingsFinishings. returns the finishings Sets the value of PrintSettingsFinishings.  finishings - the finishings Gets the value of PrintSettingsOutputBin. returns the output bin Sets the value of PrintSettingsOutputBin.  outputBin - the output bin Reads the print settings from fileName. See . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14 fileName* - the filename to read the settings from returns True on success ,This function saves the print settings from settings to fileName. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 fileName - the file to save to returns True on success Obtain the value of PrintSettingsPrinter.  The value of ''PrintSettingsOrientation'', converted to a .  The value of PrintSettingsPaperFormat, converted to a ed.  The value of ''PrintSettingsUseColor''.  The value of ''PrintSettingsCollate''.  The value of ''PrintSettingsReverse''.  The value of ''PrintSettingsDuplex''.  The value of ''PrintSettingsQuality''.  The value of PrintSettingsNCopies.  The value of PrintSettingsNumberUp.  The value of PrintSettingsResolution.  The value of PrintSettingsScale.  The value of PrintSettingsPrintPages.   The value of PrintSettingsPageSet.   The value of PrintSettingsDefaultSource.   The value of PrintSettingsMediaType.   The value of PrintSettingsDither.   The value of PrintSettingsFinishings.  The value of PrintSettingsOutputBin.  The value of PrintSettingsNumberUpLayout.  The value of PrintSettingsPrinterLpi. TNObc     TONcb     P     portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net. Creates a new I. #Reads the page setup from the file fileName. Returns a new I & object with the restored page setup. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 fileName, - the filename to read the page setup from  Copies a I. returns a copy of other  !Gets the page orientation of the I. returns the page orientation  !Sets the page orientation of the I.  orientation - a  value  Gets the paper size of the I. returns the paper size  size - a ed  Gets the top margin in units of unit. unit! - the unit for the return value returns the top margin Sets the top margin of the I. margin" - the new top margin in units of unit unit - the units for margin #Gets the bottom margin in units of unit. unit! - the unit for the return value returns the bottom margin Sets the bottom margin of the I. margin% - the new bottom margin in units of unit unit - the units for margin !Gets the left margin in units of unit. unit! - the unit for the return value returns the left margin Sets the left margin of the I. margin# - the new left margin in units of unit unit - the units for margin "Gets the right margin in units of unit. unit! - the unit for the return value returns the right margin Sets the right margin of the I. margin$ - the new right margin in units of unit unit - the units for margin Sets the paper size of the I$ and modifies the margins according  to the new paper size. size - a ed $Returns the paper width in units of unit. @Note that this function takes orientation, but not margins into  consideration. See . unit! - the unit for the return value returns the paper width. %Returns the paper height in units of unit. @Note that this function takes orientation, but not margins into  consideration. See  . unit! - the unit for the return value returns the paper height. #Returns the page width in units of unit. JNote that this function takes orientation and margins into consideration.  See . unit! - the unit for the return value returns the page width.  $Returns the page height in units of unit. JNote that this function takes orientation and margins into consideration.  See . unit! - the unit for the return value returns the page height. !#Reads the page setup from the file fileName. See ". # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14 fileName, - the filename to read the page setup from returns True on success ")This function saves the information from setup to fileName. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 fileName - the file to save to returns True on success #The page orientation of the I. $The paper size of the I. HIhi !"#$IHih !"#$ !"#$2portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net%Creates a new O. NO%ON%%3portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net&Creates a new Q. PQ&QP&&portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net'Creates a new  without a label. % A label can later be set by calling (. (Sets the text of the label. label- - the text to use as the label of the frame )ISets the label widget for the frame. This is the widget that will appear 3 embedded in the top edge of the frame as a title. *.Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See ). returns the label widget, or Nothing if there is  none. +&Sets the alignment of the frame widget'"s label. The default values for a & newly created frame are 0.0 and 0.5. xalign7 - The position of the label along the top edge of the B widget. A value of 0.0 represents left alignment; 1.0 represents  right alignment. yalign7 - The y alignment of the label. A value of 0.0 aligns . under the frame; 1.0 aligns above the frame. ,,Retrieves the X and Y alignment of the frame' s label. See  +.  (xalign, yalign)-#Sets the shadow type of the frame. .,Retrieves the shadow type of the frame. See -. / If the frame's label widget is a  , returns the text in the label  widget. 8returns the text in the label, or if there was no label & widget or the lable widget was not a  then an  exception is thrown 0Text of the frame' s label. 1'The horizontal alignment of the label. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5 2%The vertical alignment of the label. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5 3 Appearance of the frame border. Default value: C 47A widget to display in place of the usual frame label. ABCDEF'()*+,-./01234'(/)*+,AFEDCB-.01234'()*+,-./01234Qportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net5 Create a new  mno5nom55_portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net6#Creates a new vertical button box. EFG6FGE66^portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net7Creates a new .  homogeneous - True' if all children are to be given equal  space allotments. spacing4 - the number of pixels to place by default between  children. HIJ7IJH77Hportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net, !"#$%&'()*+8DUsed to create a new table widget. An initial size must be given by K specifying how many rows and columns the table should have, although this  can be changed later with 9. rows and columns must both be  in the range 0 .. 65535. rows1 - The number of rows the new table should have. columns4 - The number of columns the new table should have.  homogeneous - If set to True, all table cells are @ resized to the size of the cell containing the largest widget. 94Change the dimensions of an already existing table. rows - The new number of rows. columns - The new number of columns. :(Adds a widget to a table. The number of 'cells' that a widget will  occupy is specified by  leftAttach,  rightAttach,  topAttach and   bottomAttach>. These each represent the leftmost, rightmost, uppermost and K lowest column and row numbers of the table. (Columns and rows are indexed  from zero). child - The widget to add.  leftAttach( - the column number to attach the left  side of a child widget to.  rightAttach) - the column number to attach the right  side of a child widget to.  topAttach) - the row number to attach the top of a  child widget to.  bottomAttach' - the row number to attach the bottom  of a child widget to. xoptions) - Used to specify the properties of the ) child widget when the table is resized. yoptions+ - The same as xoptions, except this field , determines behaviour of vertical resizing. xpadding+ - An integer value specifying the padding 8 on the left and right of the widget being added to the  table. ypadding) - The amount of padding above and below  the child widget. ;*As there are many options associated with :, this convenience J function provides the programmer with a means to add children to a table G with identical padding and expansion options. The values used for the   are [, ], and the padding is set to 0. widget - The child widget to add.  leftAttach0 - The column number to attach the left side of  the child widget to.  rightAttach1 - The column number to attach the right side of  the child widget to.  topAttach1 - The row number to attach the top of the child  widget to.  bottomAttach. - The row number to attach the bottom of the  child widget to. <FChanges the space between a given table row and its surrounding rows. row- - row number whose spacing will be changed. spacing5 - number of pixels that the spacing should take up. =%Gets the amount of space between row row , and row row + 1. See  <. row1 - a row in the table, 0 indicates the first row returns the row spacing >IAlters the amount of space between a given table column and the adjacent  columns. column/ - the column whose spacing should be changed. spacing5 - number of pixels that the spacing should take up. ?(Gets the amount of space between column col , and column col + 1. See  >. column7 - a column in the table, 0 indicates the first column returns the column spacing @$Sets the space between every row in table equal to spacing. spacing2 - the number of pixels of space to place between  every row in the table. AJGets the default row spacing for the table. This is the spacing that will $ be used for newly added rows. (See @)  returns the default row spacing B'Sets the space between every column in table equal to spacing. spacing2 - the number of pixels of space to place between  every column in the table. CHGets the default column spacing for the table. This is the spacing that , will be used for newly added columns. (See B) #returns the default column spacing DJChanges the homogenous property of table cells, ie. whether all cells are  an equal size or not.  homogeneous - Set to True# to ensure all table cells are the  same size. Set to False( if this is not your desired behaviour. EJReturns whether the table cells are all constrained to the same width and  height. (See D) returns True. if the cells are all constrained to the same  size FReturns the size of {. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 !returns (rows, columns) of table G!The number of rows in the table. Default value: 0 H$The number of columns in the table. Default value: 0 I2The amount of space between two consecutive rows. Default value: 0 J5The amount of space between two consecutive columns. Default value: 0 KIf True2 this means the table cells are all the same width/height. Default value: False L;The column number to attach the left side of the child to. Allowed values: <= 65535 Default value: 0 MAThe column number to attach the right side of a child widget to. Allowed values: [1,65535] Default value: 1 N7The row number to attach the top of a child widget to. Allowed values: <= 65535 Default value: 0 O5The row number to attach the bottom of the child to. Allowed values: [1,65535] Default value: 1 P:Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child. Default value: [, ] Q8Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child. Default value: [, ] RJExtra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in  pixels. Allowed values: <= 65535 Default value: 0 SHExtra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors,  in pixels. Allowed values: <= 65535 Default value: 0 %z{89:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRS%{z89:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRS89:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSkportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net%,-./0123456789THCreates a new expander using the given string as the text of the label. UCreates a new expander using label as the text of the label. If  characters in label8 are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined. If 9 you need a literal underscore character in a label, use '__' (two D underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard H accelerator called a mnemonic. Pressing Alt and that key activates the  button. label/ - the text of the label with an underscore in ! front of the mnemonic character V'Sets the state of the expander. Set to True, if you want the child  widget to be revealed, and False$ if you want the child widget to be  hidden. W Queries a ( and returns its current state. Returns True if the  child widget is revealed. See V. XSets the spacing field of expander#, which is the number of pixels to ' place between expander and the child. YGets the value set by X. 0returns spacing between the expander and child. Z.Sets the text of the label of the expander to label. 0This will also clear any previously set labels. [;Fetches the text from the label of the expander, as set by  Z. \FIf true, an underline in the text of the expander label indicates the A next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.  useUnderline - True$ if underlines in the text indicate  mnemonics ]HReturns whether an embedded underline in the expander label indicates a  mnemonic. See \. returns True* if an embedded underline in the expander 0 label indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys. ^;Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in Pango's text markup  language. See ,Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Label.labelSetMarkup.  useMarkup - True if the label's text should be parsed  for markup _Returns whether the label',s text is interpreted as marked up with the ! Pango text markup language. See ^. `DSet the label widget for the expander. This is the widget that will / appear embedded alongside the expander arrow.  labelWidget - the new label widget a.Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See `. returns the label widget bAWhether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget. Default value: False cText of the expander' s label. dHIf set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be ( used for the mnemonic accelerator key. Default value: False eEThe text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup(). Default value: False f.Space to put between the label and the child. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 g:A widget to display in place of the usual expander label. hEWhether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space. Default value: c ij!"#TUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghij"#!TUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijOportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net:;<=>?@ABkCreates a new +. Unless you have a specific adjustment you'd like ' the layout to use for scrolling, pass Nothing for  hadjustment and   vadjustment.  hadjustment$ - horizontal scroll adjustment, or  Nothing  vadjustment" - vertical scroll adjustment, or  Nothing lAdds  childWidget to layout, at position (x,y). layout becomes  the new parent container of  childWidget.  childWidget - child widget x - X position of child widget y - Y position of child widget mMoves a current child of layout to a new position.  childWidget - a current child of layout x - X position to move to y - Y position to move to n4Sets the size of the scrollable area of the layout. width# - width of entire scrollable area height$ - height of entire scrollable area oGGets the size that has been set on the layout, and that determines the  total extents of the layout's scrollbar area. See n.  (width, height)pJThis function should only be called after the layout has been placed in a  7 or otherwise configured for scrolling. It returns the  J= used for communication between the horizontal scrollbar and  layout. See , Y, J for details. %returns horizontal scroll adjustment qJThis function should only be called after the layout has been placed in a  7 or otherwise configured for scrolling. It returns the  J; used for communication between the vertical scrollbar and  layout. See , Y, J for details. #returns vertical scroll adjustment r6Sets the horizontal scroll adjustment for the layout. See , Y, J for details.  adjustment - new scroll adjustment s4Sets the vertical scroll adjustment for the layout. See , Y, J for details.  adjustment - new scroll adjustment tThe J for the horizontal position. uThe J for the vertical position. vThe width of the layout. Allowed values: <= ( :: Int) Default value: 100 wThe height of the layout. Allowed values: <= ( :: Int) Default value: 100 xX position of child widget. Default value: 0 yY position of child widget. Default value: 0 z{>In case the adjustments are replaced, this signal is emitted. stuklmnopqrstuvwxyz{tusklmnopqrstuvwxyz{klmnopqrstuvwxyz{Rportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netC| Create a new  jkl|klj||Tportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net DEFGH}Creates a new . ~Adds a widget to a " container at the given position. widget - the widget to add. (x,y)1 - the horizontal and vertical position to place  the widget at. Moves a child of a " container to the given position. widget - the child widget. (x,y)4 - the horizontal and vertical position to move the  widget to. Sets whether the # widget is created with a separate ? for E its window or not. (By default, it will be created with no separate  ?*). This function must be called while the  is not B realized, for instance, immediately after the window is created. DThis function was added to provide an easy migration path for older  applications which may expect  to have a separate window. Gets whether the  has its own ?. See  . ' hasWindow' property. See  and  X position of child widget. Default value: 0 Y position of child widget. Default value: 0 def}~ efd}~}~`portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netI%Creates a new horizontal button box. BCDCDBYportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netJCreates a new .  homogeneous - True' if all children are to be given equal  space allotments. spacing4 - the number of pixels to place by default between  children. VWXWXVportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netKL Create a new . <The frame may be augmented with a label which can be set by  frameSetLabel. xalign, - Horizontal alignment of the child within  the allocation of the . This ranges from 0.0 ' (left aligned) to 1.0 (right aligned) yalign. - Vertical alignment of the child within the  allocation of the . This ranges from 0.0 ' (left aligned) to 1.0 (right aligned) ratio - The desired aspect ratio. If Nothing the 9 aspect ratio is taken from the requistion of the child. Set parameters for an existing . xalign0 - Horizontal alignment of the child within the  allocation of the . This ranges from 0.0 (left ! aligned) to 1.0 (right aligned) yalign. - Vertical alignment of the child within the  allocation of the . This ranges from 0.0 (left ! aligned) to 1.0 (right aligned) ratio - The desired aspect ratio. If Nothing the 9 aspect ratio is taken from the requistion of the child. X alignment of the child. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5 Y alignment of the child. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5 Aspect ratio if obey_child is False. Allowed values: [1e-04,10000] Default value: 0.5 -Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame' s child. Default value: True  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netMNOPCreates a new . xalign1 - the horizontal alignment of the child widget,  from 0 (left) to 1 (right). yalign/ - the vertical alignment of the child widget,  from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom). xscale, - the amount that the child widget expands < horizontally to fill up unused space, from 0 to 1. A value = of 0 indicates that the child widget should never expand. A ; value of 1 indicates that the child widget will expand to ) fill all of the space allocated for the . yscale, - the amount that the child widget expands = vertically to fill up unused space, from 0 to 1. The values  are similar to xscale.  Sets the  values. xalign8 - the horizontal alignment of the child widget, from 0  (left) to 1 (right). yalign6 - the vertical alignment of the child widget, from 0  (top) to 1 (bottom). xscale, - the amount that the child widget expands A horizontally to fill up unused space, from 0 to 1. A value of 0 C indicates that the child widget should never expand. A value of 1 @ indicates that the child widget will expand to fill all of the  space allocated for the . yscale7 - the amount that the child widget expands vertically A to fill up unused space, from 0 to 1. The values are similar to  xscale. HSets the padding on the different sides of the widget. The padding adds K blank space to the sides of the widget. For instance, this can be used to J indent the child widget towards the right by adding padding on the left. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4  paddingTop( - the padding at the top of the widget  paddingBottom+ - the padding at the bottom of the widget  paddingLeft) - the padding at the left of the widget  paddingRight+ - the padding at the right of the widget. ;Gets the padding on the different sides of the widget. See  . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 )(paddingTop, paddingBottom, paddingLeft,  paddingRight) - the padding at the top, ' bottom, left and right of the widget. JHorizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0  is right aligned. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5 JVertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is  bottom aligned. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5 GIf available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how A much of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 1 JIf available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much < of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 1 0The padding to insert at the top of the widget. Allowed values: <= ( :: Int) Default value: 0 3The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget. Allowed values: <= ( :: Int) Default value: 0 1The padding to insert at the left of the widget. Allowed values: <= ( :: Int) Default value: 0 2The padding to insert at the right of the widget. Allowed values: <= ( :: Int) Default value: 0   portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netQRSTUVWXYZCreates a new ,* with no rules added to it. Such a filter  doesn'Ft accept any files, so is not particularly useful until you add rules  with , , or  . ISets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string that will K be displayed in the file selector user interface if there is a selectable  list of filters. name* - the human-readable-name for the filter 1Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See . .returns The human-readable name of the filter *Adds a rule allowing a given mime type to filter. mimeType - name of a MIME type 5Adds a rule allowing a shell style glob to a filter. pattern - a shell style glob CAdds rule to a filter that allows files based on a custom callback  function. The list of flags needed) which is passed in provides information M about what sorts of information that the filter function needs; this allows ; Gtk+ to avoid retrieving expensive information when it isn't needed by the  filter. needed - list of flags indicating the 4 information that the custom filter function needs. (f(ilename uri displayName mimeType -> ...) - " filter function; if the function  returns True#, then the file will be displayed. =Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported by +. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 'name' property. See  and  +,,+ portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~+Used as a return value of handlers for the   signal of a . G This value determines whether the file chooser will present the stock % confirmation dialog, accept the user's choice of a filename, or let # the user choose another filename. Since Gtk 2.8. ?These identify the various errors that can occur while calling   functions. Describes whether a & is being used to open existing files $ or to save to a possibly new file. DSets the type of operation that the chooser is performing; the user M interface is adapted to suit the selected action. For example, an option to 5 create a new folder might be shown if the action is   but not if the action is . action( - the action that the file selector is  performing DGets the type of operation that the file chooser is performing; see  . GSets whether only local files can be selected in the file selector. If   localOnly is True5 (the default), then the selected file are files are L guaranteed to be accessible through the operating systems native file file M system and therefore the application only needs to worry about the filename  functions in , like , rather than the  URI functions like , HGets whether only local files can be selected in the file selector. See   JSets whether multiple files can be selected in the file selector. This is * only relevant if the action is set to be  or  6. It cannot be set with either of the folder actions. FGets whether multiple files can be selected in the file selector. See  . GSets the current name in the file selector, as if entered by the user. O Note that the name passed in here is a Unicode string rather than a filename. ? This function is meant for such uses as a suggested name in a " Save As..."  dialog. DIf you want to preselect a particular existing file, you should use   or  instead. Please see the ; documentation for those functions for an example of using   as well. name, - the filename to use, as a Unicode string HGets the filename for the currently selected file in the file selector. J If multiple files are selected, one of the filenames will be returned at  random. JIf the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected  folder. ,returns The currently selected filename, or  Nothing) if no file is selected, or the selected  file can'(t be represented with a local filename. Sets filename; as the current filename for the file chooser, by changing  to the file'@s parent folder and actually selecting the file in list. If the  chooser is in  mode, the file's base name will also  appear in the dialog's file name entry. If the file name isn't in the current folder of chooser , then the  current folder of chooser* will be changed to the folder containing  filename&. This is equivalent to a sequence of   followed by . FNote that the file must exist, or nothing will be done except for the  directory change. If you are implementing a File/'Save As... dialog, you should use this J function if you already have a file name to which the user may save; for A example, when the user opens an existing file and then does File/ Save As...  on it. If you don'6t have a file name already  for example, if the user J just created a new file and is saving it for the first time, do not call 8 this function. Instead, use something similar to this:  if documentIsNew 1 then do -- the user just created a new document < fileChooserSetCurrentFolder chooser defaultFolderForSaving 7 fileChooserSetCurrentName chooser "Untitled document" 0 else do --the user edited an existing document 1 fileChooserSetFilename chooser existingFilename filename" - the filename to set as current returns True- if both the folder could be changed and the ! file was selected successfully, False otherwise. (Selects a filename. If the file name isn't in the current folder of L the chooser, then the current folder of the chooser will be changed to the  folder containing filename. filename - the filename to select returns True- if both the folder could be changed and the ! file was selected successfully, False otherwise. GUnselects a currently selected filename. If the filename is not in the L current directory, does not exist, or is otherwise not currently selected,  does nothing. filename - the filename to unselect ?Selects all the files in the current folder of a file chooser. AUnselects all the files in the current folder of a file chooser. ELists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of J the chooser. The returned names are full absolute paths. If files in the F current folder cannot be represented as local filenames they will be  ignored. (See ) HSets the current folder for the chooser from a local filename. The user L will be shown the full contents of the current folder, plus user interface + elements for navigating to other folders. filename+ - the full path of the new current folder returns True. if the folder could be changed successfully,  False otherwise. @Gets the current folder of the chooser as a local filename. See  . 0returns the full path of the current folder, or  Nothing+ if the current path cannot be represented  as a local filename. FGets the URI for the currently selected file in the file selector. If G multiple files are selected, one of the filenames will be returned at  random. JIf the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected  folder. 'returns The currently selected URI, or Nothing if  no file is selected. Sets the file referred to by uri" as the current file for the file  chooser, by changing to the URI'+s parent folder and actually selecting the  URI in the list. If the chooser is  mode, the URI's ) base name will also appear in the dialog's file name entry. If the URI isn't in the current folder of chooser, then the current  folder of chooser* will be changed to the folder containing uri . This is  equivalent to a sequence of  followed by  . ENote that the URI must exist, or nothing will be done except for the 1 directory change. If you are implementing a File/Save As... dialog, you L should use this function if you already have a file name to which the user K may save; for example, when the user opens an existing file and then does  File/Save As... on it. If you don'!t have a file name already  for M example, if the user just created a new file and is saving it for the first J time, do not call this function. Instead, use something similar to this:  if documentIsNew 1 then do -- the user just created a new document ? fileChooserSetCurrentFolderURI chooser defaultFolderForSaving 7 fileChooserSetCurrentName chooser "Untitled document" 0 else do --the user edited an existing document ' fileChooserSetURI chooser existingURI uri - the URI to set as current returns True- if both the folder could be changed and the  URI was selected successfully, False otherwise. Selects the file to by uri. If the URI doesn't refer to a file in the L current folder of the chooser, then the current folder of the chooser will % be changed to the folder containing filename. uri - the URI to select returns True- if both the folder could be changed and the  URI was selected successfully, False otherwise. "Unselects the file referred to by uri. If the file is not in the L current directory, does not exist, or is otherwise not currently selected,  does nothing. uri - the URI to unselect ELists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of 9 the chooser. The returned names are full absolute URIs. FSets the current folder for the chooser from an URI. The user will be M shown the full contents of the current folder, plus user interface elements " for navigating to other folders. uri& - the URI for the new current folder returns True. if the folder could be changed successfully,  False otherwise. 6Gets the current folder of the chooser as an URI. See  . (returns the URI for the current folder. JSets an application-supplied widget to use to display a custom preview of H the currently selected file. To implement a preview, after setting the C preview widget, you connect to the UpdatePreview signal, and call   or  on each N change. If you can display a preview of the new file, update your widget and  set the preview active using  . Otherwise,  set the preview inactive. =When there is no application-supplied preview widget, or the I application-supplied preview widget is not active, the file chooser may G display an internally generated preview of the current file or it may  display no preview at all.  previewWidget" - widget for displaying preview. %Gets the current preview widget; see . 'returns the current preview widget, or Nothing 'Sets whether the preview widget set by  0 should be shown for the current filename. When active is set to false, the N file chooser may display an internally generated preview of the current file * or it may display no preview at all. See  for  more details. active8 - whether to display the user-specified preview widget 'Gets whether the preview widget set by  / should be shown for the current filename. See  . returns True) if the preview widget is active for the  current filename. ISets whether the file chooser should display a stock label with the name 5 of the file that is being previewed; the default is True. Applications H that want to draw the whole preview area themselves should set this to  False: and display the name themselves in their preview widget.  See also:  useLabel5 - whether to display a stock label with the name of  the previewed file JGets whether a stock label should be drawn with the name of the previewed  file. See . returns True/ if the file chooser is set to display a label & with the name of the previewed file, False otherwise. GGets the filename that should be previewed in a custom preview widget.  See . $returns the filename to preview, or Nothing if 5 no file is selected, or if the selected file cannot % be represented as a local filename. FGets the URI that should be previewed in a custom preview widget. See  . ,returns the URI for the file to preview, or  Nothing if no file is selected. JSets an application-supplied widget to provide extra options to the user.  extraWidget - widget for extra options %Gets the current preview widget; see . %returns the current extra widget, or Nothing IAdds the filter to the list of filters that the user can select between. J When a filter is selected, only files that are passed by that filter are  displayed. ERemoves the filter from the list of filters that the user can select  between. 6Lists the current set of user-selectable filters; see  , . ESets the current filter; only the files that pass the filter will be J displayed. If the user-selectable list of filters is non-empty, then the N filter should be one of the filters in that list. Setting the current filter I when the list of filters is empty is useful if you want to restrict the < displayed set of files without letting the user change it. Gets the current filter; see . returns the current filter, or Nothing BAdds a folder to be displayed with the shortcut folders in a file L chooser. Note that shortcut folders do not get saved, as they are provided < by the application. For example, you can use this to add a  "/usr/share/ mydrawprogram/Clipart" folder to the volume list. IIf the folder can not be added successfully an exception will be thrown. folder! - filename of the folder to add $Removes a folder from a file chooser's list of shortcut folders. KIf the folder can not be removed successfully an exception will be thrown. folder$ - filename of the folder to remove DQueries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by  . FAdds a folder URI to be displayed with the shortcut folders in a file L chooser. Note that shortcut folders do not get saved, as they are provided < by the application. For example, you can use this to add a  "file:///usr/share/ mydrawprogram/Clipart" folder to the volume list. IIf the folder can not be added successfully an exception will be thrown. uri - URI of the folder to add (Removes a folder URI from a file chooser's list of shortcut folders. uri - URI of the folder to remove DQueries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by  . JSets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file selector. !Available since Gtk+ version 2.6  showHidden - True' if hidden files and folders should be  displayed. JGets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file selector.  See . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 returns True, if hidden files and folders are displayed. Sets whether a file chooser in  mode will present J a confirmation dialog if the user types a file name that already exists.  This is False by default.  Regardless of this setting, the chooser will emit the  "confirm-overwrite" signal when appropriate. GIf all you need is the stock confirmation dialog, set this property to  TrueE. You can override the way confirmation is done by actually handling  the "confirm-overwrite"3 signal; please refer to its documentation for the  details. !Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 doOverwriteConfirmation% - whether to confirm overwriting in  save mode JQueries whether a file chooser is set to confirm for overwriting when the - user types a file name that already exists. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 returns True$ if the file chooser will present a  confirmation dialog; False otherwise. 'usePreviewLabel' property. See  and   ' showHidden' property. See  and   Since Gtk 2.6. 'selectMultiple' property. See  and   'previewWidgetActive' property. See   and  ' previewWidget' property. See  and   ' localOnly' property. See  and   'filter' property. See  and   ' extraWidget' property. See  and   'doOverwriteConfirmation' property. See   and   'action' property. See  and   4This signal is emitted when the current folder in a  N changes. This can happen due to the user performing some action that changes N folders, such as selecting a bookmark or visiting a folder on the file list. K It can also happen as a result of calling a function to explicitly change ' the current folder in a file chooser. GNormally you do not need to connect to this signal, unless you need to 7 keep track of which folder a file chooser is showing.  See also: , ,  , . EThis signal is emitted when there is a change in the set of selected  files in a -. This can happen when the user modifies the F selection with the mouse or the keyboard, or when explicitly calling $ functions to change the selection. GNormally you do not need to connect to this signal, as it is easier to J wait for the file chooser to finish running, and then to get the list of 5 selected files using the functions mentioned below.  See also: , ,  , , ,  , , . KonSelectionChanged, afterSelectionChanged :: FileChooserClass self => self  -> IO ()  -> IO (ConnectId self) (onSelectionChanged = connect_NONE__NONE selection-changed False +afterSelectionChanged = connect_NONE__NONE selection-changed True DThis signal is emitted when the preview in a file chooser should be L regenerated. For example, this can happen when the currently selected file M changes. You should use this signal if you want your file chooser to have a  preview widget. .Once you have installed a preview widget with  +, you should update it when this signal is $ emitted. You can use the functions  or  . to get the name of the file to preview. Your J widget may not be able to preview all kinds of files; your callback must  call " to inform the file chooser about 8 whether the preview was generated successfully or not.  See also: ,  , ,  , . %This signal is emitted when the user " activates" a file in the file L chooser. This can happen by double-clicking on a file in the file list, or  by pressing Enter. JNormally you do not need to connect to this signal. It is used internally  by 4 to know when to activate the default button in the  dialog.  See also: , ,  , . AThis signal gets emitted whenever it is appropriate to present a I confirmation dialog when the user has selected a file name that already B exists. The signal only gets emitted when the file chooser is in   mode. EMost applications just need to turn on the do-overwrite-confirmation  property (or call the  function), and M they will automatically get a stock confirmation dialog. Applications which I need to customize this behavior should do that, and also connect to the  confirmOverwrite signal. /A signal handler for this signal must return a  K value, which indicates the action to take. If the handler determines that A the user wants to select a different filename, it should return  $. If it determines that the user is : satisfied with his choice of file name, it should return  &. On the other hand, if it determines E that the stock confirmation dialog should be used, it should return  . Since Gtk 2.8. V678V786QZportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netCreates a new ). This is a file chooser widget that can J be embedded in custom windows, and it is the same widget that is used by  . action$ - Open or save mode for the widget Creates a new # with a specified backend. This is  especially useful if you use fileChooserSetLocalOnly to allow non-local M files. This is a file chooser widget that can be embedded in custom windows + and it is the same widget that is used by . action$ - Open or save mode for the widget backend' - The name of the specific filesystem  backend to use. STUTUSVportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net,Creates a new file-selecting button widget. title# - the title of the browse dialog. action! - the open mode for the widget. 1Creates a new file-selecting button widget using backend. title# - the title of the browse dialog. action! - the open mode for the widget. backend' - the name of the file system backend  to use.  Creates a  widget which uses dialog as it's  file-picking window. dialog - the  widget to  use. =Retrieves the title of the browse dialog used by the button. &returns a pointer to the browse dialog' s title.  Modifies the title* of the browse dialog used by the button. title - the new browse dialog title. )Retrieves the width in characters of the button widget' s entry and/or  label. >returns an integer width (in characters) that the button will  use to size itself. ;Sets the width (in characters) that the button will use to nChars. nChars! - the new width, in characters. Instance of the  associated with the button. Title to put on the  associated with the button. Default value: " Select A File" ^_`  _`^     <portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net Creates a new vertical ruler bc cb  =portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net  Creates a new horizontal ruler. de ed  >portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net "This sets the range of the ruler. lower - the lower limit of the ruler  ^ upper - the upper limit of the ruler  ^ position - the mark on the ruler  ^ maxSizeW - the maximum size of the ruler used when calculating the space to leave for the text @Retrieves values indicating the range and current position of a g.  See . Range of ruler Lower limit of ruler. Default value: 0 Upper limit of ruler. Default value: 0 Position of mark on the ruler. Default value: 0 Maximum size of the ruler. Default value: 0 The metric used for the ruler. Default value:  ''Pixels''  Since 2.8 fg     gf          portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net Creates a new  color selector.  Available since 2.14 Sets the current color in an ( color selector. Color component values  must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range.  Available since 2.14  (h, s, v)  h - value for the hue  s value for the saturation  v value for the value  Queries the current color in an & color selector. Returned values will  be in the [0.0, 1.0] range.  (h, s, v) h - Return value for the hue s - ! Return value for the saturation v - Return  value for the value #Sets the size and ring width of an  color selector. (size, ringWidth)  ^ size - Diameter for the hue ring  ^  ringWidth - Width of the hue ring &Queries the size and ring width of an  color selector. (size, ringWidth)  size1 - Return value for the diameter of the hue ring   ringWidth. - Return value for the width of the hue ring An > color selector can be said to be adjusting if multiple rapid N changes are being made to its value, for example, when the user is adjusting = the value with the mouse. This function queries whether the  color $ selector is being adjusted or not. returns True, if clients can ignore changes to the color ) value, since they may be transitory, or False if they should . consider the color value status to be final. Converts a color from 1 space to RGB. Input values must be in the [0.0,  1.0]1 range; output values will be in the same range.  (h, s, v)  h - value for the hue  s value for the saturation  v value for the value  (r, g, b) r - Return value for the red  component g - Return value for the green  component b - Return value for the blue  component #Converts a color from RGB space to '. Input values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range; output values  will be in the same range.  (r, g, b) r value for the red component  g value for the green component  b value for the blue component  (h, s, v)  h - Return value for the hue  s# - Return value for the saturation  v - Return value for the value  Color in an  color selector. 0 Color component values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range. The size and ring width of an  color selector.                   portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net$ "Creates a new font picker widget. "Creates a new font picker widget. fontname- - Name of font to display in font selection  dialog DSets or updates the currently-displayed font in font picker dialog. fontname4 - Name of font to display in font selection dialog returns Return value of LGraphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.FontSelectionDialog.fontSelectionDialogSetFontName if - the font selection dialog exists, otherwise False. 3Retrieves the name of the currently selected font. <returns an internal copy of the font name which must not be  freed. If  showStyle is True., the font style will be displayed along with  name of the selected font.  showStyle - True& if font style should be displayed in  label. GReturns whether the name of the font style will be shown in the label. ;returns whether the font style will be shown in the label. If showSize is True1, the font size will be displayed along with the  name of the selected font. showSize - True- if font size should be displayed in dialog. :Returns whether the font size will be shown in the label. :returns whether the font size will be shown in the label. If useFont is True3, the font name will be written using the selected  font. useFont - If True', font name will be written using font  chosen. 8Returns whether the selected font is used in the label. 8returns whether the selected font is used in the label. If useSize is True3, the font name will be written using the selected  size. useSize - If True&, font name will be written using the  selected size. 8Returns whether the selected size is used in the label. 8returns whether the selected size is used in the label. .Sets the title for the font selection dialog. title7 - a string containing the font selection dialog title 2Retrieves the title of the font selection dialog. <returns an internal copy of the title string which must not  be freed. !(The title of the font selection dialog. Default value: " Pick a Font" ")The name of the currently selected font. Default value: "Sans 12" #If this property is set to True!, the label will be drawn in the  selected font. Default value: False $If this property is set to True#, the label will be drawn with the  selected font size. Default value: False %If this property is set to True&, the name of the selected font style I will be shown in the label. For a more WYSIWIG way to show the selected % style, see the ::use-font property. Default value: True &If this property is set to True', the selected font size will be shown I in the label. For a more WYSIWIG way to show the selected size, see the  ::use-size property. Default value: True ' (The fontSet6 signal is emitted when the user selects a font. When  handling this signal, use   to find out which font was  just selected.               ! " # $ % & ' (              ! " # $ % & ' (              ! " # $ % & ' (rportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net )Creates a new . title - the title of the dialog box. *'Gets the currently-selected font name. -returns the currently-selected font name, or  Nothing if no font is selected. +"Sets the currently-selected font. fontname - a fontname. returns True if the font was found. ,-Gets the text displayed in the preview area. --Sets the text displayed in the preview area. . Gets the Cancel button. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14  returns the  used in the dialog for the Cancel button. / Gets the OK button. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14  returns the  used in the dialog for the OK button. 0Retrieves the  widget embedded in the dialog. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 returns the embedded  1' previewText' property. See  , and   -    ) * + , - . / 0 1  ) * + , - . / 0 1 ) * + , - . / 0 1[portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net  2Creates a new . 3'Gets the currently-selected font name. 4returns the name of the currently selected font, or  Nothing if no font is selected. 4"Sets the currently-selected font. fontname - a fontname. returns True if the font was found. 5-Gets the text displayed in the preview area. 6-Sets the text displayed in the preview area. 7(The X string that represents this font. Default value: "" 8?The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font. Default value: "abcdefghijk ABCDEFGHIJK" PQR 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 QRP 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 8tportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net 9FCreates a new file selection dialog box. By default it will contain a  u of the application'(s current working directory, and a file N listing. Operation buttons that allow the user to create a directory, delete + files and rename files, are also present. title- - a message that will be placed in the file  requestor' s titlebar. :/Sets a default path for the file requestor. If filename includes a L directory path, then the requestor will open with that path as its current  working directory. DThis has the consequence that in order to open the requestor with a * working directory and an empty filename, filename must have a trailing  directory separator. filename- - a string to set as the default file name. ;-This function returns the selected filename. EIf no file is selected then the selected directory path is returned. $returns currently-selected filename <GShows the file operation buttons, if they have previously been hidden. D The rest of the widgets in the dialog will be resized accordingly. =HHides the file operation buttons that normally appear at the top of the G dialog. Useful if you wish to create a custom file selector, based on  . >Will attempt to match pattern+ to a valid filenames or subdirectories in J the current directory. If a match can be made, the matched filename will K appear in the text entry field of the file selection dialog. If a partial  match can be made, the "Files"* list will contain those file names which & have been partially matched, and the "Folders" list those directories $ which have been partially matched. pattern5 - a string of characters which may or may not match ) any filenames in the current directory. ?FRetrieves the list of file selections the user has made in the dialog J box. This function is intended for use when the user can select multiple  files in the file list. @FSets whether the user is allowed to select multiple files in the file  list. Use  ?$ to get the list of selected files. selectMultiple0 - whether or not the user is allowed to select " multiple files in the file list. AJDetermines whether or not the user is allowed to select multiple files in  the file list. See  @. returns True+ if the user is allowed to select multiple  files in the file list B!The currently selected filename. CWhether buttons for creating/(manipulating files should be displayed. Default value: False D0Whether to allow multiple files to be selected. Default value: False  9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C Dportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net EICreates a new color button. This returns a widget in the form of a small N button containing a swatch representing the current selected color. When the M button is clicked, a color-selection dialog will open, allowing the user to N select a color. The swatch will be updated to reflect the new color when the  user finishes. FCreates a new color button. color - A % to set the current color with. GSets the current color to be color. color - A % to set the current color with. H!Returns the current color value. ISets the current opacity to be alpha. alpha# - an integer between 0 and 65535. J!Returns the current alpha value. (returns an integer between 0 and 65535. KCSets whether or not the color button should use the alpha channel. useAlpha - True+ if color button should use alpha channel,  False if not. L7Does the color selection dialog use the alpha channel? returns True) if the color sample uses alpha channel,  False if not. M/Sets the title for the color selection dialog. title' - String containing new window title. N.Gets the title of the color selection dialog. 9returns An internal string, do not free the return value OIf this property is set to True$, the color swatch on the button is H rendered against a checkerboard background to show its opacity and the < opacity slider is displayed in the color selection dialog. Default value: False P(The title of the color selection dialog Default value: " Pick a Color" QFThe selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque). Allowed values: <= 65535 Default value: 65535 R SThe colorSet7 signal is emitted when the user selects a color. When  handling this signal, use  H and  J to ) find out which color was just selected.  E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R Suportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net TCreates a new . title& - a string containing the title text  for the dialog.  T  T T\portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net  UCreates a new . V!Returns the current alpha value. (returns an integer between 0 and 65535. WSets the current opacity to be alpha$. The first time this is called, it * will also set the original opacity to be alpha too. alpha# - an integer between 0 and 65535. XGets the current color in the  widget. YSets the current color to be color$. The first time this is called, it ( will also set the original color to be color too. color - A % to set the current color with. ZDetermines whether the  widget has an opacity control. returns True/ if the color selector has an opacity control.  False if it does't. [ Sets the # widget to use or not use opacity.  hasOpacity - True( if color selector can set the opacity,  False otherwise. \;Determines whether the color selector has a color palette. returns True if the selector has a palette. False if it  hasn't. ]*Sets whether to show or hide the palette.  hasPalette - True if palette is to be visible, False  otherwise. ^"Returns the previous alpha value. (returns an integer between 0 and 65535. _ Sets the 'previous' alpha to be alpha!. This function should be called N with some hesitations, as it might seem confusing to have that alpha change. alpha# - an integer between 0 and 65535. `"Returns the original color value. a Sets the 'previous' color to be color!. This function should be called N with some hesitations, as it might seem confusing to have that color change.  Calling  Y$ will also set this color the first  time it is called. bLGets the current state of the widget. Returns True if the user is currently B dragging a color around, and False if the selection has stopped. c9Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity. Default value: False d"Whether a palette should be used. Default value: False eEThe current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque). Allowed values: <= 65535 Default value: 65535 f' previousAlpha' property. See  ^ and   _ MNO U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e fNOM U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netA g h%These enumeration values are used by   to determine what UI  element to create. i j k l m n o p q r s t!Creates a new ui manager object. u2Returns an unused merge id, suitable for use with  . v Sets the " add_tearoffs"( property, which controls whether menus  generated by this  will have tearoff menu items. GNote that this only affects regular menus. Generated popup menus never  have tearoff menu items.  addTearoffs( - whether tearoff menu items are added w(Returns whether menus generated by this  will have tearoff  menu items. -returns whether tearoff menu items are added xGInserts an action group into the list of action groups associated with  selfE. Actions in earlier groups hide actions with the same name in later  groups.  actionGroup# - the action group to be inserted pos5 - the position at which the group will be inserted. yGRemoves an action group from the list of action groups associated with  self.  actionGroup" - the action group to be removed zBReturns the list of action groups associated with the UI manager. { Returns the  associated with self.  returns the . |FLooks up a widget by following a path. The path consists of the names : specified in the XML description of the UI. separated by '/' . Elements  which don'3t have a name or action attribute in the XML (e.g. < popup>) can . be addressed by their XML element name (e.g. "popup"). The root element  ("/ui") can be omitted in the path. >Note that the widget found by following a path that ends in a <menu> M element is the menuitem to which the menu is attached, not the menu itself. path - a path 3returns the widget found by following the path, or  Nothing if no widget was found. }?Obtains a list of all toplevel widgets of the requested types. types# - specifies the types of toplevel ' widgets to include. Allowed types are   r,  p and   n. returns a list of all toplevel ! widgets of the requested types. ~,Looks up an action by following a path. See  | for more  information about paths. path - a path 2returns the action whose proxy widget is found by  following the path, or Nothing if no widget was  found. JParses a string containing a UI definition and merges it with the current  contents of self. An enclosing <'ui> element is added if it is missing. 3If a parse error occurres, an exception is thrown. buffer - the string to parse <returns The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be  used to unmerge the UI with  . HParses a file containing a UI definition and merges it with the current  contents of self. 9If a parse or IO error occurres, an exception is thrown. filename! - the name of the file to parse <returns The merge id for the merged UI. The merge id can be  used to unmerge the UI with  . -Adds a UI element to the current contents of self. If type is  s', Gtk+ inserts a menuitem, toolitem or I separator if such an element can be inserted at the place determined by  path . Otherwise type2 must indicate an element that can be inserted at  the place determined by path. If path; points to a menuitem or toolitem, the new element will be 2 inserted before or after this item, depending on top. mergeId' - the merge id for the merged UI, see   u path - a path name% - the name for the added UI element action) - the name of the action to be proxied,  or Nothing to add a separator type" - the type of UI element to add. top - if True!, the UI element is added before / its siblings, otherwise it is added after its  siblings. #Unmerges the part of the UI manager's content identified by mergeId. mergeId - a merge id as returned by    *Creates a UI definition of the merged UI. 7returns string containing an XML representation of the  merged UI. CMakes sure that all pending updates to the UI have been completed. *This may occasionally be necessary, since  updates the UI in I an idle function. A typical example where this function is useful is to I enforce that the menubar and toolbar have been added to the main window  before showing it:  do  containerAdd window vbox $ onAddWidget merge (addWidget vbox) ) uiManagerAddUiFromFile merge "my-menus" , uiManagerAddUiFromFile merge "my-toolbars"  uiManagerEnsureUpdate merge  widgetShow window The " add-tearoffs"0 property controls whether generated menus have  tearoff menu items. GNote that this only affects regular menus. Generated popup menus never  have tearoff menu items. Default value: False (An XML string describing the merged UI. Default value: "<ui>\n</ui>\n" IThe add_widget signal is emitted for each generated menubar and toolbar. G It is not emitted for generated popup menus, which can be obtained by   |. The "actions-changed"/ signal is emitted whenever the set of actions  changes. IThe add_widget signal is emitted for each generated menubar and toolbar. G It is not emitted for generated popup menus, which can be obtained by   |. The "actions-changed"/ signal is emitted whenever the set of actions  changes. JThe connect_proxy signal is emitted after connecting a proxy to an action  in the group. EThis is intended for simple customizations for which a custom action G class would be too clumsy, e.g. showing tooltips for menuitems in the  statusbar. HThe disconnect_proxy signal is emitted after disconnecting a proxy from  an action in the group. 3The pre_activate signal is emitted just before the action is activated. FThis is intended for applications to get notification just before any  action is activated. 3The post_activate signal is emitted just after the action is activated. EThis is intended for applications to get notification just after any  action is activated. 3+,- g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~  3,-+ h s r q p o n m l k j i g t v w x y z { | } ~  u . g h s r q p o n m l k j i i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net Creates a new   object. To add the action to a  . and set the accelerator for the action, call  actionGroupAddActionWithAccel. name - a unique name for the action label8 - the label displayed in menu items and on buttons, or  tooltip - a tooltip for the action, or  stockId5 - the stock icon to display in widgets representing  the action, or  Creates a new   object. To add the action to a  . and set the accelerator for the action, call  actionGroupAddActionWithAccel. name - a unique name for the action label5 - the label displayed in menu items and on buttons,  or  tooltip - a tooltip for the action, or  stockId5 - the stock icon to display in widgets representing  the action, or  manager - a C, or  for the  default C ;If recent items should be shown with numbers next to them.    !   !  cportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net  Create a new  EWhether the separator tool item is drawn as a vertical line, or just  blank. Setting this False along with  ;Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.ToolItem.toolItemSetExpand is useful to G create an item that forces following items to the end of the toolbar. KReturns whether the separator tool item is drawn as a line, or just blank.  See  . /Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank. Default value: True 9:; :;9  {portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net Creates a new .    portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net 2Flags used to specify the supported drag targets. +Unsets the tool palette icon size set with toolPaletteSetIconSize, so that user 6 preferences will be used to determine the icon size. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20  Unsets a toolbar style set with toolPaletteSetStyle(, so that user preferences will be used ! to determine the toolbar style. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 4Gets the horizontal adjustment of the tool palette. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 2Gets the vertical adjustment of the tool palette. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 4Gets the position of group in palette as index. See  . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 Dreturns the index of group or -1 if group is not a child of palette `Sets the position of the group as an index of the tool palette. If position is 0 the group will J become the first child, if position is -1 it will become the last child. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 FThe size of the icons in a tool palette is normally determined by the toolbarIconSize ? setting. When this property is set, it overrides the setting. dThis should only be used for special-purpose tool palettes, normal application tool palettes should 5 respect the user preferences for the size of icons. Default value:  # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 Is b if the iconSize property has been set. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 (The style of items in the tool palette. Default value:  # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 PWhether the item group should be the only one that is expanded at a given time. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 [Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows. at a given time. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 NSet the scroll adjustments for the viewport. Usually scrolled containers like  will . emit this signal to connect two instances of Y! to the scroll directions of the   Toolpalette. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20  Creates a new tool palette. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20         portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net    0Creates a new tool item group with label label. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 label the label of the new group returns a new  . 'Gets the tool item at position (x, y). # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 -Gets the position of item in group as index. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 group a   item a  Freturns the index of item in group or -1 if item is no child of group (Gets the number of tool items in group. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 *returns the number of tool items in group &Gets the tool item at index in group. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 index the index  returns the  at index ;Inserts item at position in the list of children of group. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 group a   item the  to insert into group position1 the position of item in group, starting with 0. $ The position -1 means end of list. <Sets the position of item in the list of children of group. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 group a   item the 8 to move to a new position, should be a child of group. positionX the new position of item in group, starting with 0. The position -1 means end of list. :Wether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 "Ellipsize for item group headers. Default value: EllipsizeNone # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 #Relief of the group header button. Default value: k # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 -The human-readable title of this item group. Default value: "" # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 1A widget to display in place of the usual label. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 BWhether the item should receive extra space when the group grows. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 2Whether the item should fill the available space. Default value: b # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 EWhether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items. Default value: b # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 )Whether the item should start a new row. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 (Position of the item within this group. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20      hportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net8 !"#$%&'()*+,- Creates a new  ESets whether the tool item is to be allocated the same size as other K homogeneous items. The effect is that all homogeneous items will have the ( same width as the widest of the items.  homogeneous - whether toolItem is the same size as other  homogeneous items KReturns whether the tool item is the same size as other homogeneous items.  See  . LSets whether the tool item is allocated extra space when there is more room L on the toolbar then needed for the items. The effect is that the item gets G bigger when the toolbar gets bigger and smaller when the toolbar gets  smaller. <Returns whether the tool item is allocated extra space. See   .  Sets the B5 object to be used for the tool item, the text to be G displayed as tooltip on the item and the private text to be used. See  tooltipsSetTip. tooltips - The B object to be used tipText' - text to be used as tooltip text for toolItem  tipPrivate+ - text to be used as private tooltip text .Sets whether toolitem has a drag window. When True the tool item can be  used as a drag source through  dragSourceSet . When the tool item has a drag N window it will intercept all events, even those that would otherwise be sent  to a child widget. 5Returns whether the tool item has a drag window. See   . ASets whether the tool item is visible when the toolbar is docked  horizontally. EReturns whether the tool item is visible on toolbars that are docked  horizontally. MSets whether the tool item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically. G Some tool items, such as text entries, are too wide to be useful on a  vertically docked toolbar. If False the tool item will 4 not appear on toolbars that are docked vertically. DReturns whether the tool item is visible when the toolbar is docked  vertically. See  . ?Sets whether the tool item should be considered important. The  ToolButton N class uses this property to determine whether to show or hide its label when  the toolbar style is . The result is that only tool  buttons with the " is important"+ property set have labels, an effect known  as " priority text". ;Returns whether the tool item is considered important. See    .Returns the icon size used for the tool item. 0Returns the orientation used for the tool item. 2Returns the toolbar style used for the tool item. Possibilities are:  []= meaning the tool item should show both an icon and a label,  stacked vertically  []& meaning the toolbar shows only icons  []- meaning the tool item should only show text  []6 meaning the tool item should show both an icon and a  label, arranged horizontally /Returns the relief style of the tool item. See buttonSetReliefStyle.  Returns the  that was last set by  ,  ie. the / that is going to appear in the overflow menu. If  menuItemId matches the string passed to    return the corresponding .  menuItemId& - a string used to identify the menu  item  returns The  passed to    , if the  menuItemIds  match.  Sets the ( used in the toolbar overflow menu. The  menuItemId N is used to identify the caller of this function and should also be used with   .  menuItemId - a string used to identify menuItem menuItem - a ! to be used in the overflow menu $Returns the ellipsize mode used for toolItem. Custom subclasses of  should call this 5 function to find out how text should be ellipsized. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 4returns a PangoEllipsizeMode indicating how text in toolItem should be ellipsized. $Returns the text alignment used for toolItem. Custom subclasses of  should call this 2 function to find out how text should be aligned. Creturns a gfloat indicating the horizontal text alignment used for toolItem &Returns the text orientation used for toolItem. Custom subclasses of  should call this 5 function to find out how text should be orientated.  returns a % indicating the orientation used for toolItem *Returns the size group used for labels in toolItem. Custom subclasses of  should call 2 this function and use the size group for labels. HWhether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal  orientation. Default value: True FWhether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical  orientation. Default value: True 7Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When True , toolbar  buttons show text in  mode. Default value: False 'expand' property. See   and   ' homogeneous' property. See   and    ' useDragWindow' property. See   and    1hijk*+, 1+,*    hkji  }portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net. Creates a new .    ~portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net /012 Alias for  .  Alias for  .  Alias for  . Creates a new . Creates a new  whose child is a simple . Creates a new ' containing a label. The label will be  created using labelNewWithMnemonic, so underscores in label indicate the  mnemonic for the menu item. GCreate a new radio button, adding it to the same group as the group to  which  groupMember belongs.  groupMember( - a member of an existing radio button 5 group, to which the new radio button will be added. KCreate a new radio button with a label, adding it to the same group as the  group to which  groupMember belongs.  groupMember( - a member of an existing radio button 5 group, to which the new radio button will be added. ECreate a new radio button with a label and attach it to the group of M another radio button. Underscores in the label string indicate the mnemonic  for the menu item.    portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net3456789 Create a new option menu.  Returns the  associated with the .  Provides the 5 that is popped up to allow the user to choose a new J value. You should provide a simple menu avoiding the use of tearoff menu $ items, submenus, and accelerators. 'Removes the menu from the option menu. #Selects the menu item specified by index making it the newly selected  value for the option menu. index6 - the index of the menu item to select. Index values  are from 0 to n-1. HRetrieves the index of the currently selected menu item. The menu items 3 are numbered from top to bottom, starting with 0. ?returns index of the selected menu item, or -1 if there are no  menu items The menu of options. :This signal is called if the selected option has changed.   Nportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net!:;<=>?@ABCD  Adds a new  to the end of the menu shell' s item list. child - The  to add.  Adds a new # to the beginning of the menu shell' s item list. child - The  to add.  Adds a new  to the menu shell's item list at the position  indicated by position. child - The  to add. position' - The position in the item list where child is . added. Positions are numbered from 0 to n-1. EDeactivates the menu shell. Typically this results in the menu shell  being erased from the screen. KActivates the menu item within the menu shell. If the menu was deactivated  and forceDeactivate9 is set, the previously deactivated menu is reactivated. menuItem - The  to activate. forceDeactivate - If True , force the deactivation of the . menu shell after the menu item is activated. +Selects the menu item from the menu shell. menuItem - The  to select. CDeselects the currently selected item from the menu shell, if any. CSelect the first visible or selectable child of the menu shell; don't > select tearoff items unless the only item is a tearoff item. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 searchSensitive - if True", search for the first selectable : menu item, otherwise select nothing if the first item isn't  sensitive. This should be False if the menu is being popped up  initially. -Cancels the selection within the menu shell. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 If  takeFocus is True, (the default) the menu shell will take the L keyboard focus so that it will receive all keyboard events which is needed ) to enable keyboard navigation in menus. Setting  takeFocus to False) is useful only for special applications M like virtual keyboard implementations which should not take keyboard focus. The  takeFocus9 state of a menu or menu bar is automatically propagated 8 to submenus whenever a submenu is popped up, so you don't have to worry H about recursively setting it for your entire menu hierarchy. Only when D programmatically picking a submenu and popping it up manually, the   takeFocus6 property of the submenu needs to be set explicitely. Note that setting it to False has side-effects: HIf the focus is in some other app, it keeps the focus and keynav in the  menu doesn'?t work. Consequently, keynav on the menu will only work if the ; focus is on some toplevel owned by the onscreen keyboard. (To avoid confusing the user, menus with  takeFocus set to False should K not display mnemonics or accelerators, since it cannot be guaranteed that  they will work. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8  takeFocus - True, if the menu shell should take the keyboard  focus on popup. Returns True: if the menu shell will take the keyboard focus on popup. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 returns True0 if the menu shell will take the keyboard focus  on popup. EA boolean that determines whether the menu and its submenus grab the  keyboard focus. See   and  . Default value: True $This signal is called if an item is  activated. The boolean flag hide is True whenever the menu will  behidden after this action. 0This signal will be emitted when a selection is M aborted and thus does not lead to an activation. This is in contrast to the   selection& done signal which is always emitted. ,This signal is sent whenever the menu shell  is deactivated (hidden).  )This signal is emitted for each move the  cursor makes.  %This signal is emitted when the user K finished using the menu. Note that this signal is emitted even if no menu  item was activated. vwx      wxv          portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net)EFGHIJKLMNOP Creates a new . Creates a new  whose child is a . label - the text for the label Creates a new / containing a label. The label will be created  using labelNewWithMnemonic, so underscores in label indicate the  mnemonic for the menu item. label0 - The text of the label, with an underscore in ! front of the mnemonic character  Sets the item's submenu, or changes it. 8Gets the submenu underneath this menu item, if any. See   . 'returns submenu for this menu item, or Nothing if  none. Removes the item' s submenu.  Select the menu item. Emits the "select" signal on the item. "Deselect the menu item. Emits the "deselect" signal on the item. -Simulate a click on the menu item. Emits the "activate" signal on the item. ISets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu & bar. This was traditionally done for "Help" menu items, but is now N considered a bad idea. (If the widget layout is reversed for a right-to-left J language like Hebrew or Arabic, right-justified-menu-items appear at the  left.) rightJustified - if True" the menu item will appear at the # far right if added to a menu bar. FGets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of the  menu bar. LSet the accelerator path on the menu item, through which runtime changes of  the menu item'=s accelerator caused by the user can be identified and saved  to persistant storage (see  accelMapSave on this). To setup a default & accelerator for this menu item, call accelMapAddEntry with the same accel  path. See also accelMapAddEntry, on the specifics of accelerator paths, and  menuSetAccelPath1 for a more convenient variant of this function. FThis function is basically a convenience wrapper that handles calling  widgetSetAccelPath5 with the appropriate accelerator group for the menu  item. DNote that you do need to set an accelerator on the parent menu with  menuSetAccelGroup for this to work.  accelPath+ - accelerator path, corresponding to this  menu item's functionality, or Nothing to unset the  current path. 'submenu' property. See   and   'rightJustified' property. See   and    #The user has chosen the menu item. = This is the only function applications normally connect to. . It is not emitted if the item has a submenu. >Emitted when the user chooses a menu item that has a submenu. = This signal is not emitted if the menu item does not have a  submenu. 2This signal is emitted when the item is selected. 4This signal is emitted when the item is deselected. 1This signal is emitted when the item is toggled.        ! ""                      ! ""                      ! "                      ! "Kportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netQRSTU #ADetermines how to pack a menu bar: left-to-right, right-to-left, ! top-to-bottom or bottom-to-top. $ % & ' (Creates the new  )2Sets how items should be packed inside a menubar. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 packDir - a new  #. *9Retrieves the current pack direction of the menubar. See   ). " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 returns the pack direction +DSets how widgets should be packed inside the children of a menubar. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8  childPackDir - a new  #. ,?Retrieves the current child pack direction of the menubar. See   +. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 !returns the child pack direction -CThe pack direction of the menubar. It determines how menuitems are  arranged in the menubar. Default value:  ' .AThe pack direction of the menubar. It determines how the widgets , contained in child menuitems are arranged. Default value:  ' ~ # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - .~ # ' & % $ ( ) * + , - . # ' & % $ $ % & ' ( ) * + , - .portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netVWXYZ[\]^_ /Creates a new . 0Creates a new  with a label. label$ - the string to use for the label. 1Creates a new ' containing a label. The label will be  created using 2Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Label.labelNewWithMnemonic, so  underscores in label* indicate the mnemonic for the menu item. label. - The text of the button, with an underscore $ in front of the mnemonic character 2&Sets the active state of the menu item' s check box. 33Returns whether the check menu item is active. See   2. 4Emits the toggled signal. 5CIf the user has selected a range of elements (such as some text or L spreadsheet cells) that are affected by a boolean setting, and the current M values in that range are inconsistent, you may want to display the check in  an " in between" state. This function turns on " in between" display. F Normally you would turn off the inconsistent state again if the user = explicitly selects a setting. This has to be done manually,   5) only affects visual appearance, it doesn't % affect the semantics of the widget. 6BQuery if the menu check is drawn as inconsistent (inbetween). See   5. 7+Sets whether the menu item is drawn like a . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 8.Returns whether the menu item is drawn like a . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 9"Whether the menu item is checked. Default value: False :Whether to display an " inconsistent" state. Default value: False ;4Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item. Default value: False <CThis signal is emitted when the state of the check box is changed.  / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 7 9 : ; < / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; <portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net `abc =Tree Row Reference : like a F% it points to a subtree or node, but K it is persistent. It identifies the same node (so long as it exists) even . when items are added, removed, or reordered. d >KCreates a row reference based on a path. This reference will keep pointing I to the node pointed to by the given path, so long as it exists. Returns Nothing( if there is no node at the given path. ?;Returns a path that the row reference currently points to. G The returned path may be the empty list if the reference was invalid. @>Returns True if the reference refers to a current valid path.  = > ? @ = > ? @ = > ? @portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netefghijkl AHQuery the sort column id that is currently in use. The return value may  be the special constant  in which case  the returned Boolean flag is False. (type, columnSet, sortColumnId)  returns True in  columnSet if  sortColumnId is not  . The type value indicates increasing  or decreasing ordering. B#Sets the current sort column to be  sortColumnId. The sortable will 8 resort itself to reflect this change, after emitting a  G  signal. If  sortColumnId is  , then the K default sort function will be used, if it is set. Note that this function L is mainly used by the view and that the user program should simply set the   of the @s.  sortColumnId - the sort column id to set order - The sort order of the column C5Sets the comparison function used when sorting to be sortFunc . If the  current sort column id of self is the same as  sortColumnId , then the & model will sort using this function.  sortColumnId - the sort column id to set  the function for sortFunc - The comparison function m D=Sets the default comparison function used when sorting to be sortFunc. " If the current sort column id of self is   then the model will sort using  this function. | If sortFunc is 5, then there will be no default comparison function.  This means that once the  model has been sorted, it can'Dt go back to the default state. In this case, when the current sort  column id of sortable is TreeSortableDefaultSortColumnId, the model will be unsorted. sortFunc - The comparison function  or % to use default comparison function. EEmits a  G signal on the model. FReturns True8 if the model has a default sort function. This is used  primarily by (Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeViewColumns in order to C determine if a model has a default ordering or if the entries are B retrieved in the sequence in which they are stored in the model. returns True+, if the model has a default sort function G&' A B C D E F G'& A B C D F E G A B C D E F Gportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netno H IThe  SelectionTag, ? and SelectionTypeTag of the DND  mechanism of #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore and  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeStore. This tag is used by   J and  K to store a store and a  F in a ;#. This target should be added to a  ,Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.TargetList using  2Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Seleciton.TargetSameWidget flag and an  (Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.InfoId of 0. J Obtains a  and a path from ; whenever the target is   I. Normally called from a treeDragDestDragDataReceived handler. K$Sets selection data with the target  I , consisting  of a  and a F. Normally used in a  treeDragSourceDragDataGet handler.  Returns True% if setting the data was successful.  H I J K H I J K H I J Kportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netHpqrstu LDA structure containing functions that enable this widget to be used ! as a target in drag-and-drop. M NBTell the drag-and-drop mechanism if the row can be dropped at the  given path. OThe data in the ; structure should be read using  2Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.selectionDataGet and B its information be used to insert a new row at the given path. PDA structure containing functions that enable this widget to be used ! as a source in drag-and-drop. Q R<Determine if the row at the given path is draggable. Return  False6 if for some reason this row should not be dragged by  the user. S Fill in the ; structure with information on  the given node using  2Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.selectionDataSet. T=The widget is informed that the row at the given path should * be deleted as the result of this drag. UThe  V U4 structure contains all functions that are required & to implement an application-specific . V W0Return the flags that are valid for this model. X2Convert an path into the tree into a more concise HG.  Return Nothing if the path does not exit. YBConvert an iterator to a path. The iterator will always be valid. Z&Retrieve a row at the given iterator. [?Advance the given iterator to the next node at the same level.  Return Nothing) if there is no next node at this level. \@Advance the given iterator to the first child of this iterator.  Return Notihing/ if the node at this iterator has no children. ]6Check if the node at the given iterator has children. ^FQuery the number of children the the node at the given iteratore has. _Ask for an iterator to the nth child. Return Nothing if  no such child exists. `/Ask for an iterator to the parent of the node. aEIncrease a reference count for this node. A positive reference count H indicates that the node is used (that is, most likely it is visible) B in at least one widget. Tracking reference counts for nodes is I optional but may be useful to infer when a given row can be discarded 0 if it was retrieved from an external source. b1Decrement the reference count of the given node. vwxyz{|8Type synonym for viewing the store as a set of columns. cA  c is an instance of a Gtk+  and can thus be used ( for any widget that stores data in a . The user may either  create an instance of a  c or use one of the pre-defined  models -Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore.ListStore of  -Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeStore.TreeStore. } d-These flags indicate various properties of a  -Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeModel.TreeModel.  If a model has  f# set, iterators remain valid after  a -Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeModel.TreeModel signal was emitted.  The  e2 flag is set if the rows are arranged in a simple ! flat list. This is set in the  -Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore.ListStore implementation. e f~ Create a new | value. gDSet or update a column mapping. This function should be used before D the model is installed into a widget since the number of defined - columns are only checked once by widgets. ,the store in which to allocate a new column the column that should be set $the function that sets the property h,the store in which to allocate a new column the column that should be set $the function that sets the property i'Create a new store that implements the  V U interface and  optionally the  Q P and the  M L. If the latter two  are set to Nothing5 a dummy interface is substituted that rejects every  drag and drop. 6Any private data the store needs to store. Usually an . %Functions necessary to implement the  interface. 8Functions to enable this store to generate drag events. 7Functions to enable this store to receive drag events. j.Extract a row of the given model at the given HG. k l'Return the private data stored in this  c. The private data > is meant as a container for the data stored in this model. m<Query the current value of the stamp that is used to create  HG3 iterators. The stamp is compared each time a view * accesses this store. If the stamp doesn't match, a warning @ is emitted. The stamp should be updated each time a the data C in the model changes. The rationale is that a view should never  use a stale HG), i.e., one that refers to an old model. nCreate a new stamp. See  m. # L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n# c d f e U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b P Q R S T L M N O i j g l m n k h# L M N O M N O P Q R S T Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d f e e f g h i j k l m nportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net7 o Create a E to extract an integer. p Create a E to extract an Boolean. q Create a E to extract an string. r Create a E to extract an +. s Convert a E to a bare number. t The invalid E-. Widgets use this value if no column id has  been set. u4Returns a set of flags supported by this interface. The flags supported should not 0 change during the lifecycle of the tree_model. vTurn a  into a HG.  Returns Nothing8 if the string is not a colon separated list of numbers  that references a valid node.  pathString - A string representation of a F. wTurn a F into a HG. Returns Nothing if the given F was invalid. The empty list G is always invalid. The root node of a tree can be accessed by passing  [0] as path. path - The F. x Retrieves an HG to the first entry. Returns Nothing if the table is empty. yTurn an abstract HG into a F. In case the given HG) was invalid, an empty list is returned. z+Read the value of at a specific column and HG. column& - The column to lookup the value at. {GRetrieve an iterator to the node following it at the current level. If  there is no next node, Nothing is returned. |+Retrieve an iterator to the first child of parent. If parent has no  children, Nothing. parent - a pointer to the parent }Returns True if iter has children, False otherwise. iter - The HG to test for children. returns True if iter has children. ~$Returns the number of children that iter has. As a special case, if  iter is Nothing1, then the number of toplevel nodes is returned. iter - The HG, or Nothing. "returns The number of children of iter.  Retrieve the n th child of parent, counting from zero. If n is too  big or parent has no children, Nothing is returned. If Nothing is  specified for the parent( argument, the function will return the nth  root node. parent - The HG to get the child from, or  Nothing. n$ - Then index of the desired child. &Retrieve the parent of this iterator. HMaps a function over each node in model in a depth-first fashion. If it  returns True), then the tree ceases to be walked, and    returns. @Generates a string representation of the iter. This string is a ':' ) separated list of numbers. For example, "4:10:0:3" would be an acceptable  return value for this string. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 iter - An HG. #the returned string representation ELets the tree ref the node. This is an optional method for models to J implement. To be more specific, models may ignore this call as it exists $ primarily for performance reasons. IThis function is primarily meant as a way for views to let caching model N know when nodes are being displayed (and hence, whether or not to cache that J node.) For example, a file-system based model would not want to keep the M entire file-hierarchy in memory, just the sections that are currently being " displayed by every current view. HA model should be expected to be able to get an iter independent of its  reffed state. iter - The HG. GLets the tree unref the node. This is an optional method for models to J implement. To be more specific, models may ignore this call as it exists $ primarily for performance reasons. -For more information on what this means, see   . Please 4 note that nodes that are deleted are not unreffed. iter - The HG.  Emits the   signal on the model. H This function is only necessary to implement a custom tree model. When  using #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore or  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeStore, this function is called  automatically. path - A F pointing to the changed row iter - A valid HG pointing to the changed row  Emits the   signal on the model. H This function is only necessary to implement a custom tree model. When  using #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore or  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeStore, this function is called  automatically. path - A F pointing to the inserted row iter - A valid HG pointing to the inserted row  Emits the  % signal on the model. This should be ; called by models after the child state of a node changes. H This function is only necessary to implement a custom tree model. When  using #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore or  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeStore, this function is called  automatically. path - A F pointing to the changed row iter - A valid HG pointing to the changed row  Emits the  / signal on the model. This should be called by A models after a row has been removed. The location pointed to by path H should be the location that the row previously was at. It may not be a  valid location anymore. H This function is only necessary to implement a custom tree model. When  using #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore or  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeStore, this function is called  automatically. path - A F& pointing to the previous location of  the deleted row.  Emits the  / signal on the model. This should be called by ; models when their rows have been reordered. The length of newOrder must # be equal to the value returned by  treeModelIterNChildren self iter. H This function is only necessary to implement a custom tree model. When  using #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore or  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeStore, this function is called  automatically. path - A F! pointing to the tree node whose  children have been reordered iter - A valid HG pointing to the node whose " children have been reordered, or Nothing if  path is []. newOrder3 - a list of integers giving the previous position ' of each node at this hierarchy level. <This signal is emitted when a row in the model has changed. FThis signal is emitted when a new row has been inserted in the model. IThis signal is emitted when a row has gotten the first child row or lost  its last child row. 4This signal is emitted when a row has been deleted. HNote that no iterator is passed to the signal handler, since the row is  already deleted. Implementations of  must emit row-deleted before removing the J node from its internal data structures. This is because models and views M which access and monitor this model might have references on the node which  need to be released in the   handler. :This signal is emitted when the children of a node in the   have been reordered. See   for more information 0 about the parameters that this signal carries. Note that this signal is not) emitted when rows are reordered by DND, E since this is implemented by removing and then reinserting the row. -EFGHJKLM o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~  -KJLGHFE o p q r t sM u w v x y z { | } ~  o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net   Create a new # that contains a list of elements.  Create a new < that contains a list of elements. In addition, specify two ! interfaces for drag and drop. !the initial content of the model  an optional interface for drags &an optional interface to handle drops the new model  Convert a HG to an an index into the  . Note that this 6 function merely extracts the second element of the HG. Default drag functions for #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore. These K functions allow the rows of the model to serve as drag source. Any row is / allowed to be dragged and the data set in the SelectionDataM object is  set with  K%, i.e. it contains the model and the  F to the row. Default drop functions for #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore. These L functions accept a row and insert the row into the new location if it is  dragged into a tree view  that uses the same model. &Extract the value at the given index. ;Update the value at the given index. The index must exist. !Extract all data from the store. +Query the number of elements in the store. IInsert an element in front of the given element. The element is appended ; if the index is greater or equal to the size of the list. "Prepend the element to the store. 2Prepend a list to the store. Not implemented yet. BAppend an element to the store. Returns the index of the inserted  element. 'Remove the element at the given index. Empty the store. 4Permute the rows of the store. Not yet implemented. 1Swap two rows of the store. Not yet implemented. GMove the element at the first index in front of the element denoted by ( the second index. Not yet implemented. DMove the element at the first index past the element denoted by the $ second index. Not yet implemented.    portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net Creates a new *, that will be a sorted view of the given  model. !Returns the underlying model the  is sorting. FConverts the given path to a path relative to the given sorted model. K The given path points to a row in the child model. The returned path will , point to the same row in the sorted model. KConverts path in the sorted model to a path on the unsorted model on which  the given / is based. That is, the given path points to a  location in the given &. The returned path will point to the 1 same location in the underlying unsorted model. IReturn an iterator in the sorted model that points to the row pointed to , by the given iter from the unsorted model. KReturn an iterator in the unsorted model that points to the row pointed to * by the given iter from the sorted model. FThis resets the default sort function. As a consequence, the order of ? this model will be the same order as that of the child model. Clear the cache of unref' d iterators. < This function should almost never be called. It clears the  # of any cached iterators that haven't been reffed with   :. This might be useful if the child model being sorted is  static (and doesn'5t change often) and there has been a lot of unreffed M access to nodes. As a side effect of this function, all unreffed iters will  be invalid. 2Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this . > WARNING: This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/ or testing  purposes. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 iter - A HG. returns True if the iter is valid, False if the iter is  invalid.  I  I portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net. Callback function type for  .  DCallback type for a function that is called everytime the selection $ changes. This function is set with  . Set single or multiple choice. Gets the selection mode. .Set a callback function if selection changes. , If set, this function is called before any J node is selected or unselected, giving some control over which nodes are - selected. The select function should return True if the state of the node  may be toggled, and False) if the state of the node should be left  unchanged.  Retrieve the u widget that this ! works on. +Retrieves the selection of a single choice !. +Execute a function for each selected node. D Note that you cannot modify the tree or selection from within this  function. Hence,   might be more useful. .Creates a list of paths of all selected rows.  Additionally, if you are N planning on modifying the model after calling this function, you may want to * convert the returned list into a list of TreeRowReferences. To do this,  you can use treeRowReferenceNew. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 returns a list containing a F for  each selected row. .Returns the number of rows that are selected. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 %returns The number of rows selected. Select a specific item by F. Deselect a specific item by F. AReturns True if the row at the given path is currently selected. Select a specific item by HG. Deselect a specific item by HG. AReturns True if the row at the given iter is currently selected. 9Selects all the nodes. The tree selection must be set to  H mode. Unselects all the nodes. (Selects a range of nodes, determined by  startPath and endPath  inclusive.  selection must be set to H mode.  startPath" - The initial node of the range. endPath - The final node of the range. *Unselects a range of nodes, determined by  startPath and endPath  inclusive. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2  startPath" - The initial node of the range. endPath" - The initial node of the range. 'mode' property. See   and   HEmitted whenever the selection has (possibly) changed. Please note that K this signal is mostly a hint. It may only be emitted once when a range of H rows are selected, and it may occasionally be emitted when nothing has  happened. "GHIJK ! "! GKJIH  *portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netg &Generate a new TreeViewColumn widget. 2Add a cell renderer at the beginning of a column. @ Excess space is divided equally among all renderers which have  expand set to True. ,Add a cell renderer at the end of a column. @ Excess space is divided equally among all renderers which have  expand set to True. 9Remove the associations of attributes to a store for all >s.  Retrieve all >%s that are contained in this column. 5Set the number of pixels between two cell renderers. 5Get the number of pixels between two cell renderers. &Set the visibility of a given column. &Get the visibility of a given column. 0Set if a given column is resizable by the user. 0Get if a given column is resizable by the user. &Set wether the column can be resized. (Return the resizing type of the column. 'Query the current width of the column. Set the width of the column. / This is meaningful only if the sizing type is  . $Gets the fixed width of the column. / This is meaningful only if the sizing type is  . M This value is only meaning may not be the actual width of the column on the ! screen, just what is requested. !Set minimum width of the column. IGet the minimum width of a column. Returns -1 if this width was not set. !Set maximum width of the column. IGet the maximum width of a column. Returns -1 if this width was not set.  Emit the clicked signal on the column. Set the widget'-s title if a custom widget has not been set. Get the widget' s title. 7Set if the column should be sensitive to mouse clicks. AReturns True if the user can click on the header for the column. Set the column's title to this widget. $Retrieve the widget responsible for L showing the column title. In case only a text title was set this will be a   widget with a  inside.  returns the  in the column header, or  CSets the alignment of the title or custom widget inside the column L header. The alignment determines its location inside the button -- 0.0 for & left, 0.5 for center, 1.0 for right. xalign, - The alignment, which is between [0.0 and  1.0] inclusive. IReturns the current x alignment of the tree column. This value can range  between 0.0 and 1.0. HSet if the column can be reordered by the end user dragging the header. 9Returns whether the column can be reordered by the user. !Set the column by which to sort.  Sets the logical columnId that this column sorts on when 9 this column is selected for sorting. The selected column' s header : will be clickable after this call. Logical refers to the  3Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeSortable.SortColumnId for which  a comparison function was set. !Get the column by which to sort.  Retrieves the logical columnId* that the model sorts on when this column  is selected for sorting.  Returns  FGraphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeSortable.treeSortableDefaultSortColumnId ! if this tree view column has no  3Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeSortable.SortColumnId associated with it. 9Set if a given column has sorting arrows in its heading. ;Query if a given column has sorting arrows in its heading. BSet if a given column is sorted in ascending or descending order. G In order for sorting to work, it is necessary to either use automatic  sorting via   or to use a + user defined sorting on the elements in a . DQuery if a given column is sorted in ascending or descending order. DSets the column to take available extra space. This space is shared 9 equally amongst all columns that have the expand set to True. If no column M has this option set, then the last column gets all extra space. By default, # every column is created with this False. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 expand - True+ if the column should take available extra  space, False if not Return True4 if the column expands to take any available space. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 returns True, if the column expands Returns True% if any of the cells packed into the  treeColumn are N visible. For this to be meaningful, you must first initialize the cells with  treeViewColumnCellSetCellData returns True&, if any of the cells packed into the   treeColumn are currently visible )Sets the current keyboard focus to be at cell, if the column contains 2 ) or more editable and activatable cells. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 cell - A > GFlags the column, and the cell renderers added to this column, to have  their sizes renegotiated. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 Whether to display the column. Default value: True Column is user-resizable. Default value: False Current width of the column. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 'Space which is inserted between cells. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 Resize mode of the column. Default value:   #Current fixed width of the column. Allowed values: >= 1 Default value: 1 %Minimum allowed width of the column. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 %Maximum allowed width of the column. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 "Title to appear in column header. Default value: "" :Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget. Default value: False #Whether the header can be clicked. Default value: False ?Widget to put in column header button instead of column title. 1X Alignment of the column header text or widget. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0 8Whether the column can be reordered around the headers. Default value: False "Whether to show a sort indicator. Default value: False 3Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate. Default value: @ ' sortColumnId' property. See   and    <Emitted when the header of this column has been clicked on. I    >?@?@ I@?     >@? = portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net  Creates a new , with  childModel as the child model and  root as the virtual root.  childModel - A . root - A F or []. =Sets the visible function used when filtering the rows to be func.  The function should return True( if the given row should be visible and  False? otherwise. The passed-in iterator is an iterator of the child  model, not of the & model that is passed in as the first  argument to this function. DIf the condition calculated by the function changes over time (e.g. > because it depends on some global parameters), you must call   1 to keep the visibility information of the model  up to date. func - The visible function Sets column< of the child model to be the column where the filter model : should look for visibility information. A row containing True means  that this row should be shown. column( - A column of Booleans that determines  if a row is visible (Returns a pointer to the child model of filter.  returns a . IReturn an iterator in the sorted model that points to the row pointed to . by the given iter from the unfiltered model. MReturn an iterator in the unfiltered model that points to the row pointed to , by the given iter from the filtered model. HConverts the given path to a path relative to the given filtered model. K The given path points to a row in the child model. The returned path will . point to the same row in the filtered model. OConverts path in the filtered model to a path on the unfiltered model on which  the given / is based. That is, the given path points to a  location in the given &. The returned path will point to the 3 same location in the underlying unfiltered model. Emits  3 for each row in the child model, which causes the 8 filter to re-evaluate whether a row is visible or not. ;This function should almost never be called. It clears the filter of  any cached iterators that haven't been reffed with  . This G might be useful if the child model being filtered is static (and doesn't J change often) and there has been a lot of unreffed access to nodes. As a C side effect of this function, all unreffed iters will be invalid. filter - the filter model )The model for the filtermodel to filter. EThe virtual root (relative to the child model) for this filtermodel.                          portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net, The  9 type synonym is only used iternally. What it represents 5 the stack during a (fictional) lookup operations. ! The topmost frame is the node G for which this lookup was started and the innermost frame (the last 7 element of the list) contains the root of the tree.   'Maximum number of nodes on each level. , These numbers determine how many bits in a HG are devoted to G each level. Hence, these numbers reflect log2 of the maximum number $ of nodes at a level, rounded up. A store for hierarchical data.  Create a new list store. I The given rose tree determines the initial content and may be the empty  list. Each 2 in the forest corresponds to one top-level node. Create a new list store.  In addition to  (, this function takes an two interfaces : to implement user-defined drag-and-drop functionality. %the inital tree stored in this model  an optional interface for drags &an optional interface to handle drops Default drag functions for  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeStore$. These functions allow the rows of M the model to serve as drag source. Any row is allowed to be dragged and the  data set in the SelectionDataM object is set with  K, $ i.e. it contains the model and the F to the row. Default drop functions for #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeStore. These L functions accept a row and insert the row into the new location if it is  dragged into a tree view  that uses the same model. The invalid tree iterator. <Calculate the maximum number of nodes on a per-level basis. !Convert an iterator into a path. Try to convert a path into a HG. ICreate a traversal structure that allows a pre-order traversal in linear  time. I The returned structure points at the root of the first level which doesn't I really exist, but serves to indicate that it is before the very first  node. 1Extract the store from the cache data structure. -Advance the traversal structure to the given HG. FAdvance to the given iterator and return weather this was successful.  %Get the leaf index of this iterator. ! Due to the way we construct the HGs, we can check which the last H level of an iterator is: The bit sequence of level n is zero if n is K greater or equal to the level that the iterator refers to. The returned H triple is (pos, leaf, zero) such that pos..pos+leaf denotes the leaf I index and pos+leaf..pos+leaf+zero denotes the bit field that is zero. !-Move an iterator forwards on the same level. ".Move down to the child of the given iterator. #Descend to the first child. $Ascend to parent. Insert nodes into the store. : The given list of nodes is inserted into given parent at pos. / If the parent existed, the function returns  Just path where path 6 is the position of the newly inserted elements. If pos is negative @ or greater or equal to the number of children of the node at path, + the new nodes are appended to the list.  the store path - the position of the parent pos - the index of the new tree !the list of trees to be inserted Insert a node into the store.  the store path - the position of the parent pos - the index of the new tree the value to be inserted %Insert a single node into the store. E This function inserts a single node without children into the tree. ) Its arguments are similar to those of  .  the store path - the position of the parent pos - the index of the new tree the value to be inserted %Insert nodes into a forest. A If the parent was found, returns the new tree, the child number B and a flag denoting if these new nodes were the first children  of the parent. Remove a node from the store. G The node denoted by the path is removed, along with all its children.  The function returns True if the given node was found. & Remove a node from a rose tree. B Returns the new tree if the node was found. The returned flag is  True< if deleting the node left the parent without any children. Set a node in the store. Change a node in the store.  Returns True3 if the node was found. For a monadic version, see   . Change a node in the store.  Returns True= if the node was found. For a purely functional version, see   . 'Change a node in the forest.  Returns True if the given node was found. <Extract one node from the current model. Fails if the given  F refers to a non-existent node. =Extract a subtree from the current model. Fails if the given  F refers to a non-existent node. /Extract a subtree from the current model. Like    but returns Nothing, if the path refers to a non-existant node.                                  Cportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net()*+,-./ Creates a new q widget. Creates a new q widget, adds a 8 to it, and  makes its show markup+. The text can be marked up with the Pango  text markup language. markup( - the text to display in the cell view Creates a new q widget, adds a : to it, and  makes its show pixbuf. pixbuf) - the image to display in the cell view Creates a new q widget, adds a 8 to it, and  makes its show text. text( - the text to display in the cell view Sets the model for cellView. If cellView already has a model set, it 1 will remove it before setting the new model. If model is Nothing, then  it will unset the old model. model - a  >Returns the size needed by the cell view to display the model  row pointed to by path. path - a F returns the size requisition Sets the background color of view. color - the new background color 4Returns the cell renderers which have been added to cellView. Background color as a string. Default value: "" pq         qp                 "portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net01234 !Creates a new 0$. Adjust rendering parameters using @ object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with  System.Glib.Attributes.set). Also, within a  (Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeViewColumn, you can bind a property to a  value in a -Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeModel.TreeModel using  <Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellLayout.cellLayoutSetAttributes. For  example, you can bind the  & property on the cell renderer K to a boolean value in the model, thus causing the check button to reflect  the state of the model. "If radio is True3, the cell renderer renders a radio toggle (i.e. a 6 toggle in a group of mutually-exclusive toggles). If False, it renders a J check toggle (a standalone boolean option). This can be set globally for L the cell renderer, or changed just before rendering each cell in the model  (for u%, you set up a per-row setting using @ to 9 associate model columns with cell renderer properties). radio - True- to make the toggle look like a radio button #Returns whether we'3re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes. returns True if we''re rendering radio toggles rather than  checkboxes $1Returns whether the cell renderer is active. See   %. returns True! if the cell renderer is active. %*Activates or deactivates a cell renderer. setting - the value to set. & The toggle state of the button. Default value: False '&The inconsistent state of the button. Default value: False ($The toggle button can be activated. Default value: True )*Draw the toggle button as a radio button. Default value: False *"Size of check or radio indicator. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 12 +The  +8 signal is emitted when the cell is toggled. The string  represents a TreePath+ into the model and can be converted using  stringToTreePath. , -/0 ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , -0/ ! # " $ % & ' ( ) * + , - ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , -$portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net56 .Creates a new 4. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 /7The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 03The acceleration rate when you hold down a button. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 1)The number of decimal places to display. Allowed values: <= 20 Default value: 0 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 34 . / 0 143 . / 0 1 . / 0 1&portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net;789:;<=>?@A 2&Create a new CellRendererText object. 3ASets the height of a renderer to explicitly be determined by the   = and /Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRenderer.cellYPad L attribute set on it. Further changes in these properties do not affect the L height, so they must be accompanied by a subsequent call to this function. F Using this function is unflexible, and should really only be used if K calculating the size of a cell is too slow (ie, a massive number of cells  displayed). If  numberOfRows, is -1, then the fixed height is unset, and 3 the height is determined by the properties again.  numberOfRows0 - Number of rows of text each cell renderer is  allocated, or -1 4#Text background color as a string. Default value: "" 5Text background color as a $%. 6 Whether the /'cellTextBackground'\/'cellTextBackgroundColor' attribute is set. Default value: False 7.Whether the text can be modified by the user. 8 Whether the  7 flag affects text editability. 9CSpecifies the preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell B renderer does not have enough room to display the entire string.  Setting it to B turns off  ellipsizing. See the  \ property for another way of ) making the text fit into a given width. ! Available in Gtk 2.6 or higher. : Whether the  9! tag affects the ellipsize mode. ! Available in Gtk 2.6 or higher. ;AName of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace. <Determines if  ; has an effect. =Font description as a string. >Font description as a (Graphics.Rendering.Pango.FontDescription. ?#Text foreground color as a string. Default value: "" @Text foreground color as a $%. A Whether the /'cellTextForeground'\/'cellTextForegroundColor' attribute is set. Default value: False BDThe language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as + a hint when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter,  you probably don' t need it. C Whether the  B tag is used, default is False. D.Define a markup string instead of a text. See  S. EAOffset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is  negative). Allowed values: >= -2147483647 Default value: 0 F Whether the  E tag is used, default is False. G#Font scaling factor. Default is 1. H Whether the  G tag is used, default is False. I7Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph. Default value: False JFont size in points. KFont size in points. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 L Whether the  J tag is used, default is False. MFont stretch. N Whether the  M tag is used, default is False. O$Whether to strike through the text. P Whether the  O tag is used, default is False. Q%Font style (e.g. normal or italics). R Whether the  Q tag is used, default is False. SADefine the attribute that specifies the text to be rendered. See  also  D. T"Style of underline for this text. U Whether the  T tag is used, default is False. V Font variant (e.g. small caps). W Whether the  V tag is used, default is False. XFont weight, default: 400. Y Whether the  X tag is used, default is False. ZFThe desired width of the cell, in characters. If this property is set  to -1A, the width will be calculated automatically, otherwise the cell F will request either 3 characters or the property value, whichever is  greater. ! Available in Gtk 2.6 or higher. [CSpecifies how to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell B renderer does not have enough room to display the entire string. ( This property has no effect unless the  \ property is set. ! Available in Gtk 2.8 or higher. \@Specifies the width at which the text is wrapped. The wrap-mode C property can be used to influence at what character positions the 2 line breaks can be placed. Setting wrap-width to -1 turns wrapping off. ! Available in Gtk 2.8 or higher. ]ESpecifies how to align the lines of text with respect to each other. INote that this property describes how to align the lines of text in case  there are several of them. The  1Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRenderer.cellXAlign property of  >:, on the other hand, sets the horizontal alignment of the  whole text. Default value: )Graphics.Rendering.Pango.Layout.AlignLeft # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 ^/Emitted when the user finished editing a cell. HWhenever editing is finished successfully, this signal is emitted which E indicates that the model should be updated with the supplied value. 0 The value is always a string which matches the  S attribute of  8 (and its derivates like 2). : This signal is not emitted when editing is disabled (see   7#) or when the user aborts editing. _ `C478 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ `487 2 3 S D I 4 5 6 ? @ A 7 8 = > ; < Q R V W X Y M N J K L G H E F O P T U B C 9 : Z [ \ ] ^ _ `/ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ `!portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netD aCreates a new .. bThe "value": property determines the percentage to which the progress  bar will be " filled in". Allowed values: [0,100] Default value: 0 cThe  c4 attribute determines the label which will be drawn 1 over the progress bar. Setting this property to Nothing causes the I default label to be displayed. Setting this property to an empty string " causes no label to be displayed. Default value: Nothing -. a b c.- a b c a b c'portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net EF d(Create a new CellRendererPixbuf object. eThe pixbuf to render. fPixbuf for open expander. gPixbuf for closed expander. h*The stock ID of the stock icon to render. Default value: "" iThe IconSize5 value that specifies the size of the rendered icon. Default value: 1 j+Render detail to pass to the theme engine. Default value: "" kIThe name of the themed icon to display. This property only has an effect  if not overridden by  h or  e attributes. Default value: "" lGSpecifies whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to  the CellRendererState. Default value: False 9: d e f g h i j k l:9 d e f g h i j k l d e f g h i j k l#portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netGH mCreates a new 2. This Renderer allows for displaying 2 a fixed set of options the user can choose from. nIf True1, the cell renderer will allow the user to enter / values other than the ones in the popup list. Default value: True oGThe tuple containing a model and a column in this model that determine I the possible strings that can be shown in the combo box. Note that this J tree model can be a datum in the tree model that is used to populate the  view in which the 2# is part of. In other words, it is  possible that every 2 can show a different set of  options on each row. 12 m n o21 m n o m n o(portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netIJ pLReturns a new cell renderer which will show a spinner to indicate activity. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 q7Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 rePulse of the spinner. Increment this value to draw the next frame of the spinner animation. Usually, + you would update this value in a timeout. The mS widget draws one full cycle of the animation per second by default. You can learn @ about the number of frames used by the theme by looking at the numSteps style property and the % duration of the cycle by looking at  cycleDuration. Default value: 0 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 sThe 8 value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner. Default value:  # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 ;< p q r s<; p q r s p q r sportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netKLMNOPQRSTUVWX t Packs the cell+ into the beginning of the cell layout. If expand is  False , then the cell/ is allocated no more space than it needs. Any 8 unused space is divided evenly between cells for which expand is True. ;Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported. cell - A >. expand - True if cell is to be given extra space  allocated to  cellLayout. u Adds the cell to the end of  cellLayout. If expand is False, then  the cell? is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is ( divided evenly between cells for which expand is True. ;Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported. cell - A >. expand - True if cell is to be given extra space  allocated to  cellLayout. v Re-inserts cell at position . Note that cell has already to be  packed into  cellLayout for this to function properly. cell - A > to reorder. position - New position to insert cell at. w+Remove all renderers from the cell layout. x4Returns the cell renderers which have been added to  cellLayout. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 !returns a list of cell renderers y*Adds an attribute mapping to the renderer cell. The column is  the E+ of the model to get a value from, and the  attribute is the  parameter on cell9 to be set from the value. So for example if column 2 of 0 the model contains strings, you could have the "text" attribute of a  8 get its values from column 2. cell - A >.  attribute - An attribute of a renderer. column1 - The virtual column of the model from which to  retrieve the attribute. zSpecify how a row of the model defines the  attributes of the > cell . This is a convenience wrapper  around  {" in that it sets the cells of the cell ) with the data retrieved from the model.  Note on using 5Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeModelSort.TreeModelSort and  9Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeModelFilter.TreeModelFilter: These two models M wrap another model, the so-called child model, instead of storing their own K data. This raises the problem that the data of cell renderers must be set " using the child model, while the HG$s that the view works with refer to M the model that encapsulates the child model. For convenience, this function O transparently translates an iterator to the child model before extracting the  data using e.g. KGraphics.UI.Gtk.TreeModel.TreeModelSort.treeModelSortConvertIterToChildIter. M Hence, it is possible to install the encapsulating model in the view and to ( pass the child model to this function. cell - A >. model# - A model containing rows of type row. 1Function to set attributes on the cell renderer. {AInstall a function that looks up a row in the model and sets the  attributes of the > cell using the row' s content. cell - A >. model$ - A model from which to draw data. 1Function to set attributes on the cell renderer. Y the iterator (the model that we got from the all back  the model that we actually want |3Clears all existing attributes previously set with   z. cell - A >$ to clear the attribute mapping on. ( t u v w x y z { | ( t u v w | x y z { t u v w x y z { |jportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netHZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrs }Creates a new empty . ~EConvenience function which constructs a new text combo box that is a  9 just displaying strings. This function internally calls   ! after creating a new combo box. Creates a new  with the model initialized to model. model - A . 'Create a combo box that holds strings. This function stores a #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore with the J widget and sets the model to the list store. The widget can contain only * strings. The model can be retrieved with   . The list  store can be retrieved with  . J Any exisiting model or renderers are removed before setting the new text  model.  Note that the functions  ,  ,   ,   and   ( can be called on a combo box only once   is called. )Retrieve the model that was created with  . Appends string" to the list of strings stored in comboBox . Note that B you can only use this function with combo boxes constructed with   ~*. Returns the index of the appended text. Inserts string at position" in the list of strings stored in  comboBox<. Note that you can only use this function with combo boxes  constructed with  ~. position - An index to insert text. text - A string.  Prepends string" to the list of strings stored in comboBox . Note that B you can only use this function with combo boxes constructed with   ~. Removes the string at position from comboBox. Note that you can only 5 use this function with combo boxes constructed with  ~. position - Index of the item to remove. 'Returns the currently active string in comboBox or Nothing if none is E selected. Note that you can only use this function with combo boxes  constructed with  ~. HReturns the wrap width which is used to determine the number of columns M for the popup menu. If the wrap width is larger than 1, the combo box is in  table mode. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 +Sets the wrap width of the combo box to be width. The wrap width is I basically the preferred number of columns when you want the popup to be  laid out in a table. .Gets the column with row span information for comboBox. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 .Sets the column with row span information for comboBox to be rowSpan. L The row span column contains integers which indicate how many rows an item  should span. BGets the source of the column span information for the combo box. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 FSets the source of the column span information for the combo box. The I column span source contains integers which indicate how many columns an  item should span. EReturns the index of the currently active item, or -1 if there is no K active item. If the model is a non-flat treemodel, and the active item is G not an immediate child of the root of the tree, this function returns  treePathGetIndices path !! 0, where path is the F of the  active item. >returns An integer which is the index of the currently active  item, or -1 if there's no active item. Sets the active item of comboBox to be the item at index. index; - An index in the model passed during construction, or -1  to have no active item.  Returns a HG/ that points to the current active item, if it  exists, or Nothing% if there is no current active item. 9Sets the current active item to be the one referenced by iter. iter ) must correspond to a path of depth one. iter - The HG.  Returns the $ which is acting as data source for comboBox.  returns A  which was passed during  construction. Sets the model used by comboBox to be model. Will unset a previously ( set model (if applicable). If model is Nothing, then it will unset the  model. LNote that this function does not clear the cell renderers, you have to call  comboBoxCellLayoutClear/ yourself if you need to set up different cell  renderers for the new model. 4Pops up the menu or dropdown list of the combo box. HThis function is mostly intended for use by accessibility technologies; - applications should have little use for it. #Hides the menu or dropdown list of comboBox. HThis function is mostly intended for use by accessibility technologies; - applications should have little use for it. IInstalls a mapping from the model to a row separator flag, which is used G to determine whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row  separator mapping is Nothing', no separators are drawn. This is the  default value. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 the  widget 7The model and a function to extract a Boolean from it. =Sets whether the popup menu should have a tearoff menu item. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6  addTearoffs - True to add tearoff menu items 6Gets the current value of the :add-tearoffs property.  Sets the menu's title in tearoff mode. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 title) - a title for the menu in tearoff mode. 8Gets the current title of the menu in tearoff mode. See   . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns the menu's title in tearoff mode. GSets whether the combo box will grab focus when it is clicked with the M mouse. Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars  where you don'<t want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the  application. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6  focusOnClick2 - whether the combo box grabs focus when clicked  with the mouse FReturns whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the  mouse. See  . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 returns True) if the combo box grabs focus when it is  clicked with the mouse. GThe model from which the combo box takes the values shown in the list. HIf wrap-width is set to a positive value, the list will be displayed in F multiple columns, the number of columns is determined by wrap-width. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 IThe values of that column are used to determine how many rows a value in M the list will span. Therefore, the values in the model column pointed to by I this property must be greater than zero and not larger than wrap-width. Default value:  t " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 IThe values of that column are used to determine how many columns a value  in the list will span. Default value:  t " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 DThe item which is currently active. This value only makes sense for  a list model. HThe add-tearoffs property controls whether generated menus have tearoff  menu items. 4Note that this only affects menu style combo boxes. Default value: False " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 DThe has-frame property controls whether a frame is drawn around the  entry. Default value: True " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 EWhether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse. Default value: True FA title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is  torn-off. Default value: "" # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 JWhether the combo boxes dropdown is popped up. Note that this property is H mainly useful because it allows you to connect to notify::popup-shown. Default value: False # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 'title' property. See   and   # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 JThe changed signal is emitted when the active item is changed. The can be L due to the user selecting a different item from the list, or due to a call  to  .. It will also be emitted while typing into a  -, as well as when selecting an item from the  ComboBoxEntry's list. -The combo box was dropped down or collapsed. 3$%& } ~  3%&$ } ~  . } ~  iportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net tuvw Creates a new  which has a k as child. After , construction, you should set a model using   and a  text column using  . Creates a new " with a store containing strings.  See  . Creates a new  which has a k as child and a list of # strings as popup. You can get the k from a  using   binGetChild7. To add and remove strings from the list, just modify model " using its data manipulation API. model - A  c. $Set a model box that holds strings. This function stores a #Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore with the J widget and sets the model to the list store. The widget can contain only * strings. The model can be retrieved with   . The list  store can be retrieved with  . J Any exisiting model or renderers are removed before setting the new text  model. K In order to respond to new texts that the user enters, it is necessary to  connect to the )Graphics.UI.Gtk.Entry.Entry.entryActivate signal of the  contained !Graphics.UI.Gtk.Entry.Entry.Entry an insert the text into the ( text model which can be retrieved with   .  Note that the functions  ,  ,   ,   and   ( can be called on a combo box only once   is  called. ;Sets the model column should be use to get strings from to  be  textColumn.  textColumn - A column in model to get the strings from. :Returns the column which is used to get the strings from. -returns A column in the data source model of entryBox. *Retrieve the text currently in the entry.  Returns Nothing$ if no text is selected or entered.  Availabe in Gtk 2.6 or higher. ;A column in the data source model to get the strings from. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 5Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CustomStore.invalidColumnId '() ()'  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netxyz{|}~ Creates a new 3). The table contains no tags by default. HAdd a tag to the table. The tag is assigned the highest priority in the  table. NThe tag must not be in a tag table already, and may not have the same name as  an already-added tag. Remove a tag from the table. Look up a named tag. name - name of a tag returns The tag, or Nothing if none by that name  is in the table. !Maps over each tag in the table. 4Returns the size of the table (the number of tags). 23 32  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net The name of a mark. .Creates a text mark. Add it to a buffer using textBufferAddMark. If  name is NothingA, the mark is anonymous; otherwise, the mark can be retrieved by  this name  using textBufferGetMark3. If a mark has left gravity, and text is inserted  at the mark'>s current location, the mark will be moved to the left of the 5 newly-inserted text. If the mark has right gravity ( leftGravity =  FalseA), the mark will end up on the right of newly-inserted text. The L standard left-to-right cursor is a mark with right gravity (when you type, 3 the cursor stays on the right side of the text you' re typing). # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 markName - name for mark, or Nothing  leftGravity% - whether the mark has left gravity Sets the visibility of mark+; the insertion point is normally visible, M i.e. you can see it as a vertical bar. Also, the text widget uses a visible K mark to indicate where a drop will occur when dragging-and-dropping text. E Most other marks are not visible. Marks are not visible by default. Returns True< if the mark is visible (i.e. a cursor is displayed for it) Returns True3 if the mark has been removed from its buffer with  textBufferDeleteMark . Marks can't  be used once deleted. Returns the mark name; returns Nothing for anonymous marks. 0Gets the buffer this mark is located inside, or Nothing if the mark is  deleted. .Determines whether the mark has left gravity. KThe name is misleading as Arabic, Hebrew and some other languages have the ( beginning of a line towards the right. Retreives the name of a mark. The 'visible' property. See   and   UDetermines whether the mark keeps to the left when text is inserted at its position.  ! !  ?portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net> Creates a new i.  adjustment - the J object that this spin  button should use.  climbRate& - specifies how much the spin button & changes when an arrow is clicked on. digits, - the number of decimal places to display. DThis is a convenience constructor that allows creation of a numeric  iA without manually creating an adjustment. The value is initially 7 set to the minimum value and a page increment of 10 * step is the default. D The precision of the spin button is equivalent to the precision of step. BNote that the way in which the precision is derived works best if step H is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your  needs, use   to correct it. min - Minimum allowable value max - Maximum allowable value step1 - Increment added or subtracted by spinning the  widget IChanges the properties of an existing spin button. The adjustment, climb L rate, and number of decimal places are all changed accordingly, after this  function call.  adjustment - a J.  climbRate - the new climb rate. digits2 - the number of decimal places to display in the  spin button.  Replaces the J" associated with the spin button.  adjustment - a J to replace the existing  adjustment %Get the adjustment associated with a i  returns the J of  spinButton %Set the precision to be displayed by  spinButton. Up to 20 digit  precision is allowed. digits6 - the number of digits after the decimal point to be  displayed for the spin button's value Fetches the precision of  spinButton. See  . returns the current precision HSets the step and page increments for the spin button. This affects how / quickly the value changes when the spin button's arrows are activated. step+ - increment applied for a button 1 press. page+ - increment applied for a button 2 press. KGets the current step and page the increments used by the spin button. See   .  (step, page)% - step increment and page increment BSets the minimum and maximum allowable values for the spin button min - minimum allowable value max - maximum allowable value 0Gets the range allowed for the spin button. See  .  (min, max)% - minimum and maximum allowed value <Get the value of the spin button as a floating point value. 7Get the value of the spin button as an integral value. "Set the value of the spin button. GSets the update behavior of a spin button. This determines whether the B spin button is always updated or only when a valid value is set. policy - a / value /Gets the update behavior of a spin button. See   . "returns the current update policy HSets the flag that determines if non-numeric text can be typed into the  spin button. numeric5 - flag indicating if only numeric entry is allowed. HReturns whether non-numeric text can be typed into the spin button. See   . returns True% if only numeric text can be entered $Increment or decrement a spin button'$s value in a specified direction by  a specified amount.  direction - a '# indicating the direction to spin.  increment, - step increment to apply in the specified  direction. ISets the flag that determines if a spin button value wraps around to the H opposite limit when the upper or lower limit of the range is exceeded. wrap8 - a flag indicating if wrapping behavior is performed. Returns whether the spin button'%s value wraps around to the opposite C limit when the upper or lower limit of the range is exceeded. See   . returns True! if the spin button wraps around GSets the policy as to whether values are corrected to the nearest step M increment when a spin button is activated after providing an invalid value.  snapToTicks1 - a flag indicating if invalid values should be  corrected. BReturns whether the values are corrected to the nearest step. See   . returns True, if values are snapped to the nearest step. -Manually force an update of the spin button. 7The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton. 3The acceleration rate when you hold down a button. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 )The number of decimal places to display. Allowed values: <= 20 Default value: 0 CWhether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's  nearest step increment. Default value: False 2Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored. Default value: False <Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits. Default value: False HWhether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is  legal. Default value: 1 .Reads the current value, or sets a new value. Default value: 0  Install a custom input handler. I This signal is called upon each time the value of the SpinButton is set K by spinButtonSetValue. The function can return Nothing if the value is no  good. !Install a custom output handler. I This handler makes it possible to query the current value and to render F something completely different to the screen using entrySetText. The K return value must be False in order to let the default output routine run  after this signal returns. *The value of the spin button has changed. 6'()*+,-./01hi 6ih /10 '.-,+*)( & 8portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net Creates a new [.  adjustment - the J which sets the range of  the scale. FCreates a new vertical scale widget that lets the user input a number  between min and max (including min and max) with the increment  step. step must be nonzero; it'%s the distance the slider moves when 1 using the arrow keys to adjust the scale value. BNote that the way in which the precision is derived works best if step H is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your  needs, use -Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Scale.scaleSetDigits to correct it. min - minimum value max - maximum value step1 - step increment (tick size) used with keyboard  shortcuts Z[ [Z  9portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net Creates a new ].  adjustment - the J which sets the range of  the scale. HCreates a new horizontal scale widget that lets the user input a number  between min and max (including min and max) with the increment  step. step must be nonzero; it'%s the distance the slider moves when 1 using the arrow keys to adjust the scale value. BNote that the way in which the precision is derived works best if step H is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your  needs, use -Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Scale.scaleSetDigits to correct it. min - minimum value max - maximum value step1 - step increment (tick size) used with keyboard  shortcuts \] ]\  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net= Creates a new  object. Gets the entry  completion has been attached to. returns the entry  completion has been attached to. Sets the model for a . If  completion already has a H model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If model is  Nothing , then it will unset the model. model - The . Returns the model the " is using as data source. Returns  Nothing if the model is unset.  returns A , or Nothing if none is  currently being used. GConvenience function for setting up the most used case of this code: a > completion list with just strings. This function will set up  completion to N have a list displaying all (and just) strings in the completion list, and to  get those strings from model$. This functions creates and adds a  83 which retrieves its content from the given model.   completionthe model containing s Sets the match function for  completion to be func. The match function I is used to determine if a row should or should not be in the completion  list. A The passed-in function decides whether the row indicated by the  G< matches a given key, and should be displayed as a possible F completion for key. Note that the key is normalized and case-folded. E Normalization will standardizing such issues as whether a character H with an accent is represented as a base character and combining accent F or as a single precomposed character. If this is not appropriate you / can extract the original text from the entry. *Requires the length of the search key for  completion to be at least  lengthD. This is useful for long lists, where completing using a small key M takes a lot of time and will come up with meaningless results anyway (ie, a  too large dataset). length- - The minimum length of the key in order to  start completing. *Returns the minimum key length as set for  completion. /returns The currently used minimum key length. HRequests a completion operation, or in other words a refiltering of the K current list with completions, using the current key. The completion list # view will be updated accordingly. Inserts an action in  completion's action item list at position index  with text text2. If you want the action item to have markup, use   . index$ - The index of the item to insert. text - Text of the item to insert. Inserts an action in  completion's action item list at position index  with markup markup. index$ - The index of the item to insert. markup! - Markup of the item to insert. Deletes the action at index from  completion's action list. index$ - The index of the item to Delete. GConvenience function for setting up the most used case of this code: a > completion list with just strings. This function will set up  completion to N have a list displaying all (and just) strings in the completion list, and to  get those strings from column in the model of  completion. "This functions creates and adds a 8 for the selected  column. column - The column in the model of  completion to  get strings from. Requests a prefix insertion. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 GReturns the column in the model of the completion to get strings from. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 *returns the column containing the strings ESets whether the common prefix of the possible completions should be & automatically inserted in the entry. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 inlineCompletion - True to do inline completion HReturns whether the common prefix of the possible completions should be & automatically inserted in the entry. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 returns True# if inline completion is turned on DSets whether the completions should be presented in a popup window. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 popupCompletion - True to do popup completion GReturns whether the completions should be presented in a popup window. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 returns True" if popup completion is turned on HSets whether the completion popup window will be resized to be the same  width as the entry. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8  popupSetWidth - True to make the width of the  popup the same as the entry IReturns whether the completion popup window will be resized to the width  of the entry. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 returns True( if the popup window will be resized to  the width of the entry FSets whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is 2 only a single match. You may want to set this to False if you are using  inline completion. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 popupSingleMatch - True if the popup should  appear even for a single match IReturns whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is  only a single match. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 returns True! if the popup window will appear & regardless of the number of matches. The model to find matches in. >Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 1 0The column of the model containing the strings. Default value: 5Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CustomStore.invalidColumnId HDetermines whether the common prefix of the possible completions should M be inserted automatically in the entry. Note that this requires text-column ; to be set, even if you are using a custom match function. Default value: False GDetermines whether the possible completions should be shown in a popup  window. Default value: True GDetermines whether the completions popup window will be resized to the  width of the entry. Default value: True HDetermines whether the completions popup window will shown for a single 7 possible completion. You probably want to set this to False if you are  using inline completion. Default value: True FGets emitted when the inline autocompletion is triggered. The default N behaviour is to make the entry display the whole prefix and select the newly  inserted part. JApplications may connect to this signal in order to insert only a smaller  part of the prefix- into the entry - e.g. the entry used in the  4 inserts only the part of the prefix up to the next '/'. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 AGets emitted when a match from the list is selected. The default L behaviour is to replace the contents of the entry with the contents of the & text column in the row pointed to by iter. *Gets emitted when an action is activated. FGets emitted when the inline autocompletion is triggered. The default N behaviour is to make the entry display the whole prefix and select the newly  inserted part. JApplications may connect to this signal in order to insert only a smaller  part of the prefix- into the entry - e.g. the entry used in the  4 inserts only the part of the prefix up to the next '/'.  *Gets emitted when an action is activated. *           *           %           portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net  Create a new  object. 7Optionally, specify initial text to set in the buffer. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18  initialChars - initial buffer text or  1Retrieves the length in bytes of the buffer. See entryBufferGetLength. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 'returns The byte length of the buffer. Inserts chars" into the contents of the buffer,  at position position. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 position) - the position at which to insert text. chars' - the text to insert into the buffer. 4returns The number of characters actually inserted. 2Deletes a sequence of characters from the buffer. nChars characters are  deleted starting at position. If nChars" is negative, then all characters ( until the end of the text are deleted. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 position$ - position at which to delete text nChars" - number of characters to delete *returns The number of characters deleted. Used when subclassing  # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 position& - position at which text was deleted nChars - number of characters deleted Used when subclassing  # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 position' - position at which text was inserted chars - text that was inserted nChars! - number of characters inserted The contents of the buffer. Default value: "" # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 "The length of the text in buffer. Allowed values: <= 65535 Default value: 0 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 .The maximum length of the text in the buffer. Allowed values: [0,65535] Default value: 0 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18                                  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net' ESelects a region of text. The characters that are selected are those  characters at positions from startPos up to, but not including endPos.  If endPos= is negative, then the the characters selected will be those  characters from startPos to the end of the text. Calling this function with start=1 and end=4 it will mark "ask" in  the string "Haskell". start - the starting position. end - the end position. <Gets the current selection bounds, if there is a selection.  (start, end)( - the starting and end positions. This  pair is not ordered. The end index represents the  position of the cursor. The start index is the other end 9 of the selection. If both numbers are equal there is in  fact no selection. "Inserts text at a given position. newText - the text to insert. position- - the position at which to insert the text. 4returns the position after the newly inserted text. FDeletes a sequence of characters. The characters that are deleted are $ those characters at positions from startPos up to, but not including  endPos. If endPos6 is negative, then the the characters deleted will be  those characters from startPos to the end of the text. startPos - the starting position. endPos - the end position. JRetrieves a sequence of characters. The characters that are retrieved are $ those characters at positions from startPos up to, but not including  endPos. If endPos8 is negative, then the the characters retrieved will be  those characters from startPos to the end of the text. startPos - the starting position. endPos - the end position. 0returns the characters in the indicated region. !CCauses the characters in the current selection to be copied to the - clipboard and then deleted from the widget. "CCauses the characters in the current selection to be copied to the  clipboard. #HCauses the contents of the clipboard to be pasted into the given widget ! at the current cursor position. $HDeletes the current contents of the widgets selection and disclaims the  selection. %Sets the cursor position. position- - the position of the cursor. The cursor is A displayed before the character with the given (base 0) index in C the widget. The value must be less than or equal to the number of < characters in the widget. A value of -1 indicates that the ? position should be set after the last character in the entry. &'Retrieves the current cursor position. <returns the position of the cursor. The cursor is displayed C before the character with the given (base 0) index in the widget. B The value will be less than or equal to the number of characters A in the widget. Note that this position is in characters, not in  bytes. 'HDetermines if the user can edit the text in the editable widget or not.  isEditable - True) if the user is allowed to edit the text  in the widget. (,Retrieves whether the text is editable. See  '. )'position' property. See  & and   % *'editable' property. See  ( and   ' +The  +* signal is emitted at the end of a single / user-visible operation on the contents of the . C For inctance, a paste operation that replaces the contents of the B selection will cause only one signal emission (even though it is E implemented by first deleting the selection, then inserting the new ! content, and may cause multiple  inserText signals to be  emitted). ,1Emitted when a piece of text is deleted from the  widget.  See  ., for information on how to use this signal.  (startPos endPos -> ...) -+Stop the current signal that deletes text. .2Emitted when a piece of text is inserted into the  widget. H The connected signal receives the text that is inserted, together with K the position in the entry widget. The return value should be the position E in the entry widget that lies past the recently inserted text (i.e. F you should return the given position plus the length of the string). G To modify the text that the user inserts, you need to connect to this 8 signal, modify the text the way you want and then call   .. To avoid that this signal handler is called 5 recursively, you need to temporarily block it using  . After the default signal C handler has inserted your modified text, it is important that you H prevent the default handler from being executed again when this signal 2 handler returns. To stop the current signal, use  /. K The following code is an example of how to turn all input into uppercase:   idRef <- newIORef undefined . id <- entry `on` insertText $ \str pos -> do  id <- readIORef idRef  signalBlock id 8 pos' <- editableInsertText entry (map toUpper str) pos  signalUnblock id  stopInsertText id  return pos'  writeIORef idRef id Note that binding  . using  is not very useful, except to  track editing actions. /+Stop the current signal that inserts text. 0 1 2 (startPos endPos -> ...) 3 (startPos endPos -> ...) 4 5345     ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5453     ! " # $ ' ( % & ) * + , . - / 0 1 2 3 4 5     ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net 6 Creates a +, with a range between 0.0 and 1.0, with a H stepping of 0.02. Volume values can be obtained and modified using the  functions from .  6 6 6portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net 7 Creates a , with a range between min and max , with a  stepping of step. size - a stock icon size min. - the minimum value of the scale (usually 0) max0 - the maximum value of the scale (usually 100) step7 - the stepping of value when a scroll-wheel event, or  up/$down arrow event occurs (usually 2)  icons 8DSets the icons to be used by the scale button. For details, see the icons property.  icons 9Retrieves the popup of the . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14 returns the popup of the  :!Retrieves the plus button of the . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14 returns the plus button of the . ;"Retrieves the minus button of the . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14  returns the minus button of the . <The value of the scale. Default value: 0 =The icon size. Default value: ''IconSizeSmallToolbar'' >The J> that contains the current value of this scale button object. ?cThe names of the icons to be used by the scale button. The first item in the array will be used in c the button when the current value is the lowest value, the second item for the highest value. All e the subsequent icons will be used for all the other values, spread evenly over the range of values. If there'Ys only one icon name in the icons array, it will be used for all the values. If only two d icon names are in the icons array, the first one will be used for the bottom 50% of the scale, and ! the second one for the top 50%. 6It is recommended to use at least 3 icons so that the  reflects the current value of ! the scale better for the users.  Since 2.12 @The  @5 signal is emitted when the value field has changed. AThe popupM signal is a keybinding signal which gets emitted to popup the scale widget. BThe default bindings for this signal are Space, Enter and Return. BThe popdownO signal is a keybinding signal which gets emitted to popdown the scale widget. /The default binding for this signal is Escape.  7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? B A @ 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A Bportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net  CCreates a new  with the URI as its text. uri - a valid URI DCreates a new  containing a label. uri - a valid URI label - the text of the button ESets func: as the function that should be invoked every time a user  clicks a 0. This function is called before every callback  registered for the  buttonClicked signal. 6If no uri hook has been set, Gtk+ defaults to calling showURI. FThe URI bound to this button. Default value: "" # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 GThe visitedE state of this button. A visited link is drawn in a different color. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14  C D E F G  C D E F G C D E F Gportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net HHCreates a new toggle button. A widget should be packed into the button,  as in (Graphics.UI.Gtk.Buttons.Button.buttonNew. I/Creates a new toggle button with a text label. label) - a string containing the message to be  placed in the toggle button. JCreates a new ' containing a label. The label will be  created using 2Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Label.labelNewWithMnemonic,  so underscores in label indicate the  mnemonic for the button. label. - the text of the button, with an underscore $ in front of the mnemonic character KHSets whether the button is displayed as a separate indicator and label. ! You can call this function on a  or a  with False / to make the button look like a normal button. 5This function only affects instances of classes like  and   that derive from , not instances of   itself.  drawIndicator - if True , draw the button as a separate  indicator and label; if False , draw the button like a normal  button LFRetrieves whether the button is displayed as a separate indicator and  label. See  K. returns True, if the togglebutton is drawn as a separate  indicator and label. M Emits the toggled signal on the . There is no good reason 0 for an application ever to call this function. N Queries a ( and returns its current state. Returns True if % the toggle button is pressed in and False if it is raised. O-Sets the status of the toggle button. Set to True if you want the   to be ' pressed in', and False to raise it. This action * causes the toggled signal to be emitted. isActive - True or False. PGets the value set by  Q. returns True- if the button is displayed as inconsistent,  False otherwise QCIf the user has selected a range of elements (such as some text or J spreadsheet cells) that are affected by a toggle button, and the current N values in that range are inconsistent, you may want to display the toggle in  an " in between" state. This function turns on " in between" display. N Normally you would turn off the inconsistent state again if the user toggles 2 the toggle button. This has to be done manually,   Q) only affects visual appearance, it doesn't % affect the semantics of the button. setting - True if state is inconsistent R2If the toggle button should be pressed in or not. Default value: False SIf the toggle button is in an " in between" state. Default value: False T/If the toggle part of the button is displayed. Default value: False U'mode' property. See  L and  K VBShould be connected if you wish to perform an action whenever the   ToggleButton's state is changed. W XCWhenever the state of the button is changed, the toggled signal is  emitted.  H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Xportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net YCreates a new * with a new group. To be of any practical > value, a widget should then be packed into the radio button. ZCreates a new  with a text label. [Creates a new / containing a label. The label will be created  using 2Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Label.labelNewWithMnemonic,  so underscores in label indicate the mnemonic  for the button. label. - the text of the button, with an underscore $ in front of the mnemonic character \Creates a new ., adding it to the same group as the group to  which  groupMember belongs. As with  Y, a widget should be  packed into the radio button.  groupMember( - a member of an existing radio button 5 group, to which the new radio button will be added. ]Creates a new 0 with a text label, adding it to the same group  as the group to which  groupMember belongs.  groupMember( - a member of an existing radio button 5 group, to which the new radio button will be added. label. - a text string to display next to the radio  button. ^Creates a new 1 containing a label, adding it to the same group  as the group to which  groupMember* belongs. The label will be created using  2Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Label.labelNewWithMnemonic,  so underscores in label' indicate the mnemonic for the button.  groupMember( - a member of an existing radio button 5 group, to which the new radio button will be added. label. - the text of the button, with an underscore $ in front of the mnemonic character _ Alias for  \.  groupMember( - a member of an existing radio button 5 group, to which the new radio button will be added. ` Alias for  ].  groupMember( - a member of an existing radio button 5 group, to which the new radio button will be added. label. - a text string to display next to the radio  button. a Alias for  ^.  groupMember( - a member of an existing radio button 5 group, to which the new radio button will be added. label. - the text of the button, with an underscore $ in front of the mnemonic character bSets a /s group. It should be noted that this does not L change the layout of your interface in any way, so if you are changing the G group, it is likely you will need to re-arrange the user interface to  reflect these changes.  groupMember/ - a member of an existing radio button group, + to which this radio button will be added. c0Retrieves the group assigned to a radio button. 0returns a list containing all the radio buttons ) in the same group as this radio button. d%Sets a new group for a radio button. eGEmitted when the group of radio buttons that a radio button belongs to K changes. This is emitted when a radio button switches from being alone to G being part of a group of 2 or more buttons, or vice-versa, and when a N buttton is moved from one group of 2 or more buttons to a different one, but I not when the composition of the group that a button belongs to changes. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 f gGEmitted when the group of radio buttons that a radio button belongs to K changes. This is emitted when a radio button switches from being alone to G being part of a group of 2 or more buttons, or vice-versa, and when a N buttton is moved from one group of 2 or more buttons to a different one, but I not when the composition of the group that a button belongs to changes.  Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f gportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net hCreates a new . iCreates a new  with a  to the right of it. label" - the text for the check button. jCreates a new / containing a label. The label will be created  using 2Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Label.labelNewWithMnemonic, so underscores  in label- indicate the mnemonic for the check button. label. - The text of the button, with an underscore $ in front of the mnemonic character  h i j h i j h i jUportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net k l mCreates a new  ready for messages. nDReturns a new context identifier, given a description of the actual J context. This id can be used to later remove entries form the Statusbar. contextDescription+ - textual description of what context the  new message is being used in. 7returns an id that can be used to later remove entries  ^ from the Statusbar. o'Pushes a new message onto the Statusbar's stack. It will 4 be displayed as long as it is on top of the stack.  contextId - the message's context id, as returned by   n. text( - the message to add to the statusbar. returns the message's new message id for use with   q. p:Removes the topmost message that has the correct context.  contextId( - the context identifier used when the  message was added. q0Forces the removal of a message from a statusbar's stack. The exact   contextId and  messageId must be specified.  contextId - a context identifier.  messageId( - a message identifier, as returned by   o. r.Sets whether the statusbar has a resize grip. True by default. s1Returns whether the statusbar has a resize grip. t/Retrieves the box containing the label widget. u3Forces the removal of all messages from a statusbar's stack with the exact  contextId. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22  contextId a context identifier vCWhether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel window. Default value: True w>Is emitted whenever a new message gets pushed onto a statusbar' s stack. x;Is emitted whenever a new message is popped off a statusbar' s stack. y z Called if a message is removed. { |,Called if a message is pushed on top of the  stack. abc k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { |bca l k m n o p q r s t u v x w y z { | k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { |Aportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net }/Returns a new spinner widget. Not yet started. ~%Starts the animation of the spinner. $Stops the animation of the spinner. Whether the spinner is active. Default value: c lm } ~  ml } ~   } ~  0portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net         Creates a new L. 1Indicates that some progress is made, but you don't know how much. Causes  the progress bar to enter " activity mode"!, where a block bounces back and  forth. Each call to  & causes the block to move by a little 8 bit (the amount of movement per pulse is determined by   ). Causes the given text- to appear superimposed on the progress bar. Causes the progress bar to "fill in"$ the given fraction of the bar. The 4 fraction should be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive. fraction - fraction of the task that's been completed JSets the fraction of total progress bar length to move the bouncing block  for each call to  . fraction - fraction between 0.0 and 1.0 -Returns the current fraction of the task that's been completed. #returns a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0 "Retrieves the pulse step set with   #returns a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0 GRetrieves the text displayed superimposed on the progress bar, if any,  otherwise Nothing. returns text, or Nothing =Causes the progress bar to switch to a different orientation B (left-to-right, right-to-left, top-to-bottom, or bottom-to-top). 0Retrieves the current progress bar orientation. 2Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") the text if 8 there is not enough space to render the entire string. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 9Returns the ellipsizing position of the progressbar. See   . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 6Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar. Default value: p CThe number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the  discrete style). Allowed values: >= 2 Default value: 10 4The fraction of total work that has been completed. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0 GThe fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.1 *Text to be displayed in the progress bar. Default value: "%P %%" IThe preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progressbar does not ? have enough room to display the entire string, specified as a   . 6Note that setting this property to a value other than B has L the side-effect that the progressbar requests only enough space to display  the ellipsis "..."$. Another means to set a progressbar' s width is  4Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.widgetSetSizeRequest. Default value: B lmnopKL LK lponm  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net   Creates a new . string - the label string. ;Sets the widget to be monitored by this accelerator label.  accelWidget - the widget to be monitored. <Fetches the widget monitored by this accelerator label. See   . 0returns the object monitored by the accelerator  label, or Nothing. 4The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes.    portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net     Creates a new  object. Grabs added with  'Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.General.grabAdd only affect windows within the  same . Adds a window to a . window - the  to add Removes a window from a . window - the  to remove Returns a list of the s that belong to  windowGroup. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14  windowGroup - the window group .returns the list of windows inside this group ./0 /0.  qportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net*          -Flags used to influence dialog construction. % Marking a dialog as model will call widgetSetModal on the dialog  window, the   will call  windowSetDestroyWithParent$ on the dialog window. Note that in A case the dialog is simply destroyed, no response signal is ever  emitted. Finally,   omits the separator between @ the action area and the dialog content which is preferable for @ very simple messages, i.e. those that only contain one button. .Specify what buttons this dialog should show. C Prebuilt sets of buttons for the dialog. If none of these choices  are appropriate, simply use   then call dialogAddButtons. CCreate a new message dialog, which is a simple dialog with an icon E indicating the dialog type (error, warning, etc.) and some text the 7 user may want to see. When the user clicks a button a "response" signal # is emitted with response IDs from  ResponseType. See  for more  details. )Transient parent of the dialog (or none) The text of the message  DCreates a new message dialog, which is a simple dialog with an icon G indicating the dialog type (error, warning, etc.) and some text which H is marked up with the Pango text markup language. When the user clicks  a button a "response"* signal is emitted with response IDs from   ResponseType. See  and  PangoMarkup for more details. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 )Transient parent of the dialog (or none) The text of the message *Sets the text of the message dialog to be str, which is marked up with ! the Pango text markup language. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 str+ - markup string (see Pango markup format) str+ - markup string (see Pango markup format) str# - text to be shown as second line Sets the dialog' s image to image. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 image - the image The type of message. Default value:   FThe primary text of the message dialog. If the dialog has a secondary & text, this will appear as the title. Default value: Nothing # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 Interpret the string   as markup. Default value: False # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 *The secondary text of the message dialog. Default value: Nothing # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 Default value: False # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 The image for this dialog. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 )The buttons shown in the message dialog. Default value:   The 6 that corresponds to the message area of this dialog. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 $ $     Xportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net  ! " # $ % & ' Creates a new  object. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 2Add an activatable widget to the action area of a (, connecting a signal handler that will  emit the responseQ signal on the message area when the widget is activated. The widget is appended . to the end of the message areas action area. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 child - an activatable widget  responseId - response ID for child IAdds a button with the given text (or a stock button, if buttonText is a H stock ID) and sets things up so that clicking the button will emit the  "response"= signal with the given responseId. The button is appended to  the end of the info bars'2s action area. The button widget is returned, but  usually you don' t need it. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18  buttonText - text of button, or stock ID  responseId - response ID for the button )returns the button widget that was added Calls widgetSetSensitive for each widget in the  info bars'=s action area with the given responseId. A convenient way to  sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18  responseId - a response ID setting - True for sensitive $Sets the last widget in the info bar's action area with the given ; responseId as the default widget for the dialog. Pressing "Enter" ( normally activates the default widget. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18  responseId - a response ID  Emits the 'response' signal with the given  responseId. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18  responseId - a response ID Returns the action area of infoBar. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 returns the action area. Returns the content area of infoBar. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 returns the content area. The type of the message. AThe type is used to determine the colors to use in the info bar. If the type is  MessageOther7, no info bar is painted but the colors are still set. Default value:  MessageInfo # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 The closeU signal is a keybinding signal which gets emitted when the user uses a keybinding to  dismiss the info bar. 7The default binding for this signal is the Escape key.  Since 2.18 GEmitted when an action widget is clicked or the application programmer  calls dialogResponse. The  responseId$ depends on which action widget was  clicked. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 YZ ZY yportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netB ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B Creates a new . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 C,Returns the page number of the current page # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 ?returns The index (starting from 0) of the current page in the   assistant , if the  assistant# has no pages, -1 will be returned DSwitches the page to pageNumB. Note that this will only be necessary in custom buttons, as the  assistant flow can be set with  . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 pageNum7 - index of the page to switch to, starting from 0. If E negative, the last page will be used. If greater than the number of  pages in the  assistant, nothing will be done. #Returns the number of pages in the  assistant # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 #returns The number of pages in the  assistant. 2Returns the child widget contained in page number pageNum. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 pageNum - The index of a page in the  assistant, or -1  to get the last page; returns The child widget, or  if pageNum is out of bounds. Prepends a page to the  assistant. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a  7returns the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page Appends a page to the  assistant. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a  7returns the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page Inserts a page in the  assistant at a given position. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a  position4 - the index (starting at 0) at which to insert the ' page, or -1 to append the page to the  assistant 9returns the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page (Sets the page forwarding function to be pageFunc, this function will be H used to determine what will be the next page when the user presses the  forward button. Setting pageFunc to $ will make the assistant to use the E default forward function, which just goes to the next visible page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 pageFunc - the  AssistantPage, or  to use the default one. Sets the page type for page-. The page type determines the page behavior  in the  assistant. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a page of  assistant type - the new type for page Gets the page type of page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a page of  assistant returns the page type of page. Sets a title for page3. The title is displayed in the header area of the  assistant when page is the current page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a page of  assistant title - the new title for page Gets the title for page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a page of  assistant returns the title for page. Sets a header image for page(. This image is displayed in the header  area of the assistant when page is the current page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a page of  assistant pixbuf - the new header image page Gets the header image for page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a page of  assistant returns the header image for page, or  if there' s no header image for the page. Sets a header image for page+. This image is displayed in the side area  of the assistant when page is the current page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a page of  assistant pixbuf - the new header image page Gets the header image for page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a page of  assistant returns the side image for page, or  if there's no side image for the page.  Sets whether page' contents are complete. This will make  assistant ; update the buttons state to be able to continue the task. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a page of  assistant complete' - the completeness status of the page  Gets whether page is complete. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 page - a page of  assistant returns True if page is complete. eErases the visited page history so the back button is not shown on the current page, and removes the & cancel button from subsequent pages. `Use this when the information provided up to the current page is hereafter deemed permanent and ] cannot be modified or undone. For example, showing a progress page to track a long-running, Q unreversible operation after the user has clicked apply on a confirmation page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 &Adds a widget to the action area of a . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 child - a  +Removes a widget from the action area of a . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 child - a  Forces  assistant! to recompute the buttons state. HGtk+ automatically takes care of this in most situations, e.g. when the L user goes to a different page, or when the visibility or completeness of a  page changes. FOne situation where it can be necessary to call this function is when J changing a value on the current page affects the future page flow of the  assistant. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 Switches the page to pageNum+. Note that this will only be necessary in  custom buttons, as the  assistant flow can be set with   . ,Returns the page number of the current page # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  The type of the assistant page. Default value:   # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 0The title that is displayed in the page header. <If title and header-image are both, no header is displayed. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 .The image that is displayed next to the page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 &Sidebar image for the assistant page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  Setting the "complete" child property to True marks a page as I complete (i.e.: all the required fields are filled out). Gtk+ uses this C information to control the sensitivity of the navigation buttons. Default value: False # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 YThe ::assistantCancel signal is emitted when then the assistantCancel button is clicked. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 PThe ::assistantPrepare signal is emitted when a new page is set as the assistant's M current page, before making the new page visible. A handler for this signal ; can do any preparation which are necessary before showing page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 VThe ::assistantApply signal is emitted when the assistantApply button is clicked. The  default behavior of the $ is to switch to the page after the 8 current page, unless the current page is the last one. QA handler for the ::assistantApply signal should carry out the actions for which M the wizard has collected data. If the action takes a long time to complete, * you might consider to put a page of type   after the 8 confirmation page and handle this operation within the   signal of the progress page. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 ZThe ::assistantClose signal is emitted either when the assistantClose button of a summary L page is clicked, or when the apply button in the last page in the flow (of  type  ) is clicked. ) ) %  vportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netO E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e Creates a new . 8Returns the program name displayed in the about dialog. returns The program name. ESets the name to display in the about dialog. If this is not set, it * defaults to the program executable name. name - the program name Returns the version string. 8Sets the version string to display in the about dialog. Returns the copyright string. ISets the copyright string to display in the about dialog. This should be % a short string of one or two lines. Returns the comments string. JSets the comments string to display in the about dialog. This should be a # short string of one or two lines. !Returns the license information. FSets the license information to be displayed in the secondary license  dialog. If license is Nothing , the license button is hidden. license - the license information or Nothing Returns the website URL. *Sets the URL to use for the website link. website - a URL string starting with "http://" -Returns the label used for the website link. CSets the label to be used for the website link. It defaults to the  website URL. ISets the strings which are displayed in the authors tab of the secondary  credits dialog. authors - a list of author names AReturns the string which are displayed in the authors tab of the  secondary credits dialog. ISets the strings which are displayed in the artists tab of the secondary  credits dialog. artists - a list of artist names AReturns the string which are displayed in the artists tab of the  secondary credits dialog. CSets the strings which are displayed in the documenters tab of the  secondary credits dialog. artists - a list of documenter names EReturns the string which are displayed in the documenters tab of the  secondary credits dialog. @Returns the translator credits string which is displayed in the 2 translators tab of the secondary credits dialog. ISets the translator credits string which is displayed in the translators & tab of the secondary credits dialog. EThe intended use for this string is to display the translator of the 9 language which is currently used in the user interface. :Returns the pixbuf displayed as logo in the about dialog. FSets the pixbuf to be displayed as logo in the about dialog. If it is  Nothing#, the default window icon set with windowSetDefaultIcon will be  used. logo - a +, or Nothing =Returns the icon name displayed as logo in the about dialog. FSets the pixbuf to be displayed as logo in the about dialog. If it is  Nothing#, the default window icon set with windowSetDefaultIcon will be  used. iconName - an icon name, or Nothing GInstalls a global function to be called whenever the user activates an  email link in an about dialog. (u rl -> ...)$ - a function to call when an email  link is activated. JInstalls a global function to be called whenever the user activates a URL  link in an about dialog. (u rl -> ...)& - a function to call when a URL link  is activated. $Returns whether the license text in about is automatically wrapped. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 returns True if the license text is wrapped !Sets whether the license text in about is automatically wrapped. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8  wrapLicense - whether to wrap the license <The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to  gGetApplicationName. <The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to  gGetApplicationName. The version of the program. 'Copyright information for the program. GComments about the program. This string is displayed in a label in the K main dialog, thus it should be a short explanation of the main purpose of / the program, not a detailed list of features. IThe license of the program. This string is displayed in a text view in a L secondary dialog, therefore it is fine to use a long multi-paragraph text. < Note that the text is only wrapped in the text view if the    property is set to True-; otherwise the text itself must contain the  intended linebreaks. Default value: Nothing EThe URL for the link to the website of the program. This should be a  string starting with "http://. JThe label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, ; it defaults to the URL specified in the website property. ,The authors of the program. Each string may M contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed as links, see the  introduction for more details. $The people documenting the program. N Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed as / links, see the introduction for more details. 3The people who contributed artwork to the program. A Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be < displayed as links, see the introduction for more details. JCredits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable. M The string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed as / links, see the introduction for more details. =A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to  windowGetDefaultIconList. AA named icon to use as the logo for the about box. This property  overrides the logo property. Default value: Nothing 0Whether to wrap the text in the license dialog. Default value: False 3                  3                  .                  wportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net" f g h i j k l m n o p q r ACreates a new dialog box. Widgets should not be packed into this   directly, but into the "upper" and " action area", which are obtained  using  and . BBlocks in a recursive main loop until the dialog either emits the N response signal, or is destroyed. If the dialog is destroyed during the call  to   , it returns . Otherwise, it returns the  response ID from the "response"& signal emission. Before entering the  recursive main loop,   calls  widgetShow on the dialog for you. G Note that you still need to show any children of the dialog yourself. During  , the default behavior of " delete_event" is disabled;  if the dialog receives " delete_event"&, it will not be destroyed as windows  usually are, and   will return . Also, during   ) the dialog will be modal. You can force   to return at  any time by calling   to emit the "response" signal.  Destroying the dialog during  " is a very bad idea, because your  post-run code won'0t know whether the dialog was destroyed or not.  Hence, you should not call &Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.widgetDestroy  before   has returned. After  7 returns, you are responsible for hiding or destroying " the dialog if you wish to do so. JNote that even though the recursive main loop gives the effect of a modal L dialog (it prevents the user from interacting with other windows while the L dialog is run), callbacks such as timeouts, IO channel watches, DND drops,  etc, will be triggered during a   call.  Emits the "response", signal with the given response ID. Used to K indicate that the user has responded to the dialog in some way; typically  either you or   will be monitoring the "response" signal and  take appropriate action. IThis function can be used to add a custom widget to the action area that J should close the dialog when activated or to close the dialog otherwise. 9Adds a button with the given text (or a stock button, if  buttonText is J a stock ID) and sets things up so that clicking the button will emit the  "response" signal with the given  responseId. The button is appended to  the end of the dialog'2s action area. The button widget is returned, but  usually you don' t need it.  buttonText - text of button, or stock ID  responseId - response ID for the button )returns the button widget that was added 3Adds an activatable widget to the action area of a , connecting a # signal handler that will emit the "response" signal on the dialog when the E widget is activated. The widget is appended to the end of the dialog's J action area. If you want to add a non-activatable widget, simply pack it  into the action area. child - an activatable widget  responseId - response ID for child 8Query if the dialog has a visible horizontal separator. "Sets the last widget in the dialog's action area with the given  0 as the default widget for the dialog. Pressing "Enter" ( normally activates the default widget. C The default response is reset once it is triggered. Hence, if you C hide the dialog (rather than closing it) and re-display it later, ' you need to call this function again. ;Sets whether the dialog has a separator above the buttons. True by  default. Calls widgetSetSensitive widget setting for each widget in the  dialog's action area with the given  responseId. A convenient way to  sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons.  responseId - a response ID setting - True for sensitive !AGets the response id of a widget in the action area of a dialog. widget) - a widget in the action area of dialog %return the response id of widget, or  if widget doesn't have a response id set. "Returns TrueR if dialogs are expected to use an alternative button order on the screen screen.  See dialogSetAlternativeButtonOrder2 for more details about alternative button order. EIf you need to use this function, you should probably connect to the alternativeButtonOrderu signal on the GtkSettings object associated to screen, in order to be notified if the button order setting changes. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 screen - a ;, or Nothing to use the default screen <returns whether the alternative button order should be used #"Sets an alternative button order. If the alternativeButtonOrder setting is set to True , the dialog E buttons are reordered according to the order of the response ids in  newOrder. See dialogSetAlternativeButtonOrder for more information. /This function is for use by language bindings. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 newOrder% - an array of response ids of dialog' s buttons $WGets the widget button that uses the given response ID in the action area of a dialog.  responseId+ the response ID used by the dialog widget .returns the widget button that uses the given  responseId, or . %2The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons. Default value: True &DWidth of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 5 'Spacing between buttons. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 6 (-Width of border around the main dialog area. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 2 )MThe default spacing used between elements of the content area of the dialog,  as returned by dialogSetContentArea , unless  boxSetSpacing% was called on that widget directly. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.16 *GEmitted when an action widget is clicked, the dialog receives a delete , event, or the application programmer calls  . On a delete  event, the response ID is !. Otherwise, it depends on which  action widget was clicked. + ,GEmitted when an action widget is clicked, the dialog receives a delete , event, or the application programmer calls  . On a delete  event, the response ID is !. Otherwise, it depends on which  action widget was clicked. )         ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + ,)         ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + ,         ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + ,xportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net s t u -bCreates a toplevel container widget that is used to retrieve snapshots of widgets without showing _ them on the screen. For widgets that are on the screen and part of a normal widget hierarchy,  widgetGetSnapshot can be used instead. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 .>Retrieves a snapshot of the contained widget in the form of a =. If you need to keep this C around over window resizes then you should add a reference to it. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20  offscreen the  contained widget.  returns A =% pointer to the offscreen pixmap, or . />Retrieves a snapshot of the contained widget in the form of a +. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20  offscreen the  contained widget.  returns A +% pointer to the offscreen pixbuf, or .  - . / - . / - . /portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net v w x 0Returns the global S singleton;  parsePargs,  y, or   initCheck must have been called first. returns the singleton S object. 1"List all currently open displays. "returns a newly allocated list of 9 objects. 2The default display. 3The  3- signal is emitted when a display is opened. RS]^ 0 1 2 3SR^] 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net> z { | } ~  46Gets the default screen for the default display. (See  displayGetDefault).  returns a ;, or Nothing if there is no  default display. 5returns the default . 6colormap - a  7%Gets the system default colormap for screen !returns the default colormap for screen. 8EGets a colormap to use for creating windows or pixmaps with an alpha M channel. The windowing system on which Gtk+ is running may not support this  capability, in which case Nothing will be returned. Even if a  non-Nothing0 value is returned, its possible that the window's alpha  channel won':t be honored when displaying the window on the screen: in L particular, for X an appropriate windowing manager and compositing manager 1 must be running to provide appropriate display. ! Available since Gdk version 2.8 .returns a colormap to use for windows with an  alpha channel or Nothing if the capability is not  available. Get the system's default visual for screen. This is the visual for the  root window of the display. returns the system visual 9JReturns whether windows with an RGBA visual can reasonably be expected to 9 have their alpha channel drawn correctly on the screen. JOn X11 this function returns whether a compositing manager is compositing  screen. " Available since Gdk version 2.10 <returns Whether windows with RGBA visuals can reasonably be > expected to have their alpha channels drawn correctly on the  screen. :Gets the root window of screen. returns the root window ;Gets the display to which the screen belongs. returns the display to which screen belongs <Gets the index of screen. among the screens in the display to which it  belongs. (See  ;) returns the index =Gets the width of screen in pixels returns the width of screen in pixels. >Gets the height of screen in pixels returns the height of screen in pixels. ?Gets the width of screen- in millimeters. Note that on some X servers ! this value will not be correct. returns the width of screen in millimeters. AReturns the height of screen% in millimeters. Note that on some X ) servers this value will not be correct. returns the heigth of screen in millimeters. C.Lists the available visuals for the specified screen . A visual M describes a hardware image data format. For example, a visual might support J 24-bit color, or 8-bit color, and might expect pixels to be in a certain  format. returns a list of visuals DBObtains a list of all toplevel windows known to GDK on the screen  screen7. A toplevel window is a child of the root window (see  getDefaultRootWindow). !returns list of toplevel windows EDetermines the name to pass to  displayOpen to get a 9 with this  screen as the default screen. !returns a newly allocated string F%Returns the number of monitors which screen consists of. !returns number of monitors which screen consists of. GRetrieves the &' representing the size and C position of the individual monitor within the entire screen area. BNote that the size of the entire screen area can be retrieved via   = and  >.  monitorNum - the monitor number. H/Returns the monitor number in which the point (x,y) is located. x+ - the x coordinate in the virtual screen. y+ - the y coordinate in the virtual screen. /returns the monitor number in which the point (x,y) lies,  or a monitor close to (x,y) if the point is not in any  monitor. ICReturns the number of the monitor in which the largest area of the  bounding rectangle of window resides. window - a ? ,returns the monitor number in which most of window is  located, or if window$ does not intersect any monitors, a  monitor, close to window. J9Gets the height in millimeters of the specified monitor. " Available since Gdk version 2.14  monitorNum - number of the monitor :returns the height of the monitor, or -1 if not available KFGets the width in millimeters of the specified monitor, if available. " Available since Gdk version 2.14  monitorNum - number of the monitor 9returns the width of the monitor, or -1 if not available LIReturns the output name of the specified monitor. Usually something like E VGA, DVI, or TV, not the actual product name of the display device. " Available since Gdk version 2.14  monitorNum - number of the monitor <returns a newly-allocated string containing the name of the  monitor, or Nothing" if the name cannot be determined M4Returns the currently active window of this screen. JOn X11, this is done by inspecting the _NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW property on the M root window, as described in the Extended Window Manager Hints. If there is N no currently currently active window, or the window manager does not support 4 the _NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW hint, this function returns Nothing. -On other platforms, this function may return Nothing, depending on whether ' it is implementable on that platform. " Available since Gdk version 2.10 (returns the currently active window, or  Nothing. NReturns a list of ?s representing the  current window stack. JOn X11, this is done by inspecting the _NET_CLIENT_LIST_STACKING property K on the root window, as described in the Extended Window Manager Hints. If N the window manager does not support the _NET_CLIENT_LIST_STACKING hint, this  function returns Nothing. -On other platforms, this function may return Nothing, depending on whether it is ! implementable on that platform. " Available since Gdk version 2.10 returns a list of ? s for the  current window stack, or Nothing. O)The default font options for the screen. P(The resolution for fonts on the screen. Default value: -1 QSets the default colormap for screen. Gets the default colormap for screen. RIThe ::size_changed signal is emitted when the pixel width or height of a  screen changes. SThe  S1 signal is emitted when the composited status of  the screen changes " Available since Gdk version 2.10 TThe  T, signal is emitted when the number, size or 9 position of the monitors attached to the screen change. GOnly for X for now. Future implementations for Win32 and OS X may be a  possibility. " Available since Gdk version 2.14 &:;uvw 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T&;:vwu 4 7 8 5 6 9 : ; < = > @ B ? A C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? A C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T1portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net UCreates a new M. VCreates a new M object for a specified screen ! Available since Gdk version 2.2 screen - a ;# which identifies on which the new M will be created. W Sets the ; where the M object will be displayed. ! Available since Gdk version 2.2 screen - the ; to set X Returns the ;" object associated with invisible ! Available since Gdk version 2.2 M U V W XM U V W X U V W Xportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net. Y"How a rectangle is contained in a  a `. Z [ \ ]$Specify how to interpret a polygon. F The flag determines what happens if a polygon has overlapping areas. ^ _ ` a b cCreate an empty region. dConvert a polygon into a  a `. eCopy a  a `. fConvert a rectangle to a  a `. g!Smallest rectangle including the   a `. h Turn the  a ` into its rectangles. A  a `A is a set of horizontal bands. Each band consists of one or more ? rectangles of the same height. No rectangles in a band touch. i Test if a  a ` is empty. j Compares two  a `s for equality. k)Checks if a point it is within a region. l)Check if a rectangle is within a region. mMove a region. nMove a region. ? Positive values shrink the region, negative values expand it. o-Updates the region to include the rectangle. p$Intersects one region with another.  Changes reg1 to include the common areas of reg1  and reg2. q Unions one region with another.  Changes reg1 to include reg1 and reg2. rRemoves pars of a  a `.  Reduces the region reg1' so that is does not include any areas  of reg2. s XORs two  a `s. C The exclusive or of two regions contains all areas which were not C overlapping. In other words, it is the union of the regions minus  their intersections.  Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s b ` a c ] _ ^ d e f g h i j k Y \ [ Z l m n o p q r s Y \ [ Z Z [ \ ] _ ^ ^ _ ` a a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r sportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net t)Creates a Cairo context for drawing to a A. drawable - a A A newly created Cairo context. uGSets the given pixbuf as the source pattern for the Cairo context. The  pattern has an extend mode of   and is aligned so that the  origin of pixbuf is (x, y). x y v1Adds the given region to the current path of the   context.  !"# t u v t u vportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net w"Create an empty graphics context. x1Creates a graphics context with specific values. y1Change some of the values of a graphics context. z+Retrieve the values in a graphics context. {Set a clipping rectangle. I All drawing operations are restricted to this rectangle. This rectangle - is interpreted relative to the clip origin. |Set a clipping region. C All drawing operations are restricted to this region. This region - is interpreted relative to the clip origin. }0Specify the pattern with which lines are drawn. C Every tuple in the list contains an even and an odd segment. Even * segments are drawn normally, whereby the  C member of the graphics context defines if odd segements are drawn  or not. A phase# argument greater than 0 will drop  phase! pixels before starting to draw. G$%abcpqrstuvw|}~9: w x y z { | }G9: w%$|~}acbpsrqtwvu x y z { | } w x y z { | })portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net ~ :Informs the cell renderer that the editing is stopped. If canceled is  True", the cell renderer will emit the   signal. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 canceled - True" if the editing has been canceled Returns (width, height)( denoting the size of the fixed size of  cell#. If no fixed size is set, returns -1 for that value.  (width, height) JSets the renderer size to be explicit, independent of the properties set. width) - the width of the cell renderer, or -1 height* - the height of the cell renderer, or -1 #Editable mode of the CellRenderer. Default value:   Display the cell. Default value: True Display the cell sensitive. Default value: True  The x-align. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5  The y-align. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5  The xpad. Default value: 0  The ypad. Default value: 0 The fixed width. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 The fixed height. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 Row has children. Default value: False )Row is an expander row, and is expanded. Default value: False #Cell background color as a string. Default value: "" Cell background color as a %.  Whether the   /   attribute is set. 8You can use this to reset the attribute to its default. Default value: False HThis signal gets emitted when the user cancels the process of editing a I cell. For example, an editable cell renderer could be written to cancel ' editing when the user presses Escape. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 GThis signal gets emitted when a cell starts to be edited. The indended . use of this signal is to do special setup on editable, e.g. adding a  ' or setting up additional columns in a . K The widget that is passed to the handler contains the widget that is used  by the >/ to interact with the user. The widget must be 3 casted to the appropriate widget. For instance, a  *Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRendererText uses an  Graphics.UI.Gtk.Entry.Entry widget, while a  +Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRendererCombo uses a  +Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ComboBox.ComboBox (if  =Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRendererCombo.cellComboHasEntry is  False) or a 5Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ComboBoxEntry.ComboBoxEntry (if  =Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRendererCombo.cellComboHasEntry is  True). " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 => ~  >= ~   ~  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net& Get the size of pixels. G Returns the number of bits which are use to store information on each  pixels in this A. Retrieve the size of the A. I The result might not be up-to-date if there are still resizing messages  to be processed. Determine where not to draw. C Computes the region of a drawable that potentially can be written F to by drawing primitives. This region will not take into account the B clip region for the GC, and may also not take into account other D factors such as if the window is obscured by other windows, but no E area outside of this region will be affected by drawing primitives. Determine what not to redraw. @ Computes the region of a drawable that is potentially visible. G This does not necessarily take into account if the window is obscured B by other windows, but no area outside of this region is visible. Draw a point into a A. Draw several points into a A. . This function is more efficient than calling   on  several points. Draw a line into a A. $ The parameters are x1, y1, x2, y2. @ Drawing several separate lines can be done more efficiently by   . Draw several lines. F The function uses the current line width, dashing and especially the ? joining specification in the graphics context (in contrast to   .  Render a +.  Usage:  BdrawPixbuf d gc pb srcX srcY destX destY srcWidth srcHeight dither $ Renders a rectangular portion of a + to a  A. The srcX, srcY,  srcWidth and  srcHeight specify what part of the  +2 should be rendered. The latter two values may be  -13 in which case the width and height are taken from  pb. The image is placed at destX, destY. 0 If you render parts of an image at a time, set ditherX and  ditherY/ to the origin of the image you are rendering.  Since 2.2.  Draw several unconnected lines. , This method draws several unrelated lines. Draw a rectangular object. < Draws a rectangular outline or filled rectangle, using the . foreground color and other attributes of the . @ A rectangle drawn filled is 1 pixel smaller in both dimensions $ than a rectangle outlined. Calling   w gc D True 0 0 20 20 results in a filled rectangle 20 pixels wide and 20  pixels high. Calling   d gc False 0 0 20 20 H results in an outlined rectangle with corners at (0, 0), (0, 20), (20, E 20), and (20, 0), which makes it 21 pixels wide and 21 pixels high. Draws an arc or a filled ' pie slice'. < The arc is defined by the bounding rectangle of the entire H ellipse, and the start and end angles of the part of the ellipse to be  drawn.  The starting angle aStart is relative to the 3 o'clock " position, counter-clockwise, in 1/64ths of a degree. aEnd ( is measured similarly, but relative to aStart. %Draws an outlined or filled polygon. C The polygon is closed automatically, connecting the last point to  the first point if necessary. Draw a segment of text. G This function draws a segment of text. These segements are the result C of itemizing a string into segments with the same characteristics $ (font, text direction, etc.) using  *Graphics.Rendering.Pango.Rendering.itemize. Each item is then turned  into a shapes by calling (Graphics.Rendering.Pango.Rendering.shape. A These shapes can then be drawn onto screen using this function. C A simpler interface, that also takes care of breaking a paragraph  into several lines is a *Graphics.Rendering.Pango.Layout.LayoutLine. Draw a single line of text.  The x/ coordinate specifies the start of the string,  the y% coordinate specifies the base line. Draw a single line of text.  The x/ coordinate specifies the start of the string,  the y% coordinate specifies the base line.  If both colors are Nothing this function will behave like   ) in that it uses the default colors from  the graphics context. Draw a paragraph of text.  The x and y values specify the upper left  point of the layout. Draw a paragraph of text.  The x and y values specify the upper left  point of the layout.  If both colors are Nothing this function will behave like   ) in that it uses the default colors from  the graphics context. Copies another A. ) Copies the (width,height) region of the src at coordinates  (xSrc, ySrc) to coordinates (xDest,  yDest ) in the dest. The width and/or  height5 may be given as -1, in which case the entire source  drawable will be copied.  Most fields in gc& are not used for this operation, but F notably the clip mask or clip region will be honored. The source and B destination drawables must have the same visual and colormap, or 5 errors will result. (On X11, failure to match visual/colormap results @ in a BadMatch error from the X server.) A common cause of this H problem is an attempt to draw a bitmap to a color drawable. The way to ; draw a bitmap is to set the bitmap as a clip mask on your   , then use   to draw a " rectangle clipped to the bitmap. @Apqr A@qrp   portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net A   is a special =& in that the number of bits per pixel F is one, that is, a pixel is either set or unset. Whenever a function  expects a  , a = of depth one must be supplied. Create a new pixmap. If drawable is Nothing,, the depth of the pixmap is taken from the  depth; parameter, otherwise the pixmap has the same depth as the  A specified by drawable. Therefore, at least one of drawable  and depth must not be Nothing.  Note that in Gtk+ 2.0 the drawable can only be a ? , not an  arbitary A. drawable- - drawable supplying default values for the pixmap width - width of the pixmap height - height of the pixmap depth - depth of the pixmap <= =<  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netU .The possible rotations which can be passed to  . KTo make them easier to use, their numerical values are the actual degrees. How an image is scaled.  InterpNearest( Nearest neighbor sampling; this is the H fastest and lowest quality mode. Quality is normally unacceptable when . scaling down, but may be OK when scaling up.  InterpTiles' This is an accurate simulation of the C PostScript image operator without any interpolation enabled. Each H pixel is rendered as a tiny parallelogram of solid color, the edges of H which are implemented with antialiasing. It resembles nearest neighbor . for enlargement, and bilinear for reduction. InterpBilinear Best quality/speed balance; use this A mode by default. Bilinear interpolation. For enlargement, it is > equivalent to point-sampling the ideal bilinear-interpolated G image. For reduction, it is equivalent to laying down small tiles and % integrating over the coverage area.  InterpHyper) This is the slowest and highest quality G reconstruction function. It is derived from the hyperbolic filters in  Wolberg's "Digital Image Warping"!, and is formally defined as the E hyperbolic-filter sampling the ideal hyperbolic-filter interpolated H image (the filter is designed to be idempotent for 1:1 pixel mapping). &A dymmy type for inline picture data. ; This dummy type is used to declare pointers to image data ) that is embedded in the executable. See    for an example. ,A string representing an image file format. &Enumerate all supported color spaces. " Only RGB is supported right now. %Error codes for loading image files. %Queries the color space of a pixbuf. -Queries the number of colors for each pixel. G This function returns 3 for an RGB image without alpha (transparency) 1 channel, 4 for an RGB image with alpha channel. )Query if the image has an alpha channel. ; The alpha channel determines the opaqueness of the pixel. +Queries the number of bits for each color. D Each pixel is has a number of cannels for each pixel, each channel  has this many bits. /Retrieve the internal array of raw image data. = Image data in a pixbuf is stored in memory in uncompressed, H packed format. Rows in the image are stored top to bottom, and in each G row pixels are stored from left to right. There may be padding at the  end of a row. The  rowstride# value of a pixbuf, as returned by   ., indicates the number of bytes between rows. D The returned array is a flat representation of a three dimensional H array: x-coordiante, y-coordinate and several channels for each color. A The number of channels is usually 3 for plain RGB data or 4 for C RGB data with an alpha channel. To read or write a specific pixel  use the formula: !p = y * rowstride + x * nChannels for the pixel. ! If the array contains bytes (or  s), p+0 is the red value,  p+1 green, p+2 blue and p+3" the alpha (transparency) channel E if present. If the alpha channel is present, the array can accessed  as an array over  - to modify a whole pixel at a time. See also    and  . F Calling this function without explicitly giving it a type will often 3 lead to a compiler error since the type parameter e is underspecified. 7 If this happens the function can be explicitly typed:  pbData <3- (pixbufGetPixels pb :: IO (PixbufData Int Word8)) & If modifying an image through Haskell's array interface is not $ fast enough, it is possible to use  unsafeRead and   unsafeWrite% which have the same type signatures  as  readArray and  writeArray.  Note that these are internal ' functions that might change with GHC. !Queries the width of this image. "Queries the height of this image. %Queries the rowstride of this image. I Queries the rowstride of a pixbuf, which is the number of bytes between ? rows. Use this value to caculate the offset to a certain row. !Returns an attribut of an image. 3 Looks up if some information was stored under the key when  this image was saved. Load an image synchonously. F Use this function to load only small images as this call will block. C If an error occurs, the function will throw an exception that can  be caught using e.g. "System.Glib.GError.catchGErrorJust and one of the  error codes in  . ICreates a new pixbuf by loading an image from a file. The file format is J detected automatically. The image will be scaled to fit in the requested  size, preserving the image's aspect ratio. C If an error occurs, the function will throw an exception that can  be caught using e.g. "System.Glib.GError.catchGErrorJust and one of the  error codes in  . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 ICreates a new pixbuf by loading an image from a file. The file format is J detected automatically. The image will be scaled to fit in the requested & size, optionally preserving the image's aspect ratio. KWhen preserving the aspect ratio, a width of -1 will cause the image to be N scaled to the exact given height, and a height of -1 will cause the image to O be scaled to the exact given width. When not preserving aspect ratio, a width H or height of -1 means to not scale the image at all in that dimension. B Negative values for width and height are allowed since Gtk+ 2.8. C If an error occurs, the function will throw an exception that can  be caught using e.g. "System.Glib.GError.catchGErrorJust and one of the  error codes in  . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 the name of the file  target width target height %whether to preserve the aspect ratio Save an image to disk. ; The function takes a list of key - value pairs to specify B either how an image is saved or to actually save this additional 6 data with the image. JPEG images can be saved with a "quality" 3 parameter; its value should be in the range [0,100]. Text chunks D can be attached to PNG images by specifying parameters of the form  " tEXt::key"/, where key is an ASCII string of length 1-79. ! The values are Unicode strings. C If an error occurs, the function will throw an exception that can  be caught using e.g. "System.Glib.GError.catchGErrorJust and one of the  error codes in  . Create a new image in memory. ; Creates a new pixbuf structure and allocates a buffer for 4 it. Note that the buffer is not cleared initially. = The boolean flag is true if the pixbuf should have an alpha ? (transparency) channel. The next integer denotes the bits per ? color sample, e.g. 8 bits per color for 2^24 colors. The last 9 two integers denote the width and height, respectively. "Create a new image from a String. 1 Creates a new pixbuf from a string description. *Create a new image from a static pointer.  Like  , this function allows to E include images in the final binary program. The method used by this F function uses a binary representation and therefore needs less space @ in the final executable. Save the image you want to include as  png and run:  * @echo #include "my_image.h" > my_image.c M gdk-pixbuf-csource --raw --extern --name=my_image myimage.png >> my_image.c on it. Write a header file  my_image.h containing:   #include <gdk/gdk.h>  extern guint8 my_image[]; &and save it in the current directory. ( The created file can be compiled with:  0 cc -c my_image.c `pkg-config --cflags gdk-2.0` Finto an object file which must be linked into your Haskell program by  specifying  my_image.o and "-#include my_image.h" on  the command line of GHC. = Within you application you delcare a pointer to this image:  5 foreign label "my_image" myImage :: Ptr InlineImage Calling   with this pointer will ? return the image in the object file. Creating the C file with  the --raw3 flag will result in a non-compressed image in the < object file. The advantage is that the picture will not be & copied when this function is called. &Create a restricted view of an image.  This function returns a + object which shares < the image of the original one but only shows a part of it. 0 Modifying either buffer will affect the other. G This function throw an exception if the requested bounds are invalid.  Create a deep copy of an image. Scale an image.  Creates a new + containing a copy of  src& scaled to the given measures. Leaves src  unaffected.  interp8 affects the quality and speed of the scaling function.   4 is the fastest option but yields very poor quality  when scaling down.   is a good trade-off between 9 speed and quality and should thus be used as a default. src - the source image width - the target width height the target height interpolation type +Copy a scaled image part to another image. ) This function is the generic version of   . It scales  src by scaleX and scaleY and translate the image by offsetX and  offsetY5. Whatever is in the intersection with the rectangle destX,  destY,  destWidth,  destHeight will be rendered into dest. = The rectangle in the destination is simply overwritten. Use   0 if you need to blend the source image onto the  destination. src - the source pixbuf dest/ - the pixbuf into which to render the results destX, - the left coordinate for region to render destY+ - the top coordinate for region to render  destWidth% - the width of the region to render  destHeight& - the height of the region to render offsetX, - the offset in the X direction (currently  rounded to an integer) offsetY! - the offset in the Y direction # (currently rounded to an integer) scaleX' - the scale factor in the X direction scaleY' - the scale factor in the Y direction /the interpolation type for the transformation. .Blend a scaled image part onto another image.  This function is similar to   but allows the  original image to " shine through". The alpha value determines ) how opaque the source image is. Passing 0 is 9 equivalent to not calling this function at all, passing  255 has the  same effect as calling  . src - the source pixbuf dest/ - the pixbuf into which to render the results destX, - the left coordinate for region to render destY+ - the top coordinate for region to render  destWidth% - the width of the region to render  destHeight& - the height of the region to render offsetX, - the offset in the X direction (currently  rounded to an integer) offsetY! - the offset in the Y direction # (currently rounded to an integer) scaleX' - the scale factor in the X direction scaleY' - the scale factor in the Y direction /the interpolation type for the transformation. alpha - the transparency DFlips a pixbuf horizontally and returns the result in a new pixbuf. BFlips a pixbuf vertically and returns the result in a new pixbuf. JRotates a pixbuf by a multiple of 90 degrees, and returns the result in a  new pixbuf. (Copy a rectangular portion into another +.  The source +& remains unchanged. Converion between * different formats is done automatically. Source pixbuf -Source X coordinate within the source pixbuf -Source Y coordinate within the source pixbuf Width of the area to copy Height of the area to copy Destination pixbuf +X coordinate within the destination pixbuf +Y coordinate within the destination pixbuf Fills a + with a color. G The passed-in color is a quadruple consisting of the red, green, blue * and alpha component of the pixel. If the + does not 4 have an alpha channel, the alpha value is ignored. Take a screenshot of a A.  This function creates a + and fills it with the image  currently in the A (which might be invalid if the F window is obscured or minimized). Note that this transfers data from ( the server to the client on X Windows.  This function will return a + with no alpha channel  containing the part of the A specified by the % rectangle. The function will return Nothing if the window  is not currently visible. BTakes the opacity values in a rectangular portion of a pixbuf and C thresholds them to produce a bi-level alpha mask that can be used $ as a clipping mask for a drawable.  A pixbuf. 2Bitmap where the bilevel mask will be painted to. Source X coordinate. source Y coordinate. Destination X coordinate. Destination Y coordinate. 8Width of region to threshold, or -1 to use pixbuf width :Height of region to threshold, or -1 to use pixbuf height \Opacity values below this will be painted as zero; all other values will be painted as one. BCreates a pixmap and a mask bitmap which are returned and renders E a pixbuf and its corresponding thresholded alpha mask to them. This D is merely a convenience function; applications that need to render > pixbufs with dither offsets or to given drawables should use  'Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Drawable.drawPixbuf, and   . $The pixmap that is created uses the  specified by E colormap. This colormap must match the colormap of the window where = the pixmap will eventually be used or an error will result. @If the pixbuf does not have an alpha channel, then the returned  mask will be Nothing.  A pixbuf.  A Colormap #Threshold value for opacity values (Created pixmap, created mask) Add an opacity layer to the +. + This function returns a copy of the given src  + , leaving src unmodified.  The new + has an alpha (opacity)  channel which defaults to 255 (fully opaque pixels)  unless src, already had an alpha channel in which case  the original values are kept.  Passing in a color triple (r,g,b) makes all / pixels that have this color fully transparent  (opacity of 0,). The pixel color itself remains unchanged  during this substitution. ;*+N ;+* N 4     portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net !!!!!!!!! <Creates a new animation by loading it from a file. The file . format is detected automatically. If the file's format does not C support multi-frame images, then an animation with a single frame - will be created. Possible errors are in the   and   GFileError domains. AAny of several error conditions may occur: the file could not be ) opened, there was no loader for the file's format, there was not ? enough memory to allocate the image buffer, or the image file  contained invalid data. C If an error occurs, the function will throw an exception that can  be caught using e.g. "System.Glib.GError.catchGErrorJust and one of the  error codes in   or  GFileError 5Name of file to load, in the GLib file name encoding A newly-created animation =Queries the width of the bounding box of a pixbuf animation. An animation. ,Width of the bounding box of the animation. >Queries the height of the bounding box of a pixbuf animation. An animation. -Height of the bounding box of the animation. :Get an iterator for displaying an animation. The iterator C provides the frames that should be displayed at a given time. The % start time would normally come from !  , and marks B the beginning of animation playback. After creating an iterator, 7 you should immediately display the pixbuf returned by   . Then, you should install a  timeout (with  timeoutAdd$) or by some other mechanism ensure  that you'll update the image after    milliseconds. Each time the B image is updated, you should reinstall the timeout with the new,  possibly-changed delay time.  As a shortcut, if start_time is Nothing, the result of  !  will be used automatically. 8To update the image (i.e. possibly change the result of   # to a new frame of the animation),  call  . If you' re using  PixbufLoader$, in addition to updating the image > after the delay time, you should also update it whenever you % receive the area_updated signal and    returns True. In > this case, the frame currently being fed into the loader has C received new data, so needs to be refreshed. The delay time for a > frame may also be modified after an area_updated signal, for D example if the delay time for a frame is encoded in the data after C the frame itself. So your timeout should be reinstalled after any  area_updated signal. +A delay time of -1 is possible, indicating  infinite. a ) 'time when the animation starts playing 'an iterator to move over the animation If you load a file with   and it turns > out to be a plain, unanimated image, then this function will  return True. Use   to retrieve  the image. (!(0)) if the  animation was really just an image ;If an animation is really just a plain image (has only one B frame), this function returns that image. If the animation is an C animation, this function returns a reasonable thing to display as ? a static unanimated image, which might be the first frame, or 3 something more sophisticated. If an animation hasn' t loaded any ' frames yet, this function will return Nothing. ,unanimated image representing the animation APossibly advances an animation to a new frame. Chooses the frame # based on the start time passed to  . &current_time would normally come from !  , and must 0 be greater than or equal to the time passed to   (, and must increase or remain unchanged  each time   is called. That is, you  can'5t go backward in time; animations only play forward. As a shortcut, pass Nothing for the current time and  ! 2 will be invoked on your behalf. So you only need ' to explicitly pass current_time if you're doing something odd like ( playing the animation at double speed. If this function returns False, there's no need to update the D animation display, assuming the display had been rendered prior to  advancing; if True, you need to call animationIterGetPixbuf and ) update the display with the new pixbuf. A %  current time True if the image may need updating =Gets the number of milliseconds the current pixbuf should be < displayed, or -1 if the current pixbuf should be displayed  forever.  timeoutAdd! conveniently takes a timeout in = milliseconds, so you can use a timeout to schedule the next  update. an animation iterator 5delay time in milliseconds (thousandths of a second) ?Used to determine how to respond to the area_updated signal on   PixbufLoader4 when loading an animation. area_updated is emitted C for an area of the frame currently streaming in to the loader. So  if you':re on the currently loading frame, you need to redraw the  screen for the updated area. True if the frame we'-re on is partially loaded, or the last frame CGets the current pixbuf which should be displayed; the pixbuf will * be the same size as the animation itself  ( ,  ). This  pixbuf should be displayed for   D milliseconds. The caller of this function does not own a reference A to the returned pixbuf; the returned pixbuf will become invalid @ when the iterator advances to the next frame, which may happen  anytime you call  . Copy the pixbuf to  keep it (don'7t just add a reference), as it may get recycled as you  advance the iterator. an animation iterator the pixbuf to be displayed  Creates a new, empty animation. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 the width of the animation the height of the animation 1the speed of the animation, in frames per second a newly allocated ' 8Adds a new frame to animation. The pixbuf must have the : dimensions specified when the animation was constructed. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 a ' the pixbuf to add @Sets whether animation should loop indefinitely when it reaches  the end. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 a ' whether to loop the animation @Gets whether animation should loop indefinitely when it reaches  the end. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 a ' True! if the animation loops forever, False otherwise $%&'() )(%$'&  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netc! ! ! ! !!!! Cursor types.       !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@!ANCreates a new cursor from the set of builtin cursors for the default display.  See E. # To make the cursor invisible, use  .  cursorType cursor to create  return a new @? BGCreates a new cursor from a given pixmap and mask. Both the pixmap and N mask must have a depth of 1 (i.e. each pixel has only 2 values - on or off). . The standard cursor size is 16 by 16 pixels. source% - the pixmap specifying the cursor. mask5 - the pixmap specifying the mask, which must be the  same size as source. fg9 - the foreground color, used for the bits in the source = which are 1. The color does not have to be allocated first. bg9 - the background color, used for the bits in the source = which are 0. The color does not have to be allocated first. x - the horizontal offset of the 'hotspot' of the cursor. y - the vertical offset of the 'hotspot' of the cursor. C$Creates a new cursor from a pixbuf. u Not all GDK backends support RGBA cursors. If they are not supported, a monochrome approximation will be displayed.  The functions displaySupportsCursorAlpha and displaySupportsCursorColor> can be used to determine whether RGBA cursors are supported;  displayGetDefaultCursorSize and displayGetMaximalCursorSize& give information about cursor sizes. iOn the X backend, support for RGBA cursors requires a sufficently new version of the X Render extension. display the 9& for which the cursor will be created pixbuf the + containing the cursor image x the horizontal offset of the hotspot of the cursor. y the vertical offset of the hotspot of the cursor.  return a new @?. DECreates a new cursor by looking up name in the current cursor theme. display the 9& for which the cursor will be created name the name of the cursor  return a new @?, or Nothing+ if there is no cursor with the given name E6Creates a new cursor from the set of builtin cursors. display the 9& for which the cursor will be created  cursorType cursor to create  return a new @? F7Returns the display on which the GdkCursor is defined. cursor @?  return the 9 associated to cursor G Returns a +, with the image used to display the cursor.  Note that depending on the capabilities of the windowing system and on the cursor, GDK may not be able to obtain the image data.  In this case, Nothing is returned. cursor @? a + representing cursor, or Nothing Z       !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGZ?@ >=<;:9876543210/.-,+*)('&%$#"!       ABCDEFGZ P>=<;:9876543210/.-,+*)('&%$#"!             !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@@ABCDEFGportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!HCreates a new / with no fields set. The / structure is J used to represent a set of information about the appearance of a widget. 2 This can later be composited together with other / structures to  form a 1. IMakes a copy of the specified /. This function will correctly ; copy an RC style that is a member of a class derived from /. returns the resulting / J<Adds a file to the list of files to be parsed at the end of initGUI. KHetrieves the current list of RC files that will be parsed at the end of  initGUI. LFObtains the path to the IM modules file. See the documentation of the  GTK_IM_MODULE_FILE( environment variable for more details. M;Returns a directory in which GTK+ looks for theme engines. NAFinds all matching RC styles for a given widget, composites them B together, and then creates a GtkStyle representing the composite M appearance. (GTK+ actually keeps a cache of previously created styles, so a  new style may not be created.) O Creates up a 13 from styles defined in a RC file by providing the L raw components used in matching. This function may be useful when creating : pseudo-widgets that should be themed like widgets but don't actually have  corresponding GTK+ widgets.  widgetPath8 : the widget path to use when looking up the style, or  Nothing7 if no matching against the widget path should be done  classPath7 : the class path to use when looking up the style, or  Nothing7 if no matching against the class path should be done. typeF : a type that will be used along with parent types of this type when # matching against class styles, or !" PJReturns the standard directory in which themes should be installed. (GTK+ / does not actually use this directory itself.) QParses a given resource file. filename : the filename of a file to parse. If filename is not 4 absolute, it is searched in the current directory. R4Parses resource information directly from a string. SEIf the modification time on any previously read file for the default  @ has changed, discard all style information and then reread all  previously read RC files. True if the files were reread. TBf the modification time on any previously read file for the given  @ has changed, discard all style information and then reread all  previously read RC files.  forceLoad( : load whether or not anything changed True if the files were reread. UJThis function recomputes the styles for all widgets that use a particular   object. (There is one  object per ;, see  settingsGetForScreen/.) It is useful when some global parameter has K changed that affects the appearance of all widgets, because when a widget L gets a new style, it will both redraw and recompute any cached information L about its appearance. As an example, it is used when the default font size C set by the operating system changes. Note that this function doesn' t affect 8 widgets that have a style set explicitely on them with widgetSetStyle. V9Sets the list of files that GTK+ will read at the end of initGUI. ./HIJKLMNOPQRSTUV/.HIJKLMNOPQRSTUVHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net 01 10portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net!#!$!%!&!'!(!)!*WXEKey values are the codes which are sent whenever a key is pressed or  released. Y+Converts a key value into a symbolic name. Z$Converts a key name to a key value. [FConvert from a Gdk key symbol to the corresponding Unicode character. keyval - a Gdk key symbol 0returns the corresponding unicode character, or 1 Nothing if there is no corresponding character. \]^_`Obtains the upper- and lower-case versions of the keyval symbol. Examples of keyvals are GDK_a,  Enter, F1, etc. symbol a keyval (lower, upper) - ^ lower is the lowercase version of symbol. ) ^ upper is uppercase version of symbol. `3Converts a key value to upper case, if applicable. keyval a key value. 'returns the upper case form of keyval, N or keyval itself if it is already in upper case or it is not subject to case a3Converts a key value to lower case, if applicable. keyval a key value. 'returns the lower case form of keyval, N or keyval itself if it is already in lower case or it is not subject to case bReturns b* if the given key value is in upper case. returns bM if keyval is in upper case, or if keyval is not subject to case conversion. cReturns b* if the given key value is in upper case. returns bM if keyval is in upper case, or if keyval is not subject to case conversion. WXYZ[\]^_`abc XWYZ[\]^_`acb WXYZ[\]^_`abcportable (depends on GHC) provisional#gtk2hs-users\@lists.sourceforge.netJ!+!,dGThe time (in milliseconds) when an event happened. This is used mostly . for ordering events and responses to events. !-!.!/!0e A tag for  GrabBroken events. !1f A tag for  OwnerChange events. !2g A tag for  WindowState event. !3h A tag for  Proximity events. !4i A tag for Property events. !5j A tag for  Configure events. !6k A tag for Focus events. !7l A tag for Crossing events. !8m A tag for  Visibility events. !9n A tag for Expose events. !:o A tag for Motion events. !;p A tag for Scroll events. !<q A tag for Button events. !=r A tag for key events. !>sCA tag for events that do not carry any event-specific information. !?t.A monad providing access to data in an event. u Retrieve the )Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.DrawWindow that this  event relates to. v@Query if this event was sent sent explicitly by the application 7 (rather than being generated by human interaction). w Retrieve the (x,y) coordinates of the mouse. x Retrieve the (x,y)* coordinates of the mouse relative to the  root (origin) of the screen. yEQuery the modifier keys that were depressed when the event happened. F Sticky modifiers such as CapsLock are omitted in the return value.  Use z* your application requires all modifiers. zEQuery the modifier keys that were depressed when the event happened. D The result includes sticky modifiers such as CapsLock. Normally,  y& is more appropriate in applications. {JRepresents the current time, and can be used anywhere a time is expected. |(Query the time when the event occurred. }The key value. See X. ~The key value as a string. See X. The hardware key code. The keyboard group. Query the mouse buttons. "Query the direction of scrolling. DCheck if the motion event is only a hint rather than the full mouse  movement information. =Query a bounding box of the region that needs to be updated. +Query the region that needs to be updated. 'Get the visibility status of a window. 4Get the mode of the mouse cursor crossing a window. ;Get the notify type of the mouse cursor crossing a window. <Query if the window has the focus or is an inferior window.  Query if a window gained focus (True) or lost the focus (False). Get the (x,y)2 position of the window within the parent window. "Get the new size of the window as (width,height). ,Query which window state bits have changed. Query the new window state. )Query why a seleciton changed its owner. (Query what selection changed its owner. 2Query the time when the selection was taken over. Check if a keyboard (True) or a mouse pointer grap (False) was  broken. 'Check if a grab was broken implicitly. )Get the new window that owns the grab or Nothing if the window $ is not part of this application. CExecute an event handler and assume it handled the event unless it $ threw a pattern match exception. GExplicitly stop the handling of an event. This function should only be 0 called inside a handler that is wrapped with  . (It merely / throws a bogus pattern matching error which  interprets as if + the handler does not handle the event.) u()*+UVWXYZ[\]^_`defghijklmnodefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~utsrqponmlkjihgfeuvwxyz|}~dhgfe]`_^ionmlkjU\[ZYXWV(+*)d{5defghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net!@!A!B!C!D!E!FCreates a new Q. eSets the workspace on which applications will be launched when using this context when running under a a window manager that supports multiple workspaces, as described in the Extended Window Manager  Hints. dWhen the workspace is not specified or desktop is set to -1, it is up to the window manager to pick 2 one, typically it will be the current workspace. ZSets the display on which applications will be launched when using this context. See also  . DSets the icon for applications that are launched with this context. OWindow Managers can use this information when displaying startup notification. HSets the icon for applications that are launched with this context. The iconName will be J interpreted in the same way as the Icon field in desktop files. See also  . If both icon and iconName are set, the iconName$ takes priority. If neither icon or iconName is ` set, the icon is taken from either the file that is passed to launched application or from the / GAppInfo for the launched application itself. YSets the screen on which applications will be launched when using this context. See also  . eIf both screen and display are set, the screen takes priority. If neither screen or display are set, * the default screen and display are used. cSets the timestamp of context. The timestamp should ideally be taken from the event that triggered  the launch. eWindow managers can use this information to avoid moving the focus to the newly launched application G when the user is busy typing in another window. This is also known as 'focus stealing prevention'. PQ_`a QP`a_portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net?!G!H!I!J!K!L!M!N!O!P!Q!R!S!T!U!V!W!X!Y!Z![!\!]!^!_!`!a!b!c!d!eOpens a display.  displayName# - the name of the display to open  returns a 9, or Nothing if the display  could not be opened. Gets the default 9%. This is a convenience function for  1displayManagerGetDefaultDisplay displayManagerGet.  returns a 9, or Nothing if there is no  default display. Gets the name of the display. /returns a string representing the display name )Gets the number of screen managed by the display. returns number of screens. ?Returns a screen object for one of the screens of the display.  screenNum - the screen number  returns the ; object Get the default ; for display. returns the default ; object for display Release any pointer grab. time - a timestap (e.g. {). Release any keyboard grab time - a timestap (e.g {).  Test if the pointer is grabbed. returns True* if an active X pointer grab is in effect Emits a short beep on display IFlushes any requests queued for the windowing system and waits until all I requests have been handled. This is often used for making sure that the H display is synchronized with the current state of the program. Calling   before  errorTrapPop& makes sure that any errors generated E from earlier requests are handled before the error trap is removed. EThis is most useful for X11. On windowing systems where requests are 7 handled synchronously, this function will do nothing. CFlushes any requests queued for the windowing system; this happens M automatically when the main loop blocks waiting for new events, but if your L application is drawing without returning control to the main loop, you may K need to call this function explicitely. A common case where this function N needs to be called is when an application is executing drawing commands from @ a thread other than the thread where the main loop is running. EThis is most useful for X11. On windowing systems where requests are 7 handled synchronously, this function will do nothing. ! Available since Gdk version 2.4 ICloses the connection to the windowing system for the given display, and ! cleans up associated resources. 8Returns the list of available input devices attached to display. returns a list of  JSets the double click time (two clicks within this time interval count as ! a double click and result in an  where  is  ). Applications should not set this, it is a global  user-configured setting. msec7 - double click time in milliseconds (thousandths of a  second) ISets the double click distance (two clicks within this distance count as ! a double click and result in an  where  is   ). See also . Applications should  not3 set this, it is a global user-configured setting. ! Available since Gdk version 2.4 distance - distance in pixels GGets the current location of the pointer and the current modifier mask  for a given display.  (s, m, x, y) - the screen s, the modifier mask m and the x and  y coordinates of the pointer HObtains the window underneath the mouse pointer, returning the location " of the pointer in that window in winX, winY for screen . Returns  Nothing if N the window under the mouse pointer is not known to GDK (for example, belongs  to another application). (screen, winX, winY)$ returns the window under the mouse  pointer, or Nothing. The winX and winY denote the pointer location  relative to the window origin Moves the pointer of display to the point x,y on the screen  screenA, unless the pointer is confined to a window by a grab, in which J case it will be moved as far as allowed by the grab. Warping the pointer J creates events as if the user had moved the mouse instantaneously to the  destination. HNote that the pointer should normally be under the control of the user. D This function was added to cover some rare use cases like keyboard 0 navigation support for the color picker in the . ! Available since Gdk version 2.8 screen - the screen of display to warp the pointer to x' - the x coordinate of the destination y' - the y coordinate of the destination Returns True* if multicolored cursors are supported on display. B Otherwise, cursors have only a forground and a background color. ! Available since Gdk version 2.4 2returns whether cursors can have multiple colors. Returns True- if cursors can use an 8bit alpha channel on display. C Otherwise, cursors are restricted to bilevel alpha (i.e. a mask). ! Available since Gdk version 2.4 1returns whether cursors can have alpha channels. /Returns the default size to use for cursors on display. ! Available since Gdk version 2.4 !returns the default cursor size. ,Gets the maximal size to use for cursors on display. ! Available since Gdk version 2.4 (width, height)  maximal width and height of the cursor DReturns the default group leader window for all toplevel windows on  display0. This window is implicitly created by GDK. See windowSetGroup. ! Available since Gdk version 2.4 ,returns The default group leader window for display Returns whether f events will be - sent when the owner of a selection changes. ! Available since Gdk version 2.6 returns whether f  events will be sent. Request f events for ownership 3 changes of the selection named by the given atom. ! Available since Gdk version 2.6  selection - the = naming : the selection for which ownership change notification is  requested returns whether f  events will be sent. FReturns whether the speicifed display supports clipboard persistance;  i.e. if it'@s possible to store the clipboard data after an application has < quit. On X11 this checks if a clipboard daemon is running. ! Available since Gdk version 2.6 returns True0 if the display supports clipboard persistance. JIssues a request to the clipboard manager to store the clipboard data. On H X11, this is a special program that works according to the freedesktop ' clipboard specification, available at  http://www.freedesktop.org/ Standards/clipboard-manager-spec. ! Available since Gdk version 2.6 clipboardWindow - a ? belonging to  the clipboard owner time - a timestamp targets& - an array of targets that should be  saved, or Nothing if all available  targets should be saved. Returns True if windowShapeCombineMask can be used to create shaped  windows on display. " Available since Gdk version 2.10 returns True! if shaped windows are supported Returns True if windowInputShapeCombineMask can be used to modify the  input shape of windows on display. " Available since Gdk version 2.10 returns True* if windows with modified input shape are  supported Returns True if windowSetComposited! can be used to redirect drawing " on the window using compositing. HCurrently this only works on X11 with XComposite and XDamage extensions  available. " Available since Gdk version 2.12 returns True if windows may be composited. The 8 signal is emitted when the connection to the windowing  system for display is closed. %89xyz%98yzx @portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net[!f!g!h!i!j!k!l!m!n!o!p!q!r!s!t!u!v!w!x!y!z!{!|!}!~Creates a new k widget. FSets the text in the widget to the given value, replacing the current  contents. ,Retrieves the contents of the entry widget.  See also 7Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Entry.Editable.editableGetChars. 6Appends the given text to the contents of the widget. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. 7Prepends the given text to the contents of the widget. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. @Sets whether the contents of the entry are visible or not. When  visibility is set to False,, characters are displayed as the invisible J char, and will also appear that way when the text in the entry widget is  copied elsewhere. +The default invisible char is the asterisk '*', but it can be changed  with . visible - True, if the contents of the entry are displayed  as plaintext. Retrieves whether the text in entry is visible. See  . returns True" if the text is currently visible ;Sets the character to use in place of the actual text when  + has been called to set text visibility to False. i.e.  this is the character used in " password mode" to show the user how many G characters have been typed. The default invisible char is an asterisk  ('*'$). If you set the invisible char to '\0', then the user will get G no feedback at all; there will be no text on the screen as they type. FRetrieves the character displayed in place of the real characters for , entries with visisbility set to false. See . 'returns the current invisible char, or '\0' , if the , entry does not show invisible text at all. FSets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the widget. If the F current contents are longer than the given length, then they will be  truncated to fit. max9 - the maximum length of the entry, or 0 for no maximum. A (other than the maximum length of entries.) The value passed in ' will be clamped to the range 0-65536. 4Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in entry. See  . 4returns the maximum allowed number of characters in k,  or 0 if there is no maximum. @Query whether pressing return will activate the default widget. returns True/ if the entry will activate the default widget If setting is True, pressing Enter in the entry will activate the M default widget for the window containing the entry. This usually means that N the dialog box containing the entry will be closed, since the default widget ' is usually one of the dialog buttons. (For experts: if setting is True, the entry calls  4Graphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.Window.windowActivateDefault on the window & containing the entry, in the default  handler for the "activate" signal.) This setting is useful in $ boxes where enter should press the  default button. setting - True to activate window's default widget on Enter  keypress Query if the text k& is displayed with a frame around it. .returns whether the entry has a beveled frame 6Sets whether the entry has a beveled frame around it. Gets the value set by . =returns number of chars to request space for, or negative if  unset EChanges the size request of the entry to be about the right size for  nChars+ characters. Note that it changes the size request, the size can B still be affected by how you pack the widget into containers. If nChars is 1 -1, the size reverts to the default entry size. DThis setting is only considered when the widget formulates its size I request. Make sure that it is not mapped (shown) before you change this  value. nChars - width in chars DSets the alignment for the contents of the entry. This controls the K horizontal positioning of the contents when the displayed text is shorter  than the width of the entry. ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 xalign0 - The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 # (right). Reversed for RTL layouts Gets the value set by . ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 returns the alignment HSets the auxiliary completion object to use with the entry. All further K configuration of the completion mechanism is done on completion using the   API. ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 GReturns the auxiliary completion object currently in use by the entry. ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 2returns The auxiliary completion object currently  in use by entry.  Returns the  which contains the entry' s icon at iconPos. This function is useful when & drawing something to the entry in an  eventExpose- callback because it enables the callback to . distinguish between the text window and entry's icon windows.  See also . iconPos Icon position returns the entry's icon window at iconPos.  Returns the P which contains the text. This function is useful when drawing something to the  entry in an  eventExposeJ callback because it enables the callback to distinguish between the text  window and entry's icon windows.  See also . returns the entry's text window.  Allow the kR input method to internally handle key press and release events. If this function  returns bD, then no further processing should be done for this key event. See  imContextFilterKeypress. ]Note that you are expected to call this function from your handler when overriding key event f handling. This is needed in the case when you need to insert your own key handling between the input 2 method and the default key event handling of the k. See textViewResetImContext for  an example of use. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 7Reset the input method context of the entry if needed. aThis can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer would confuse on-going input method  behavior. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 7The current position of the insertion cursor in chars. Allowed values: [0,65535] Default value: 0 EThe position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in  chars. Allowed values: [0,65535] Default value: 0 *Whether the entry contents can be edited. Default value: True AMaximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum. Allowed values: [0,65535] Default value: 0 False displays the "invisible char" instead of the actual text  (password mode). Default value: True False# removes outside bevel from entry. Default value: True 5The character to use when masking entry contents (in " password mode"). Default value: '*' HWhether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a  dialog) when Enter is pressed. Default value: False 6Number of characters to leave space for in the entry. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 CNumber of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 The contents of the entry. Default value: "" GThe horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL  layouts. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0 ' alignment' property. See  and  ' completion' property. See  and   JA keybinding signal which gets emitted when the user activates the entry. <Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with signalEmitByName if they need to & control activation programmatically. The M signal is a keybinding signal which gets emitted when the user asks for it. HThe default bindings for this signal are Backspace and Shift-Backspace. The O signal is a keybinding signal which gets emitted to copy the selection to the  clipboard. AThe default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-c and Ctrl-Insert. The N signal is a keybinding signal which gets emitted to cut the selection to the  clipboard. BThe default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-x and Shift-Delete. The L signal is a keybinding signal which gets emitted when the user initiates a  text deletion. If the type is C, GTK+ deletes the selection if there is one, otherwise it deletes % the requested number of characters. ]The default bindings for this signal are Delete for deleting a character and Ctrl-Delete for  deleting a word. The N signal is a keybinding signal which gets emitted when the user initiates the , insertion of a fixed string at the cursor. The S signal is a keybinding signal which gets emitted when the user initiates a cursor ^ movement. If the cursor is not visible in entry, this signal causes the viewport to be moved  instead. <Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with signalEmitByName if they need to & control the cursor programmatically. _The default bindings for this signal come in two variants, the variant with the Shift modifier _ extends the selection, the variant without the Shift modifer does not. There are too many key % combinations to list them all here. ) Arrow keys move by individual characters/lines , * Ctrl-arrow key combinations move by words/ paragraphs  * Home/(End keys move to the ends of the buffer The O signal is a keybinding signal which gets emitted to paste the contents of the  clipboard into the text view. BThe default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-v and Shift-Insert. The C signal gets emitted before showing the context menu of the entry. bIf you need to add items to the context menu, connect to this signal and append your menuitems to  the menu. bIf an input method is used, the typed text will not immediately be committed to the buffer. So if 9 you are interested in the text, connect to this signal. The  iconPress8 signal is emitted when an activatable icon is clicked. The  iconReleaseP signal is emitted on the button release from a mouse click over an activatable  icon. The entryToggleOverwriteO signal is a keybinding signal which gets emitted to toggle the overwrite mode  of the entry. 0The default bindings for this signal is Insert. ,Emitted when the user presses return within  the k field. !!!Emitted when the settings of the  k widget changes. ,Emitted when the current selection has been  copied to the clipboard. ,Emitted when the current selection has been  cut to the clipboard. 'Emitted when the current selection has ! been pasted from the clipboard. !!-Emitted when a piece of text is deleted from  the k. #Emitted when the user changes from  overwriting to inserting. CjkCkj>.portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net!!!!!!!!!!!9Set the client window for the input context; this is the ? in M which the input appears. This window is used in order to correctly position I status windows, and may also be used for purposes internal to the input  method. window - the client window.  indicates 3 that the previous client window no longer exists. IRetrieve the current preedit string for the input context, and a list of M attributes to apply to the string. This string should be displayed inserted  at the insertion point. (str, attrs, cursorPos) Retrieved string, 8 attributes to apply to the string, position of cursor. IAllow an input method to internally handle key press and release events.  If this function returns True,, then no further processing should be done  for this key event. returns True% if the input method handled the key  event. DNotify the input method that the widget to which this input context M corresponds has gained focus. The input method may, for example, change the , displayed feedback to reflect this change. DNotify the input method that the widget to which this input context K corresponds has lost focus. The input method may, for example, change the H displayed feedback or reset the contexts state to reflect this change. JNotify the input method that a change such as a change in cursor position H has been made. This will typically cause the input method to clear the  preedit state. HNotify the input method that a change in cursor position has been made. 0 The location is relative to the client window. area - new location ESets whether the IM context should use the preedit string to display  feedback. If  usePreedit is False (default is True), then the IM N context may use some other method to display feedback, such as displaying it  in a child of the root window.  usePreedit1 - whether the IM context should use the preedit  string. HSets surrounding context around the insertion point and preedit string. ; This function is expected to be called in response to the  HA::retrieve_surrounding signal, and will likely have no effect if  called at other times. text7 - text surrounding the insertion point, as UTF-8. the . preedit string should not be included within text.  cursorIndex, - the index of the insertion cursor within  text. FRetrieves context around the insertion point. Input methods typically L want context in order to constrain input text based on existing text; this F is important for languages such as Thai where only some sequences of  characters are allowed. -This function is implemented by emitting the   , signal on the input method; in response to M this signal, a widget should provide as much context as is available, up to ! an entire paragraph, by calling . Note that there 1 is no obligation for a widget to respond to the   H signal, so input methods must be prepared to function without context. Maybe (text,cursorIndex) Text holding , context around the insertion point and the & index of the insertion cursor within text.   if no surrounding text was  provided. @Asks the widget that the input context is attached to to delete 7 characters around the cursor position by emitting the   signal. 5In order to use this function, you should first call  4 to get the current context, and call this function N immediately afterwards to make sure that you know what you are deleting. You K should also account for the fact that even if the signal was handled, the M input context might not have deleted all the characters that were requested  to be deleted. JThis function is used by an input method that wants to make substitutions E in the existing text in response to new input. It is not useful for  applications. offset4 - offset from cursor position in chars; a negative & value means start before the cursor. nChars# - number of characters to delete. returns True if the signal was handled.  >This signal is emitted when a new preediting sequence starts.  HThis signal is emitted when a preediting sequence has been completed or  canceled.  EThis signal is emitted whenever the preedit sequence currently being K entered has changed. It is also emitted at the end of a preedit sequence,  in which case  returns the empty string.  ?This signal is emitted when a complete input sequence has been I entered by the user. This can be a single character immediately after a : key press or the final result of preediting. Parameters: str2 - the completed character(s) entered by the user  BThis signal is emitted when the input method requires the context B surrounding the cursor. The callback should set the input method  surrounding context by calling . (Returns True if the signal was handled. IThis signal is emitted when the input method needs to delete all or part 4 of the context surrounding the cursor. Parameters: offsetC - the character offset from the cursor position of the text to be C deleted. A negative value indicates a position before the cursor. n_chars+ - the number of characters to be deleted. (Returns True if the signal was handled. GH     HG          portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net!!!!!!!!!! Returns the U" attached to the default display.  returns the U" attached to the default display.  Returns the U attached to display. ! Available since Gdk version 2.2 display - the 9.  returns the U attached to display. 'Looks up the keyval mapped to a keycode/group/level triplet. If no  keyval is bound to key4, returns 0. For normal user input, you want to use  / instead of this function, since the effective  group/9level may not be the same as the current keyboard state. keymap a U or  to use the default keymap key - a  , with keycode, group, and level initialized -returns a keyval, or 0 if none was mapped to  the given key Translates the contents of a EventKey into a M keyval, effective group, and level. Modifiers that affected the translation > and are thus unavailable for application use are returned in  consumedModifiers. See  keyvalGetKeys" for an explanation of groups and  levels. The effectiveGroup- is the group that was actually used for the N translation; some keys such as Enter are not affected by the active keyboard  group. The level is derived from state. For convenience, EventKey : already contains the translated keyval, so this function  isn' t as useful as you might think. hardwareKeycode - a keycode state - a modifier state group - active keyboard group Obtains a list of keycode/group/&level combinations that will generate  keyvalD. Groups and levels are two kinds of keyboard mode; in general, the M level determines whether the top or bottom symbol on a key is used, and the M group determines whether the left or right symbol is used. On US keyboards, L the shift key changes the keyboard level, and there are no groups. A group J switch key might convert a keyboard between Hebrew to English modes, for  example. EventKey contains a group field that N indicates the active keyboard group. The level is computed from the modifier  mask. keyval - a keyval, such as GDK_a, GDK_Up,   GDK_Return, etc. Returns the keyvals bound to hardwareKeycode . The Nth   in keys is bound to the Nth keyval in keyvals. , When a keycode is pressed by the user, the K keyval from this list of entries is selected by considering the effective  keyboard group and level. See . hardwareKeycode - a keycode 9Returns the direction of effective layout of the keymap. %Returns the direction of the keymap. returns  DirectionLtr or  DirectionRtl if it can  determine the direction. DirectionNeutral otherwise. HDetermines if keyboard layouts for both right-to-left and left-to-right  languages are in use. " Available since Gdk version 2.12 returns True* if there are layouts in both directions,  False otherwise 1Returns whether the Caps Lock modifer is locked. " Available since Gdk version 2.16 returns True if Caps Lock is on The / signal gets emitted when the direction of the  keymap changes. ! Available since Gdk version 2.0 The 3 signal is emitted when the mapping represented by  keymap changes. ! Available since Gdk version 2.2 The 2 signal is emitted when the state of the keyboard 6 changes, e.g when Caps Lock is turned on or off. See  . " Available since Gdk version 2.16 TU[\UT\[ zportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!""""""Create a new top level window. Create a popup window. Sets the title of the *. The title of a window will be displayed L in its title bar; on the X Window System, the title bar is rendered by the N window manager, so exactly how the title appears to users may vary according  to a user'@s exact configuration. The title should help a user distinguish G this window from other windows they may have open. A good title might J include the application name and current document filename, for example. 'Retrieves the title of the window. See . ISets whether the user can resize a window. Windows are user resizable by  default.  Gets the value set by . returns True# if the user can resize the window !8Activates the current focused widget within the window. returns True if a widget got activated. "HActivates the default widget for the window, unless the current focused ? widget has been configured to receive the default action (see  ReceivesDefault in  WidgetFlags'), in which case the focused widget is  activated. returns True if a widget got activated. #!Sets the window resizing policy. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. Use  instead. $ISets a window modal or non-modal. Modal windows prevent interaction with M other windows in the same application. To keep modal dialogs on top of main  application windows, use 0 to make the dialog L transient for the parent; most window managers will then disallow lowering  the dialog below the parent. modal - whether the window is modal %)Returns whether the window is modal. See $. returns True& if the window is set to be modal and  establishes a grab when shown &0Sets the default size of a window. If the window's "natural" size (its M size request) is larger than the default, the default will be ignored. More I generally, if the default size does not obey the geometry hints for the  window (z+ can be used to set these explicitly), the = default size will be clamped to the nearest permitted size. Unlike widgetSetSizeRequest-, which sets a size request for a widget and N thus would keep users from shrinking the window, this function only sets the L initial size, just as if the user had resized the window themselves. Users M can still shrink the window again as they normally would. Setting a default  size of -1 means to use the "natural"# default size (the size request of  the window). For more control over a window''s initial size and how resizing works,  investigate z. For some uses, p! is a more appropriate function.  p> changes the current size of the window, rather than the size  to be used on initial display. p always affects the window " itself, not the geometry widget. EThe default size of a window only affects the first time a window is M shown; if a window is hidden and re-shown, it will remember the size it had 6 prior to hiding, rather than using the default size.  Windows can':t actually be 0x0 in size, they must be at least 1x1, but  passing 0 for width and height) is OK, resulting in a 1x1 default size. height7 - height in pixels, or -1 to unset the default height width5 - width in pixels, or -1 to unset the default width ' Adds a mnemonic to this window. keyval - the mnemonic target2 - the widget that gets activated by the mnemonic (%Removes a mnemonic from this window. keyval - the mnemonic target2 - the widget that gets activated by the mnemonic )4Activates the targets associated with the mnemonic. keyval - the mnemonic modifier - the modifiers return True if the activation is done. *,Sets the mnemonic modifier for this window. modifier@ - the modifier mask used to activate mnemonics on this window. +3Returns the mnemonic modifier for this window. See *. Dreturn the modifier mask used to activate mnemonics on this window. ,.Activates mnemonics and accelerators for this . ( This is normally called by the default  keyPressEvent handler for toplevel windows,  however in some cases it may be useful to call this directly when overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window. return True7 if a mnemonic or accelerator was found and activated. -zPropagate a key press or release event to the focus widget and up the focus container chain until a widget handles event. ( This is normally called by the default  keyPressEvent and keyReleaseEvent handlers for toplevel windows,  however in some cases it may be useful to call this directly when overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window. return True3 if a widget in the focus chain handled the event. .DGets the default size of the window. A value of -1 for the width or K height indicates that a default size has not been explicitly set for that  dimension, so the "natural"" size of the window will be used. (width, height) - the default width and height /ISets a position constraint for this window. If the old or new constraint  is 5, this will also cause the window to be repositioned  to satisfy the new constraint. 0GDialog windows should be set transient for the main application window M they were spawned from. This allows window managers to e.g. keep the dialog G on top of the main window, or center the dialog over the main window.  dialogNewWithButtons. and other convenience functions in Gtk+ will  sometimes call 0 on your behalf. FOn Windows, this function will and put the child window on top of the : parent, much as the window manager would have done on X. 'Note that if you want to show a window self on top of a full-screen window parent, you need to  turn the self window into a dialog (using u with J).  Otherwise the parent window will always cover the self window. parent - parent window 12Fetches the transient parent for this window. See  0. 1returns the transient parent for this window, or  Nothing& if no transient parent has been set. 2If this setting is True., then destroying the transient parent of the M window will also destroy the window itself. This is useful for dialogs that  shouldn'5t persist beyond the lifetime of the main window they're associated  with, for example. 3HReturns whether the window will be destroyed with its transient parent.  See 2. returns True* if the window will be destroyed with its  transient parent. 4IReturns whether the window is part of the current active toplevel. (That D is, the toplevel window receiving keystrokes.) The return value is True if A the window is active toplevel itself, but also if it is, say, a  L embedded in the active toplevel. You might use this function if you wanted F to draw a widget differently in an active window from a widget in an  inactive window. See 5 " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 returns True* if the window part of the current active  window. 5/Returns whether the input focus is within this  . For real ( toplevel windows, this is identical to 4, but for embedded  windows, like , the results will differ. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 returns True' if the the input focus is within this  61Returns a list of all existing toplevel windows. 78Retrieves the current focused widget within the window. J | Note that this is the widget that would have the focus if the toplevel > | window focused; if the toplevel window is not focused then  | widgetHasFocus" will not be True for the widget. 8GIf focus is not the current focus widget, and is focusable, sets it as J | the focus widget for the window. If focus is Nothing, unsets the focus J | widget for this window. To set the focus to a particular widget in the 2 | toplevel, it is usually more convenient to use widgetGrabFocus instead  | of this function. 9+Returns the default widget for window. See : for more details. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14 :%The default widget is the widget that'"s activated when the user presses K Enter in a dialog (for example). This function sets or unsets the default E widget for a Window about. When setting (rather than unsetting) the  default widget it'4s generally easier to call widgetGrabDefault on the E widget. Before making a widget the default widget, you must set the  widgetCanDefault flag on the widget. ;GPresents a window to the user. This may mean raising the window in the G stacking order, deiconifying it, moving it to the current desktop, and/or = giving it the keyboard focus, possibly dependent on the user' s platform, " window manager, and preferences. If window is hidden, this function calls  widgetShow as well. FThis function should be used when the user tries to open a window that's M already open. Say for example the preferences dialog is currently open, and ? the user chooses Preferences from the menu a second time; use  ;< to move the already-open dialog where the user can see it. JIf you are calling this function in response to a user interaction, it is  preferable to use w. <2Asks to deiconify (i.e. unminimize) the specified window. Note that you  shouldn'At assume the window is definitely deiconified afterward, because I other entities (e.g. the user or window manager) could iconify it again = before your code which assumes deiconification gets to run. $You can track iconification via the windowStateEvent signal on  . =.Asks to iconify (i.e. minimize) the specified window. Note that you  shouldn'Et assume the window is definitely iconified afterward, because other I entities (e.g. the user or window manager) could deiconify it again, or B there may not be a window manager in which case iconification isn't G possible, etc. But normally the window will end up iconified. Just don't ! write code that crashes if not. It'Ds permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which D case the window will be iconified before it ever appears onscreen. $You can track iconification via the windowStateEvent signal on  . >KAsks to maximize the window, so that it becomes full-screen. Note that you  shouldn'Et assume the window is definitely maximized afterward, because other K entities (e.g. the user or window manager) could unmaximize it again, and L not all window managers support maximization. But normally the window will  end up maximized. Just don'"t write code that crashes if not. It'Ds permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which G case the window will be maximized when it appears onscreen initially. #You can track maximization via the windowStateEvent signal on  . ?4Asks to unmaximize the window. Note that you shouldn't assume the window is L definitely unmaximized afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or L window manager) could maximize it again, and not all window managers honor J requests to unmaximize. But normally the window will end up unmaximized.  Just don'"t write code that crashes if not. #You can track maximization via the windowStateEvent signal on  . @Asks to place window/ in the fullscreen state. Note that you shouldn't F assume the window is definitely full screen afterward, because other M entities (e.g. the user or window manager) could unfullscreen it again, and L not all window managers honor requests to fullscreen windows. But normally , the window will end up fullscreen. Just don't write code that crashes if  not. +You can track the fullscreen state via the windowStateEvent signal  on . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 A,Asks to toggle off the fullscreen state for window. Note that you  shouldn'Et assume the window is definitely not full screen afterward, because M other entities (e.g. the user or window manager) could fullscreen it again, I and not all window managers honor requests to unfullscreen windows. But G normally the window will end up restored to its normal state. Just don't ! write code that crashes if not. +You can track the fullscreen state via the windowStateEvent signal  on . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 B Asks to keep window/ above, so that it stays on top. Note that you  shouldn'At assume the window is definitely above afterward, because other M entities (e.g. the user or window manager) could not keep it above, and not L all window managers support keeping windows above. But normally the window  will end kept above. Just don'"t write code that crashes if not. It'Ds permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which H case the window will be kept above when it appears onscreen initially. &You can track the above state via the windowStateEvent signal on  . INote that, according to the Extended Window Manager Hints specification, M the above state is mainly meant for user preferences and should not be used > by applications e.g. for drawing attention to their dialogs. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 setting - whether to keep window above other windows C Asks to keep window2 below, so that it stays in bottom. Note that you  shouldn'At assume the window is definitely below afterward, because other M entities (e.g. the user or window manager) could not keep it below, and not L all window managers support putting windows below. But normally the window  will be kept below. Just don'"t write code that crashes if not. It'Ds permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which H case the window will be kept below when it appears onscreen initially. &You can track the below state via the windowStateEvent signal on  . INote that, according to the Extended Window Manager Hints specification, M the above state is mainly meant for user preferences and should not be used > by applications e.g. for drawing attention to their dialogs. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 setting - whether to keep window below other windows DIWindows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display the 7 window in the task bar. This function sets this hint. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 setting - True+ to keep this window from appearing in the  task bar EGets the value set by D " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 returns True if window shouldn't be in taskbar FIWindows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display the 7 window in the pager. This function sets this hint. (A "pager" is any F desktop navigation tool such as a workspace switcher that displays a 9 thumbnail representation of the windows on the screen.) " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 setting - True+ to keep this window from appearing in the  pager GGets the value set by F. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 returns True if window shouldn't be in pager HIWindows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive the , input focus. This function sets this hint. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 setting - True( to let this window receive input focus IGets the value set by H. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 returns True* if window should receive the input focus JIWindows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive the F input focus when the window is mapped. This function sets this hint. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 setting - True+ to let this window receive input focus on  map KGets the value set by J. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 returns True/ if window should receive the input focus when  mapped. L_Startup notification identifiers are used by desktop environment to track application startup, | to provide user feedback and other features. This function changes the corresponding property on the underlying GdkWindow.  Normally, startup identifier is managed automatically and you should only use this function in special cases like transferring focus from other processes. You should use this function before calling ;; or any equivalent function generating a window map event. BThis function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 MJBy default, windows are decorated with a title bar, resize controls, etc. J Some window managers allow Gtk+ to disable these decorations, creating a 9 borderless window. If you set the decorated property to False using this G function, Gtk+ will do its best to convince the window manager not to N decorate the window. Depending on the system, this function may not have any L effect when called on a window that is already visible, so you should call  it before calling  windowShow. 3On Windows, this function always works, since there's no window manager  policy involved. NFReturns whether the window has been set to have decorations such as a  title bar via M. returns True0 if the window has been set to have decorations O=By default, windows have a close button in the window frame. 9 Some window managers allow GTK+ to disable this button. & If you set the deletable property to Falseg using this function, GTK+ will do its best to convince the window manager not to show a close button. q Depending on the system, this function may not have any effect when called on a window that is already visible, & so you should call it before calling  windowShow. 3On Windows, this function always works, since there'%s no window manager policy involved. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 setting - True% to decorate the window as deletable PCReturns whether the window has been set to have a close button via O. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 return True3 if the window has been set to have a close button QG(Note: this is a special-purpose function intended for the framebuffer  port; see S.. It will have no effect on the window border H drawn by the window manager, which is the normal case when using the X  Window system.) For windows with frames (see S) this function can be . used to change the size of the frame border. left - The width of the left border top - The height of the top border right! - The width of the right border bottom# - The height of the bottom border RDRetrieves the dimensions of the frame window for this toplevel. See  S, Q. M(Note: this is a special-purpose function intended for the framebuffer port;  see S. O It will not return the size of the window border drawn by the window manager, 9 which is the normal case when using a windowing system.  See drawWindowGetFrameExtents- to get the standard window border extents.) returns (left, top, right, bottom). left is the ! width of the frame at the left, top( is the height of the frame at the top, right ) is the width of the frame at the right, bottom+ is the height of the frame at the bottom. S7If this function is called on a window with setting of True, before it is realized  or showed, it will have a frame window around its ?,  accessible using . Using the signal windowFrameEvent you can + receive all events targeted at the frame. t(Note: this is a special-purpose function for the framebuffer port, that causes GTK+ to draw its own window border. ! For most applications, you want MM instead, which tells the window manager whether to draw the window border.) FThis function is used by the 1 -fb port to implement managed windows, Q but it could conceivably be used by X-programs that want to do their own window  decorations. setting - a boolean TeAccessor for whether the window has a frame window exterior to window->window. Gets the value set by S. return True- if a frame has been added to the window via S. UBThis function is only useful on X11, not with other Gtk+ targets. FIn combination with the window title, the window role allows a window  manager to identify "the same"- window when an application is restarted. So  for example you might set the "toolbox" role on your app's toolbox window, N so that when the user restarts their session, the window manager can put the ! toolbox back in the same place. /If a window already has a unique title, you don't need to set the role, J since the WM can use the title to identify the window when restoring the  session. role4 - unique identifier for the window to be used when  restoring a session V$Returns the role of the window. See U for further  explanation. *returns the role of the window if set, or  Nothing. WAsks to stick window., which means that it will appear on all user  desktops. Note that you shouldn'(t assume the window is definitely stuck K afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or window manager) could M unstick it again, and some window managers do not support sticking windows. 4 But normally the window will end up stuck. Just don't write code that  crashes if not. It';s permitted to call this function before showing a window. !You can track stickiness via the windowStateEvent signal on  . XAsks to unstick window1, which means that it will appear on only one of  the user'!s desktops. Note that you shouldn'"t assume the window is definitely M unstuck afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or window manager) J could stick it again. But normally the window will end up stuck. Just don't ! write code that crashes if not. !You can track stickiness via the windowStateEvent signal on  . Y Associate  accelGroup with window, such that calling  accelGroupsActivate on window will activate accelerators in   accelGroup.  accelGroup - a  ZReverses the effects of Y.  accelGroup - a  [ Sets up the icon representing a . This icon is used when the H window is minimized (also known as iconified). Some window managers or N desktop environments may also place it in the window frame, or display it in  other contexts. JThe icon should be provided in whatever size it was naturally drawn; that  is, don'Bt scale the image before passing it to Gtk+. Scaling is postponed L until the last minute, when the desired final size is known, to allow best  quality. 8If you have your icon hand-drawn in multiple sizes, use  ]#. Then the best size will be used. 'This function is equivalent to calling ] with a  1-element list.  See also _$ to set the icon for all windows in  your application in one go. icon - icon image \Gets the value set by [ (or if you' ve called  ]), gets the first icon in the icon list). returns icon for window, or Nothing if none was set ] Sets up the icon representing a K. The icon is used when the window is minimized (also known as iconified). v Some window managers or desktop environments may also place it in the window frame, or display it in other contexts. ]B allows you to pass in the same icon in several hand-drawn sizes. R The list should contain the natural sizes your icon is available in; that is, don'.t scale the image before passing it to GTK+. j Scaling is postponed until the last minute, when the desired final size is known, to allow best quality. By passing several sizes, you may improve the final image quality of the icon, by reducing or eliminating automatic image scaling. sRecommended sizes to provide: 16x16, 32x32, 48x48 at minimum, and larger images (64x64, 128x128) if you have them.  See also _@ to set the icon for all windows in your application in one go. XNote that transient windows (those who have been set transient for another window using 0$ will inherit their icon from their  transient parent.  So there';s no need to explicitly set the icon on transient windows. ^#Retrieves the list of icons set by ]. _?Sets an icon list to be used as fallback for windows that haven't had ]8 called on them to set up a window-specific icon list. R This function allows you to set up the icon for all windows in your app at once. See ] for more details. `Gets the value set by _. aHSets the icon for the window from a named themed icon. See the docs for   for more details. INote that this has nothing to do with the WM_ICON_NAME property which is  mentioned in the ICCCM. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 name - the name of the themed icon b8Returns the name of the themed icon for the window, see  a. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 returns the icon name or "" if the window has no themed  icon. c:Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't had  ]. called on them from a named themed icon, see  a. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 name - the name of the themed icon d:Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't had [ called on them from a pixbuf. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 e:Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't had  ]1 called on them from a file on disk. May throw a wx if  the file cannot be loaded. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 filename - location of icon file returns True if setting the icon succeeded. fBReturns the fallback icon name for windows that has been set with  c. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.16 +returns the fallback icon name for windows g Sets the ; where the window is displayed; if the window is K already mapped, it will be unmapped, and then remapped on the new screen. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 screen - a ;. h Returns the ; associated with the window. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2  returns a ;. iSets the icon for window. 'This function is equivalent to calling [ with a pixbuf # created by loading the image from filename. :This may throw an exception if the file cannot be loaded. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 filename - location of icon file j$By default, after showing the first  for each ;, Gtk+  calls screenNotifyStartupComplete$. Call this function to disable the M automatic startup notification. You might do this if your first window is a N splash screen, and you want to delay notification until after your real main % window has been shown, for example. JIn that example, you would disable startup notification temporarily, show M your splash screen, then re-enable it so that showing the main window would ' automatically result in notification. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 setting - True* to automatically do startup notification k<Window gravity defines the meaning of coordinates passed to m.  See m and 2 for more details. The default window gravity is < which will typically  "do what you mean." gravity - window gravity lGets the value set by k. returns window gravity m Asks the window manager to move window to the given position. Window L managers are free to ignore this; most window managers ignore requests for M initial window positions (instead using a user-defined placement algorithm) = and honor requests after the window has already been shown. GNote: the position is the position of the gravity-determined reference N point for the window. The gravity determines two things: first, the location L of the reference point in root window coordinates; and second, which point 5 on the window is positioned at the reference point. By default the gravity is <, so the reference point is  simply the x, y supplied to m. The top-left corner of the C window decorations (aka window frame or border) will be placed at x, y. L Therefore, to position a window at the top left of the screen, you want to # use the default gravity (which is <) and move the window to  0,0. ITo position a window at the bottom right corner of the screen, you would  set 4-, which means that the reference point is at x + the  window width and y9 + the window height, and the bottom-right corner of the M window border will be placed at that reference point. So, to place a window L in the bottom right corner you would first set gravity to south east, then  write: <gtk_window_move (window, gdk_screen_width() - window_width, % gdk_screen_height() - window_height). 3The Extended Window Manager Hints specification at  http://www.freedesktop.org/ Standards/wm-spec has a nice table of  gravities in the "implementation notes" section. The s% documentation may also be relevant. x" - X coordinate to move window to y" - Y coordinate to move window to nTParses a standard X Window System geometry string - see the manual page for X (type 'man X') for details on this.  n] does work on all GTK+ ports including Win32 but is primarily intended for an X environment. JIf either a size or a position can be extracted from the geometry string,  n returns True, and calls gtk_window_set_default_size() andor gtk_window_move() to resizemove the window. If n returns True,  it will also set the  HintUserPos andFor 'HintUserSize' hints indicating to the window manager that the size*position of the window was user-specified 9 This causes most window managers to honor the geometry. Note that for nB to work as expected, it has to be called when the window has its final size, i.e.  after calling  widgetShowAll on the contents and z on the window. oqHides window, then reshows it, resetting the default size and position of the window. Used by GUI builders only. p@Resizes the window as if the user had done so, obeying geometry I constraints. The default geometry constraint is that windows may not be D smaller than their size request; to override this constraint, call  widgetSetSizeRequest to set the window's request to a smaller value. If p7 is called before showing a window for the first time, ( it overrides any default size set with &. 7Windows may not be resized smaller than 1 by 1 pixels. width+ - width in pixels to resize the window to height, - height in pixels to resize the window to qFStarts resizing a window. This function is used if an application has L window resizing controls. When GDK can support it, the resize will be done J using the standard mechanism for the window manager or windowing system. N Otherwise, GDK will try to emulate window resizing, potentially not all that * well, depending on the windowing system. edge" - position of the resize control button( - mouse button that initiated the drag rootX1 - X position where the user clicked to initiate & the drag, in root window coordinates rootY1 - Y position where the user clicked to initiate  the drag  timestamp' - timestamp from the click event that  initiated the drag rDStarts moving a window. This function is used if an application has M window movement grips. When GDK can support it, the window movement will be G done using the standard mechanism for the window manager or windowing M system. Otherwise, GDK will try to emulate window movement, potentially not 3 all that well, depending on the windowing system. button( - mouse button that initiated the drag rootX5 - X position where the user clicked to initiate the " drag, in root window coordinates rootY5 - Y position where the user clicked to initiate the  drag  timestamp1 - timestamp from the click event that initiated  the drag s7This function returns the position you need to pass to m to  keep window= in its current position. This means that the meaning of the 0 returned value varies with window gravity. See m for more  details.  If you haven'2t changed the window gravity, its gravity will be  <. This means that s gets the position of A the top-left corner of the window manager frame for the window. m 1 sets the position of this same top-left corner. JMoreover, nearly all window managers are historically broken with respect H to their handling of window gravity. So moving a window to its current  position as returned by s tends to result in moving the G window slightly. Window managers are slowly getting better over time. If a window has gravity 3! the window manager frame is not  relevant, and thus s' will always produce accurate results.  However you can';t use static gravity to do things like place a window in a I corner of the screen, because static gravity ignores the window manager  decorations. 0If you are saving and restoring your application's window positions, you  should know that it'9s impossible for applications to do this without getting L it somewhat wrong because applications do not have sufficient knowledge of G window manager state. The Correct Mechanism is to support the session  management protocol (see the " GnomeClient" object in the GNOME libraries I for example) and allow the window manager to save your window sizes and  positions. (rootX, rootY) - X and Y coordinate of $ gravity-determined reference point tJObtains the current size of the window. If the window is not onscreen, it J returns the size Gtk+ will suggest to the window manager for the initial G window size (but this is not reliably the same as the size the window 5 manager will actually select). The size obtained by t is the  last size received in a EventConfigure , that is, N Gtk+ uses its locally-stored size, rather than querying the X server for the  size. As a result, if you call p then immediately call  t, the size won'*t have taken effect yet. After the window K manager processes the resize request, Gtk+ receives notification that the I size has changed via a configure event, and the size of the window gets  updated. JNote 1: Nearly any use of this function creates a race condition, because N the size of the window may change between the time that you get the size and I the time that you perform some action assuming that size is the current , size. To avoid race conditions, connect to "configure_event" on the window I and adjust your size-dependent state to match the size delivered in the  EventConfigure. Note 2: The returned size does not include the size of the window N manager decorations (aka the window frame or border). Those are not drawn by A Gtk+ and Gtk+ has no reliable method of determining their size. INote 3: If you are getting a window size in order to position the window M onscreen, there may be a better way. The preferred way is to simply set the  window's semantic type with u, which allows the window J manager to e.g. center dialogs. Also, if you set the transient parent of  dialogs with 0' window managers will often center the " dialog over its parent window. It'+s much preferred to let the window manager J handle these things rather than doing it yourself, because all apps will G behave consistently and according to user prefs if the window manager F handles it. Also, the window manager can take the size of the window  decorations/4border into account, while your application cannot. HIn any case, if you insist on application-specified window positioning,  there's still' a better way than doing it yourself - / - will frequently handle the details for you.  (width, height)uIBy setting the type hint for the window, you allow the window manager to N decorate and handle the window in a way which is suitable to the function of ! the window in your application. BThis function should be called before the window becomes visible. hint - the window type v(Gets the type hint for this window. See u. returns the type hint for window. wHPresents a window to the user in response to a user interaction. If you 3 need to present a window without a timestamp, use ;. See  ; for details. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8  timestamp) - the timestamp of the user interaction > (typically a button or key press event) which triggered this  call xHWindows may set a hint asking the desktop environment to draw the users 8 attention to the window. This function sets this hint. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 setting - True to mark this window as urgent yGets the value set by x " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 returns True if window is urgent zEThis function sets up hints about how a window can be resized by the M user. You can set a minimum and maximum size, the allowed resize increments M (e.g. for xterm, you can only resize by the size of a character) and aspect  ratios. JIf you set a geometry widget, the hints will apply to the geometry widget J instead of directly to the toplevel window. Of course since the geometry K widget is a child widget of the top level window, constraining the sizing J behaviour of the widget will have a knock-on effect on the sizing of the  toplevel window. The minWidth/ minHeight/maxWidth/ maxHeight fields may be set to  -1C, to use the size request of the window or geometry widget. If the N minimum size hint is not provided, Gtk+ will use the size requisition of the N window (or the geometry widget if it set) as the minimum size. The base size  is treated similarly. The canonical use-case for z is to get a terminal G widget to resize properly. Here, the terminal text area should be the H geometry widget. Gtk+ will then automatically set the base size of the N terminal window to the size of other widgets in the terminal window, such as & the menubar and scrollbar. Then, the widthInc and  heightInc values J should be set to the size of one character in the terminal. Finally, the N base size should be set to the size of one character. The net effect is that K the minimum size of the terminal will have a 1x1 character terminal area,  and only terminal sizes on the "character grid" will be allowed. The other useful settings are  minAspect and  maxAspect. These specify a  width/Fheight ratio as a floating point number. If a geometry widget is set, N the aspect applies to the geometry widget rather than the entire window. The 3 most common use of these hints is probably to set  minAspect and   maxAspect? to the same value, thus forcing the window to keep a constant  aspect ratio. window - the top level window geometryWidget# - optionall a widget the geometry 6 hints will be applied to rather than directly to the  top level window (minWidth, minHeight) - minimum width and height & of window (or -1 to use requisition) (maxWidth, maxHeight) - maximum width and height & of window (or -1 to use requisition) (baseWidth, baseHeight) - the allowed window widths  are base_width + width_inc * N for any int N. * Similarly, the allowed window widths are base_height +  height_inc * N for any int N. For either the base 3 width or height -1 is allowed as described above. (widthInc, heightInc) - width and height resize  increment (minAspect, maxAspect) - minimum and maximum  width/ height ratio {opacity$ - desired opacity, between 0 and 1 |3Fetches the requested opacity for this window. See {. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 .return the requested opacity for this window. }@Returns the group for window or the default group, if window is Nothing6 or if window does not have an explicit window group. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  return the # for a window or the default group ~!Gets the type of the window. See . " Available since Gtk version 2.20 returns the type of the window The title of the window. The type of the window. Default value:  If True2, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to True is 99%  of the time a bad idea. Default value: False If True7, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size. Default value: True If True, users can resize the window. Default value: True If True?, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this  one is up). Default value: False )The requested opacity of the window. See {( for more details about window opacity. Allowed values: [0,1] Default values: 1 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 If focus? is not the current focus widget, and is focusable, sets it as % the focus widget for the window. If focus is Nothing, unsets the focus widget for M this window. To set the focus to a particular widget in the toplevel, it is  usually more convenient to use widgetGrabFocus instead of this function. I(Note: this is a special-purpose function for the framebuffer port, that L causes Gtk+ to draw its own window border. For most applications, you want  M9 instead, which tells the window manager whether to draw  the window border.) 7If this function is called on a window with setting of True , before it ' is realized or showed, it will have a "frame" window around  its ?, accessible using . Using the signal  windowFrameEvent3 you can receive all events targeted at the frame. FThis function is used by the 1 -fb port to implement managed windows, J but it could conceivably be used by X-programs that want to do their own  window decorations.  Sets up the icon representing a . The icon is used when the H window is minimized (also known as iconified). Some window managers or N desktop environments may also place it in the window frame, or display it in  other contexts. IBy passing several sizes, you may improve the final image quality of the ; icon, by reducing or eliminating automatic image scaling. IRecommended sizes to provide: 16x16, 32x32, 48x48 at minimum, and larger + images (64x64, 128x128) if you have them.  See also _$ to set the icon for all windows in  your application in one go. CNote that transient windows (those who have been set transient for  another window using 0) will inherit their icon from ! their transient parent. So there'(s no need to explicitly set the icon on  transient windows. 'The mnemonic modifier for this window. FUnique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session. Default value: \ The , is a write-only property for setting window'#s startup notification identifier. Default value: \ # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 $The initial position of the window. Default value:  IThe default width of the window, used when initially showing the window. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 JThe default height of the window, used when initially showing the window. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 5Whether the window frame should have a close button. Default values: True # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 AIf this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed. Default value: False Icon for this window. The O property specifies the name of the themed icon to use as the window icon. See  for more details. Default values: \ " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 0The screen where this window will be displayed. IHint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this  is and how to treat it. Default value: K True. if the window should not be in the task bar. Default value: False True+ if the window should not be in the pager. Default value: False True, if the window should be brought to the user' s attention. Default value: False True/ if the window should receive the input focus. Default value: True True; if the window should receive the input focus when mapped. Default value: True >Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager. Default value: True &The window gravity of the window. See m and 2 for more  details about window gravity. Default value: < 2Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow.  Note: If add window before HasToplevelFocus (has-toplevel-focus attribute)  will conflicts with fucntion 5, so we named this attribute  to . Default values: False ' transientFor' property. See 1 and  0 =Observe events that are emitted on the frame of this window. The h signal gets emitted when the set of accelerators or mnemonics that are associated with window changes. !Observe a change in input focus. !Observe a change in input focus. "~Request the windowing system to make window partially transparent, with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully opaque. 9 (Values of the opacity parameter are clamped to the [0,1] range.) R On X11 this has any effect only on X screens with a compositing manager running.  See widgetIsComposited$. On Windows it should work always. Note that setting a window'7s opacity after the window has been shown causes it to  flicker once on Windows. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 23456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~LTSRQPONM=KJIHGFEDCBA@?>2<;:9876543!"&./456:9'(),-;<=>?@ABCLQRWXYZ_`decfklghqruv\stmnopijwz}~ $%#012378*+DEFGHIJKMNOPSTUV[]^abxy{| !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~sportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net"Creates a new . !Title of the dialog (or default) )Transient parent of the dialog (or none) !Open or save mode for the dialog !Buttons and their response codes Creates a new # with a specified backend. This is  especially useful if you use  to allow non-local L files and you use a more expressive vfs, such as gnome-vfs, to load files. !Title of the dialog (or default) )Transient parent of the dialog (or none) !Open or save mode for the dialog !Buttons and their response codes *The name of the filesystem backend to use "      portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netg" " " " " """"""""""""""""""" "!"""#"$"%"&"'"(")"*"+","-"."/"0"1"2@Creates a new label with the given text inside it. You can pass Nothing  to get an empty label widget. Creates a new , containing the text in str. If characters in str) are preceded by an underscore, they are H underlined. If you need a literal underscore character in a label, use  '__'@ (two underscores). The first underlined character represents a I keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. The mnemonic key can be used to D activate another widget, chosen automatically, or explicitly using  . If + is not called, then the first activatable  ancestor of the 6 will be chosen as the mnemonic widget. For instance, L if the label is inside a button or menu item, the button or menu item will L automatically become the mnemonic widget and be activated by the mnemonic. str6 - The text of the label, with an underscore in front  of the mnemonic character Sets the text within the ) widget. It overwrites any text that was  there before. ?This will also clear any previously set mnemonic accelerators. BSets the text of the label. The label is interpreted as including  embedded underlines and/,or Pango markup depending on the markup and  underline properties. JSets a PangoAttrList; the attributes in the list are applied to the label  text. LNote: The attributes set with this function will be applied and merged with 8 any other attributes previously effected by way of the  or  ? properties. While it is not recommended to mix markup strings M with manually set attributes, if you must; know that the attributes will be 9 applied to the label after the markup string is parsed. attr "3 8Gets the attribute list that was set on the label using  , if any. Q This function does not reflect attributes that come from the labels markup (see ). @ If you want to get the effective attributes for the label, use "4 ( (label)). 5return the attribute list, or Emtpy if none was set. Parses str9 which is marked up with the Pango text markup language,  as defined in Graphics.Rendering.Pango.Markup,  setting the label'9s text and attribute list based on the parse results. If  the str. is external data, you may need to escape it. str- - a markup string (see Pango markup format) Parses str9 which is marked up with the Pango text markup language,  as defined in Graphics.Rendering.Pango.Markup,  setting the label'9s text and attribute list based on the parse results. If  characters in str4 are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined J indicating that they represent a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. @The mnemonic key can be used to activate another widget, chosen $ automatically, or explicitly using . str- - a markup string (see Pango markup format) JUnderline parts of the text, odd indices of the list represent underlined  parts. JSets the alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each  other. 7 is the default value when the widget is first created  with =. If you instead want to set the alignment of the label as a  whole, use .Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Misc.miscSetAlignment instead.  8 has no effect on labels containing only a single line. ,Returns the justification of the label. See .  Gets the D4 used to display the label. The layout is useful to E e.g. convert text positions to pixel positions, in combination with  . !Toggles line wrapping within the  widget. True makes it break ! lines if text exceeds the widget's size. False lets the text get cut off : by the edge of the widget if it exceeds the widget size. wrap - the setting BReturns whether lines in the label are automatically wrapped. See  . returns True- if the lines of the label are automatically  wrapped. If line wrapping is on (see /) this controls how the line wrapping is done.  The default is "5& which means wrap on word boundaries. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 wrapMode - the line wrapping mode .Returns line wrap mode used by the label. See . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 return the line wrapping mode 6Obtains the coordinates where the label will draw the D I representing the text in the label; useful to convert mouse events into  coordinates inside the D(, e.g. to take some action if some part > of the label is clicked. Of course you will need to create a  to F receive the events, and pack the label inside it, since labels are a  'NoWindow' widget. GIf the label has been set so that it has an mnemonic key this function 7 returns the keyval used for the mnemonic accelerator. "Gets whether the text selectable. returns True* if the user can copy text from the label ;Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in Pango's text markup  language. See . setting - True if the label's text should be parsed for  markup. Returns whether the label',s text is interpreted as marked up with the ! Pango text markup language. See . returns True if the label'"s text will be parsed for markup. If TrueB, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be ( used for the mnemonic accelerator key. IReturns whether an embedded underline in the label indicates a mnemonic.  See . DGets the text from a label widget, as displayed on the screen. This H does not include any embedded underlines indicating mnemonics or Pango  markup. (See ) DGets the text from a label widget including any embedded underlines - indicating mnemonics and Pango markup. (See ). HSelects a range of characters in the label, if the label is selectable.  See 4. If the label is not selectable, this function has  no effect. If  startOffset or  endOffset# are -1, then the end of the label  will be substituted.  startOffset - start offset  endOffset - end offset HGets the selected range of characters in the label, if any. If there is F a range selected the result is the start and end of the selection as  character offsets. EIf the label has been set so that it has an mnemonic key (using i.e.  , ,   or the " use_underline" property) the label can be M associated with a widget that is the target of the mnemonic. When the label  is inside a widget (like a  or a  tab) it is automatically N associated with the correct widget, but sometimes (i.e. when the target is a  k= next to the label) you need to set it explicitly using this  function. 2The target widget will be accelerated by emitting "mnemonic_activate" N on it. The default handler for this signal will activate the widget if there K are no mnemonic collisions and toggle focus between the colliding widgets  otherwise. widget - the target  HRetrieves the target of the mnemonic (keyboard shortcut) of this label.  See . returns the target of the label's mnemonic, or  Nothing& if none has been set and the default  algorithm will be used. DSelectable labels allow the user to select text from the label, for  copy-and-paste. setting - True& to allow selecting text in the label Sets the label'>s text from the given string. If characters in the string are E preceded by an underscore, they are underlined indicating that they M represent a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. The mnemonic key can be L used to activate another widget, chosen automatically, or explicitly using  . 2Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") to the text if 8 there is not enough space to render the entire string. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 mode - a   (Sets the desired width in characters of label to nChars. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 nChars) - the new desired width, in characters. 0Sets the desired maximum width in characters of label to nChars. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 nChars1 - the new desired maximum width, in characters. 3Returns the ellipsizing position of the label. See . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 returns   Retrieves the desired width of label, in characters. See  . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 .returns the width of the label in characters. 'Retrieves the desired maximum width of label, in characters. See  . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 6returns the maximum width of the label in characters. 2Returns whether the label is in single line mode. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 returns True( when the label is in single line mode. CGets the angle of rotation for the label. See gtk_label_set_angle. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 ,returns the angle of rotation for the label /Sets whether the label is in single line mode. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 singleLineMode - True' if the label should be in single line  mode ISets the angle of rotation for the label. An angle of 90 reads from from K bottom to top, an angle of 270, from top to bottom. The angle setting for J the label is ignored if the label is selectable, wrapped, or ellipsized. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 angle7 - the angle that the baseline of the label makes with 7 the horizontal, in degrees, measured counterclockwise The text of the label. EThe text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup(). Default value: False HIf set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be ( used for the mnemonic accelerator key. Default value: False EThe alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each C other. This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its  allocation. Default value:  1If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide. Default value: False  If line wrapping is on (see the 8 property) this controls how the line wrapping is done.  The default is "5', which means wrap on word boundaries. Default value: "5 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 7Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse. Default value: False )The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed. -The mnemonic accelerator key for this label. Default value: 16777215 [A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text to underline. Default value: \ 7The current position of the insertion cursor in chars. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 EThe position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in  chars. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 HThe preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have : enough room to display the entire string, specified as a  . 6Note that setting this property to a value other than B has J the side-effect that the label requests only enough space to display the  ellipsis "..."7. In particular, this means that ellipsizing labels don't + work well in notebook tabs, unless the tab' s tab-expand property is set to  True. Other means to set a label' s width are  4Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.widgetSetSizeRequest and  . Default value: B JThe desired width of the label, in characters. If this property is set to J -1, the width will be calculated automatically, otherwise the label will M request either 3 characters or the property value, whichever is greater. If ? the width-chars property is set to a positive value, then the & max-width-chars property is ignored. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 JWhether the label is in single line mode. In single line mode, the height M of the label does not depend on the actual text, it is always set to ascent N + descent of the font. This can be an advantage in situations where resizing N the label because of text changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar. Default value: False GThe angle that the baseline of the label makes with the horizontal, in N degrees, measured counterclockwise. An angle of 90 reads from from bottom to C top, an angle of 270, from top to bottom. Ignored if the label is % selectable, wrapped, or ellipsized. Allowed values: [0,360] Default value: 0 >A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label. HThe desired maximum width of the label, in characters. If this property I is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically, otherwise the C label will request space for no more than the requested number of N characters. If the width-chars property is set to a positive value, then the & max-width-chars property is ignored. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 'lineWrap' property. See  and  'text' property. See  and  HXHX=Jportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net"6"7"8"9":";"<"=">"?"@"A"B"C"D"E"F"G"H"I"J"K"L"M"N"O"P"Q"R"S"T"U"V"W"X"Y"Z"["\"]"^"_"`"a"b"c"d"eCreates a new  widget with no pages. Appends a page to notebook. JThe given label will be used for the label widget of the new tab. In case L the context menu is enabled, this name will also appear in the popup menu. = If you want to specify something else to go in the tab, use  .  This function returned ()# in Gtk+ version 2.2.X and earlier child - the % to use as the contents of the page. tabLabel - the label for the page <returns the index (starting from 0) of the appended page in ' the notebook, or -1 if function fails Appends a page to notebook,, specifying the widget to use as the label  in the popup menu. Like 3 but allows any widget to be used for the label of : the new tab and the entry in the page-switch popup menu.  This function returned ()" in Gtk version 2.2.X and earlier child - the % to use as the contents of the page. tabLabel - the ! to be used as the label for the  page (usually a  widget).  menuLabel( - the widget to use as a label for the 1 page-switch menu, if that is enabled (usually a   widget). <returns the index (starting from 0) of the appended page in ' the notebook, or -1 if function fails Prepends a page to notebook. K The given label will be used for the label widget of the new tab. In case O the context menu is enabled, this name will also appear in the popup menu. If : you want to specify something else to go in the tab, use  .  This function returned ()" in Gtk version 2.2.X and earlier child - the % to use as the contents of the page. tabLabel - the label for the page =returns the index (starting from 0) of the prepended page in ' the notebook, or -1 if function fails Prepends a page to notebook,, specifying the widget to use as the label  in the popup menu. Like 3 but allows any widget to be used for the label of ; the new tab and then entry in the page-switch popup menu.  This function returned ()" in Gtk version 2.2.X and earlier child - the % to use as the contents of the page. tabLabel - the ! to be used as the label for the  page (usually a  widget).  menuLabel( - the widget to use as a label for the 1 page-switch menu, if that is enabled (usually a   widget). :returns the index (starting from 0) of the prepended page * in the notebook, or -1 if function fails Insert a page into notebook at the given position. K The given label will be used for the label widget of the new tab. In case O the context menu is enabled, this name will also appear in the popup menu. If : you want to specify something else to go in the tab, use  .  This function returned ()" in Gtk version 2.2.X and earlier child - the % to use as the contents of the page. tabLabel - the label for the page position0 - the index (starting at 0) at which to insert ; the page, or -1 to append the page after all other pages. <returns the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page in ' the notebook, or -1 if function fails Insert a page into notebook' at the given position, specifying the / widget to use as the label in the popup menu. Like 3 but allows any widget to be used for the label of ; the new tab and then entry in the page-switch popup menu.  This function returned ()" in Gtk version 2.2.X and earlier child - the % to use as the contents of the page. tabLabel - the ! to be used as the label for the  page (usually a  widget).  menuLabel( - the widget to use as a label for the 1 page-switch menu, if that is enabled (usually a   widget). position0 - the index (starting at 0) at which to insert ; the page, or -1 to append the page after all other pages. <returns the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page in ' the notebook, or -1 if function fails BRemoves a page from the notebook given its index in the notebook. pageNum5 - the index of a notebook page, starting from 0. If $ -1, the last page will be removed. 1Query the page the child widget is contained in. F The function returns the page number if the child was found, Nothing  otherwise. Switches to the page number pageNum. Page numbers start from 0.  Use -1 to request the last page. : Note that due to historical reasons, GtkNotebook refuses 9 to switch to a page unless the child widget is visible. ; Therefore, it is recommended to show child widgets before  adding them to a notebook. pageNum7 - index of the page to switch to, starting from 0. If B negative, the last page will be used. If greater than the number 1 of pages in the notebook, nothing will be done. FSwitches to the next page. Nothing happens if the current page is the  last page. JSwitches to the previous page. Nothing happens if the current page is the  first page. Reorders the page containing child!, so that it appears in position  position. If position4 is greater than or equal to the number of children  in the list or negative, child' will be moved to the end of the list. child - the child to move position. - the new position, or -1 to move to the end HSets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the notebook are  drawn. pos! - the edge to draw the tabs at. HGets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the notebook are  drawn. -returns the edge at which the tabs are drawn 7Sets whether to show the tabs for the notebook or not. showTabs - True if the tabs should be shown. 8Returns whether the tabs of the notebook are shown. See  . returns True if the tabs are shown HSets whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages. This only 6 has a visual effect when the tabs are not shown. See .  showBorder - True' if a bevel should be drawn around the  notebook. EReturns whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages. See  . returns True if the bevel is drawn HSets whether the tab label area will have arrows for scrolling if there ' are too many tabs to fit in the area.  scrollable - True" if scroll arrows should be added AReturns whether the tab label area has arrows for scrolling. See  . returns True% if arrows for scrolling are present GSets the width the border around the tab labels in a notebook. This is  equivalent to calling  notebook borderWidth  followed by  notebook borderWidth. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code.  borderWidth. - width of the border around the tab labels. 7Sets the width of the horizontal border of tab labels. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code.  tabHborder1 - width of the horizontal border of tab labels. 5Sets the width of the vertical border of tab labels. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code.  tabVborder/ - width of the vertical border of tab labels. FEnables or disables the popup menu: if the user clicks with the right M mouse button on the bookmarks, a menu with all the pages will be popped up. -Returns the page number of the current page. ?returns the index (starting from 0) of the current page in the C notebook. If the notebook has no pages, then -1 will be returned. /Changes the menu label for the page containing child. child - the child widget  menuLabel - the menu label, or Nothing for  default 7Retrieves the menu label widget of the page containing child. child# - a widget contained in a page of  notebook returns the menu label, or Nothing if the 5 notebook page does not have a menu label other than  the default (the tab label). 5Creates a new label and sets it as the menu label of child. child - the child widget menuText - the label text =Retrieves the text of the menu label for the page containing child. child% - the child widget of a page of the  notebook. -returns value: the text of the tab label, or  Nothing* if the widget does not have a menu label 6 other than the default menu label, or the menu label  widget is not a . 2Returns the child widget contained in page number pageNum. pageNum+ - the index of a page in the noteobok, or  -1 to get the last page. returns the child widget, or Nothing if pageNum  is out of bounds. (Gets the number of pages in a notebook. ! Available since Gtk version 2.2 *Returns the tab label widget for the page child. Nothing is returned  if child is not in notebook. or if no tab label has specifically been set  for child. child - the page returns the tab label <Retrieves the text of the tab label for the page containing child. child# - a widget contained in a page of  notebook -returns value: the text of the tab label, or  Nothing" if the tab label widget is not a . FQuery the packing attributes for the tab label of the page containing  child. child - the page ESets the packing parameters for the tab label of the page containing  child. See )Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Box.boxPackStart for the exact  meaning of the parameters. child - the child widget packType - the position of the bookmark :Sets whether the tabs must have all the same size or not. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code.  homogeneous - True& if all tabs should be the same size.  Changes the tab label for child. child - the page tabLabel - the tab label widget to use  ICreates a new label and sets it as the tab label for the page containing  child. child - the page tabText - the label text  ISets whether the notebook tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not. " Available since Gtk version 2.10 child - a child page  reorderable* - whether the tab is reorderable or not.  @Gets whether the tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not. " Available since Gtk version 2.10 child - the child page return True if the tab is reorderable.  RSets whether the tab can be detached from notebook to another notebook or widget. Note that 2 notebooks must share a common group identificator (see gtk_notebook_set_group_id()) to allow automatic tabs interchange between them. If you want a widget to interact with a notebook through DnD (i.e.: accept dragged tabs from it) it must be set as a drop destination and accept the target GTK_NOTEBOOK_TAB. { The notebook will fill the selection with a GtkWidget** pointing to the child widget that corresponds to the dropped tab. lIf you want a notebook to accept drags from other widgets, you will have to set your own DnD code to do it. " Available since Gtk version 2.10 child - the child page  detachable( - whether the tab is detachable or not @Returns whether the tab contents can be detached from notebook. " Available since Gtk version 2.10 child - the child page return True if the tab is detachable. _Sets widget as one of the action widgets. Depending on the pack type the widget will be placed ) before or after the tabs. You can use a 6 if you need to pack more than one widget on the same  side. Note that action widgets are internal< children of the notebook and thus not included in the list  returned from containerForeach. " Available since Gtk version 2.20 packType pack type of the action widget $Gets one of the action widgets. See . " Available since Gtk version 2.20 packType+ pack type of the action widget to receive The index of the current page. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 +Which side of the notebook holds the tabs. Default value: s +Width of the border around the tab labels. Default value: 2 .Width of the horizontal border of tab labels. Default value: 2 ,Width of the vertical border of tab labels. Default value: 2 %Whether tabs should be shown or not. Default value: True +Whether the border should be shown or not. Default value: True If True=, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit. Default value: False If TrueA, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu # that you can use to go to a page. Default value: False ,Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes. Default value: False Switches to the page number pageNum. %Note that due to historical reasons,  refuses to switch to a J page unless the child widget is visible. Therefore, it is recommended to 6 show child widgets before adding them to a notebook. -Returns the page number of the current page. !The string displayed on the child' s tab label. Default value: Nothing !The string displayed in the child's menu entry. Default value: Nothing &The index of the child in the parent. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: 0 The packing style of the child's tab. Default value:   A > indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the  start or end of the parent. Default value:  !Whether the tab is detachable. Default value: False "6Whether the tab is reorderable by user action or not. Default value: False #Whether to expand the child's tab or not. Default value : False $Whether the child'-s tab should fill the allocated area or not. Default value : False %The %F property defines the spacing between the scroll arrows and the tabs. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 " Available since Gtk version 2.10 &The &N property determines whether the standard backward arrow button is displayed. Default value: True ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 'The 'M property determines whether the standard forward arrow button is displayed. Default value : True ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 (The (n property determines whether a second backward arrow button is displayed on the opposite end of the tab area. Default value: False ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 )The )m property determines whether a second forward arrow button is displayed on the opposite end of the tab area. Default value: False ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 *The *) property defines size of tab curvature. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 1 " Available since Gtk version 2.10 +The +, property defines size of tab overlap area. Default value: 2 " Available since Gtk version 2.10 ,>Emitted when the user or a function changes the current page. -The -J signal is emitted in the notebook right after a page has been reordered. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 .The .T signal is emitted in the notebook right after a page is removed from the notebook. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 /The /P signal is emitted in the notebook right after a page is added to the notebook. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 01*This signal is emitted when a new page is  selected. `qrstu~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./01`~qutsr      !"#$%&'()*+,/.-01O      !"#$%&'()*+,-./01%portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net "f"g"h2345Creates a new 6. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 6The keyval of the accelerator. Allowed values: < = GMaxint Default value: 0 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 7&The modifier mask of the accelerator. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 8dThe hardware keycode of the accelerator. Note that the hardware keycode is only relevant if the key a does not have a keyval. Normally, the keyboard configuration should assign keyvals to all keys. Allowed values: < = GMaxint Default value: 0 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 9aDetermines if the edited accelerators are GTK+ accelerators. If they are, consumed modifiers are f suppressed, only accelerators accepted by GTK+ are allowed, and the accelerators are rendered in the  same way as they are in menus. Default value: 4 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 :;Gets emitted when the user has selected a new accelerator. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 ;8Gets emitted when the user has removed the accelerator. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 5623456789:;6524356789:; 2433456789:;portable (depends on GHC) deprecated#gtk2hs-users\@lists.sourceforge.net@"i<'Events that are delivered to a widget. @ Any given signal only emits one of these variants as described  in &Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.Widget. ( Many events share common attributes:  The i attribute is True% if the event was not created by the ' user but by another application.  The ]: attribute contains a time in milliseconds when the event  happened.  The ^ and _- attributes contain the coordinates relative  to the 'Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Gdk.DrawWindow associated with this H widget. The values can contain sub-pixel information if the input / device is a graphics tablet or the like.  The `1 attribute denotes what modifier key was pressed  during the event. =EThe state of the pen of a graphics tablet pen or touchscreen device. >CWhether the stylus has moved in or out of contact with the tablet. ?8Indicate how the appearance of this window has changed. @-The mask indicates which flags have changed. A5The state indicates the current state of the window. BWheel movement of the mouse. H This action denotes that the content of the widget should be scrolled. J The event is triggered by the movement of the mouse wheel. Surrounding E scroll bars are independant of this signal. Most mice do not have + buttons for horizontal scrolling, hence C will usually not  contain f and e. Mice with additional C buttons may not work on X since only five buttons are supported 3 (the three main buttons and two for the wheel). ? The handler of this signal should update the scroll bars that B surround this widget which in turn tell this widget to update. CD"Change of visibility of a widget. E/Denote what portions of the widget is visible. F The widget's size has changed. G In response to this event the application can allocate resources that I are specific to the size of the widget. It is emitted when the widget 0 is shown the first time and on every resize. G#Position within the parent window. H#Position within the parent window. IJK Gaining or loosing input focus. L This flag is True& if the widget receives the focus and False if  it just lost the input focus. MMouse cursor crossing event. B This event indicates that the mouse cursor is hovering over this E widget. It is used to set a widget into the pre-focus state where H some GUI elements like buttons on a toolbar change their appearance. NBThis flag is false if the widget was entered, it is true when the , widget the mouse cursor left the widget. O Kind of enter/ leave event. E The mouse cursor might enter this widget because it grabs the mouse ' cursor for e.g. a modal dialog box. PAInformation on from what level of the widget hierarchy the mouse  cursor came.  See i. Q8A key was pressed while the widget had the input focus. 0 If the widget has the current input focus (see  1Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.widgetSetCanFocus) G it will receive key pressed events. Certain key combinations are of F no interest to a normal widget like Alt-F to access the file menu. / For all these keys, the handler must return False to indicate that D the key stroke should be propagated to the parent widget. At the G top-level widget, keyboard shortcuts like Alt-F are turned into the  corresponding signals. RFThis flag is set if the key was released. This flag makes it possible " to connect the same handler to  *Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.onKeyPress and  ,Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.onKeyRelease. S This flag is True0 if Caps Lock is on while this key was pressed. T This flag is True2 if Number Lock is on while this key was pressed. U This flag is True2 if Scroll Lock is on while this key was pressed. VNA number representing the key that was pressed or released. A more convenient 1 interface is provided by the next two fields. W<A string representing the key that was pressed or released. @ This string contains a description of the key rather than what 2 should appear on screen. For example, pressing 1 on the keypad  results in KP_1. Of particular interest are F1 till F12,  for a complete list refer to " gdk/gdkkeysyms.h" where all B possible values are defined. The corresponding strings are the & constants without the GDK_ prefix. X/A character matching the key that was pressed. : This entry can be used to build up a whole input string.  The character is Nothing, if the key does not correspond to a simple  unicode character. Y(A mouse button was pressed or released. E This event is triggered if the mouse button was pressed or released ? while the mouse cursor was within the region of the widget. ZThe kind of button press, see . Note that double clicks will  trigger this event with Z set to ,  ,  , , . Triple clicks will % produce this sequence followed by , ,  , . [The button that was pressed. \Mouse motion. G Captures the movement of the mouse cursor while it is within the area  of the widget. ]^_`a5Indicate if this event is only a hint of the motion.  If the 5Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.PointerMotionHintMask  is set with !Data.Array.MArray.widgetAddEvents then 0 mouse positions are only generated each time  3Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.drawWindowGetPointer  is called. In this case a is set to True. bcdThe expose event. B A region of widget that receives this event needs to be redrawn. A This event is the result of revealing part or all of a window 0 or by the application calling functions like  3Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.widgetQueueDrawArea. e=A bounding box denoting what needs to be updated. For a more @ detailed information on the area that needs redrawing, use the  next field. f:A set of horizontal stripes that denote the invalid area. gThe number of contiguous d events following this ! one. The only use for this is "exposure compression", i.e.  handling all contiguous d events in one go, though Gdk F performs some exposure compression so this is not normally needed. hHAn event that is not in one of the more specific categories below. This > includes delete, destroy, map and unmap events. These events 1 have no extra information associated with them. ij)A grab has been broken by unusual means. kThe window state has changed. l3Parts of the window have been exposed or obscured. mHAn event that indicates that the pen of a graphics table is touching or  not touching the tablet. n:An event that indicates a property of the window changed. o9An event that informs about a change of the input focus. p6Generated when the pointer enters or leaves a window. q1An event that contains the new size of a window. r6An event that contains information about a key press. sAn area of the ? needs redrawing. tIAn event that contains information on the movement of the mouse pointer. u1An event that contains information on scrolling. v6An event that contains information on a button press. wGThe time (in milliseconds) when an event happened. This is used mostly . for ordering events and responses to events. xJRepresents the current time, and can be used anywhere a time is expected. yz}&'UVWXYZ[\]^_`defghijklmno<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzwx<hd\YQMKFDB?=iiefgi]^_`abciZ]^_`[bcRi]`STUVWXi]^_bcNOP`iLiGHIJiEi]^_Cbci@Ai]>vutsrqponmlkjzy]`_^ionmlkjU\[ZYXWVdhgfe'&?=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net"j"k"l"m"n"o"p"q"r"s"t{Emits a short beep. |CFlushes the X output buffer and waits until all requests have been A processed by the server. This is rarely needed by applications. }3Returns the width of the default screen in pixels. ~4Returns the height of the default screen in pixels. JReturns the width of the default screen in millimeters. Note that on many + X servers this value will not be correct. KReturns the height of the default screen in millimeters. Note that on many + X servers this value will not be correct. JGrabs the pointer (usually a mouse) so that all events are passed to this 1 application until the pointer is ungrabbed with , or the grab M window becomes unviewable. This overrides any previous pointer grab by this  client. MPointer grabs are used for operations which need complete control over mouse M events, even if the mouse leaves the application. For example in GTK+ it is F used for Drag and Drop, for dragging the handle in the GtkHPaned and B GtkVPaned widgets, and for resizing columns in GtkCList widgets. JNote that if the event mask of an X window has selected both button press N and button release events, then a button press event will cause an automatic L pointer grab until the button is released. X does this automatically since H most applications expect to receive button press and release events in > pairs. It is equivalent to a pointer grab on the window with  owner_events  set to True. FIf you set up anything at the time you take the grab that needs to be I cleaned up when the grab ends, you should handle the GdkEventGrabBroken ; events that are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily. window - the ?# which will own the grab (the grab  window).  owner_events - if False then all pointer events are  reported with respect to window and are only reported if  selected by  event_mask. If True then pointer events for this @ application are reported as normal, but pointer events outside / this application are reported with respect to window and only  if selected by  event_mask$. In either mode, unreported events  are discarded.  event_mask. - specifies the event mask, which is used in  accordance with  owner_events. Note that only pointer 9 events (i.e. button and motion events) may be selected.  confine_to" If supplied, the pointer will be 1 confined to this window during the grab. If the  pointer is outside  confine_to, it will automatically ! be moved to the closest edge of  confine_to and enter 2 and leave events will be generated as necessary. cursor+ - the cursor to display while the grab is  active. If this is Nothing then the normal cursors are  used for window) and its descendants, and the cursor for  window is used for all other windows. time0 - the timestamp of the event which led to this * pointer grab. This usually comes from an h< , though  x can be used if the time isn' t known. Returns - 1 if the grab was successful. EUngrabs the pointer on the default display, if it is grabbed by this  application. time - a timestamp from an h<, or x if no  timestamp is available. Returns True< if the pointer on the default display is currently grabbed  by this application. JNote that this does not take the inmplicit pointer grab on button presses  into account. KGrabs the keyboard so that all events are passed to this application until  the keyboard is ungrabbed with . This overrides any previous  keyboard grab by this client. FIf you set up anything at the time you take the grab that needs to be I cleaned up when the grab ends, you should handle the GdkEventGrabBroken ; events that are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily. window - the ?# which will own the grab (the grab  window).  owner_events - if False then all keyboard events are  reported with respect to window. If True then keyboard events B for this application are reported as normal, but keyboard events 7 outside this application are reported with respect to window. < Both key press and key release events are always reported, 7 independant of the event mask set by the application. time - a timestamp from an h<, or x if  no timestamp is available. Returns - 1 if the grab was successful. FUngrabs the keyboard on the default display, if it is grabbed by this  application. time - a timestamp from an h<, or x if no  timestamp is available. ,-./01{|}~|}~,10/.-{ {|}~portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net]"u"v"w"x"y"z"{"|"}"~""""""" Creates a 5.  Supplying Nothing* as tag name results in an anonymous tag. Get the tag priority. Sets the priority of a 5). Valid priorities are start at 0 and go  to one less than  :Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextTagTable.textTagTableGetSize. " Each tag in a table has a unique L priority; setting the priority of one tag shifts the priorities of all the L other tags in the table to maintain a unique priority for each tag. Higher  priority tags "win"4 if two tags both set the same text attribute. When N adding a tag to a tag table, it will be assigned the highest priority in the L table by default; so normally the precedence of a set of tags is the order 8 in which they were added to the table, or created with  8Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextBuffer.textBufferCreateTag", which adds the tag to the buffer's table  automatically.  Creates a ., which describes a set of properties on some  text. Copies src and returns a new . src - a  to be copied LCopies the values from src to dest so that dest has the same values as src. <This function is use internal for transform TextAttributes.  Don't expoert this function. $Name used to refer to the text tag. Nothing for anonymous tags. Default value: Nothing Background color as a string. Default value: "" /Whether this tag affects the background color. Default value: False FWhether the background color fills the entire line height or only the " height of the tagged characters. Default value: False ,Whether this tag affects background height. Default value: False 7Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor. :Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background. 1Whether this tag affects the background stipple. Default value: False Foreground color as a string. Default value: "" /Whether this tag affects the foreground color. Default value: False 7Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor. :Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground. 1Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple. Default value: False 5Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right. Default value:   .Whether the text can be modified by the user. Default value: True +Whether this tag affects text editability. Default value: False #Font description as a string, e.g. "Sans Italic 12". Default value: "" Font description as a " struct. AName of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace. Default value: "" *Whether this tag affects the font family. Default value: False Font style as a 1, e.g. ". Default value: " )Whether this tag affects the font style. Default value: False Custom tabs for this text. 8 textTagTabs :: TextTagClass self => Attr self TabArray Whether this tag affects tabs. Default value: False Font variant as a ", e.g. ". Default value: " +Whether this tag affects the font variant. Default value: False 4Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in %Graphics.Rendering.Pango.Enums.Weight; for  example, )Graphics.Rendering.Pango.Enums.WeightBold. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 400 *Whether this tag affects the font weight. Default value: False Font stretch as a ", e.g. ". Default value: " +Whether this tag affects the font stretch. Font size in Pango units. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 (Whether this tag affects the font size. Default value: False DFont size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This : properly adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 1 3Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor. Default value: False Font size in points. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 &Left, right, or center justification. Default value:  2Whether this tag affects paragraph justification. Default value: False FThe language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a J hint when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be  used. Default value: "" ?Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as. Default value: False $Width of the left margin in pixels. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 *Whether this tag affects the left margin. Default value: False %Width of the right margin in pixels. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 +Whether this tag affects the right margin. Default value: False +Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels. Default value: 0 &Whether this tag affects indentation. Default value: False AOffset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is  negative) in pixels. Default value: 0 #Whether this tag affects the rise. (Pixels of blank space above paragraphs. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 ;Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines. Default value: False (Pixels of blank space below paragraphs. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 ;Whether this tag affects the number of pixels below lines. Default value: False <Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 EWhether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines. Default value: False $Whether to strike through the text. Default value: False (Whether this tag affects strikethrough. Default value: False "Style of underline for this text. Default value: " &Whether this tag affects underlining. Default value: False AWhether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character  boundaries. Default value:  )Whether this tag affects line wrap mode. Default value: False Whether this text is hidden. ENote that there may still be problems with the support for invisible F text, in particular when navigating programmatically inside a buffer  containing invisible segments. Default value: False *Whether this tag affects text visibility. Default value: False ,The paragraph background color as a string. Default value: "" 9Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color. Default value: False @The paragraph background color as a as a (possibly unallocated) $%. 'priority' property. See  and  2An event has occurred that affects the given tag. B Adding an event handler to the tag makes it possible to react on . e.g. mouse clicks to implement hyperlinking. H The first argument is the object the event was fired from (typically a y). J The second argument is the iterator indicating where the event happened. 2An event has occurred that affects the given tag. B Adding an event handler to the tag makes it possible to react on . e.g. mouse clicks to implement hyperlinking. Q45~Q54~Lportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" Return the 7 this iterator  is associated with. AReturns the character offset of an iterator. Each character in a  7? has an offset, starting with 0 for the first character in the  buffer. Use >Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextBuffer.textBufferGetIterAtOffset - to convert an offset back into an iterator. <Returns the line number containing the iterator. Lines in a 7 A are numbered beginning with 0 for the first line in the buffer. IReturns the character offset of the iterator, counting from the start of J a newline-terminated line. The first character on the line has offset 0. IReturns the offset in characters from the start of the line to the given  iterB, not counting characters that are invisible due to tags with the  " invisible" flag toggled on. 0Returns the Unicode character at this iterator. 4 If the element at this iterator is a non-character ? element, such as an image embedded in the buffer, the Unicode "unknown" ? character 0xFFFC is returned. If invoked on the end iterator,  Nothigng is returned. 'Returns the text in the given range. A "slice" is a list of # characters, including the Unicode "unknown" M character 0xFFFC for iterable non-character elements in the buffer, such as : images. Because images are encoded in the slice, offsets F in the returned array will correspond to offsets in the text buffer. L Note that 0xFFFC can occur in normal text as well, so it is not a reliable 5 indicator that a pixbuf or widget is in the buffer. "Return the text in a given range. G Pictures (and other objects) are stripped form the output. Thus, this % function does not preserve offsets. Like 0, but invisible text is not included. Invisible % text is usually invisible because a 5 with the " invisible" - attribute turned on has been applied to it. Like 0, but invisible text is not included. Invisible % text is usually invisible because a 5 with the " invisible" - attribute turned on has been applied to it. Get the + under the iterator. If the location at iter contains a child anchor, = the anchor is returned (with no new reference count added).  Otherwise, Nothing is returned. Returns a list of all !) at this location. Because marks are not  iterable (they don't take up any "space" in the buffer, they are just L marks in between iterable locations), multiple marks can exist in the same : place. The returned list is not in any meaningful order. returns list of ! Returns a list of 5/ that are toggled on or off at this point. (If   toggledOn is True8, the list contains tags that are toggled on.) If a tag  is toggled on at iter4, then some non-empty range of characters following  iter@ has that tag applied to it. If a tag is toggled off, then some  non-empty range following iter does not have the tag applied to it.  toggledOn - True to get toggled-on tags #returns tags toggled at this point Returns True if tag) is toggled on at exactly this point. If tag is  Nothing,  returns True7 if any tag is toggled on at this point. Note that the   returns True if iter is the start of the tagged  range; " tells you whether an iterator is within a tagged  range. Returns True if tag* is toggled off at exactly this point. If tag is  Notihng,  returns True8 if any tag is toggled off at this point. Note that the   returns True if iter is the end of the tagged range;  " tells you whether an iterator is within a tagged range.  Query if the  is at the  beginning or the end of a 5. This is equivalent to  ( ||  ), i.e. it  tells you whether a range with tag applied to it begins or ends at  iter.  Check if  is within a range  tagged with tag. %Returns a list of tags that apply to iter, in ascending order of , priority (highest-priority tags are last). returns list of 5 !Returns whether the character at iter! is within an editable region of  text. Non-editable text is "locked" and can't be changed by the user via  y7. This function is simply a convenience wrapper around  6. If no tags applied to this text affect editability,  defaultSetting will be returned. You don':t want to use this function to decide whether text can be  inserted at iter, because for insertion you don't want to know whether the  char at iter= is inside an editable range, you want to know whether a new  character inserted at iter( would be inside an editable range. Use   to handle this case. %Check if new text can be inserted at . I Considering the default editability of the buffer, and tags that affect 2 editability, determines whether text inserted at iter would be editable.  If text inserted at iter3 would be editable then the user should be allowed  to insert text at iter.  @Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextBuffer.textBufferInsertInteractive  uses this function ? to decide whether insertions are allowed at a given position.  Use @Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextBuffer.textBufferInsertInteractive F if you want to insert text depending on the current editable status.  Determine if  begins a new  natural-language word.  Determine if  ends a new  natural-language word.  Determine if  is inside a  word.  Determine if  begins a new  line. Returns True if iter0 points to the start of the paragraph delimiter H characters for a line (delimiters will be either a newline, a carriage I return, a carriage return followed by a newline, or a Unicode paragraph = separator character). Note that an iterator pointing to the n of a rn I pair will not be counted as the end of a line, the line ends before the r. N The end iterator is considered to be at the end of a line, even though there ) are no paragraph delimiter chars there.  Determine if  starts a  sentence.  Determine if  ends a  sentence.  Determine if  is inside  a sentence.  Determine if  is at a  cursor position. *Return number of characters in this line. ' The return value includes delimiters. BComputes the effect of any tags applied to this spot in the text. n The values parameter should be initialized to the default settings you wish to use if no tags are in effect.  You'%d typically obtain the defaults from textViewGetDefaultAttributes.  G will modify values, applying the effects of any tags present at iter. 3 If any tags affected values, the function returns True. A convenience wrapper around 0, which returns the language in effect at iter. W If no tags affecting language apply to iter, the return value is identical to that of getDefaultLanguage.  Determine if  is at the end of  the buffer.  Determine if  is at the  beginning of the buffer. Move  forwards. 9 Retuns True if the iterator is pointing to a character. Move  backwards. + Retuns True if the movement was possible. Move  forwards by  n characters.  Retuns True5 if the iterator is pointing to a new character (and False if 5 the iterator points to a picture or has not moved).  Note that images embedded + in the buffer occupy 1 character slot, so  may actually , move onto an image instead of a character. Move  backwards by  n characters.  Retuns True5 if the iterator is pointing to a new character (and False if 5 the iterator points to a picture or has not moved). Move  forwards. I Retuns True if the iterator is pointing to a new line (and False if the 1 iterator points to a picture or has not moved).  If / is on the first line, it will be moved to the  beginning of the buffer. Move  backwards. I Retuns True if the iterator is pointing to a new line (and False if the 1 iterator points to a picture or has not moved).  If 3 is on the first line, it will be moved to the end  of the buffer. Move  forwards by  n lines. I Retuns True if the iterator is pointing to a new line (and False if the 1 iterator points to a picture or has not moved).  If / is on the first line, it will be moved to the  beginning of the buffer.  n can be negative. Move  backwards by  n lines. I Retuns True if the iterator is pointing to a new line (and False if the 1 iterator points to a picture or has not moved).  If 3 is on the first line, it will be moved to the end  of the buffer.  n can be negative. Move  forwards by  n word ends. < Retuns True if the iterator is pointing to a new word end. Move  backwards by  n word beginnings. > Retuns True if the iterator is pointing to a new word start. Move  forwards to the  next word end. : Retuns True if the iterator has moved to a new word end. Move  backwards to  the next word beginning. @ Retuns True if the iterator has moved to a new word beginning. Move  forwards to  the next cursor position. J Some characters are composed of two Unicode codes. This function ensures  that 2 does not point inbetween such double characters.  Returns True if & moved and points to a character (not  to an object). Move  backwards  to the next cursor position. J Some characters are composed of two Unicode codes. This function ensures  that 2 does not point inbetween such double characters.  Returns True if & moved and points to a character (not  to an object). Move  forwards  by n cursor positions.  Returns True if & moved and points to a character (not  to an object). Move  backwards  by n cursor positions.  Returns True if & moved and points to a character (not  to an object). Move  forwards by  n sentence ends. @ Retuns True if the iterator is pointing to a new sentence end. Move  backwards  by n sentence beginnings. B Retuns True if the iterator is pointing to a new sentence start. Move  forwards to  the next sentence end. > Retuns True if the iterator has moved to a new sentence end. Move  backwards ! to the next sentence beginning. D Retuns True if the iterator has moved to a new sentence beginning.  Set  to an offset within the  buffer.  Set  to a line within the  buffer. I If number is negative or larger than the number of lines in the buffer,  moves iter. to the start of the last line in the buffer.  Set  to an offset within the line.  The D given character offset must be less than or equal to the number of J characters in the line; if equal, the iterator moves to the start of the  next line.  Like  +, but the offset is in visible characters, H i.e. text with a tag making it invisible is not counted in the offset.  Moves iter forward to the " end iterator," which points one past the % last valid character in the buffer. IMoves the iterator to point to the paragraph delimiter characters, which ? will be either a newline, a carriage return, a carriage return/ newline in L sequence, or the Unicode paragraph separator character. If the iterator is G already at the paragraph delimiter characters, moves to the paragraph , delimiter characters for the next line. If iter is on the last line in the F buffer, which does not end in paragraph delimiters, moves to the end . iterator (end of the last line), and returns False. Moves  forward to  the next change of a 5.  If Nothing is supplied, any 5 will be matched.  Returns True! if there was a tag toggle after . Moves  backward to  the next change of a 5.  If Nothing is supplied, any 5 will be matched.  Returns True" if there was a tag toggle before . Move  forward until a " predicate function returns True.  If pred returns True before limit is reached, the 1 search is stopped and the return value is True.  If limit8 is Nothing, the search stops at the end of the buffer. Move  backward until a " predicate function returns True.  If pred returns True before limit is reached, the 1 search is stopped and the return value is True.  If limit8 is Nothing, the search stops at the end of the buffer. &Search forward for a specific string. H If specified, the last character which is tested against that start of  the search pattern will be limit.   may be empty. 9 Returns the start and end position of the string found. 'Search backward for a specific string. H If specified, the last character which is tested against that start of  the search pattern will be limit.   my be empty. 9 Returns the start and end position of the string found. Moves iter0 to the start of the next visible line. Returns True if ' there was a next line to move to, and False if iter was simply moved to = the end of the buffer and is now not dereferenceable, or if iter was # already at the end of the buffer. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 returns whether iter can be dereferenced Moves iter4 to the start of the previous visible line. Returns True if  iter could be moved; i.e. if iter! was at character offset 0, this  function returns False. Therefore if iter was already on line 0, but not  at the start of the line, iter- is snapped to the start of the line and the  function returns True6. (Note that this implies that in a loop calling this L function, the line number may not change on every iteration, if your first  iteration is on line 0.) " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 returns whether iter moved Moves count( visible lines forward, if possible (if count would move G past the start or end of the buffer, moves to the start or end of the G buffer). The return value indicates whether the iterator moved onto a / dereferenceable position; if the iterator didn't move, or moved onto the end  iterator, then False is returned. If count is 0, the function does  nothing and returns False. If count$ is negative, moves backward by 0 -  count lines. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 count# - number of lines to move forward returns whether iter moved and is dereferenceable Moves count) visible lines backward, if possible (if count would move G past the start or end of the buffer, moves to the start or end of the G buffer). The return value indicates whether the iterator moved onto a / dereferenceable position; if the iterator didn't move, or moved onto the end  iterator, then False is returned. If count is 0, the function does  nothing and returns False. If count# is negative, moves forward by 0 -  count lines. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 count$ - number of lines to move backward returns whether iter moved and is dereferenceable Calls  up to count times. couter - number of times to move return True+ if iter moved and is not the end iterator Calls  up to count times. couter - number of times to move return True+ if iter moved and is not the end iterator ,Moves forward to the next visible word end. Q (If iter is currently on a word end, moves forward to the next one after that.) S Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language H (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break algorithms). return True+ if iter moved and is not the end iterator 3Moves backward to the previous visible word start. T (If iter is currently on a word start, moves backward to the next one after that.) S Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language H (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break algorithms). return True+ if iter moved and is not the end iterator 8Moves iter forward to the next visible cursor position.  See  for details. return True+ if iter moved and is not the end iterator <Moves iter forward to the previous visible cursor position.  See  for details. return True+ if iter moved and is not the end iterator ,Moves up to count visible cursor positions.  See  for details. couter - number of times to move return True+ if iter moved and is not the end iterator  ,Moves up to count visible cursor positions.  See  for details. couter - number of times to move return True+ if iter moved and is not the end iterator ! Compare two  for equality. " Compare two . #5Checks whether iter falls in the range [start, end). + start and end must be in ascending order. start start of range end end of range True if iter is in the range $PSwaps the value of first and second if second comes before first in the buffer. 9 That is, ensures that first and second are in sequence. ^ Most text buffer functions that take a range call this automatically on your behalf, so there'6s no real reason to call it yourself in those cases. $ There are some exceptions, such as #", that expect a pre-sorted range. %'visibleLineOffset' property. See  and    &'offset' property. See  and   '' lineOffset' property. See  and    ('line' property. See  and   \      !"#$%&'(\     !"#$ %&'(W      !"#$%&'(portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net"""""""""""""""""""""""""########## # # # # #################)Creates a new text buffer. table - a tag table, or Nothing to create a  new one *HObtains the number of lines in the buffer. This value is cached, so the  function is very fast. +DGets the number of characters in the buffer. The character count is ( cached, so this function is very fast. ,Get the 3 associated with this buffer. -Inserts text at position iter . Emits the   insertText> signal; insertion actually occurs in the default handler for  the signal. iter: is invalidated when insertion occurs (because the buffer  contents change). iter - a position in the buffer text - text to insert .Inserts text at position iter . Similar  to - but uses # buffers. A The passed-in buffer must contain a valid UTF-8 encoded string. iter - a position in the buffer text - text to insert / Simply calls -+, using the current cursor position as the  insertion point. 0 Simply calls -+, using the current cursor position as the  insertion point. Similar to / but uses # buffers. A The passed-in buffer must contain a valid UTF-8 encoded string. 1Like -&, but the insertion will not occur if iter is at D a non-editable location in the buffer. Usually you want to prevent I insertions at ineditable locations if the insertion results from a user  action (is interactive). >If no tag is at the specified position, use the default value def to N decide if the text should be inserted. This value could be set to the result  of 6Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextView.textViewGetEditable. iter - a position in buffer text - the text to insert defaultEditable! - default editability of buffer +returns whether text was actually inserted 2 Similar to 1 but uses # buffers. A The passed-in buffer must contain a valid UTF-8 encoded string. iter - a position in buffer text - the text to insert defaultEditable! - default editability of buffer +returns whether text was actually inserted 3Calls 1 at the cursor position. text - the text to insert defaultEditable! - default editability of buffer +returns whether text was actually inserted 4 Similar to 3 but uses # buffers. A The passed-in buffer must contain a valid UTF-8 encoded string. text - the text to insert defaultEditable! - default editability of buffer +returns whether text was actually inserted 5'Copies text, tags, and pixbufs between start and end (the order of  start and end doesn'"t matter) and inserts the copy at iter. Used  instead of simply getting//inserting text because it preserves images and  tags. If start and end are in a different buffer from buffer , the two ( buffers must share the same tag table. 1Implemented via emissions of the insert-text and k signals, so  expect those. iter - a position in the buffer start - a position in a 7 end* - another position in the same buffer as start 6Same as 5*, but does nothing if the insertion point  isn't editable. The defaultEditable& parameter indicates whether the text  is editable at iter if no tags enclosing iter affect editability.  Typically the result of  6Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextView.textViewGetEditable is appropriate here. iter - a position in the buffer start - a position in a 7 end* - another position in the same buffer as start defaultEditable% - default editability of the buffer -returns whether an insertion was possible at iter 7Deletes text between start and end. The order of start and end is  not actually relevant; 7" will reorder them. This function  actually emits the n) signal, and the default handler of that J signal deletes the text. Because the buffer is modified, all outstanding D iterators become invalid after calling this function; however, the start  and end@ will be re-initialized to point to the location where text was  deleted. start - a position in buffer end - another position in buffer 8 Deletes all editable text in the given range. Calls 7 ! for each editable sub-range of [start,end). start and end are I revalidated to point to the location of the last deleted range, or left # untouched if no text was deleted.  startIter - start of range to delete endIter - end of range defaultEditable% - whether the buffer is editable by  default /returns whether some text was actually deleted 9Deletes current contents of buffer, and inserts text instead. text - text to insert :Returns the text in the range [start,end). Excludes undisplayed text @ (text marked with tags that set the invisibility attribute) if  includeHiddenChars is False+. Does not include characters representing C embedded images, so character indexes into the returned string do  not; correspond to character indexes into the buffer. Contrast  with ;. start - start of a range end - end of a range includeHiddenChars% - whether to include invisible text ;Returns the text in the range [start,end). Excludes undisplayed text @ (text marked with tags that set the invisibility attribute) if  includeHiddenChars is False!. The returned string includes a   (chr 0xFFFC)< character whenever the buffer contains embedded images, so , character indexes into the returned string do correspond to 2 character indexes into the buffer. Contrast with :. Note  that  (chr 0xFFFC); can occur in normal text as well, so it is not a reliable 5 indicator that a pixbuf or widget is in the buffer. start - start of a range end - end of a range includeHiddenChars% - whether to include invisible text <Deletes current contents of buffer, and inserts text instead. Similar  to 9 but uses # buffers. A The passed-in buffer must contain a valid UTF-8 encoded string. text - text to insert =Returns the text in the range [start,end). Similar to  : but uses # buffers. 0 The returned buffer is a UTF-8 encoded string. start - start of a range end - end of a range includeHiddenChars% - whether to include invisible text >Returns the text in the range [start,end). Similar to  ; but uses # buffers. 0 The returned buffer is a UTF-8 encoded string. start - start of a range end - end of a range includeHiddenChars% - whether to include invisible text ?)Inserts an image into the text buffer at iter. The image will be M counted as one character in character counts, and when obtaining the buffer : contents as a string, will be represented by the Unicode "object  replacement character"  (chr 0xFFFC). Note that the "slice" variants for I obtaining portions of the buffer as a string include this character for  pixbufs, but the "text" variants do not. e.g. see ; and  :. iter! - location to insert the pixbuf pixbuf - a + @Creates a mark at position where. If markName is Nothing , the mark B is anonymous; otherwise, the mark can be retrieved by name using  F:. If a mark has left gravity, and text is inserted at the  mark'>s current location, the mark will be moved to the left of the 5 newly-inserted text. If the mark has right gravity ( leftGravity =  FalseA), the mark will end up on the right of newly-inserted text. The L standard left-to-right cursor is a mark with right gravity (when you type, 3 the cursor stays on the right side of the text you' re typing).  Emits the t# signal as notification of the mark' s initial  placement. markName - name for mark, or Nothing where - location to place mark  leftGravity% - whether the mark has left gravity returns the new ! object A'Adds the mark at position given by the . 0 The mark may not be added to any other buffer.  Emits the t# signal as notification of the mark's initial placement. mark the mark to add iter location to place mark BMoves mark to the new location where . Emits the t signal  as notification of the move. mark - a ! where - new location for mark in the buffer CMoves the mark named name (which must exist) to location where. See  B for details. name - name of a mark where - new location for mark DDeletes mark , so that it',s no longer located anywhere in the buffer.  Most operations on mark/ become invalid. There is no way to undelete a  mark. 5Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextMark.textMarkGetDeleted will  return True after this function has been  called on a mark; 5Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextMark.textMarkGetDeleted ! indicates that a mark no longer  belongs to a buffer. The s signal will be emitted as ) notification after the mark is deleted. mark - a ! in the buffer EDeletes the mark named name; the mark must exist. See  D for details. name - name of a mark in buffer FReturns the mark named name in the buffer, or Nothing if no such  mark exists in the buffer. name - a mark name  returns a !, or Nothing GJReturns the mark that represents the cursor (insertion point). Equivalent  to calling #liftM fromJust $ textBufferGetMark "insert" , but very 4 slightly more efficient, and involves less typing. HDReturns the mark that represents the selection bound. Equivalent to  calling #liftM fromJust $ textBufferGetMark "selection_bound", but 9 very slightly more efficient, and involves less typing. The currently-selected text in buffer is the region between the  "selection_bound" and "insert" marks. If "selection_bound" and  "insert"< are in the same place, then there is no current selection.  Y- is another convenient function for handling 6 the selection, if you just want to know whether there's a selection and what  its bounds are. IThis function moves the "insert" and "selection_bound" marks F simultaneously. If you move them to the same place in two steps with  B8, you will temporarily select a region in between their B old and new locations, which can be pretty inefficient since the G temporarily-selected region will force stuff to be recalculated. This 8 function moves them as a unit, which can be optimized. where - where to put the cursor J Emits the k3 signal on the buffer. The default handler for the  signal applies tag to the given range. start and end do not have to be  in order. tag - a 5 start# - one bound of range to be tagged end% - other bound of range to be tagged K Emits the w, signal. The default handler for the signal  removes all occurrences of tag from the given range. start and end  don't have to be in order. tag - a 5 start% - one bound of range to be untagged end' - other bound of range to be untagged LCalls 9Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextTagTable.textTagTableLookup on the  buffer's tag table to get a 5 , then calls J. name - name of a named 5 start# - one bound of range to be tagged end% - other bound of range to be tagged MCalls 9Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextTagTable.textTagTableLookup on the  buffer's tag table to get a 5 , then calls K. name - name of a 5 start% - one bound of range to be untagged end' - other bound of range to be untagged N&Removes all tags in the range between start and end. Be careful with I this function; it could remove tags added in code unrelated to the code  you'Ere currently writing. That is, using this function is probably a bad E idea if you have two or more unrelated code sections that add tags. start% - one bound of range to be untagged end' - other bound of range to be untagged O Obtains an iterator pointing to  charOffset within the given line. The   charOffset> must exist, offsets off the end of the line are not allowed.  lineNumber - line number counting from 0  charOffset" - char offset from start of line P+Creates an iterator pointing to a position  charOffset chars from the  start of the entire buffer. If  charOffset" is -1 or greater than the number H of characters in the buffer, the end iterator is returned, that is the ; iterator one past the last valid character in the buffer.  charOffset. - char offset from start of buffer (counting  from 0) or -1 Q'Create an iterator at a specific line.  lineNumber - line number counting from 0 R Create an iterator from a mark. mark - a ! in the buffer SECreate an iterator at the first position in the text buffer. This is  the same as using P to get the iter at character  offset 0. T Returns the " end iterator," one past the last valid 4 character in the text buffer. If dereferenced with  2Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextIter.textIterGetChar, the N end iterator has a character value of 0. The entire buffer lies in the range - from the first position in the buffer (call S to get , character position 0) to the end iterator. UFIndicates whether the buffer has been modified since the last call to  V set the modification flag to False . Used for  example to enable a "save" function in a text editor. #It is often more convenient to use . returns True! if the buffer has been modified VJUsed to keep track of whether the buffer has been modified since the last ? time it was saved. Whenever the buffer is saved to disk, call  V buffer False. When the buffer is M modified, it will automatically toggled on the modified bit again. When the ( modified bit flips, the buffer emits a u signal. WDeletes the range between the "insert" and "selection_bound" marks, * that is, the currently-selected text. If  interactive is True, the ; editability of the selection will be considered (users can' t delete  uneditable text).  interactive* - whether the deletion is caused by user  interaction defaultEditable- - whether the buffer is editable by default :returns whether there was a non-empty selection to delete XCheck if a selection exists. YIReturns the bounds of the selection (if the selection has length 0, then  start and end will be the same). start and end will be in ascending  order.  (start, end)! returns the selection start and  end iterators ZICalled to indicate that the buffer operations between here and a call to  [2 are part of a single user-visible operation. The  operations between Z and [ 2 can then be grouped when creating an undo stack. 7 maintains a  count of calls to Z that have not been closed with  a call to [, and emits the l and  o4 signals only for the outermost pair of calls. This ; allows you to build user actions from other user actions. The " interactive"$ buffer mutation functions, such as  1, automatically call begin/end user action 4 around the buffer operations they perform, so there's no need to add extra K calls if you user action consists solely of a single call to one of those  functions. [ Should be paired with a call to Z . See that " function for a full explanation. \GPerforms the appropriate action as if the user hit the delete key with ) the cursor at the position specified by iter. In the normal case a single J character will be deleted, but when combining accents are involved, more N than one character can be deleted, and when precomposed character and accent E combinations are involved, less than one character will be deleted. IBecause the buffer is modified, all outstanding iterators become invalid + after calling this function; however, the iter will be re-initialized to / point to the location where text was deleted. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 iter - a position in buffer  interactive* - whether the deletion is caused by user  interaction defaultEditable% - whether the buffer is editable by  default returns True if the buffer was modified ]6Inserts a child widget anchor into the text buffer at iter . The anchor N will be counted as one character in character counts, and when obtaining the A buffer contents as a string, will be represented by the Unicode "object  replacement character"  (chr 0xFFFC). Note that the "slice" variants for I obtaining portions of the buffer as a string include this character for  child anchors, but the "text" variants do not. e.g. see  ; and : . Consider  ^* as a more convenient alternative to this  function. iter! - location to insert the anchor anchor - a # ^HThis is a convenience function which simply creates a child anchor with  ;Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextView.textBufferChildAnchorNew and inserts  it into the buffer with ]. iter - location in the buffer !returns the created child anchor _This function moves the "insert" and "selection_bound" marks 4 simultaneously. If you move them in two steps with B, you J will temporarily select a region in between their old and new locations, L which can be pretty inefficient since the temporarily-selected region will K force stuff to be recalculated. This function moves them as a unit, which  can be optimized. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 ins - where to put the "insert" mark bound - where to put the "selection_bound" mark `Obtains the location of anchor within buffer. iter! - an iterator to be initialized anchor" - a child anchor that appears in buffer aFRetrieves the first and last iterators in the buffer, i.e. the entire  buffer lies within the range  [start,end). 2return the first and last iterators in the buffer b0Pastes the contents of a clipboard at the given location. * (Note: pasting is asynchronous, that is,  we'>ll ask for the paste data and return, and at some point later = after the main loop runs, the paste data will be inserted.)  clipboard" - the GtkClipboard to paste from location" - location to insert pasted text defaultEditable- - whether the buffer is editable by default c;Pastes the contents of a clipboard at the insertion point. * (Note: pasting is asynchronous, that is,  we'>ll ask for the paste data and return, and at some point later = after the main loop runs, the paste data will be inserted.)  clipboard" - the GtkClipboard to paste from defaultEditable- - whether the buffer is editable by default d3Copies the currently-selected text to a clipboard.  clipboard& - the GtkClipboard object to copy to e3Copies the currently-selected text to a clipboard,  then deletes said text if it' s editable.  clipboard% - the GtkClipboard object to cut to defaultEditable- - whether the buffer is editable by default fLAdds clipboard to the list of clipboards in which the selection contents of self are available.  In most cases,  clipboard will be the  of type selectionPrimary for a view of self.  clipboard - the  object to add g Removes a  added with f.  clipboard - the  object to remove hText Tag Table. iFThe text content of the buffer. Without child widgets and images, see  : for more information. Default value: "" jThe 'modified' property. See U and  V kA 5" was applied to a region of text. l%A new atomic user action is started.  Together with o these signals can be  used to build an undo stack. m0Emitted when the contents of the buffer change. n(A range of text is about to be deleted. oAn atomic action has ended.  see l pA + is inserted into the buffer. qThe q signal is emitted to insert a # in a 7. 3 Insertion actually occurs in the default handler. rSome text was inserted. sA ! within the buffer was deleted. tA ! was inserted into the buffer. uvThe v= signal is emitted after paste operation has been completed. K This is useful to properly scroll the view to the end of the pasted text.  See b for more details. wThe textbuffer has changed. xyA 5" was applied to a region of text. z{%A new atomic user action is started.  Together with  these signals can be  used to build an undo stack. |}0Emitted when the contents of the buffer change. ~(A range of text is about to be deleted. An atomic action has ended.  see z A + is inserted into the  buffer. Some text was inserted. A ! within the buffer was deleted. A ! was inserted into the buffer. The textbuffer has changed. A 5 was removed. j67{|})*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~j76|}{)*+,-./012345678<=>9:;?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXY_aZ[\]^`bcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~e)*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~Gportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net# #!#"###$#%#&#'#(#)#*#+#,#-#.#/#0#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9#:#;#<#=#>#?#@#A#B#C#D#E#F#G#H#I#J#K#L#M#N#O#P#Q#R#S#T#U#V#W#X#Y#Z#[#\#]Creates a new y . If you don't call  before K using the text view, an empty default buffer will be created for you. Get  the buffer with *. If you want to specify your own buffer,  consider . Creates a new y widget displaying the buffer buffer. One * buffer can be shared among many widgets. FSets the given buffer as the buffer being displayed by the text view.  Returns the 7$ being displayed by this text view. Scrolls the text view so that mark" is on the screen in the position  indicated by xalign and yalign(. An alignment of 0.0 indicates left or K top, 1.0 indicates right or bottom, 0.5 means center. If the alignment is  NothingB, the text scrolls the minimal distance to get the mark onscreen, J possibly not scrolling at all. The effective screen for purposes of this ) function is reduced by a margin of size  withinMargin. mark - a !  withinMargin1 - margin as a [0.0,0.5) fraction of screen size = and imposes an extra margin at all four sides of the window  within which xalign and yalign are evaluated. Just (xalign, yalign) - horizontal and 4 vertical alignment of mark within visible area (if Nothing, . scroll just enough to get the mark onscreen) Scrolls the text view so that iter" is on the screen in the position  indicated by xalign and yalign(. An alignment of 0.0 indicates left or K top, 1.0 indicates right or bottom, 0.5 means center. If the alignment is  NothingB, the text scrolls the minimal distance to get the mark onscreen, J possibly not scrolling at all. The effective screen for purposes of this ) function is reduced by a margin of size  withinMargin.  This function J uses the currently-computed height of the lines in the text buffer. Note I that line heights are computed in an idle handler; so this function may  not  have the desired effect if it',s called before the height computations. To  avoid oddness, consider using  which saves a point I to be scrolled to after line validation. This is particularly important J if you add new text to the buffer and immediately ask the view to scroll  to it (which it can'5t since it is not updated until the main loop runs). iter - a   withinMargin, - margin as a [0.0,0.5) fraction of screen  size Just (xalign, yalign) - horizontal and 4 vertical alignment of mark within visible area (if Nothing, 2 scroll just enough to get the iterator onscreen) returns True if scrolling occurred 5Scrolls the text view the minimum distance such that mark is contained ( within the visible area of the widget. mark* - a mark in the buffer for the text view )Moves a mark within the buffer so that it's located within the  currently-visible text area. mark - a ! returns True if the mark moved (wasn't already onscreen) FMoves the cursor to the currently visible region of the buffer, it it  isn't there already. returns True if the cursor had to be moved. 7Returns the currently-visible region of the buffer, in 8 buffer coordinates. Convert to window coordinates with  . 9Gets a rectangle which roughly contains the character at iter. The 2 rectangle position is in buffer coordinates; use  - to convert these coordinates to coordinates * for one of the windows in the text view.  Gets the 4 at the start of the line containing the coordinate  y. y@ is in buffer coordinates, convert from window coordinates with  . Also returns lineTop the ) coordinate of the top edge of the line. y - a y coordinate (targetIter, lineTop) - returns the iter and the  top coordinate of the line 8Gets the y coordinate of the top of the line containing iter , and the N height of the line. The coordinate is a buffer coordinate; convert to window  coordinates with . iter - a   (y, height)' - y coordinate and height of the line -Retrieves the iterator at buffer coordinates x and y . Buffer A coordinates are coordinates for the entire buffer, not just the N currently-displayed portion. If you have coordinates from an event, you have - to convert those to buffer coordinates with . x% - x position, in buffer coordinates y% - y position, in buffer coordinates Converts coordinate (bufferX, bufferY) to coordinates for the window  win Note that you can'4t convert coordinates for a nonexisting window (see  ). win - a  except  (bufferX, bufferY) - buffer x and y coordinates #returns window x and y coordinates 1Converts coordinates on the window identified by win to buffer  coordinates. Note that you can'4t convert coordinates for a nonexisting window (see  ). win - a  except  (windowX, windowY) - window x and y coordinates #returns buffer x and y coordinates Retrieves the ?, corresponding to an area of the text view; J possible windows include the overall widget window, child windows on the I left, right, top, bottom, and the window that displays the text buffer.  Windows are Nothing8 and nonexistent if their width or height is 0, and are 2 nonexistent before the widget has been realized. win - window to get  returns a ?, or Nothing  Retrieve the type of window the y widget contains. KUsually used to find out which window an event corresponds to. An emission  of an event signal of y yields a ?. This function can be D used to see if the event actually belongs to the main text window. Sets the width of  or , or the height of   or . Automatically destroys the M corresponding window if the size is set to 0, and creates the window if the A size is set to non-zero. This function can only be used for the "border  windows" , it doesn' t work with , , or  . type - window to affect size! - width or height of the window 3Gets the width of the specified border window. See  . type - window to return size from returns width of window Moves the given iter2 forward by one display (wrapped) line. A display M line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or D other paragraph separator characters. Display lines are created by I line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned off, display lines and M paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are divided differently for each $ view, since they depend on the view'(s width; paragraphs are the same in all 1 views, since they depend on the contents of the 7. iter - a  returns True if iter! was moved and is not on the end  iterator Moves the given iter3 backward by one display (wrapped) line. A display M line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or D other paragraph separator characters. Display lines are created by I line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned off, display lines and M paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are divided differently for each $ view, since they depend on the view'(s width; paragraphs are the same in all 1 views, since they depend on the contents of the 7. iter - a  returns True if iter! was moved and is not on the end  iterator Moves the given iter1 forward to the next display line end. A display M line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or D other paragraph separator characters. Display lines are created by I line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned off, display lines and M paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are divided differently for each $ view, since they depend on the view'(s width; paragraphs are the same in all 1 views, since they depend on the contents of the 7. iter - a  returns True if iter! was moved and is not on the end  iterator Moves the given iter4 backward to the next display line start. A display M line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are separated by newlines or D other paragraph separator characters. Display lines are created by I line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned off, display lines and M paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are divided differently for each $ view, since they depend on the view'(s width; paragraphs are the same in all 1 views, since they depend on the contents of the 7. iter - a  returns True if iter! was moved and is not on the end  iterator Determines whether iter( is at the start of a display line. See  ) for an explanation of display lines vs.  paragraphs. iter - a  returns True if iter begins a wrapped line HMove the iterator a given number of characters visually, treating it as  the strong cursor position. If count" is positive, then the new strong  cursor position will be count* positions to the right of the old cursor  position. If count9 is negative then the new strong cursor position will be  count3 positions to the left of the old cursor position. HIn the presence of bidirection text, the correspondence between logical M and visual order will depend on the direction of the current run, and there @ may be jumps when the cursor is moved off of the end of a run. iter - a  count6 - number of characters to move (negative moves left,  positive moves right) returns True if iter moved and is not on the end  iterator 5Adds a child widget in the text buffer, at the given anchor. child - a  anchor - a # in the 7  for the text view  Create a new #.  Using textBufferCreateChildAnchor is usually simpler then  executing this function and textBufferInsertChildAnchor.  Retrieve all  s at this  #. I The widgets in the returned list need to be upcasted to what they were.  Query if an anchor was deleted. ;Adds a child at fixed coordinates in one of the text widget' s windows. ( The window must have nonzero size (see ). Note 6 that the child coordinates are given relative to the ? in N question, and that these coordinates have no sane relationship to scrolling.  When placing a child in , scrolling is irrelevant, the N child floats above all scrollable areas. If you want the widget to move when  the text view scrolls, use  instead. child - a   whichWindow( - which window the child should appear  in xpos- - X position of child in window coordinates ypos- - Y position of child in window coordinates Move a child widget within the y!. This is really only apprpriate  for "floating" child widgets added using . child/ - child widget already added to the text view xpos( - new X position in window coordinates ypos( - new Y position in window coordinates %Sets the line wrapping for the view. %Gets the line wrapping for the view. $Sets the default editability of the y. You can override this 4 default setting with tags in the buffer, using the "editable" attribute of  tags. 'Returns the default editability of the y. Tags in the buffer may 0 override this setting for some ranges of text. CToggles whether the insertion point is displayed. A buffer with no  editable text probably shouldn',t have a visible cursor, so you may want to  turn the cursor off. 0Find out whether the cursor is being displayed. KSets the default number of blank pixels above paragraphs in the text view. A Tags in the buffer for the text view may override the defaults. / Tags in the buffer may override this default. ;Gets the default number of pixels to put above paragraphs. ISets the default number of pixels of blank space to put below paragraphs E in the text view. May be overridden by tags applied to the text view's  buffer. >Gets the default number of blank pixels below each paragraph. BSets the default number of pixels of blank space to leave between  display/?wrapped lines within a paragraph. May be overridden by tags in  the text view' s buffer. DGets the default number of pixels of blank space between lines in a  wrapped paragraph. ESets the default justification of text in the text view. Tags in the  view'#s buffer may override the default. KGets the default justification of paragraphs in the text view. Tags in the " buffer may override the default. KSets the default left margin for text in the text view. Tags in the buffer  may override the default.  leftMargin - left margin in pixels GGets the default left margin size of paragraphs in the text view. Tags ) in the buffer may override the default. returns left margin in pixels ESets the default right margin for text in the text view. Tags in the " buffer may override the default.  rightMargin - right margin in pixels EGets the default right margin for text in the text view. Tags in the " buffer may override the default. returns right margin in pixels JSets the default indentation for paragraphs in the text view. Tags in the " buffer may override the default. indent+ - indentation in pixels (may be negative) IGets the default indentation of paragraphs in the text view. Tags in the  view'Ds buffer may override the default. The indentation may be negative. (returns number of pixels of indentation HObtains a copy of the default text attributes. These are the attributes / used for text unless a tag overrides them. You'd typically pass the default  attributes in to # in order to get the attributes in " effect at a given text position. GRetrieves the iterator pointing to the character at buffer coordinates  x and y@. Buffer coordinates are coordinates for the entire buffer, not N just the currently-displayed portion. If you have coordinates from an event, 6 you have to convert those to buffer coordinates with  . !Note that this is different from , which * returns cursor locations, i.e. positions between characters. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 x% - x position, in buffer coordinates y% - y position, in buffer coordinates (iter, trailing) - returns the iterator and 1 an integer indicating where in the grapheme the . user clicked. It will either be zero, or the 4 number of characters in the grapheme. 0 represents $ the trailing edge of the grapheme.  Changes the y overwrite mode. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4  overwrite - True to turn on overwrite mode, False to turn  it off Returns whether the y is in overwrite mode or not. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 ESets the behavior of the text widget when the Tab key is pressed. If   acceptsTab is True! a tab character is inserted. If  acceptsTab is  FalseD the keyboard focus is moved to the next widget in the focus chain. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4  acceptsTab - True) if pressing the Tab key should insert a  tab character, False*, if pressing the Tab key should move the  keyboard focus. ?Returns whether pressing the Tab key inserts a tab characters.  . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 returns True' if pressing the Tab key inserts a tab  character, False, if pressing the Tab key moves the keyboard  focus. Gets the horizontal-scrolling J. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 Gets the vertical-scrolling J. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22  Allow the yI input method to internally handle key press and release events. If this  function returns bD, then no further processing should be done for this key event. See  imContextFilterKeypress. ]Note that you are expected to call this function from your handler when overriding key event f handling. This is needed in the case when you need to insert your own key handling between the input 2 method and the default key event handling of the y. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 ;Reset the input method context of the text view if needed. aThis can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer would confuse on-going input method  behavior. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 (Pixels of blank space above paragraphs. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 (Pixels of blank space below paragraphs. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 <Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 .Whether the text can be modified by the user. Default value: True PWhich IM (input method) module should be used for this entry. See GtkIMContext. P Setting this to a non-empty value overrides the system-wide IM module setting.  See the GtkSettings  gtk-im-module property. Default value: "" AWhether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character  boundaries. Default value:  &Left, right, or center justification. Default value:  $Width of the left margin in pixels. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 %Width of the right margin in pixels. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 +Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 "If the insertion cursor is shown. Default value: True The buffer which is displayed. 3Whether entered text overwrites existing contents. Default value: False :Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered. Default value: True The M signal is a keybinding signal which gets emitted when the user asks for it. HThe default bindings for this signal are Backspace and Shift-Backspace. Copying to the clipboard. E This signal is emitted when a selection is copied to the clipboard. $ The action itself happens when the y processes this  signal. Cutting to the clipboard. F This signal is emitted when a selection is cut out and copied to the G clipboard. The action itself happens when the textview processed this  request. Deleting text. H The widget will remove the specified number of units in the text where 7 the meaning of units depends on the kind of deletion. $ The action itself happens when the y processes this  signal. Inserting text. C The widget will insert the string into the text where the meaning + of units depends on the kind of deletion. $ The action itself happens when the y processes this  signal. Moving the cursor. G The signal specifies what kind and how many steps the cursor will do.  The flag is set to True' if this movement extends a selection. $ The action itself happens when the y processes this  signal. The F signal is a keybinding signal which can be bound to key combinations . to allow the user to move the viewport, i.e. O change what part of the text view is visible in a containing scrolled window. 0 There are no default bindings for this signal. Moving the focus. $ The action itself happens when the y processes this  signal. Page change signals. F The signal specifies how many pages the view should move up or down.  The flag is set to True' if this movement extends a selection. $ The action itself happens when the y processes this  signal. D Figure out why this signal is called horizontally, not vertically. Pasting from the clipboard. E This signal is emitted when something is pasted from the clipboard. $ The action itself happens when the y processes this  signal. #Add menu entries to context menus. 5 This signal is emitted if a context menu within the y E is opened. This signal can be used to add application specific menu  items to this popup. Inserting an anchor. ? This signal is emitted when anchor is inserted into the text. $ The action itself happens when the y processes this  signal. The scroll-bars changed. The % signal is a keybinding signal which 6 gets emitted to toggle the visibility of the cursor. , The default binding for this signal is F7. The  signal is a keybinding signal < which gets emitted to toggle the visibility of the cursor. , The default binding for this signal is F7. #Insert Overwrite mode has changed. ! This signal is emitted when the y changes from 4 inserting mode to overwriting mode and vice versa. $ The action itself happens when the y processes this  signal. bIf an input method is used, the typed text will not immediately be committed to the buffer. So if 9 you are interested in the text, connect to this signal. TThis signal is only emitted if the text at the given position is actually editable. xy"#yx#"] portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net #^#_#`Begins editing on a  cellEditable. event is the <! that began the editing process.  Emits the  signal.  Emits the  signal. 9Indicates whether editing on the cell has been canceled. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.20 IThis signal is a sign for the cell renderer to update its value from the   cellEditable. Implementations of # are responsible for emitting this ) signal when they are done editing, e.g. k is emitting it when the user  presses Enter. & is a convenience method for emitting  ::editing-done. HThis signal is meant to indicate that the cell is finished editing, and " the widget may now be destroyed. Implementations of # are responsible for emitting this A signal when they are done editing. It must be emitted after the   signal, to give the cell % renderer a chance to update the cell'&s value before the widget is removed. & is a convenience method for emitting  ::remove-widget. 12 21Pportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netv#a#b#c#d#e#f#g#h#i#j#k#l#m#n#o#p#q#r#s#t#u#v#w#x#y#z#{#|#}#~#######################Creates a new  widget Creates a new  widget with the model model and defines 6 how to extract a string and a pixbuf from the model. model - The model. Sets the model for a  . If the iconView already has a model 9 set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If model is  Nothing$, then it will unset the old model. model - The model. Returns the model the  is based on. Returns Nothing if the  model is unset.  returns a , or Nothing if none is  currently being used. /Sets the column of the text for entries in the . If a markup  source is set using iconViewSetMarkupSource, then the text source is  ignored. column) - A column in the currently used model. !Returns the column with text for iconView. returns the text column, or  t if it' s unset. /Sets the column of the text for entries in the  as a markup  string (see Graphics.Rendering.Pango.Markup). A text source that is set  using iconViewSetTextSource) is ignored once a markup source is set. column) - A column in the currently used model. (Returns the column with markup text for iconView. returns the markup column, or  t if it' s unset. Sets the column of the Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Pixbuf for entries in the  . column) - A column in the currently used model. $Returns the column with pixbufs for iconView. returns the pixbuf column, or  t if it' s unset. Finds the path at the point (x, y#), relative to widget coordinates.  See 0, if you are also interested in the cell at the  specified position. x# - The x position to be identified y# - The y position to be identified  returns The F corresponding to the icon or [] % if no icon exists at that position. JCalls a function for each selected icon. Note that the model or selection / cannot be modified from within this function. (p ath -> ...) - The funcion to call for each  selected icon. Sets the selection mode of the iconView. mode - The selection mode Gets the selection mode of the iconView. #returns the current selection mode HSets the ::orientation property which determines whether the labels are * drawn beside the icons instead of below.  orientation, - the relative position of texts and icons IReturns the value of the ::orientation property which determines whether 9 the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below. 1returns the relative position of texts and icons ESets the ::columns property which determines in how many columns the  icons are arranged. If columns- is -1, the number of columns will be chosen + automatically to fill the available area. columns - the number of columns -Returns the value of the ::columns property. %returns the number of columns, or -1 ISets the ::item-width property which specifies the width to use for each H item. If it is set to -1, the icon view will automatically determine a  suitable item size.  itemWidth - the width for each item 0Returns the value of the ::item-width property. *returns the width of a single item, or -1 HSets the ::spacing property which specifies the space which is inserted < between the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of an item. spacing - the spacing -Returns the value of the ::spacing property.  returns the space between cells CSets the ::row-spacing property which specifies the space which is - inserted between the rows of the icon view.  rowSpacing - the row spacing 1Returns the value of the ::row-spacing property. returns the space between rows  FSets the ::column-spacing property which specifies the space which is 0 inserted between the columns of the icon view.  columnSpacing - the column spacing  4Returns the value of the ::column-spacing property. "returns the space between columns  JSets the ::margin property which specifies the space which is inserted at 3 the top, bottom, left and right of the icon view. margin - the margin  ,Returns the value of the ::margin property. !returns the space at the borders  Selects the row at path. path - The F to be selected. Unselects the row at path. path - The F to be unselected. Returns True if the icon pointed to by path is currently selected. If  icon% does not point to a valid location, False is returned. path - A F to check selection on. returns True if path is selected. HCreates a list of paths of all selected items. Additionally, if you are K planning on modifying the model after calling this function, you may want - to convert the returned list into a list of TreeRowReference s. To do  this, you can use treeRowReferenceNew. returns a list of Fs, one for each selected row. Selects all the icons. iconView$ must has its selection mode set to  SelectionMultiple. Unselects all the icons. !Activates the item determined by path. path - The F to be activated Finds the path at the point (x, y#), relative to widget coordinates.  In contrast to &, this function also obtains the cell  at the specified position. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 x# - The x position to be identified y# - The y position to be identified Given  Left path8 as argument , sets the current keyboard focus to be at  path@, and selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user's $ attention on a particular item. If  Right cell is given, then focus is 5 given to the cell specified by it. Additionally, if  startEditing is  True8, then editing should be started in the specified cell. #This function is often followed by  /Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.widgetGrabFocus in order to give keyboard H focus to the widget. Please note that editing can only happen when the  widget is realized. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 the path or the cell  startEditing - True$ if the specified cell should start  being edited.  Return a path and a cell/ with the current cursor path and cell. If the  cursor isn't currently set, then [] will be returned for the path". If no cell currently has focus,  then cell will be Nothing. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8  returns a path to the cursor and a cell# if the widget has the input focus Moves the alignments of iconView to the position specified by path.  rowAlign) determines where the row is placed, and colAlign determines  where column= is placed. Both are expected to be between 0.0 and 1.0. 0.0  means left/top alignment, 1.0 means right/bottom alignment, 0.5 means  center. If useAlign is False4, then the alignment arguments are ignored, and the J tree does the minimum amount of work to scroll the item onto the screen. F This means that the item will be scrolled to the edge closest to its K current position. If the item is currently visible on the screen, nothing  is done. 2This function only works if the model is set, and path is a valid row on , the model. If the model changes before the iconView is realized, the 8 centered path will be modified to reflect this change. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 path$ - The path of the item to move to. useAlign* - whether to use alignment arguments, or False. rowAlign3 - The vertical alignment of the item specified by  path. colAlign2 - The horizontal alignment of the item specified  by path. *Retrieve the first and last visible path. 3 Note that there may be invisible paths inbetween. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 :returns the first and last visible path, the return value  Nothing if every element is visible Turns iconView' into a drag source for automatic DND. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 startButtonMask - Mask of allowed buttons  to start drag targets - the list of targets that the  the view will support actions' - flags denoting the possible actions  for a drag from this widget Turns iconView, into a drop destination for automatic DND. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 targets - the list of targets that the  the view will support actions' - flags denoting the possible actions  for a drop into this widget Undoes the effect of . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 Undoes the effect of . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 $Check if icons can be moved around. I Set whether the user can use drag and drop (DND) to reorder the rows in  the store. This works on both  and  models. If ro  is True?, then the user can reorder the model by dragging and dropping F rows. The developer can listen to these changes by connecting to the  model'?s signals. If you need to control which rows may be dragged or 1 where rows may be dropped, you can override the   R : function in the default DND implementation of the model. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8  reorderable - True), if the list of items can be reordered. GRetrieves whether the user can reorder the list via drag-and-drop. See  . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 returns True if the list can be reordered. TGets the row in which the item path is currently displayed. Row numbers start at 0. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 path the F of the item /returns The row in which the item is displayed  ZGets the column in which the item path is currently displayed. Column numbers start at 0. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 path the F of the item 2returns The column in which the item is displayed !IThe ::selection-mode property specifies the selection mode of icon view.  If the mode is SelectionMultiple+, rubberband selection is enabled, for the 3 other modes, only keyboard selection is possible. Default value: SelectionSingle "The "2 property contains the number of the model column F containing the pixbufs which are displayed. Setting this property to   t# turns off the display of pixbufs. Default value:  t #The #2 property contains the number of the model column D containing the texts which are displayed. If this property and the  $ property are both set to  t , no texts  are displayed. Default value:  t $The $2 property contains the number of the model column I containing markup information to be displayed. If this property and the  #@ property are both set to column numbers, it overrides the text  column. If both are set to  t, no texts are displayed. Default value:  t %The model for the icon view. &EThe columns property contains the number of the columns in which the N items should be displayed. If it is -1, the number of columns will be chosen + automatically to fill the available area. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 'HThe item-width property specifies the width to use for each item. If it J is set to -1, the icon view will automatically determine a suitable item  size. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 (GThe spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between the 0 cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of an item. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 )GThe row-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between  the rows of the icon view. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 6 *JThe column-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between  the columns of the icon view. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 6 +JThe margin property specifies the space which is inserted at the edges of  the icon view. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 6 ,HThe orientation property specifies how the cells (i.e. the icon and the : text) of the item are positioned relative to each other. Default value: OrientationVertical -IThe reorderable property specifies if the items can be reordered by DND. Default value: False " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 .cThe item-orientation property specifies how the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of the item are $ positioned relative to each other. Default value: OrientationVertical # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 /5New scroll adjustment have been set for this widget. 0NA specific element has been activated (by pressing enter or double clicking). 1The selected item changed. Fpqr      !"#$%&'()*+,-./01Fqrp      !#$"%&'()*+,-./01A      !"#$%&'()*+,-./01Eportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net#####################################################################################2 Grid lines. 3456####7Creates a new u widget. 8 Create a new u  widget with model as the storage model. 9-Returns the model that supplies the data for  this u . Returns Nothing if the model is unset. :Set the  for the current View. ; Retrieve a ! that / holds the current selected nodes of the View. < Gets the J1 currently being used for the horizontal aspect. = Sets the J$ for the current horizontal aspect.  adjustment - The J to set, or Nothing > Gets the J/ currently being used for the vertical aspect. ? Sets the J" for the current vertical aspect.  adjustment - The J to set, or Nothing @)Query if the column headers are visible. A0Set the visibility state of the column headers. B*Resize the columns to their optimal size. C>Set wether the columns headers are sensitive to mouse clicks. D3Query if visual aid for wide columns is turned on. EFThis function tells Gtk+ that the user interface for your application F requires users to read across tree rows and associate cells with one J another. By default, Gtk+ will then render the tree with alternating row  colors. Do not< use it just because you prefer the appearance of the ruled  tree; that'?s a question for the theme. Some themes will draw tree rows in N alternating colors even when rules are turned off, and users who prefer that G appearance all the time can choose those themes. You should call this  function only as a semantic/ hint to the theme engine that your tree makes N alternating colors useful from a functional standpoint (since it has lots of  columns, generally). FAppend a new column to the u%. Returns the new number of columns. GRemove column tvc from the u 6 widget. The number of remaining columns is returned. HInserts column tvc into the  u widget at the position pos. Returns the number of ) columns after insertion. Specify -1 for pos to insert the column  at the end. I Retrieve a @.  Retrieve the pos th columns of  u4. If the index is out of range Nothing is returned. J Return all @ s in this u. KMove a specific column.  Use treeViewMoveColumnToFront if you want to move the column  to the left end of the u. LMove a specific column.  Use K if you want to move the column / somewhere else than to the leftmost position. M$Set location of hierarchy controls. 3 Sets the column to draw the expander arrow at. If col  is Nothing1, then the expander arrow is always at the first  visible column. BIf you do not want expander arrow to appear in your tree, set the % expander column to a hidden column. N$Get location of hierarchy controls. 3 Gets the column to draw the expander arrow at. If col  is Nothing1, then the expander arrow is always at the first  visible column. O'Specify where a column may be dropped. I Sets a user function for determining where a column may be dropped when F dragged. This function is called on every column pair in turn at the F beginning of a column drag to determine where a drop can take place.  The callback function take the @ to be moved, the G second and third arguments are the columns on the left and right side 3 of the new location. At most one of them might be Nothing G which indicates that the column is about to be dropped at the left or  right end of the u.  The predicate pred should return True if it is ok % to insert the column at this place.  Use Nothing. for the predicate if columns can be inserted  anywhere. PScroll to a coordinate. < Scrolls the tree view such that the top-left corner of the  visible area is treeX, treeY, where treeX  and treeY+ are specified in tree window coordinates.  The u* must be realized before this function is  called. If it isn't, you probably want to use  Q. QScroll to a cell. " Scroll to a cell as specified by path and tvc.  The cell is aligned within the u widget as  follows: horizontally by hor from left (0.0) to  right (1.0) and vertically by ver from top  (0.0 ) to buttom (1.0). RSelects a specific row. * Sets the current keyboard focus to be at path, and ; selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user's # attention on a particular row. If  focusColumn is given, : then the input focus is given to the column specified by  it. Additionally, if  focusColumn is specified, and   startEditing is True, % then editing will be started in the 6 specified cell. This function is often followed by a  widgetGrabFocus to the u in order ' to give keyboard focus to the widget. S"Selects a cell in a specific row.  Similar to R but allows a column to  containt several >s. ' Only available in Gtk 2.2 and higher. T%Retrieves the position of the focus.  Returns a pair (path, column) .If the cursor is not currently  set, path will be []. If no column is currently  selected, column will be Nothing. U%Emit the activated signal on a cell. V0Recursively expands all nodes in the tree view. WDRecursively collapses all visible, expanded nodes in the tree view. XMake a certain path visible. % This will expand all parent rows of tp as necessary. ' Only available in Gtk 2.2 and higher. Y+Opens the row so its children are visible. path - path to a row openAll1 - whether to recursively expand, or just expand  immediate children returns True% if the row existed and had children Z7Collapses a row (hides its child rows, if they exist). path" - path to a row in the tree view returns True if the row was collapsed. [%Call function for every expaned row. \Check if row is expanded. path - A F to test expansion state. returns True if path is expanded. ]#Query if rows can be moved around.  See ^. ^#Check if rows can be moved around. I Set whether the user can use drag and drop (DND) to reorder the rows in  the store. This works on both  and  models. If ro  is True?, then the user can reorder the model by dragging and dropping F rows. The developer can listen to these changes by connecting to the  model'?s signals. If you need to control which rows may be dragged or 1 where rows may be dropped, you can override the  @Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CustomStore.treeDragSourceRowDraggable : function in the default DND implementation of the model. _"Map a pixel to the specific cell.  Finds the path at the  (x, y). The  coordinates x and y are relative to the top left  corner of the u& drawing window. As such, coordinates C in a mouse click event can be used directly to determine the cell ? which the user clicked on. This function is useful to realize  popup menus. ; The returned point is the input point relative to the cell's upper  left corner. The whole u is divided between all cells. D The returned point is relative to the rectangle this cell occupies  within the u. `.Retrieve the smallest bounding box of a cell. A Fills the bounding rectangle in tree window coordinates for the  cell at the row specified by tp and the column specified by  tvc.  If path is Nothing or points to a path not  currently displayed, the y and height fields of  the ' will be filled with 0 . The sum of E all cell rectangles does not cover the entire tree; there are extra & pixels in between rows, for example. a-Retrieve the largest bounding box of a cell. A Fills the bounding rectangle in tree window coordinates for the  cell at the row specified by tp and the column specified by  tvc.  If path is Nothing or points to a path not  currently displayed, the y and height fields of  the ' will be filled with 0. The background  areas tile the widget'(s area to cover the entire tree window C (except for the area used for header buttons). Contrast this with  `. b%Retrieve the currently visible area. C The returned rectangle gives the visible part of the tree in tree  coordinates. ccB has been deprecated since version 2.12 and should not be used in e newly-written code. Due to historial reasons the name of this function is incorrect. For converting J bin window coordinates to coordinates relative to bin window, please see  f. ZConverts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) to bin window  coordinates. (tx, ty) - tree X and Y coordinates (wx, wy)$ returns widget X and Y coordinates ddB has been deprecated since version 2.12 and should not be used in e newly-written code. Due to historial reasons the name of this function is incorrect. For converting J coordinates relative to the widget to bin window coordinates, please see  i. dConverts bin window coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full scrollable area of the tree). (wx, wy) - widget X and Y coordinates (tx, ty)" returns tree X and Y coordinates edConverts bin window coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full scrollable area of the tree). (bx, by)" - bin window X and Y coordinates (tx, ty)" returns tree X and Y coordinates f%Converts bin window coordinates (see treeViewGetBinWindow! to widget relative coordinates. (bx, by)" - bin window X and Y coordinates (wx, wy)$ returns widget X and Y coordinates gZConverts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) to bin window  coordinates. (tx, ty) - tree X and Y coordinates (bx, by)( returns bin window X and Y coordinates hcConverts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) to widget coordinates. (tx, ty) - tree X and Y coordinates (wx, wy)$ returns widget X and Y coordinates i?Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the window (see treeViewGetBinWindow ). (wx, wy) - widget X and Y coordinates (bx, by)( returns bin window X and Y coordinates j`Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full scrollable area of the tree). (wx, wy)" - bin window X and Y coordinates (tx, ty)" returns tree X and Y coordinates k Creates a =9 representation of the row at the given path. This image  can be used for a drag icon. lIReturns whether or not the tree allows to start interactive searching by  typing in text. D If enabled, the user can type in text which will set the cursor to  the first matching entry. m9If this is set, then the user can type in text to search : through the tree interactively (this is sometimes called " typeahead  find"). Note that even if this is False', the user can still initiate a search  using the "start-interactive-search" key binding. In any case, E a predicate that compares a row of the model with the text the user  has typed must be set using p. n<Gets the column searched on by the interactive search code. <returns the column the interactive search code searches in. oSets column8 as the column where the interactive search code should  search in. -If the sort column is set, users can use the "start-interactive-search" K key binding to bring up search popup. The enable-search property controls C whether simply typing text will also start an interactive search.  Note that column3 refers to a column of the model. Furthermore, the @ search column is not used if a comparison function is set, see  p. column: - the column of the model to search in, or -1 to disable  searching p(Set the predicate to test for equality.  The predicate must returns True! if the text entered by the user F and the row of the model match. Calling this function will overwrite  the  (which isn' t used anyway when a comparison  function is installed). #qBReturns whether fixed height mode is turned on for the tree view. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 returns True* if the tree view is in fixed height mode rIEnables or disables the fixed height mode of the tree view. Fixed height  mode speeds up u1 by assuming that all rows have the same height. M Only enable this option if all rows are the same height and all columns are  of type  . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 enable - True to enable fixed height mode s6Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for treeView. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 returns True- if the tree view is in hover selection mode tEEnables of disables the hover selection mode of the tree view. Hover L selection makes the selected row follow the pointer. Currently, this works  only for the selection modes SelectionSingle and SelectionBrowse. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 hover - True to enable hover selection mode uEReturns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for the tree view. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 returns True- if the tree view is in hover expansion mode vEEnables of disables the hover expansion mode of the tree view. Hover H expansion makes rows expand or collaps if the pointer moves over them. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 expand - True to enable hover selection mode w2Returns whether all header columns are clickable. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns True0 if all header columns are clickable, otherwise  False x(Return the first and last visible path. 4 Note that there may be invisible paths in between. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 ,the first and the last node that is visible yTurns treeView, into a drop destination for automatic DND. targets - the list of targets that the  the view will support actions' - flags denoting the possible actions  for a drop into this widget zTurns treeView' into a drag source for automatic DND. startButtonMask - Mask of allowed buttons  to start drag targets - the list of targets that the  the view will support actions' - flags denoting the possible actions  for a drag from this widget {Undoes the effect of z. |Undoes the effect of y. } Returns the k7 which is currently in use as interactive search entry  for treeView,. In case the built-in entry is being used, Nothing will be  returned. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 4returns the entry currently in use as search entry. ~CSets the entry which the interactive search code will use for this  treeView@. This is useful when you want to provide a search entry in our 4 interface at all time at a fixed position. Passing Nothing for entry K will make the interactive search code use the built-in popup entry again. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 entry, - the entry the interactive search code of treeView  should use or Nothing JSets the row separator function, which is used to determine whether a row B should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator function is Nothing, 5 no separators are drawn. This is the default value. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 func - a callback function that  returns True if the given row of ( the model should be drawn as separator 0Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for treeView . If the  selection mode is SelectionMultiple(, rubber banding will allow the user to - select multiple rows by dragging the mouse. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns True if rubber banding in treeView is enabled. &Enables or disables rubber banding in treeView. If the selection mode  is SelectionMultiple/, rubber banding will allow the user to select & multiple rows by dragging the mouse. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 enable - True to enable rubber banding /Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in treeView. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns True if tree lines are drawn in treeView, False  otherwise. <Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in treeView. 3 This does not have any visible effects for lists. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 enabled - True to enable tree line drawing, False  otherwise. (Returns which grid lines are enabled in treeView. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  returns a 2 value indicating  which grid lines are enabled. !Sets which grid lines to draw in treeView. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  gridLines - a 2 value ( indicating which grid lines to enable. The model for the tree view. &Horizontal Adjustment for the widget. $Vertical Adjustment for the widget.  Show the column header buttons. Default value: True (Column headers respond to click events. Default value: False (Set the column for the expander column. View is reorderable. Default value: False CSet a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors. Default value: False :View allows user to search through columns interactively. Default value: True <Model column to search through when searching through code. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1  Setting the  property to True speeds up u L by assuming that all rows have the same height. Only enable this option if * all rows are the same height. Please see r for " more information on this option. Default value: False " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 0Enables of disables the hover selection mode of treeView. Hover L selection makes the selected row follow the pointer. Currently, this works  only for the selection modes SelectionSingle and SelectionBrowse. $This mode is primarily intended for us in popups, e.g. in   or . Default value: False " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 0Enables of disables the hover expansion mode of treeView. Hover H expansion makes rows expand or collaps if the pointer moves over them. $This mode is primarily intended for us in popups, e.g. in   or . Default value: False " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 View has expanders. Default value: True "Extra indentation for each level. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 DWhether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse  pointer. Default value: False 5Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view. Default value: 6 5Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view. Default value: False ' gridLines' property. See  and   ' searchEntry' property. See } and  ~ JThe given row is about to be expanded (show its children nodes). Use this E signal if you need to control the expandability of individual rows. FThe given row is about to be collapsed (hide its children nodes). Use K this signal if you need to control the collapsibility of individual rows. 9The given row has been expanded (child nodes are shown). A row was activated. @ Activation usually means the user has pressed return on a row. ;The given row has been collapsed (child nodes are hidden). 3The number of columns of the treeview has changed. 7The position of the cursor (focused cell) has changed. 3The user has dragged a column to another position. "The cursor in the tree has moved. A row was activated. @ Activation usually means the user has pressed return on a row. #Children of this node were hidden. (Children of this node are made visible. (The user wants to search interactively. H Connect to this signal if you want to provide you own search facility. 8 Note that you must handle all keyboard input yourself. +Determine if this row should be collapsed. : If the application connects to this function and returns False, & the specifc row will not be altered. *Determine if this row should be expanded. : If the application connects to this function and returns False, & the specifc row will not be altered. tu23456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~ut26543789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~dc265433456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net    >?@GHIJK !&'(-./012789:=>?@pqtu$%&'()pqr EFGHIJKLM = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~                     ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o t u v w x y z { | } ~             ~        !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~Mportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net3################$$$$$$Creates a new . Moves a  to a new position within the . child - the  to move. position - the new position to place child. Positions are  numbered from 0 to n-1. 4Popup a context menu where a button press occurred. F This function must be called in response to a button click. It opens G the given menu at a place determined by the last emitted event (hence F the requirement that this function is called as response to a button  press signal). The menu to be shown. The mouse button returned by &Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.EventM.eventButton and # the time of the event returned by Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.eventTime. These K values are used to match the corresponding release of the button. If this 5 context menu is shown by programmatic means, supply Nothing. Set the 4 which holds global accelerators for the menu. This K accelerator group needs to also be added to all windows that this menu is  being used in with windowAddAccelGroup , in order for those windows to 7 support all the accelerators contained in this group.  accelGroup - the  to be associated with the  menu.  Gets the 3 which holds global accelerators for the menu. See  .  returns the  associated with the menu. HSets an accelerator path for this menu from which accelerator paths for N its immediate children, its menu items, can be constructed. The main purpose L of this function is to spare the programmer the inconvenience of having to  call menuItemSetAccelPath/ on each menu item that should support runtime 7 user changable accelerators. Instead, by just calling  on M their parent, each menu item of this menu, that contains a label describing 9 its purpose, automatically gets an accel path assigned. *For example, a menu containing menu items "New" and "Exit", will, after  calling  1 menu `menuSetAccelPath` "<Gnumeric-Sheet>/File" "assign its items the accel paths: "<Gnumeric-Sheet>/File/New" and  "<Gnumeric-Sheet>/File/Exit". JAssigning accel paths to menu items then enables the user to change their I accelerators at runtime. More details about accelerator paths and their  default setups can be found at accelMapAddEntry.  accelPath - a valid accelerator path ISets the title string for the menu. The title is displayed when the menu  is shown as a tearoff menu. #Returns the title of the menu. See . "returns the title of the menu, or Nothing if the  menu has no title set on it. "Removes the menu from the screen. 9Repositions the menu according to its position function. BReturns the selected menu item from the menu. This is used by the  .  returns the % that was last selected in the menu. > If a selection has not yet been made, the first menu item is  selected. ESelects the specified menu item within the menu. This is used by the  ( and should not be used by anyone else. index6 - the index of the menu item to select. Index values  are from 0 to n-1. GChanges the tearoff state of the menu. A menu is normally displayed as M drop down menu which persists as long as the menu is active. It can also be N displayed as a tearoff menu which persists until it is closed or reattached. tornOff - If True', menu is displayed as a tearoff menu. *Returns whether the menu is torn off. See . returns True$ if the menu is currently torn off. $Attach this menu to another widget. 4Detach this menu from the widget it is attached to. FGet the widget this menu is attached to. Returns Nothing if this is a  tearoff (context) menu.  Sets the ;& on which the menu will be displayed. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 screen - a ;, or Nothing if the screen should 6 be determined by the widget the menu is attached to. >Informs Gtk+ on which monitor a menu should be popped up. See  screenGetMonitorGeometry. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4  monitorNum/ - the number of the monitor on which the menu  should be popped up  Adds a new " to a (table) menu. The number of 'cells' that an " item will occupy is specified by  leftAttach,  rightAttach,  topAttach  and  bottomAttach:. These each represent the leftmost, rightmost, uppermost N and lower column and row numbers of the table. (Columns and rows are indexed  from zero). *Note that this function is not related to . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 child - a .  leftAttach4 - The column number to attach the left side of the  item to.  rightAttach1 - The column number to attach the right side of  the item to.  topAttach4 - The row number to attach the top of the item to.  bottomAttach. - The row number to attach the bottom of the  item to. ?Returns a list of the menus which are attached to this widget. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 widget - a  FA title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is  torn-off. Default value: "" 7A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off. Default value: False ' accelGroup' property. See  and  'active' property. See  and  ;The column number to attach the left side of the child to. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 <The column number to attach the right side of the child to. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 2The row number to attach the top of the child to. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 5The row number to attach the bottom of the child to. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 "yz{"z{yportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net7$$$$ $ $ $ $ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$#Append another target to the given <.  Note that the "0 are only used for drag and drop, not in normal  selection handling. DAppend all text targets supported by the selection mechanism to the 2 target list. All targets are added with the same A.  Since Gtk 2.6. EAppend all image targets supported by the selection mechanism to the 2 target list. All targets are added with the same A. If the boolean I flag is set, only targets will be added which Gtk+ knows how to convert  into a Graphics.UI.Gtk.Pixbuf.Pixbuf.  Since Gtk 2.6. CAppend all URI (universal resource indicator, fomerly URL) targets J supported by the selection mechanism to the target list. All targets are  added with the same A.  Since Gtk 2.6. -Append all rich text targets registered with  <Graphics.UI.Gtk.TextBuffer.textBufferRegisterSerializeFormat to the 2 target list. All targets are added with the same A. If the boolean  flag is True6 then deserializable rich text formats will be added, ! serializable formats otherwise.  Since Gtk 2.10. $Remove a target from a target list. HAppends a specified target to the list of supported targets for a given  widget and selection. FRemove all targets registered for the given selection for the widget. FClaims ownership of a given selection for a particular widget, or, if  widget is &, release ownership of the selection. 4Set the ownership of a given selection and display. JRemoves all handlers and unsets ownership of all selections for a widget. L Called when widget is being destroyed. This function will not generally be  called by applications. Stores new data in the ;! monad. The stored data may only ? be an array of integer types that are no larger than 32 bits. Retreives the data in the ; monad. The returned array D must have elements of the size that were used to set this data. If * the size or the type tag does not match, Nothing is returned. $-Check if the currently stored data is valid.  If this function returns False#, no data is set in this selection  and  will return Nothing no matter what type  is requested. 6Sets the contents of the selection from a string. The J string is converted to the form determined by the allowed targets of the  selection.  Returns True% if setting the text was successful. 5Gets the contents of the selection data as a string. *Sets the contents of the selection from a +. The pixbuf is K converted to the form determined by the allowed targets of the selection.  Returns True if setting the + was successful. Since Gtk 2.6. -Gets the contents of the selection data as a +.  Since Gtk 2.6. FSets the contents of the selection from a list of URIs. The string is L converted to the form determined by the possible targets of the selection.  Returns True4 if setting the URIs was successful. Since Gtk 2.6. AGets the contents of the selection data as list of URIs. Returns  Nothing, if the selection did not contain any URIs.  Since Gtk 2.6. Retrieve the currently set ? in the selection. Set the selection to the given ?. EQueries the content type of the selection data as a list of targets. K Whenever the application is asked whether certain targets are acceptable, 2 it is handed a selection that contains a list of ?s as payload. * A similar result could be achieved using 'selectionDataGet  selectionTypeAtom'. Given a ;1 holding a list of targets, determines if any of 1 the targets in targets can be used to provide a +.  Since Gtk 2.6 Ewhether to accept only targets for which GTK+ knows how to convert a  pixbuf into the format Given a ;1 holding a list of targets, determines if any of 5 the targets in targets can be used to provide text. Given a ;1 holding a list of targets, determines if any of 5 the targets in targets can be used to provide URIs.  Since Gtk 2.10 Given a ;& holding a list of targets, check if, * well, dunno really. FIXME: what does the 7 do?  Since Gtk 2.10 HPass the supplied selection data to the application. The application is ! expected to read the data using  or one of its  derivatives. GEmitted in order to ask the application for selection data. Within the  handler the function % or one of its derivatives should be  called. /"#$%&;<=>?@ABC/A=?@><;"&%$#BCportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net1$ $!$"$#$$$%$&$'$($)$*$+$,$-$.$/$0$1$2$3$4$5$6$7$8$9$:$;$<$=$>:Returns the clipboard object for the given selection. See   for complete details.  selection - a @ which " identifies the clipboard to use. 0returns the appropriate clipboard object. If no = clipboard already exists, a new one will be created. Once a 6 clipboard object has been created, it is persistent. 9Returns the clipboard object for the given selection. Cut/copy/paste E menu items and keyboard shortcuts should use the default clipboard,  returned by passing  for  selection. The G currently-selected object or text should be provided on the clipboard  identified by . Cut/copy/paste menu items conceptually  copy the contents of the  clipboard to the default F clipboard, i.e. they copy the selection to what the user sees as the  clipboard. See  <http:  discussion of the  vs.  selections ) under the X window system. On Win32 the  clipboard is  essentially ignored. It'Ds possible to have arbitrary named clipboards; if you do invent new E clipboards, you should prefix the selection name with an underscore 8 (because the ICCCM requires that nonstandard atoms are F underscore-prefixed), and namespace it as well. For example, if your  application called "Foo", has a special-purpose clipboard, you could  create it using )Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.atomNew  "_FOO_SPECIAL_CLIPBOARD". " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 display0 - the display for which the clipboard is to be  retrieved or created  selection - a @ which " identifies the clipboard to use. 0returns the appropriate clipboard object. If no = clipboard already exists, a new one will be created. Once a 6 clipboard object has been created, it is persistent.  Gets the 9 associated with  clipboard " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2  returns the 9 associated with  clipboard $?$@FVirtually sets the contents of the specified clipboard by providing a L list of supported formats for the clipboard data and a function to call to + get the actual data when it is requested. targets! - a list containing information - about the available forms for the clipboard  data getFunc - function to call to get the $ actual clipboard data, should call  selectionDataSet.  clearFunc - when the clipboard contents . are set again, this function will be called,  and getFunc" will not be subsequently called. returns True if setting the clipboard  data succeeded. $AFVirtually sets the contents of the specified clipboard by providing a L list of supported formats for the clipboard data and a function to call to + get the actual data when it is requested. )The difference between this function and  is that  a DE is passed in. targets! - a list containing information - about the available forms for the clipboard  data getFunc - function to call to get the $ actual clipboard data, should call  selectionDataSet.  clearFunc - when the clipboard contents . are set again, this function will be called,  and getFunc" will not be subsequently called. owner - an object that "owns" the data. returns True if setting the clipboard / data succeeded. If setting the clipboard data 0 failed the provided callback functions will be  ignored. $B2If the clipboard contents callbacks were set with  $A , and the  or $C 7 has not subsequently called, returns the owner set by  $A. 6returns the owner of the clipboard, if any; otherwise  Nothing. $CDClears the contents of the clipboard. Generally this should only be " called between the time you call $A or  , and when the  clearFunc you supplied is called. 8 Otherwise, the clipboard may be owned by someone else. HSets the contents of the clipboard to the given UTF-8 string. Gtk+ will M make a copy of the text and take responsibility for responding for requests F for the text, and for converting the text into the requested format. text+ - the text to be set as clipboard content 0Sets the contents of the clipboard to the given +. Gtk+ will take N responsibility for responding for requests for the image, and for converting & the image into the requested format. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 pixbuf - a + IRequests the contents of clipboard as the given target. When the results H of the result are later received the supplied callback will be called. target! - an atom representing the form ' into which the clipboard owner should  convert the selection. callback - A function to call when the ( results are received (or the retrieval ! fails). If the retrieval fails,  selectionDataIsValid returns False. GRequests the contents of the clipboard as text. When the text is later M received, it will be converted if it is stored in a different character set  if necessary, and callback will be called. The text parameter to callback( will contain the resulting text if the  request succeeded, or Nothing9 if it failed. This could happen for various reasons, in K particular if the clipboard was empty or if the contents of the clipboard ( could not be converted into text form. callback - a function to call when ( the text is received, or the retrieval & fails. (It will always be called one  way or the other.) IRequests the contents of the clipboard as image. When the image is later % received, it will be converted to a +, and callback will be called. The pixbuf parameter to callback will contain the resulting +  if the request succeeded, or Nothing- if it failed. This could happen for various M reasons, in particular if the clipboard was empty or if the contents of the 1 clipboard could not be converted into an image. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 callback - a function to call $ when the image is received, or the % retrieval fails. (It will always be  called one way or the other.) JRequests the contents of the clipboard as list of supported targets. When  the list is later received, callback will be called. The targets parameter to callback$ will contain the resulting targets  if the request succeeded, or Nothing if it failed. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 callback - a function to call # when the targets are received, or & the retrieval fails. (It will always " be called one way or the other.) HRequests the contents of the clipboard as rich text. When the rich text  is later received, callback will be called. The text parameter to callback) will contain the resulting rich text if  the request succeeded, or Nothing& if it failed. This function can fail I for various reasons, in particular if the clipboard was empty or if the G contents of the clipboard could not be converted into rich text form. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 buffer - a 71 that determines the supported rich text formats callback - a function to call # when the text is received, or the % retrieval fails. (It will always be  called one way or the other.) BHints that the clipboard data should be stored somewhere when the  application exits or when  is called. JThis value is reset when the clipboard owner changes. Where the clipboard + data is stored is platform dependent, see displayStoreClipboard for more  information. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 targets - list containing information ' about which forms should be stored or  Nothing to indicate that all forms  should be stored. HStores the current clipboard data somewhere so that it will stay around ! after the application has quit. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netw$D$E$F!The description of a stock item. )A synonym for a standard button or icon. Add new stock items to Gtk. Lookup an item in stock. /Produce a list of all known stock identifiers. E Retrieve a list of all known stock identifiers. These can either be  added by  or by adding items to a  /Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.IconFactory.IconFactory. C The list is sorted alphabetically (sorting is not Unicode aware).  7http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-about.png  5http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-add.png  7http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-apply.png  6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-bold.png  8http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-cancel.png  Chttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-caps-lock-warning.png   7http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-cdrom.png   7http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-clear.png   7http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-close.png   >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-color-picker.png   9http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-convert.png  9http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-connect.png  6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-copy.png  5http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-cut.png  8http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-delete.png  Ghttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-dialog-authentication.png  >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-dialog-error.png  =http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-dialog-info.png  Ahttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-dialog-question.png  @http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-dialog-warning.png  ;http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-directory.png  <http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-disconnect.png  5http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-dnd.png  >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-dnd-multiple.png  6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-edit.png  9http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-execute.png  6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-file.png  6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-find.png   Bhttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-find-and-replace.png ! 8http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-floppy.png " <http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-fullscreen.png # =http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-goto-bottom.png $ @http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-goto-first-ltr.png   @http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-goto-first-rtl.png % ?http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-goto-last-ltr.png   ?http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-goto-last-rtl.png & :http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-goto-top.png ' =http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-go-back-ltr.png   =http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-go-back-rtl.png ( 9http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-go-down.png ) @http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-go-forward-ltr.png   @http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-go-forward-rtl.png * 7http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-go-up.png + :http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-harddisk.png , 6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-help.png - 6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-home.png . <http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-indent-ltr.png   <http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-indent-rtl.png / 7http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-index.png 0 6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-info.png 1 8http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-italic.png 2 =http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-jump-to-ltr.png   =http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-jump-to-rtl.png 3 @http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-justify-center.png 4 >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-justify-fill.png 5 >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-justify-left.png 6 ?http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-justify-right.png 7 Bhttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-leave-fullscreen.png 8 ?http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-missing-image.png 9 Chttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-forward-ltr.png   Chttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-forward-rtl.png : @http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-next-ltr.png   @http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-next-rtl.png ; =http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-pause.png < @http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-play-ltr.png   @http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-play-rtl.png = Dhttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-previous-ltr.png   Dhttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-previous-rtl.png > >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-record.png ? Bhttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-rewind-ltr.png   Bhttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-rewind-rtl.png @ <http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-media-stop.png A 9http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-network.png B 5http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-new.png C 4http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-no.png D 4http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-ok.png E 6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-open.png F Ghttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-orientation-landscape.png G Ohttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-orientation-reverse-landscape.png H Fhttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-orientation-portrait.png I Nhttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-orientation-reverse-portrait.png J >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtkmm/stable/gtk-page-setup.png K 7http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-paste.png L =http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-preferences.png M 7http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-print.png N =http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-print-error.png O >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-print-paused.png P >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-print-report.png Q ?http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-print-warning.png R ?http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-print-preview.png S <http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-properties.png T 6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-quit.png U :http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-redo-ltr.png   :http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-redo-rtl.png V 9http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-refresh.png W 8http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-remove.png X Ehttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-revert-to-saved-ltr.png   Ehttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-revert-to-saved-rtl.png Y 6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-save.png Z 9http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-save-as.png [ <http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-select-all.png \ >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-select-color.png ] 6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-font.png ^ @http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-sort-ascending.png _ Ahttp://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-sort-descending.png ` =http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-spell-check.png a 6http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-stop.png b ?http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-strikethrough.png c >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-undelete-ltr.png   >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-undelete-rtl.png d ;http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-underline.png e :http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-undo-ltr.png   :http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-undo-rtl.png f >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-unindent-ltr.png   >http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-unindent-rtl.png g 5http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-yes.png h :http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-zoom-100.png i :http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-zoom-fit.png j 9http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-zoom-in.png k :http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtk/stable/gtk-zoom-out.png t      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijkt      !"#$%&'()*+,-./012345679:;<=>?@8ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijkt      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijkportable (depends on GHC):gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net Stability : provisionalJ$G$H$I$J$K$L$M$N$O$P$Q$R$S$T$U$V$W$X$Y$Z$[$\$]$^$_$`$a$b$c$d$elGA set of actions that the source recommends to be taken. Only valid if  m is set to . m$The action suggested by the source. n&The action chosen by the destination. o/Sets a widget as a potential drop destination.  The 6 flags specify what actions Gtk should take on behalf K of a widget for drops onto that widget. The given actions and any targets  set through t only are used if   or  are given. J Things become more complicated when you try to preview the dragged data, ' as described in the documentation for . The default G behaviors described by flags make some assumptions, that can conflict - with your own signal handlers. For instance  causes  invocations of  in the handler of , and  invocations of x in . Especially the # latter is dramatic, when your own  handler calls  y to inspect the dragged data. p9Sets this widget as a proxy for drops to another window. ,The window to which to forward drag events. The drag protocol which the ? accepts. If True0, send the same coordinates to the destination, & because it is an embedded subwindow. q5Clears information about a drop destination set with o. The 6 widget will no longer receive notification of drags. rGLooks for a match between the targets mentioned in the context and the  <;, returning the first matching target, otherwise returning  Nothing. If Nothing- is given as target list, use the value from  destGetTargetList4. Some widgets may have different valid targets for L different parts of the widget; in that case, they will have to implement a  5 handler that passes the correct target list to this  function. sFReturns the list of targets this widget can accept for drag-and-drop. tJSets the target types that this widget can accept from drag-and-drop. The 8 widget must first be made into a drag destination with o. uHAdd the text targets supported by the selection mechanism to the target 8 list of the drag source. The targets are added with an A of 0. If  you need another value, use :Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.targetListAddTextTargets and  . vJAdd image targets supported by the selection mechanism to the target list 3 of the drag source. The targets are added with an A of 0. If you  need another value, use  :Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.targetListAddTextTargets and  . wHAdd URI targets supported by the selection mechanism to the target list 3 of the drag source. The targets are added with an A of 0. If you  need another value, use  :Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.targetListAddTextTargets and  . xHInforms the drag source that the drop is finished, and that the data of & the drag will no longer be required. 2a flag indicating whether the drop was successful Fa flag indicating whether the source should delete the original data.  (This should be True for a move) the timestamp from the  signal. yGGets the data associated with a drag. When the data is received or the # retrieval fails, GTK+ will emit a  signal. Failure of ' the retrieval is indicated by passing Nothing in the  selectionData signal.  However, when y is called  implicitely because the  was set, then the widget will + not receive notification of failed drops. !The widget that will receive the  signal. +The target (form of the data) to retrieve. <A timestamp for retrieving the data. This will generally be  the time received in a  or  signal. z%Queries he source widget for a drag. H If the drag is occurring within a single application, a pointer to the : source widget is returned. Otherwise the return value is Nothing. {@Draws a highlight around a widget. This will attach handlers to E the expose handlers, so the highlight will continue to be displayed  until | is called. |Removes a highlight set by { from a widget. }EChanges the icon for a drag to a given widget. GTK+ will not destroy  the widget, so if you don'0t want it to persist, you should connect to the  ! signal and destroy it yourself. B The function must be called with the context of the source side.  x hot-spot  y hot-spot ~Set the given +! as the icon for the given drag.  x hot-spot  y hot-spot 0Sets the icon for a given drag from a stock ID.  x hot-spot  y hot-spot JSets the icon for a given drag from a named themed icon. See the docs for  A for more details. Note that the size of the icon depends on the I icon theme (the icon is loaded at the DND size), thus x and y hot-spots + have to be used with care. Since Gtk 2.8.  x hot-spot  y hot-spot GSets the icon for a particular drag to the default icon. This function = must be called with a context for the source side of a drag *Checks to see if a mouse drag starting at (startX, startY) and ending  at (currentX, currenty). has passed the GTK+ drag threshold, and thus < should trigger the beginning of a drag-and-drop operation.  startX startY currentX currentYHSets up a widget so that GTK+ will start a drag operation when the user L clicks and drags on the widget. The widget must have a window. Note that a E set of possible targets have to be set for a drag to be successful. JSets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular widget from a  +. HSets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to a  stock icon. HSets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to a  themed icon. See the docs for  for more details. Undoes the effects of . HChanges the target types that this widget offers for drag-and-drop. The 3 widget must first be made into a drag source with .  Since Gtk 2.4. DGets the list of targets this widget can provide for drag-and-drop.  Since Gtk 2.4. "Add the text targets supported by  +Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.Selection to the target list of - the drag source. The targets are added with info = 0. If you need  another value, use  :Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.targetListAddTextTargets and  .  Since Gtk 2.6. #Add the image targets supported by  Selection to the target list of the ) drag source. The targets are added with info = 0. If you need another  value, use :Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.targetListAddTextTargets and .  Since Gtk 2.6. !Add the URI targets supported by  Selection to the target list of the ) drag source. The targets are added with info = 0. If you need another  value, use :Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.targetListAddTextTargets and .  Since Gtk 2.6. 3Visualises the actions offered by the drag source. @ This function is called by the drag destination in response to  1 called by the drag source. The passed-in action  is indicated where Nothing will show that the drop is not  allowed. The 5 signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is K started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a custom  drag icon with dragSourceSetIcon. The 2 signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag  with the action / is successfully completed. The signal handler B is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What "delete" 6 means, depends on the context of the drag operation. The / signal is emitted on the drag source when the 9 drop site requests the data which is dragged. It is the C responsibility of the signal handler to set the selection data in " the format which is indicated by A. See  2Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.selectionDataSet and  6Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection.selectionDataSetText. The - signal is emitted on the drop site when the F dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to N determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected to call   and not7 finish the drag. If the data was received in response  to a : signal (and this is the last target to be received), the K handler for this signal is expected to process the received data and then  call x, setting the success$ parameter depending on whether the " data was processed successfully. #The handler may inspect and modify n before calling  x, e.g. to implement  as shown in the following  example: The 8 signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops I the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether the K cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop zone, it  returns False8 and no further processing is necessary. Otherwise, the  handler returns True-. In this case, the handler must ensure that  x= is called to let the source know that the drop is done. The  call to x% can be done either directly or in a  ) handler which gets triggered by calling  dropGetData ? to receive the data for one or more of the supported targets. The 5 signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is M finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo things done  in . The 6 signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has H failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND 2 operation based on the type of error, it returns True is the failure has / been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed" " animation), otherwise it returns False.  Available since Gtk+ 2.12.0. The 4 signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor J leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo  things done in , e.g. undo highlighting with | The 8 signal is emitted on the drop site when the user moves M the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler must determine N whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop  zone, it returns False4 and no further processing is necessary. Otherwise,  the handler returns True/. In this case, the handler is responsible for M providing the necessary information for displaying feedback to the user, by  calling 7. If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or  rejected can'>t be made based solely on the cursor position and the type of ? the data, the handler may inspect the dragged data by calling y  and defer the  call to the  handler. Note that there is no  dragEnter' signal. The drag receiver has to keep & track of whether he has received any  signals since the last   and if not, treat the  signal as an "enter"  signal. Upon an "enter"0, the handler will typically highlight the drop  site with {. K,-lmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~K-,lmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~+lmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net7$f$g$h$i$j$k$l$m$n$o$p$q$r$s$t$u$v$w$x2Describes the image data representation used by a . If you want to F get the image from the widget, you can only get the currently-stored  representation. e.g. if the  is ,  then you can call  but not  imageGetStock . For empty ; images, you can request any storage type (call any of the get functions),  but they will all return Nothing. Creates a new  displaying the file filename. If the file isn't  found or can't be loaded, the resulting  will display a "broken  image" icon. HIf the file contains an animation, the image will contain an animation. 5If you need to detect failures to load the file, use  ,Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Pixbuf.pixbufNewFromFile , to load the file yourself, then create the  from the pixbuf. (Or for  animations, use  5Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Pixbuf.pixbufAnimationNewFromFile). The storage type (imageGetStorageType) of the returned image is not F defined, it will be whatever is appropriate for displaying the file. Creates a new  displaying a +. (Note that this function just creates an  from the pixbuf. The  D created will not react to state changes. Should you want that, you  should use imageNewFromIconSet.  Creates a 4 displaying a stock icon. If the stock icon name isn't ! known, the image will be empty. stockId - a stock icon name size - a stock icon size Creates a new empty  widget.  Creates a 8 displaying an icon from the current icon theme. If the  icon name isn' t known, a " broken image"$ icon will be displayed instead. If L the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be updated appropriately. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 iconName - an icon name size - a stock icon size  Gets the + being displayed by the . The storage type of the  image must be  or  (see imageGetStorageType). %Overwrite the current content of the  with a new +. See  for details. See  for details. stockId - a stock icon name size - a stock icon size See  for details. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 iconName - an icon name size - an icon size JSets the pixel size to use for named icons. If the pixel size is set to a  value /= -1-, it is used instead of the icon size set by  . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6  pixelSize - the new pixel size *Gets the pixel size used for named icons. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 Resets the image to be empty. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 A + to display. A = to display. A  to display. Mask bitmap to use with  or =. Filename to load and display. Default value: "" 'Stock ID for a stock image to display. Default value: "" =Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 4 GThe pixel-size property can be used to specify a fixed size overriding + the icon-size property for images of type . Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 JThe name of the icon in the icon theme. If the icon theme is changed, the & image will be updated automatically. Default value: "" .The representation being used for image data. Default value:  22$ portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netA$y$z${$|$}$~$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%Creates an empty status icon object. !Creates a status icon displaying pixbuf. CThe image will be scaled down to fit in the available space in the " notification area, if necessary. pixbuf - a + *Creates a status icon displaying the file filename. CThe image will be scaled down to fit in the available space in the " notification area, if necessary. filename - a filename stockId - a stock icon id ICreates a status icon displaying an icon from the current icon theme. If L the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be updated appropriately. iconName - an icon name Makes  statusIcon display pixbuf. See  for  details. pixbuf - a + Makes  statusIcon display the file filename. See   for details. filename - a filename Makes  statusIcon$ display the stock icon with the id stockId. See   for details. stockId - a stock icon id Makes  statusIcon display the icon named iconName from the current  icon theme. See  for details. iconName - an icon name 2Gets the type of representation being used by the # to store  image data. If the #- has no image data, the return value will be  (Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Image.ImageEmpty. ,returns the image representation being used !returns the displayed pixbuf, or Nothing if the  image is empty. 1returns stock id of the displayed stock icon, or Nothing  if the image is empty. 'returns name of the displayed icon, or Nothing  if the image is empty. IGets the size in pixels that is available for the image. Stock icons and L named icons adapt their size automatically if the size of the notification , area changes. For other storage types, the  sizeChanged signal can be used  to react to size changes. 1returns the size that is available for the image %Sets the tooltip of the status icon.  tooltipText - the tooltip text Shows or hides a status icon. visible - True to show the status icon, False to hide it CReturns whether the status icon is visible or not. Note that being N visible does not guarantee that the user can actually see the icon, see also  . returns True if the status icon is visible FMakes the status icon start or stop blinking. Note that blinking user N interface elements may be problematic for some users, and thus may be turned 0 off, in which case this setting has no effect. blinking - True to turn blinking on, False to turn it off *Returns whether the icon is blinking, see . returns True if the icon is blinking DReturns whether the status icon is embedded in a notification area. returns True% if the status icon is embedded in a  notification area. &Menu positioning function to use with  menuPopup to position menu  aligned to the status icon userData. menu - the  userData# - the status icon to position the  menu on  (x,y,pushIn) -  (x,y) - coordinates.  pushIn - whether the menu should be . pushed in to be completely inside the screen , instead of just clamped to the size to the  screen. JObtains information about the location of the status icon on screen. This L information can be used to e.g. position popups like notification bubbles. HNote that some platforms do not allow Gtk+ to provide this information, I and even on platforms that do allow it, the information is not reliable @ unless the status icon is embedded in a notification area, see  . bSets the name of this tray icon. This should be a string identifying this icon. It is may be used F for sorting the icons in the tray and will not be shown to the user. A + to display. Filename to load and display. Default value: Nothing 'Stock ID for a stock image to display. Default value: Nothing *The name of the icon from the icon theme. Default value: Nothing .The representation being used for image data. Default value: (Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Image.ImageEmpty The size of the icon. Allowed values: >= 0 Default value: 0 ,Whether or not the status icon is blinking. Default value: False +Whether or not the status icon is visible. Default value: True IGets emitted when the size available for the image changes, e.g. because $ the notification area got resized. 6Gets emitted when the user activates the status icon. > If and how status icons can activated is platform-dependent. 6Gets emitted when the user brings up the context menu ; of the status icon. Whether status icons can have context : menus and how these are activated is platform-dependent. The  and w parameters should be $ passed as the last to arguments to Graphics.UI.Gtk.menuPopup. -"#-#"(portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netM$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Creates a new 2 widget. To add a child widget to the button, use  /Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Container.containerAdd.  Creates a  widget with a " child containing the given text. label - The text you want the  to hold. Creates a new & containing a label. If characters in label are G preceded by an underscore, they are underlined. If you need a literal & underscore character in a label, use '__' (two underscores). The first K underlined character represents a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. 1 Pressing Alt and that key activates the button. label1 - The text of the button, with an underscore in ! front of the mnemonic character Creates a new 2 containing the image and text from a stock item. If stockId= is unknown, then it will be treated as a mnemonic label (as  for ). stockId - the name of the stock item .Emits the button pressed signal for the given . /Emits the button released signal for the given . .Emits the button clicked signal for the given . This is similar to calling  and  in sequence. -Emit the cursor enters signal to the button. -Emit the cursor leaves signal to the button. 0Sets the relief style of the edges of the given  widget. Three  styles exist, k, j, i. The default style  is, as one can guess, k. newstyle - The h as described above. .Returns the current relief style of the given . returns The current h $ If the child of the button is a  or , this property can  be used to control it'4s horizontal alignment. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is  right aligned. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5 " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 $ If the child of the button is a  or , this property can  be used to control it'1s vertical alignment. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is  bottom aligned. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5 " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 ASets the text of the label of the button. This text is also used  to select the stock item if  is used. 0This will also clear any previously set labels. 6Gets the text from the label of the button, as set by  ;. If the label text has not been set the return value will  be "". : This will be the case if you create an empty button with  to use  as a container. IIf true, the label set on the button is used as a stock id to select the  stock item for the button. Setting this property to True* will make the button lookup its label in H the table of stock items. If there is a match, the button will use the G stock item instead of the label. You need to set this flag before you  change the label. useStock - True' if the button should use a stock item 2Returns whether the button label is a stock item. returns True/ if the button label is used to select a stock 8 item instead of being used directly as the label text. IIf true, an underline in the text of the button label indicates the next < character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key. HSetting this property will make the button join any underline character M into the following letter and inserting this letter as a keyboard shortcut. 8 You need to set this flag before you change the label.  useUnderline - True$ if underlines in the text indicate  mnemonics FReturns whether an embedded underline in the button label indicates a  mnemonic. See . returns True. if an embedded underline in the button label * indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys. DSets whether the button will grab focus when it is clicked with the M mouse. Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars  where you don'<t want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the  application. ! Available since Gtk version 2.4  focusOnClick/ - whether the button grabs focus when clicked  with the mouse JReturns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse.  See . ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 returns True. if the button grabs focus when it is clicked  with the mouse. ESets the alignment of the child. This has no effect unless the child  derives from  or . ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 (xalign, yalign)" - the horizontal position of the 7 child (0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is right aligned) and 9 the vertical position of the child (0.0 is top aligned,  1.0 is bottom aligned) /Gets the alignment of the child in the button. ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 (xalign, yalign) - horizontal and vertical  alignment JGets the widget that is currenty set as the image of the button. This may  have been explicitly set by  or constructed by  . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 a  or Nothing in case there is no image ISet the image of the button to the given widget. Note that it depends on  the "gtk-button-images"5 setting whether the image will be displayed or not. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 ,a widget to set as the image for the button GSets the position of the image relative to the text inside the button. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 position - the position GGets the position of the image relative to the text inside the button. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns the position Returns the button'"s event window if it is realized,  otherwise. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.22 returns button's event window or  EText of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a  label widget. Default value: "" HIf set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be ( used for the mnemonic accelerator key. Default value: False @If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being  displayed. Default value: False BWhether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse. Default value: True The border relief style. Default value: k  If the child of the button is a  or , this property can  be used to control it'4s horizontal alignment. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is  right aligned. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5  If the child of the button is a  or , this property can  be used to control it'1s vertical alignment. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is  bottom aligned. Allowed values: [0,1] Default value: 0.5 0Child widget to appear next to the button text. ! Available since Gtk version 2.6 BThe position of the image relative to the text inside the button. Default value: u # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 CEmitted when the button has been activated (pressed and released). 'The button has been depressed (but not  necessarily released yet). See clicked signal.   0The button was clicked. This is only emitted if < the mouse cursor was over the button when it was released.   "The cursor enters the button box.  "The cursor leaves the button box. The button is pressed. The button is released. >hijkqrstu     >hkjiqutsr     0     |portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net $$$$$$Creates a new  with an empty label. Creates a new , containing the image and text from a stock  item. stockId - the name of the stock item. Creates a new  containing a label. label - the text of the menu item. Creates a new ' containing a label. The label will be  created using 2Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Label.labelNewWithMnemonic, so  underscores in label* indicate the mnemonic for the menu item. label& - the text of the menu item, with an / underscore in front of the mnemonic character HSets the image of the image menu item to the given widget. Note that it  depends on the "show-menu-images"# setting whether the image will be  displayed or not. image3 - a widget to set as the image for the menu item. 4Gets the widget that is currently set as the image.  See . &returns the widget set as image of or Nothing if  none has been set. .Child widget to appear next to the menu text.  Fportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netC$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$Creates a new toolbar. $ Insert a new  into the w. The new  is created at position pos, counting from 0. 3The icon and label for the button is referenced by stockId $ which must be a valid entry in the ws Style or the  default . If you whish to have B added to this button you can  specify Just (tipText, tipPrivate) , otherwise specify Nothing. The newly created ! is returned. Use this button to  add an action function with "connectToClicked". @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code.  Append a new  to the w. See  for details. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. Prepend a new  to the w. See  for details. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code.  Insert a new  into the w. See  for details. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code.  Append a new  to the w. See  for details. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code.  Prepend a new  to the w. See  for details. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. ! Insert a new  into the w. See  for details. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. The parent! argument must be set to another   in the group. If Nothing is given, B a new group is generated (which is the desired behavious for the  first button of a group). @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. " Append a new  to the w. See  for details. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. #Prepend a new  to the w. See  for details. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. $"Insert an arbitrary widget to the w. The  should not be a button. Adding s  with the toolbarInsertButton,... functions with stock < objects is much better as it takes care of theme handling. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. % Append a new  to the w. See  for details. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. &Prepend a new  to the w. See  for details. @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. 'ASets whether a toolbar should appear horizontally or vertically. (6Retrieves the current orientation of the toolbar. See  '. )KAlters the view of the toolbar to display either icons only, text only, or  both. *<Retrieves whether the toolbar has text, icons, or both. See  ). + Unsets a toolbar style set with ), so that user : preferences will be used to determine the toolbar style. ,;Sets if the tooltips of a toolbar should be active or not. enable - set to False to disable the tooltips, or True to  enable them. -,Retrieves whether tooltips are enabled. See ,. .HThis function sets the size of stock icons in the toolbar. You can call 0 it both before you add the icons and after they've been added. The size you ? set will override user preferences for the default icon size. ,It might be sensible to restrict oneself to  and  . @ Warning: this function is deprecated and should not be used in  newly-written code. /-Retrieves the icon size for the toolbar. See .. 0 Insert a  into the toolbar at position pos. If pos is 0 the 3 item is prepended to the start of the toolbar. If pos is negative, the - item is appended to the end of the toolbar. ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 item - a  pos - the position of the new item 1Returns the position of item+ on the toolbar, starting from 0. It is an  error if item is not a child of the toolbar. ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 item - a  that is a child of toolbar -returns the position of item on the toolbar. 2,Returns the number of items on the toolbar. ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 3 Returns the n'th item on toolbar, or Nothing if the toolbar does not  contain an n' th item. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 n - A position on the toolbar  returns The n'th  on the toolbar, or  Nothing if there isn't an n' th item. 4FReturns the position corresponding to the indicated point on toolbar. N This is useful when dragging items to the toolbar: this function returns the ) position a new item should be inserted. ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 (x, y)3 - coordinate of a point on the toolbar. Note that  (x, y)5 are in toolbar coordinates, not window coordinates. 0returns The position corresponding to the point (x, y) on  the toolbar. 5EHighlights the toolbar to give an idea of what it would look like if item 3 was added to toolbar at the position indicated by index. If item is  Nothing9, highlighting is turned off (and the index is ignored). The toolItem8 passed to this function must not be part of any widget M hierarchy. When an item is set as a drop highlight item it can not added to E any widget hierarchy or used as highlight item for another toolbar. ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 toolItem - a , or Nothing to turn of  highlighting index - a position on the toolbar 6<Sets whether to show an overflow menu when the toolbar doesn' t have room  for all items on it. If True., items that there are not room are available  through an overflow menu. ! Available since Gtk version 2.4 76Returns whether the toolbar has an overflow menu. See  6. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 88Returns the relief style of buttons on the toolbar. See buttonSetRelief. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 9 The orientation of the toolbar. Default value:  :How to draw the toolbar. Default value:  ;0If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit. Default value: True <8If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not. Default value: True =DWhether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows. Default value: True >EWhether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items. Default value: True ?@5Emitted when the orientation of the toolbar changes. AB/Emitted when the style of the toolbar changes. C(x y button -> ...) - The handler & should return True if the signal was  handled, False if not. DIEmitted when the user right-clicks the toolbar or uses the keybinding to  display a popup menu. IApplication developers should handle this signal if they want to display F a context menu on the toolbar. The context-menu should appear at the  coordinates given by x and y*. The mouse button number is given by the  button: parameter. If the menu was popped up using the keybaord, button  is -1. (x y button -> ...) - The handler & should return True if the signal was  handled, False if not. Ehijkvw !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEwv !"#$%&'()*+,-./01234567hkji89;<:=>?@ABCD+ !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDgportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ECreates a new  using  iconWidget as icon and label as  label.  iconWidget& - a widget that will be used as icon  widget, or Nothing label+ - a string that will be used as label, or  Nothing FCreates a new , containing the image and text from a stock  item. It is an error if stockId is not a name of a stock item. stockId - the name of the stock item GSets label, as the label used for the tool button. The "label" 8 property only has an effect if not overridden by a non-Nothing  " label_widget" property. If both the " label_widget" and "label"  properties are Nothing!, the label is determined by the "stock_id"  property. If the "stock_id" property is also Nothing, button will not  have a label. label+ - a string that will be used as label, or  Nothing. H.Returns the label used by the tool button, or Nothing if the tool  button doesn'7t have a label. or uses a the label from a stock item. ICIf set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next K character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow - menu. For example, if the label property is "_Open" and  useUnderline is  True', the label on the tool button will be "Open" and the item on the ' overflow menu will have an underlined 'O'. ILabels shown on tool buttons never have mnemonics on them; this property 2 only affects the menu item on the overflow menu. JHReturns whether underscores in the label property are used as mnemonics ) on menu items on the overflow menu. See I. K%Sets the name of the stock item. See F. The ? stock_id property only has an effect if not overridden by non-Nothing  "label" and " icon_widget" properties. stockId - a name of a stock item, or Nothing L(Returns the name of the stock item. See K. MSets icon as the widget used as icon on button. If  iconWidget is  Nothing the icon is determined by the "stock_id" property. If the  "stock_id" property is also Nothing$, the button will not have an icon.  iconWidget - the widget used as icon, or Nothing N)Return the widget used as icon widget on button. See  M. #returns The widget used as icon on button, or  Nothing. OSets  labelWidget2 as the widget that will be used as the label for  button. If  labelWidget is Nothing the "label" property is used as  label. If "label" is also Nothing, the label in the stock item  determined by the "stock_id" property is used as label. If "stock_id" is  also Nothing, button does not have a label.  labelWidget - the widget used as label, or  Nothing P$Returns the widget used as label on button. See  O. $returns The widget used as label on button, or  Nothing. QISets the icon for the tool button from a named themed icon. See the docs  for  for more details. The " icon_name" property only has an ! effect if not overridden by the "label", " icon_widget" and "stock_id"  properties. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 iconName - the name of the themed icon R=Returns the name of the themed icon for the tool button, see  Q. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 returns the icon name or "" if the tool button has no  themed icon. SText to show in the item. Default value: Nothing TCIf set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next K character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow  menu. Default value: False U!Widget to use as the item label. V&The stock icon displayed on the item. Default value: Nothing WJThe name of the themed icon displayed on the item. This property only has  an effect if not overridden by "label", " icon_widget" or "stock_id"  properties. Default value: "" X$Icon widget to display in the item. YZIThis signal is emitted when the tool button is clicked with the mouse or  activated with the keyboard. -./EFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ./-EFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZfportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net$$$$$$$[Creates a new  using  iconWidget as icon and label as  label.  iconWidget& - a widget that will be used as icon  widget, or Nothing label+ - a string that will be used as label, or  Nothing \Creates a new  . The new  will contain an 1 icon and label from the stock item indicated by stockId. stockId - the name of a stock item ] Sets the 9 that is popped up when the user clicks on the arrow. If  menu is Nothing(, the arrow button becomes insensitive. menu - the  associated with  ^ Gets the  associated with . _ Sets the B6 object to be used for arrow button which pops up the  menu. See <Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.ToolItem.toolItemSetTooltip $ for setting a tooltip on the whole . tooltips - the B object to be used tipText1 - text to be used as tooltip text for tool item  tipPrivate+ - text to be used as private tooltip text `GSets the tooltip text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button which  pops up the menu. See toolItemSetTooltip for setting a tooltip on the  whole . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 text- - text to be used as tooltip text for button's arrow  button aHSets the tooltip markup text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button  which pops up the menu. See toolItemSetTooltip for setting a tooltip on  the whole . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 markup4 - markup text to be used as tooltip text for button's  arrow button bThe dropdown menu. cd012[\]^_`abcd120[\]^_`abcd [\]^_`abcdeportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net $$$$eReturns a new  fCreates a new & containing the image and text from a  stock item. It is an error if stockId is not a name of a stock item. stockId - the name of the stock item g2Sets the status of the toggle tool button. Set to True if you want the   to be ' pressed in', and False to raise it. This action * causes the toggled signal to be emitted. h Queries a ( and returns its current state. Returns  True( if the toggle button is pressed in and False if it is raised. i7If the toggle tool button should be pressed in or not. Default value: False jk7Emitted whenever the toggle tool button changes state. 345efghijk 453efghijkefghijkdportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net $$$$$$lCreates a new , creating a new group. mCreates a new  , creating a new group. The new  4 will contain an icon and label from the stock item  indicated by stockId. stockId - the name of a stock item nCreates a new  adding it to the same group as  the group to which  groupMember belongs.  groupMember( - a member of an existing radio group, 3 to which the new radio tool button will be added. oCreates a new * adding it to the same group as the group  to which  groupMember belongs. The new  will contain an 1 icon and label from the stock item indicated by stockId.  groupMember( - a member of an existing radio group, 3 to which the new radio tool button will be added. stockId - the name of a stock item pReturns the radio button group button belongs to. )returns the group the button belongs to. qAdds button to group,, removing it from the group it belonged to  before.  groupMember( - a member of an existing radio group, / to which the radio tool button will be added. r*Sets a new group for a radio tool button. 678lmnopqr 786lmnopqrlmnopqrportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net7$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$sCreates a new   object. To add the action to a  and * set the accelerator for the action, call  KGraphics.UI.Gtk.ActionMenuToolbar.ActionGroup.actionGroupAddActionWithAccel.  See 2Graphics.UI.Gtk.ActionMenuToolbar.UIManager#XML-UI for information on  allowed action names. name - A unique name for the action label, - the label displayed in menu items and on  buttons tooltip - a tooltip for the action stockId( - the stock icon to display in widgets  representing the action t Returns the name of the action. u5Returns whether the action is effectively sensitive. returns True/ if the action and its associated action group  are both sensitive. vDReturns whether the action itself is sensitive. Note that this doesn't - necessarily mean effective sensitivity. See u for that. returns True$ if the action itself is sensitive. w-Sets the sensitive property of the action to  sensitive . Note that  this doesn'.t necessarily mean effective sensitivity. See u  for that. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6  sensitive - True to make the action sensitive x3Returns whether the action is effectively visible. returns True/ if the action and its associated action group  are both visible. yBReturns whether the action itself is visible. Note that this doesn't , necessarily mean effective visibility. See u for that. returns True" if the action itself is visible. z+Sets the visible property of the action to visible. Note that this  doesn'-t necessarily mean effective visibility. See x for  that. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 visible - True to make the action visible { Emits the "activate"* signal on the specified action, if it isn't M insensitive. This gets called by the proxy widgets when they get activated. 4It can also be used to manually activate an action. |>Creates a menu item widget that proxies for the given action. -returns a menu item connected to the action. }ACreates a toolbar item widget that proxies for the given action. 0returns a toolbar item connected to the action. ~GConnects a widget to an action object as a proxy. Synchronises various N properties of the action with the widget (such as label text, icon, tooltip, J etc), and attaches a callback so that the action gets activated when the  proxy widget does. DIf the widget is already connected to an action, it is disconnected  first. proxy - the proxy widget +Disconnects a proxy widget from an action. proxy - the proxy widget )Returns the proxy widgets for an action. Installs the accelerator for action if action has an accel path and  group. See  and  ISince multiple proxies may independently trigger the installation of the  accelerator, the action3 counts the number of times this function has been  called and doesn't remove the accelerator until   has been called as many times. !Undoes the effect of one call to . (Returns the accel path for this action. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 +returns the accel path for this action, or  Nothing if none is set. GSets the accel path for this action. All proxy widgets associated with F the action will have this accel path, so that their accelerators are  consistent.  accelPath - the accelerator path  Sets the 2 in which the accelerator for this action will be  installed. A unique name for the action. Default value: "" EThe label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action. Default value: "" 5A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons. Default value: "" A tooltip for this action. Default value: Nothing >The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action. Default value: Nothing HWhether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal  orientation. Default value: True When True:, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the  toolbar overflow menu. Default value: True " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 FWhether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical  orientation. Default value: True 1Whether the action is considered important. When True, toolitem proxies  for this action show text in  9Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.Toolbar.ToolbarBothHoriz mode. Default value: False When True1, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden. Default value: True Whether the action is enabled. Default value: True " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 Whether the action is visible. Default value: True " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 ' accelPath' property. See  and  " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 If b , the action'$s menu item proxies will ignore the  menuImages setting and always show  their image, if available. XUse this property if the menu item would be useless or hard to use without their image. Default value: c  Since 2.20 The "activate"1 signal is emitted when the action is activated. The "activate"1 signal is emitted when the action is activated. )  stuvwxyz{|}~)  stuvwxyz{|}~$stuvwxyz{|}~portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net$%%%%%Creates a new   object. To add the action to a  . and set the accelerator for the action, call  KGraphics.UI.Gtk.ActionMenuToolbar.ActionGroup.actionGroupAddActionWithAccel. name - A unique name for the action label, - The label displayed in menu items and on  buttons tooltip - A tooltip for the action stockId( - The stock icon to display in widgets  representing the action  Emits the "toggled" signal on the toggle action. -Sets the checked state on the toggle action. isActive/ - whether the action should be checked or not 0Returns the checked state of the toggle action. ASets whether the action should have proxies like a radio action. DReturns whether the action should have proxies like a radio action. DWhether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies. Default value: False 1If the toggle action should be active in or not. Default value: False # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  "#$ #$"  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net%%%%Creates a new  object. To add the action to a  . and set the accelerator for the action, call  KGraphics.UI.Gtk.ActionMenuToolbar.ActionGroup.actionGroupAddActionWithAccel. name - A unique name for the action label, - The label displayed in menu items and on  buttons tooltip - A tooltip for this action stockId( - The stock icon to display in widgets  representing this action value - The value which  + should return if this action is selected. >Returns the list representing the radio group for this object 'returns the members of the radio group 2Sets the radio group for the radio action object.  groupMember) - an existing member of the radio group JObtains the value property of the currently active member of the group to  which the action belongs. 7returns the value of the currently active group member HThe value is an arbitrary integer which can be used as a convenient way M to determine which action in the group is currently active in an ::activate " or ::changed signal handler. See  and  RadioActionEntry$ for convenient ways to get and set  this property. Default value: 0 %Sets a new group for a radio action. HThe value property of the currently active member of the group to which  this action belongs. Default value: 0 # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 The = signal is emitted on every member of a radio group when the = active member is changed. The signal gets emitted after the actionActivated signals for the & previous and current active members. HThe changed signal is emitted on every member of a radio group when the F active member is changed. The signal gets emitted after the activate 6 signals for the previous and current active members. %&'&'%  portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net=% % % % % %%%%%%%%%%%IA description of an action for an entry that provides a multiple choice. =A description of an action for an entry that can be toggled. A description of an action. Creates a new . object. The name of the action group is used 0 when associating keybindings with the actions. name! - the name of the action group. #Gets the name of the action group. &returns the name of the action group. Returns True8 if the group is sensitive. The constituent actions can " only be logically sensitive (see u) if they are sensitive  (see v ) and their group is sensitive. Changes the sensitivity of  actionGroup Returns True; if the group is visible. The constituent actions can only  be logically visible (see x) if they are visible (see  y) and their group is visible. Changes the visible of  actionGroup. 0Looks up an action in the action group by name.  actionName - the name of the action returns the action, or Nothing if no action by  that name exists 'Lists the actions in the action group. 9returns a list of the action objects in the action group HAdds an action object to the action group. Note that this function does J not set up the accel path of the action, which can lead to problems if a H user tries to modify the accelerator of a menuitem associated with the D action. Therefore you must either set the accel path yourself with   , or use  ... Nothing. GAdds an action object to the action group and sets up the accelerator. If  accelerator is Nothing-, attempts to use the accelerator associated " with the stock id of the action. Accel paths are set to <Actions>/ group-name/ action-name. action - the action to add  accelerator* - the accelerator for the action, in the  format understood by acceleratorParse, or "" for no  accelerator, or Nothing to use the stock accelerator 0Removes an action object from the action group. JThis is a convenience function to create a number of actions and add them  to the action group. The 7 signals of the actions are connected to the callbacks " and their accel paths are set to <Actions>/ group-name/ action-name. entries! - a list of action descriptions HThis is a convenience function to create a number of toggle actions and  add them to the action group. The 7 signals of the actions are connected to the callbacks " and their accel paths are set to <Actions>/ group-name/ action-name. entries( - a list of toggle action descriptions IThis is a convenience routine to create a group of radio actions and add  them to the action group. The 6 signal of the first radio action is connected to the  onChange8 callback and the accel paths of the actions are set to  <Actions>/ group-name/ action-name. entries' - a list of radio action descriptions value' - the value of the action to activate 3 initially, or -1 if no action should be activated onChange' - the callback for the changed signal /Sets a function to be used for translating the label and tooltip of   s added by . If you' re using 'gettext'-, it is enough to set the translation domain  with . (l abel -> ...) - a translation function %Sets the translation domain and uses 'dgettext' for translating the  label and tooltip of  s added by . If you' re not using 'gettext' for localization, see  . domain% - the translation domain to use for 'dgettext'  calls Translates a string. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 string - a string returns the translation of string A name for the action group. Default value: "" %Whether the action group is enabled. Default value: True %Whether the action group is visible. Default value: True 2()*2)*(-portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netd%%%%%%%% %!%"%#%$%%%&%'%(%)%*%+%,%-%.%/%0%1%2%3%4%5%6%7%8%9%:%;%<%=%>%?%@%A%B%C%D%E%F%G%H%I%J%K%L%M%N%O%P%Q%R%S%T%U%V%W%X%Y%Z%[%\%]%^%_%`%a%b%c%d%e%f%g%h%i%j%k%l%m%n%o%p%q%r%s%t%u%v%w%x%y%z%{%|%}%~%%*Specify what kind of help the user wants. 3Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will not K appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a container,  it's easier to call  on the container, instead of # individually showing the widgets. FRemember that you have to show the containers containing a widget, in @ addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen. CWhen a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and I mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their toplevel # container is realized and mapped. EShows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget (i.e. a  D that has not yet been shown), enter the main loop and wait for the M window to actually be mapped. Be careful; because the main loop is running, + anything can happen during this function. Reverses the effects of ", causing the widget to be hidden  (invisible to the user). FRecursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is a  container). 2Recursively hides a widget and any child widgets. !Destroys a widget. Equivalent to  -Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Object.objectDestroy. BWhen a widget is destroyed it will be removed from the screen and I unrealized. When a widget is destroyed, it will break any references it M holds to other objects.If the widget is inside a container, the widget will E be removed from the container. The widget will be garbage collected F (finalized) time after your last reference to the widget dissapears. @In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit G destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will be  destroyed as well. 9Send a redraw request to a widget. Equivalent to calling  #" for the entire area of a widget. HThis function is only for use in widget implementations. Flags a widget H to have its size renegotiated; should be called when a widget for some K reason has a new size request. For example, when you change the text in a  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Label.Label,  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Label.Label queues a resize to ensure there's  enough space for the new text. This function works like , except that the widget is  not invalidated. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 4This function is typically used when implementing a  ,Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Container.Container& subclass. Obtains the preferred size G of a widget. The container uses this information to arrange its child < widgets and decide what size allocations to give them with  . HYou can also call this function from an application, with some caveats. K Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget to be associated H with a screen, because font information may be needed. Multihead-aware ( applications should keep this in mind. IAlso remember that the size request is not necessarily the size a widget  will actually be allocated. EThis function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains the L chached requisition information in the widget, unless someone has forced a . particular geometry on the widget (e.g. with widgetSetUsize ), in which 4 case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's requisition. This function differs from  in that it retrieves the 5 last size request value stored in the widget, while   actually emits the d* signal on the widget to compute the size " request (which updates the widget's requisition information). &Since this function does not emit the d signal, it can only be # used when you know that the widget'&s requisition is up-to-date, that is,  2 has been called since the last time a resize was K queued. In general, only container implementations have this information;  applications should use . This function is only used by  ,Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Container.Container subclasses, to assign a + size and position to their child widgets. The x and y' values of the rectangle determine the  the position of the widget's area relative to its parent  allocation. !Installs an accelerator for this widget in  accelGroup that causes   accelSignal4 to be emitted if the accelerator is activated. The   accelGroup needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via  windowAddAccelGroup!, and the signal must be of type  G_RUN_ACTION. I Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during I runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the  user, use accelMapAddEntry and  or  menuItemSetAccelPath instead.  accelSignal( - widget signal to emit on accelerator  activation  accelGroup) - accel group for this widget, added to  its toplevel accelKey - the key of the accelerator  accelMods# - modifier key combination of the  accelerator  accelFlags - flag accelerators, e.g.  Removes an accelerator from widget, previously installed with  .  accelGroup - accel group for this widget accelKey - the key of the accelerator  accelMods# - modifier key combination of the  accelerator 7returns whether an accelerator was installed and could  be removed Given an accelerator group,  accelGroup, and an accelerator path,   accelPath, sets up an accelerator in  accelGroup so whenever the key  binding that is defined for  accelPath is pressed, widget will be F activated. This removes any accelerators (for any accelerator group)  installed by previous calls to . Associating H accelerators with paths allows them to be modified by the user and the 0 modifications to be saved for future use. (See  accelMapSave.) JThis function is a low level function that would most likely be used by a  menu creation system like  . If you use  , setting 2 up accelerator paths will be done automatically. Even when you you aren't using , if you only want to set up  accelerators on menu items menuItemSetAccelPath provides a somewhat more  convenient interface.  accelPath( - path used to look up the accelerator  accelGroup - a . JDetermines whether an accelerator that activates the signal identified by  signalId: can currently be activated. This is done by emitting the  canActivateAccel8 signal on the widget the signal is attached to; if the  signal isn';t overridden by a handler or in a derived widget, then the L default check is that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all  its ancestors mapped. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 signalId# - the ID of a signal installed on widget returns True& if the accelerator can be activated. For widgets that can be " activated"" (buttons, menu items, etc.) this M function activates them. Activation is what happens when you press Enter on $ a widget during key navigation. If widget isn't activatable, the function  returns False. returns True if the widget was activatable %Computes the intersection of a widget' s area and area, returning the  intersection, and returns Nothing if there was no intersection. area - a rectangle returns the intersection or Nothing 2Check if the widget intersects with a given area. area - a rectangle returns True if there was an intersection HDetermines if the widget is the focus widget within its toplevel. (This  does not mean that the L attribute is necessarily set;  L: will only be set if the toplevel widget additionally has  the global input focus.) returns True$ if the widget is the focus widget. Causes widget$ to have the keyboard focus for the  it' s inside.  widget' must be a focusable widget, such as a  Graphics.UI.Gtk.Entry.Entry; something like  Graphics.UI.Gtk.Ornaments.Frame won'&t work. (More precisely, it must have  the K flag set.) Causes widget to become the default widget. widget must have the   canDefault! flag set. The default widget is L activated when the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be  activatable, that is,  should affect them. EWidgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a gtkrc L file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name in the gtkrc . file. See the documentation for gtkrc files. >Note that widget names are separated by periods in paths (see  7), so names with embedded periods may cause confusion. name - name for the widget $Retrieves the name of a widget. See  for the significance  of widget names. HSets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user can + interact with it. Insensitive widgets are " grayed out" and the user can't 6 interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as "inactive",  "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.  sensitive - True to make the widget sensitive Gets the widget's parent window. Disable event signals.  Remove events from the  of this widget. The event mask C determines which events a widget will receive. Events are signals  that return an h<. data type. On connecting to a such a signal, H the event mask is automatically adjusted so that he signal is emitted. D This function is useful to disable the reception of the signal. It 4 should be called whenever all signals receiving an h<  have been disconected. Enable event signals.  See . Get enabled event signals.  See . Sets the event mask (see ) for a widget. The event mask L determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind that different L widgets have different default event masks, and by changing the event mask  you may disrupt a widget'3s functionality, so be careful. This function must 2 be called while a widget is unrealized. Consider  for L widgets that are already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing  event mask. This function can't be used with NoWindow widgets; to get . events on those widgets, place them inside a  Graphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.EventBox& and receive events on the event box. events - event mask "Sets the extension events mask to mode. See  and  inputSetExtensionEvents. <Retrieves the extension events the widget will receive; see  . DThis function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy  widget is a part of. If widget# has no parent widgets, it will be ! returned as the topmost widget. widget - the widget in question  returns the topmost ancestor of widget, or widget  itself if there's no ancestor. Gets the first ancestor of widget with type  widgetType. For example,  !widgetGetAncestor widget gTypeBox gets the first  that's  an ancestor of widget). See note about checking for a toplevel   in the docs for . Note that unlike ,  considers  widget to be an ancestor of itself.  widgetType - ancestor type  returns the ancestor widget, or Nothing if not found .Gets the colormap that will be used to render widget. returns the colormap used by widget JSets the colormap for the widget to the given value. Widget must not have E been previously realized. This probably should only be used from an  y 6 function (i.e. from the constructor for the widget). colormap - a colormap HObtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates. Widget H coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are defined as  & coordinates for widgets that are not NoWindow widgets,  and are relative to the widget' s allocation' s (x,y) for  widgets that are NoWindow widgets. (x, y) - X Y coordinate Determines whether widget is somewhere inside ancestor, possibly with  intermediate containers. widget - the widget in question ancestor - another  returns True if ancestor contains widget as a child, $ grandchild, great grandchild, etc. "Translate coordinates relative to  srcWidget's allocation to coordinates  relative to  destWidget'3s allocations. In order to perform this operation, B both widgets must be realized, and must share a common toplevel.  srcWidget - a   destWidget - a  srcX - X position relative to  srcWidget srcY - Y position relative to  srcWidget Just (destX, destY) - X and Y position  relative to  destWidget . Returns Nothing if 1 either widget was not realized, or there was no  common ancestor.  Sets the 1 for a widget. You probably don't want N to use this function; it interacts badly with themes, because themes work by  replacing the 1. Instead, use . style - a 1, or Nothing$ to remove the effect of a previous  " and go back to the default style  Retrieve the 1 associated with the widget. Pushes cmap; onto a global stack of colormaps; the topmost colormap on 6 the stack will be used to create all widgets. Remove cmap with  . There'&s little reason to use this function. cmap - a  Removes a colormap pushed with . 8Sets the default colormap to use when creating widgets.  8 is a better function to use if you only want to affect ) a few widgets, rather than all widgets. colormap - a   9Returns the default style used by all widgets initially.  returns the default style. This 1 object is owned by ! Gtk and should not be modified.  5Obtains the default colormap used to create widgets.  returns default widget colormap  BSets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction J controls the primary direction for widgets containing text, and also the K direction in which the children of a container are packed. The ability to I set the direction is present in order so that correct localization into I languages with right-to-left reading directions can be done. Generally, I applications will let the default reading direction present, except for N containers where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely F visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification). If the direction is set to !, then the value set by    will be used.  8Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See   .  GSets the default reading direction for widgets where the direction has  not been explicitly set by  . dir- - the new default direction. This cannot be  !. 3Obtains the current default reading direction. See   . Sets a shape for this widget's ?. This allows for transparent  windows etc., see windowShapeCombineMask for more information.  shapeMask - shape to be added, or Nothint to remove an  existing shape. offsetX, - X position of shape mask with respect to window. offsetY, - Y position of shape mask with respect to window. #Sets an input shape for this widget'&s GDK window. This allows for windows < which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see  windowInputShapeCombineMask for more information. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10  shapeMask - shape to be added, or Nothint to remove an  existing shape. offsetX, - X position of shape mask with respect to window. offsetY, - Y position of shape mask with respect to window.  Returns the ) of the current tooltip. This can be the  created by default, or the ! custom tooltip window set using . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12  returns The  of the current tooltip OReplaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying tooltips with  customWindow. GTK+ & will take care of showing and hiding  customWindow0 at the right moment, to behave likewise as the  default tooltip window. If  customWindow is +, the default tooltip window will be used. OIf the custom window should have the default theming it needs to have the name  'gtk-tooltip', see  . # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12  customWindow a , or . allow-none. >Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of widget is  located. See tooltipTriggerTooltipQuery for more information. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12  Create a =1 of the contents of the widget and its children. cWorks even if the widget is obscured. The depth and visual of the resulting pixmap is dependent on [ the widget being snapshot and likely differs from those of a target widget displaying the  pixmap. The function pixbufGetFromDrawable/ can be used to convert the pixmap to a visual  independant representation. 5The snapshot area used by this function is the widget'.s allocation plus any extra space occupied by ^ additional windows belonging to this widget (such as the arrows of a spin button). Thus, the C resulting snapshot pixmap is possibly larger than the allocation. 8The resulting pixmap is shrunken to match the specified clipRect. The  (x,y) coordinates of clipRect8 are interpreted widget relative. If width or height of clipRect are _ 0 or negative, the width or height of the resulting pixmap will be shrunken by the respective  amount. For instance a clipRectA { +5, +5, -10, -10 } will chop off 5 pixels at each side of the  snapshot pixmap. clipRect= will contain the exact widget-relative snapshot coordinates  upon return. A clipRectJ of { -1, -1, 0, 0 } can be used to preserve the auto-grown snapshot area  and use clipRect as a pure output parameter. The returned pixmap can be , if the resulting clipArea was empty. returns = snapshot of the widget Obtains the full path to widget#. The path is simply the name of a N widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by periods. ! The name of a widget comes from . Paths are used to apply L styles to a widget in gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type  of the widget by default (e.g. " GtkButton") or can be set to an ! application-specific value with . By setting the name of a K widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply styles to that specific > widget in their gtkrc file. Also returns the path in reverse % order, i.e. starting with the widget'$s name instead of starting with the  name of the widget's outermost ancestor.  (pathLength, path, pathReversed) - length + of the path, path string and reverse path  string Same as &, but always uses the name of a widget's type, never  uses a custom name set with .  (pathLength, path, pathReversed) - length + of the path, path string and reverse path  string (Obtains the composite name of a widget. returns the composite name of widget, or  Nothing if widget is not a composite child. CModifies style values on the widget. Modifications made using this J technique take precedence over style values set via an RC file, however, J they will be overriden if a style is explicitely set on the widget using  . The /) structure is designed so each field can K either be set or unset, so it is possible, using this function, to modify 3 some style values and leave the others unchanged. HNote that modifications made with this function are not cumulative with  previous calls to  or with such functions as  =. If you wish to retain previous values, you must first call  1, make your modifications to the returned style,  then call , with that style. On the other hand, if you  first call %, subsequent calls to such functions  0 will have a cumulative effect with the initial  modifications. style - the /! holding the style modifications >Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by  ).) If no style has previously set, a new / will I be created with all values unset, and set as the modifier style for the = widget. If you make changes to this rc style, you must call  6, passing in the returned rc style, to make sure that  your changes take effect. #Caution: passing the style back to  will normally end  up destroying it, because  copies the passed-in style and M sets the copy as the new modifier style, thus dropping any reference to the J old modifier style. Add a reference to the modifier style if you want to  keep it alive. HSets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state. All other + style values are left untouched. See also . state4 - the state for which to set the foreground color. color, - the color to assign (does not need to be  allocated), or Nothing& to undo the effect of previous calls  to of . HSets the background color for a widget in a particular state. All other + style values are left untouched. See also .  Note that " no window" widgets (which have the NoWindow flag set) draw  on their parent container'.s window and thus may not draw any background ' themselves. This is the case for e.g. . To modify the background of L such widgets, you have to set the background color on their parent; if you N want to set the background of a rectangular area around a label, try placing  the label in a 2 widget and setting the background color on that. state4 - the state for which to set the background color. color, - the color to assign (does not need to be  allocated), or Nothing& to undo the effect of previous calls  to of . HSets the text color for a widget in a particular state. All other style N values are left untouched. The text color is the foreground color used along  with the base color (see ) for widgets such as k and  y . See also . state. - the state for which to set the text color. color, - the color to assign (does not need to be  allocated), or Nothing& to undo the effect of previous calls  to of . HSets the base color for a widget in a particular state. All other style N values are left untouched. The base color is the background color used along  with the text color (see ) for widgets such as k and  y . See also .  Note that " no window" widgets (which have the NoWindow flag set) draw  on their parent container'.s window and thus may not draw any background ' themselves. This is the case for e.g. . To modify the background of N such widgets, you have to set the base color on their parent; if you want to J set the background of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the  label in a , widget and setting the base color on that. state. - the state for which to set the base color. color, - the color to assign (does not need to be  allocated), or Nothing& to undo the effect of previous calls  to of . CSets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left  untouched. See also . fontDesc# - the font description to use, or  Nothing) to undo the effect of previous calls to  . Creates a new %2 with the appropriate colormap, font description, ? and base direction for drawing text for this widget. See also   . returns the new %  Gets a %0 with the appropriate font description and base ; direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned by  1, this context is owned by the widget (it can be L used until the screen for the widget changes or the widget is removed from F its toplevel), and will be updated to match any changes to the widget's  attributes. If you create and keep a D# using this context, you must deal ( with changes to the context by calling  layoutContextChanged on the layout  in response to the onStyleChanged and  signals for the  widget.  returns the % for the widget. !Prepare text for display. The D9 represents the rendered text. It can be shown on screen  by calling  drawLayout.  The returned D# shares the same font information (% ) as this * widget. If this information changes, the D should change. The J following code ensures that the displayed text always reflects the widget's  settings: & l <- widgetCreateLayout w "My Text."  let update = do  layoutContextChanged l 0 -- update the Drawables which show this layout  w `onDirectionChanged` update  w `onStyleChanged` update text - text to set on the layout "GA convenience function that uses the theme engine and RC file settings  for widget. to look up the stock icon and render it to a  !Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Pixbuf.Pixbuf. : The icon should be one of the stock id constants such as  ,Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.StockItems.stockOpen. size should be a  size such as 0Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.IconFactory.IconSizeMenu.  detail( should be a string that identifies the L widget or code doing the rendering, so that theme engines can special-case $ rendering for that widget or code. The pixels in the returned !Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Pixbuf.Pixbuf are  shared with the rest of the ) application and should not be modified. stockId - a stock ID size - a stock size detail) - render detail to pass to theme engine returns a new pixbuf, or Nothing if the stock ID  wasn't known #$Invalidates the rectangular area of widget defined by x, y, width  and height by calling  7Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.drawWindowInvalidateRect on the widget's  )Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.DrawWindow! and all its child windows. Once H the main loop becomes idle (after the current batch of events has been M processed, roughly), the window will receive expose events for the union of ) all regions that have been invalidated. HNormally you would only use this function in widget implementations. In " particular, you might use it, or  7Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.drawWindowInvalidateRect directly, to  schedule a redraw of a *Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.DrawingArea or some  portion thereof. Frequently you can just call  3Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.windowInvalidateRect or  5Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.windowInvalidateRegion instead of this L function. Those functions will invalidate only a single window, instead of " the widget and all its children. EThe advantage of adding to the invalidated region compared to simply M drawing immediately is efficiency; using an invalid region ensures that you  only have to redraw one time. x< - x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw y< - y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw width - width of region to draw height - height of region to draw $ARecursively resets the shape on this widget and its descendants. %GSets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in response  to an  signal. F This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of the H GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets that do $ pay attention to the flag, such as  and  , the effect 4 is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's background. G (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application is then 9 entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.  appPaintable - True& if the application will paint on the  widget &JWidgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function to turn  off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that  9Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.drawWindowBeginPaintRegion and  1Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.drawWindowEndPaint are called automatically * around expose events sent to the widget.  9Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.drawWindowBeginPaintRegion diverts all  drawing to a widget'%s window to an offscreen buffer, and  1Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.drawWindowEndPaint I draws the buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window # update in one smooth step, and don'%t see individual graphics primitives  being rendered. 1In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker, so you would N only use this function to turn off double buffering if you had special needs & and really knew what you were doing. JNote: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle expose events, K since even the clearing to the background color or pixmap will not happen ! automatically (as it is done in  3Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.drawWindowBeginPaint). doubleBuffered - True to double-buffer a widget 'CSets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size 1 allocation changes. By default, this setting is True and the entire widget G is redrawn on every size change. If your widget leaves the upper left B unchanged when made bigger, turning this setting on will improve  performance. Note that for " no window" widgets setting this flag to False turns off M all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if its position . changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw anything to avoid 1 excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a " no window" widget that  does< draw its window, you are responsible for invalidating both G the old and new allocation of the widget when the widget is moved and L responsible for invalidating regions newly when the widget increases size. redrawOnAllocate - if True, the entire widget will be A redrawn when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the , new portion of the widget will be redrawn. (@Sets a widgets composite name. A child widget of a container is @ composite if it serves as an internal widget and, thus, is not  added by the user. name - the name to set. )DFor widgets that support scrolling, sets the scroll adjustments and  returns True. For widgets that don'&t support scrolling, does nothing and  returns False. Widgets that don''t support scrolling can be scrolled by  placing them in a  , which does support scrolling.  hadjustment. - an adjustment for horizontal scrolling, or  Nothing  vadjustment, - an adjustment for vertical scrolling, or  Nothing returns True" if the widget supports scrolling *%Computes the intersection of a widget' s area and region , returning 0 the intersection. The result may be empty, use  &Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Region.regionEmpty to check. region - a  a `& in the same coordinate system as the  widget'-s allocation. That is, relative to the widget's  ? for NoWindow! widgets; relative to the parent  ? of the widget's ? for widgets with  their own ?. <returns A region holding the intersection of the widget and  region6. The coordinates of the return value are relative to  the widget's ?, if it has one, otherwise  it is relative to the parent's ?. +HReturns the accessible object that describes the widget to an assistive  technology. JIf no accessibility library is loaded (i.e. no ATK implementation library G is loaded via GTK_MODULES or via another application library, such as  libgnome), then this * instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no  class-specific 5 implementation is available for the widget instance ! in question, it will inherit an  implementation from the first = ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined. EThe documentation of the ATK library contains more information about $ accessible objects and their uses.  returns the  associated with widget ,>This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're  writing an app, you'd use  to move the focus to a  particular widget, and containerSetFocusChain to change the focus tab @ order. So you may want to investigate those functions instead. The "focus", default handler for a widget should return True if moving  in  direction< left the focus on a focusable location inside that widget,  and False if moving in  direction( moved the focus outside the widget. If  returning True, widgets normally call  to place the focus  accordingly; if returning False , they don't modify the current focus  location.  direction - direction of focus movement returns True if focus ended up inside widget -Gets the value set with 6. If you feel a need to = use this function, your code probably needs reorganization. EThis function is only useful for container implementations and never % should be called by an application. returns True* if the widget is mapped with the parent. . Returns the parent container of widget. ! Returns the parent container of widget if it has one. /IGets the settings object holding the settings (global property settings, 1 RC file information, etc) used for this widget. 4Note that this function can only be called when the  is attached F to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific to a particular  ;. returns the relevant  object 08Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to ) be used with widget. widget must have a 9 7 associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel  window.  selection a = which identifies the clipboard  to use. selectionClipboard gives the ) default clipboard. Another common value  is selectionPrimary, which gives  the primary X selection. 0returns the appropriate clipboard object. If no * clipboard already exists, a new one will  be created. 1Get the 96 for the toplevel window associated with this widget. N This function can only be called after the widget has been added to a widget  hierarchy with a  at the top. EIn general, you should only create display specific resources when a H widget has been realized, and you should free those resources when the  widget is unrealized. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2  returns the 9# for the toplevel for this widget. 2IGet the root window where this widget is located. This function can only F be called after the widget has been added to a widget heirarchy with   at the top. @The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup  ?@ associated with the window. In general, you should only create L display specific resources when a widget has been realized, and you should 5 free those resources when the widget is unrealized. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2  returns the ? root window for the toplevel  for this widget. 3Get the ;7 from the toplevel window associated with this widget. N This function can only be called after the widget has been added to a widget  hierarchy with a  at the top. DIn general, you should only create screen specific resources when a H widget has been realized, and you should free those resources when the  widget is unrealized. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2  returns the ;# for the toplevel for this widget. 4Checks whether there is a ;% is associated with this widget. All J toplevel widgets have an associated screen, and all widgets added into a . heirarchy with a toplevel window at the top. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.2 returns True if there is a ; associcated with the  widget. 5CGets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using  7. A value of -1 for width or height K indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly and the natural 4 requisition of the widget will be used intead. See 7. 2 To get the size a widget will actually use, call  instead  of this function.  (width, height)6 Sets whether widget4 should be mapped along with its when its parent is  mapped and widget has been shown with . CThe child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to a  container with widgetSetParent(, to avoid mapping children unnecessary L before immediately unmapping them. However it will be reset to its default  state of True. when the widget is removed from a container. ENote that changing the child visibility of a widget does not queue a J resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of a widget is computed K from all visible children, whether or not they are mapped. If this is not 4 the case, the container can queue a resize itself. EThis function is only useful for container implementations and never % should be called by an application.  isVisible - if True, widget should be mapped along with  its parent. 76Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size request  will be width by height1. You can use this function to force a widget to 8 be either larger or smaller than it normally would be. In most cases, 3Graphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.Window.windowSetDefaultSize ! is a better choice for toplevel M windows than this function; setting the default size will still allow users M to shrink the window. Setting the size request will force them to leave the H window at least as large as the size request. When dealing with window  sizes, 5Graphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.Window.windowSetGeometryHints can be a  useful function as well. JNote the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes, translations K into other languages, different fonts, and user action can all change the , appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's basically impossible to . hardcode a size that will always be correct. FThe size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can accept L while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly. However in some N strange cases a widget may be allocated less than its requested size, and in D many cases a widget may be allocated more space than it requested. AIf the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then the  "natural"2 size request of the widget will be used instead.  Widgets can'=t actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but you can # pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible." width - width widget should request, or -1 to unset height - height widget should request, or -1 to unset 8 Sets the  noShowAll- property, which determines whether calls to   and  will affect this widget. JThis is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally  controlled visibility, see . " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4  noShowAll - the new value for the  noShowAll property 9!Returns the current value of the  noShowAll property, which  determines whether calls to  and  will affect  this widget. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 !returns the current value of the " no_show_all" property. ::Returns a list of the widgets, normally labels, for which = this widget is a the target of a mnemonic (see for example,  labelSetMnemonicWidget). " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 $returns the list of mnemonic labels ;CAdds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for this widget. (See  :3). Note the list of mnemonic labels for the widget J is cleared when the widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to K update its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection to  the destroy signal or a weak notifier. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 label - a # that acts as a mnemonic label for  widget. <HRemoves a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for this widget. (See  :1). The widget must have previously been added to  the list with ;. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.4 label - a , that was previously set as a mnemnic label  for widget with ;. = Returns the   that widget is a proxy for. See also  actionGetProxies. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 4returns the action that a widget is a proxy for, or  Nothing&, if it is not attached to an action. >Whether widget: can rely on having its alpha channel drawn correctly. On H X11 this function returns whether a compositing manager is running for  widget' s screen # Available since Gtk+ version 2.10 returns True- if the widget can rely on its alpha channel  being drawn correctly. ?Moves a widget from one   to another.  newParent - a   to move the widget into @/Set if this widget can receive keyboard input.  To use the keyPress# event, the widget must be allowed B to get the input focus. Once it has the input focus all keyboard # input is directed to this widget. A1Check if this widget can receive keyboard input. BRetrieves the widget's allocation. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.18 CaRarely-used function. This function is used to emit the event signals on a widget (those signals c should never be emitted without using this function to do so). If you want to synthesize an event  though, don'"t use this function; instead, use  mainDoEvent# so the event will behave as if it  were in the event queue. Don')t synthesize expose events; instead, use windowInvalidateRect ' to invalidate a region of the window. DThe name of the widget. Default value: Nothing E>The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget. FJOverride for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should  be used. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 GDOverride for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request  should be used. Allowed values: >= -1 Default value: -1 HWhether the widget is visible. Default value: False I&Whether the widget responds to input. Default value: True J;Whether the application will paint directly on the widget. Default value: False K/Whether the widget can accept the input focus. Default value: False L(Whether the widget has the input focus. Default value: False M<Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel. Default value: False N.Whether the widget can be the default widget. Default value: False O*Whether the widget is the default widget. Default value: False PIf TrueA, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused. Default value: False Q2Whether the widget is part of a composite widget. Default value: False RFThe style of the widget, which contains information about how it will  look (colors etc). SEThe event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets. Default value:  TFThe mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets. Default value:  UWhether  should not affect this widget. Default value: False V' childVisible' property. See - and  6 W'colormap' property. See  and  X' compositeName' property. See  and  ( Y' direction' property. See   and   Z_Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up with the Pango text markup  language. Also see tooltipSetMarkup. eThis is a convenience property which will take care of getting the tooltip shown if the given string  is not "":  hasTooltip will automatically be set to b! and there will be taken care of  s in the default signal handler. Default value: "" # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 [1Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.  Also see tooltipSetText. eThis is a convenience property which will take care of getting the tooltip shown if the given string  is not "":  hasTooltip will automatically be set to b! and there will be taken care of  s in the default signal handler. Default value: "" # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 \$Enables or disables the emission of s on widget. A value of b indicates that widget C can have a tooltip, in this case the widget will be queried using s to determine + whether it will provide a tooltip or not. #Note that setting this property to b7 for the first time will change the event masks of the  Windows[ of this widget to include leave-notify and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not ' be undone when the property is set to c again. Default value: c # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 ]LDetermines if the widget style has been looked up through the rc mechanism. returns b< if the widget has been looked up through the rc mechanism, c otherwise. ^'Determines whether widget is realized. returns b if widget is realized, c otherwise _Whether the widget is mapped. returns b if the widget is mapped, c otherwise. `The widget appears on screen. a'The widget disappears from the screen. bDThe widget should allocate any resources needed, in particular, the  widget's ?/ is created. If you connect to this signal and D you rely on some of these resources to be present, you have to use  System.Glib.Signals.after. cJThe widget should deallocate any resources. This signal is emitted before  the widget is destroyed. d*Query the widget for the size it likes to  have. G A parent container emits this signal to its child to query the needed G height and width of the child. There is not guarantee that the widget  will actually get this area. e%Inform widget about the size it has. I After querying a widget for the size it wants to have (through emitting  the " sizeRequest". signal) a container will emit this signal to 9 inform the widget about the real size it should occupy. fThe widget is shown. gThe widget is hidden. h2The widget gains focus via the given user action. iFThe state of the widget (input focus, insensitive, etc.) has changed. jThe j7 signal is emitted when a new parent has been set on a * widget. The parameter is the new parent. kJEmitted when there is a change in the hierarchy to which a widget belong. F More precisely, a widget is anchored when its toplevel ancestor is a  C. This signal is emitted when a widget changes from un-anchored to  anchored or vice-versa. lThe l6 signal is emitted when a new style has been set on a 2 widget. Note that style-modifying functions like  also " cause this signal to be emitted. m3The default direction of text writing has changed. nThe n7 signal is emitted when a widget becomes shadowed by a J Gtk+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on another widget, or when it 1 becomes unshadowed due to a grab being removed. A widget is shadowed by a grabAdd% when the topmost grab widget in the 5 grab stack of its window group is not its ancestor. o;This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a G context-sensitive menu. This usually happens through the standard key M binding mechanism; by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the > user can cause the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the k widget ) creates a menu with clipboard commands. p@Tell the widget to show an explanatory help text. Should return True  if help has been shown. q.The set of keyboard accelerators has changed. r"The widget moved to a new screen. s Emitted when  hasTooltip is b and the gtkTooltipTimeout has expired with the cursor  hovering above< widget; or emitted when widget got focus in keyboard mode. cUsing the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine whether a tooltip should be shown ! for widget. If this is the case b should be returned, c otherwise. , Note if widget got focus in keyboard mode,  is . ]The signal handler is free to manipulate tooltip with the therefore destined function calls. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 %tIA mouse button has been depressed while the mouse pointer was within the  widget area. Sets the widget's  flag. u1A mouse button has been released. Sets the widget's   flag. v<The scroll wheel of the mouse has been used. Sets the widget's   flag. wDThe mouse pointer has moved. Since receiving all mouse movements is F expensive, it is necessary to specify exactly what mouse motions are  required by calling $ on this widget with one or more of  the following flags:  : Track all movements.  * 1: Only track movements if a button is depressed.  * 7: Only track movments if the left button is depressed.  * 9: Only track movments if the middle button is depressed.  * 8: Only track movments if the right button is depressed. GIf the application cannot respond quickly enough to all mouse motions, I it is possible to only receive motion signals on request. In this case,  you need to add  to the flags above and call  3Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.drawWindowGetPointer each time a G motion even is received. Motion events will then be delayed until the  function is called. xThe x6 signal is emitted if a user requests that a toplevel L window is closed. The default handler for this signal destroys the window.  Calling  and returning True" on reception of this signal will L cause the window to be hidden instead, so that it can later be shown again  without reconstructing it. yThe y signal is emitted when a ? is destroyed. M You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves from F their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the window at 9 destroy time. However, you might want to connect to the  objectDestroy  signal of . z Instructs the widget to redraw.  The ?+ that needs to be redrawn is available via   eventWindow. 4 The part that needs to be redrawn is available via e and  f:. The options are, in order of efficiency: (a) redraw the  entire window, (b) ask for the e and redraw that rectangle, (c)  ask for the f& and redraw each of those rectangles. 2Only the exposed region will be updated; see also  drawWindowBeginPaintRegion. {)A key has been depressed. Sets the widget's  flag. |(A key has been released. Sets the widget's  flag. }9The mouse pointer has entered the widget. Sets the widget's   flag. ~6The mouse pointer has left the widget. Sets the widget's   flag. $The size of the window has changed. 0The widget gets the input focus. Sets the widget's  flag. 0The widget lost the input focus. Sets the widget's  flag. #The window is put onto the screen. $The window is taken off the screen. %A ?5 may be associated with a set of properties that are  identified by a  PropertyTag+. This event is triggered if a property is $ changed or deleted. Sets the widget's  flag. :The pen of a graphics tablet was put down. Sets the widget's   flag. GThe pen of a graphics tablet was lifted off the tablet. Sets the widget's   flag. FEmitted when the window visibility status has changed. Sets the widget's   flag. Generated when the area of a A being copied using, e.g.  )Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Drawable.drawDrawable, is completely available. IEmitted when the state of the window changes, i.e. when it is minimized,  moved to the top, etc. AEmitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging to widget  gets broken. IOn X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable (i.e. it or I one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same application grabs the  pointer or keyboard again. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.8 %A Button was pressed. J This widget is part of a button which was just pressed. The event passed  to the user function is a Y event. A Button was released.  The widget's status has changed. 2This signal is emitted when the close icon on the B surrounding window is pressed. The default action is to emit the  "destroy" signal. The widget will be destroyed. > The widget received a destroy event from the window manager. (The default text direction was changed. Mouse cursor entered widget.  Contains a M event. Mouse cursor leaves widget.  Contains a M event.  Instructs the widget to redraw.  This event is useful for the o. On receiving this signal D the content of the passed Rectangle or Region needs to be redrawn.  The return value should be b& if the region was completely redrawn  and c3 if other handlers in the chain should be invoked. E If a client will redraw the whole area and is not interested in the  extra information in d, it is more efficient  to use . H Widgets that are very expensive to re-render, such as an image editor,  may prefer to use the  call back which delivers a   a ` in addition to a &'. A  a ` consists of several - rectangles that need redrawing. The simpler  event encodes F the area to be redrawn as a bounding rectangle which might be easier + to deal with in a particular application. Expose event delivering a &'. >This signal is called if the widget receives the input focus. Widget gains input focus. Widget looses input focus. +The widget is about to receive all events. H It is possible to redirect all input events to one widget to force the @ user to use only this widget. Such a situation is initiated by  addGrab. The widget will be destroyed. 3 This is the last signal this widget will receive. %The widget was asked to hide itself. " This signal is emitted each time  is called. Use  , when your application needs to be informed 2 when the widget is actually removed from screen. The toplevel window changed. K When a subtree of widgets is removed or added from a tree with a toplevel D window this signal is emitted. It is emitted on each widget in the  detached or attached subtree. A key was pressed. A key was released. Track mouse movements.  If hint9 is False, a callback for every movement of the mouse is K generated. To avoid a backlog of mouse messages, it is usually sufficient  to sent hint) to True, generating only one event. The G application now has to state that it is ready for the next message by  calling 3Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindow.drawWindowGetPointer.  The input device became active. K This event indicates that a pen of a graphics tablet or similar device is  now touching the tablet. "The input device became inactive. - The pen was removed from the graphics tablet' s surface.  This widget's drawing area is about to be  destroyed. The mouse wheel has turned.  The h< is always B. %The widget was asked to show itself. " This signal is emitted each time  is called. Use  onMap1 when your application needs to be informed when  the widget is actually shown. %Inform widget about the size it has. I After querying a widget for the size it wants to have (through emitting  the " sizeRequest". signal) a container will emit this signal to 9 inform the widget about the real size it should occupy. *Query the widget for the size it likes to  have. G A parent container emits this signal to its child to query the needed G height and width of the child. There is not guarantee that the widget  will actually get this area. $The widget was removed from screen.  This widget's drawing area is about to be  destroyed. E%&' !89:;<= ` X      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~EX ` '&%8=<;:9!       !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?A@BCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_bc`adefghijklmnopqrstuxy}z{|~wv      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net5%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%IGets the bitwise OR of the currently active drawWindow state flags, from  the U enumeration. returns  DrawWindow flags Scroll the contents of  DrawWindow. 8 Scroll both, pixels and children, by the given amount.   DrawWindow7 itself does not move. Portions of the window that the G scroll operation brings inm from offscreen areas are invalidated. The N invalidated region may be bigger than what would strictly be necessary. (For M X11, a minimum area will be invalidated if the window has no subwindows, or  if the edges of the window'/s parent do not extend beyond the edges of the O drawWindow. In other cases, a multi-step process is used to scroll the window N which may produce temporary visual artifacts and unnecessary invalidations.) dx' - Amount to scroll in the X direction dy' - Amount to scroll in the Y direction Clears an entire  DrawWindow/ to the background color or background pixmap. Clears an area of  DrawWindow/ to the background color or background pixmap. x& - x coordinate of rectangle to clear y& - y coordinate of rectangle to clear width - width of rectangle to clear height - height of rectangle to clear Like -, but also generates an expose event for the  cleared area. x& - x coordinate of rectangle to clear y& - y coordinate of rectangle to clear width - width of rectangle to clear height - height of rectangle to clear Raises  DrawWindow; to the top of the Z-order (stacking order), so that other : drawWindows with the same parent drawWindow appear below  DrawWindow. This is true - whether or not the drawWindows are visible. If  DrawWindow: is a toplevel, the window manager may choose to deny the 0 request to move the drawWindow in the Z-order,  only requests the ! restack, does not guarantee it. Lowers  DrawWindow8 to the bottom of the Z-order (stacking order), so that 8 other windows with the same parent window appear above  DrawWindow . This is 4 true whether or not the other windows are visible. If  DrawWindow: is a toplevel, the window manager may choose to deny the 0 request to move the drawWindow in the Z-order,  only . requests the restack, does not guarantee it. GNote that a widget is raised automatically when it is mapped, thus you  need to call  after  *Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Widget.widgetShow if the window should ! not appear above other windows. %8Registers a drawWindow as a potential drop destination. A convenience wrapper around  which creates a  rectangular region for you.  See  for details.  rectangle# - rectangle you intend to draw to 9Indicate that you are beginning the process of redrawing region.  A : backing store (offscreen buffer) large enough to contain region will be M created. The backing store will be initialized with the background color or  background pixmap for  DrawWindow,. Then, all drawing operations performed on   DrawWindow6 will be diverted to the backing store. When you call  &, the backing store will be copied to  DrawWindow , making it $ visible onscreen. Only the part of  DrawWindow contained in region will be 6 modified; that is, drawing operations are clipped to region. GThe net result of all this is to remove flicker, because the user sees 7 the finished product appear all at once when you call . If  you draw to  DrawWindow directly without calling , the H user may see flicker as individual drawing operations are performed in @ sequence. The clipping and background-initializing features of  1 are conveniences for the programmer, so you can ! avoid doing that work yourself. AWhen using GTK+, the widget system automatically places calls to   and  around emissions of the   expose_event signal. That is, if you'$re writing an expose event handler, ) you can assume that the exposed area in  has already been J cleared to the window background, is already set as the clip region, and M already has a backing store. Therefore in most cases, application code need  not call '. (You can disable the automatic calls = around expose events on a widget-by-widget basis by calling  &.) EIf you call this function multiple times before calling the matching  ., the backing stores are pushed onto a stack.  : copies the topmost backing store onscreen, subtracts the M topmost region from all other regions in the stack, and pops the stack. All L drawing operations affect only the topmost backing store in the stack. One  matching call to  is required for each call to  . region - region you intend to draw to "Signal that drawing has finished. E Indicates that the backing store created by the most recent call to  4 should be copied onscreen and deleted, leaving the I next-most-recent backing store or no backing store at all as the active  paint region. See " for full details. It is an error * to call this function without a matching  first. A convenience wrapper around  which invalidates a  rectangular region. See  for details. rect - rectangle to invalidate invalidateChildren - whether to also invalidate  child drawWindows Adds region to the update area for  DrawWindow. The update area is the % region that needs to be redrawn, or " dirty region." . During the C next idle period of the main look, an expose even for this region 7 will be created. An application would normally redraw  the contents of  DrawWindow% in response to those expose events. The invalidateChildren/ parameter controls whether the region of each " child drawWindow that intersects region will also be invalidated. If False, D then the update area for child drawWindows will remain unaffected. region - a Region invalidateChildren - True to also invalidate child  drawWindows )Ask for the dirty region of this window. - Transfers ownership of the update area from  DrawWindow to the caller of the 1 function. That is, after calling this function,  DrawWindow will no longer have  an invalid/.dirty region; the update area is removed from  DrawWindow and 3 handed to you. If this window has no update area,  returns . returns the update area for  DrawWindow 1Temporarily freezes a drawWindow such that it won't receive expose events. @ * The drawWindow will begin receiving expose events again when    is called. If ! has been called more than once,  2 must be called an equal number of times to begin  processing exposes. Thaws a drawWindow frozen with . #Sends one or more expose events to  DrawWindow.  The areas in each expose = event will cover the entire update area for the window (see  " for details). Normally Gtk calls   on your behalf, so there's no need to call this M function unless you want to force expose events to be delivered immediately K and synchronously (vs. the usual case, where Gtk delivers them in an idle L handler). Occasionally this is useful to produce nicer scrolling behavior,  for example. updateChildren- - whether to also process updates for child  drawWindows Setting  acceptFocus to False( hints the desktop environment that the  window doesn't want to receive input focus. KOn X, it is the responsibility of the drawWindow manager to interpret this > hint. ICCCM-compliant drawWindow manager usually respect it. ! Available since Gdk version 2.4  acceptFocus - True. if the drawWindow should receive input focus FApplies a shape mask to window. Pixels in window corresponding to set E bits in the mask will be visible; pixels in window corresponding to J unset bits in the mask will be transparent. This gives a non-rectangular  window.  If mask is Nothing), the shape mask will be unset, and the x/ y parameters  are not used. The mask must be a bitmap, that is, a = of depth  one. F On the X11 platform, this uses an X server extension which is widely C available on most common platforms, but not available on very old ? X servers, and occasionally the implementation will be buggy. H On servers without the shape extension, this function will do nothing. < On the Win32 platform the functionality is always present. 9 This function works on both toplevel and child windows. mask. - region of drawWindow to be non-transparent offsetX - X position of  shapeRegion in  DrawWindow  coordinates offsetY - Y position of  shapeRegion in  DrawWindow  coordinates Makes pixels in  DrawWindow outside  shapeRegion transparent.  Makes pixels in  DrawWindow outside  shapeRegion transparent, so that # the window may be nonrectangular. If  shapeRegion is (, the shape will be unset, so the whole  ?& will be opaque again. The parameters offsetX and offsetY  are ignored if  shapeRegion is . EOn the X11 platform, this uses an X server extension which is widely N available on most common platforms, but not available on very old X servers, K and occasionally the implementation will be buggy. On servers without the 1 shape extension, this function will do nothing. <This function works on both toplevel and child drawWindows.  shapeRegion. - region of drawWindow to be non-transparent offsetX - X position of  shapeRegion in  DrawWindow  coordinates offsetY - Y position of  shapeRegion in  DrawWindow  coordinates Sets the shape mask of  DrawWindow% to the union of shape masks for all  children of  DrawWindow, ignoring the shape mask of  DrawWindow itself. Contrast  with " which includes the shape mask of  DrawWindow in  the masks to be merged. IMerges the shape masks for any child drawWindows into the shape mask for   DrawWindow". i.e. the union of all masks for  DrawWindow and its children will  become the new mask for  DrawWindow. See . This function is distinct from  because it includes   DrawWindow'0s shape mask in the set of shapes to be merged. 9Obtains the current pointer position and modifier state.  The position is 4 given in coordinates relative to the given window.  The return value is (Just win, x, y, mod) where win is the 3 window over which the mouse currently resides and mod denotes 3 the keyboard modifiers currently being depressed.  The return value is Nothing' for the window if the mouse cursor is  not over a known window. 8Obtains the position of a window in screen coordinates. KYou can use this to help convert a position between screen coordinates and  local ? relative coordinates.  (x, y)AGet the handle to an exising window of the windowing system. The J passed-in handle is a reference to a native window, that is, an Xlib XID % for X windows and a HWND for Win32. bObtains the root window (parent all other windows are inside) for the default display and screen.  returns the default root window )UVWXYZ[\>?st)?>stU\[ZYXWVWportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net%%%%%%%%!Insert a set of Strings into the   drop down list. GSpecifies whether the value entered in the text entry field must match N one of the values in the list. If this is set then the user will not be able C to perform any other action until a valid value has been entered. %If an empty field is acceptable, the  okIfEmpty parameter should be  True. val - True, if the value entered must match one of the  values in the list.  okIfEmpty - True( if an empty value is considered valid. ESpecifies if the arrow (cursor) keys can be used to step through the + items in the list. This is on by default. !Obsolete function, does nothing. ,Specifies whether the text entered into the k field and the text in # the list items is case sensitive. 6This may be useful, for example, when you have called  6 to limit the values entered, but you are not worried  about differences in case.  Stops the - widget from showing the popup list when the k  emits the "activate"7 signal, i.e. when the Return key is pressed. This may F be useful if, for example, you want the Return key to close a dialog  instead. 7Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items. Default value: True Obsolete property, ignored. Default value: True .Whether list item matching is case sensitive. Default value: False 5Whether an empty value may be entered in this field. Default value: True <Whether entered values must already be present in the list. Default value: False [\]\][ Bportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net%Creates a new drawing area. See  See  noonportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netN%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%JCreates a new icon theme object. Icon theme objects are used to lookup up 9 an icon by name in a particular icon theme. Usually, you'll want to use   or  rather than creating a new  icon theme object for scratch. 0Gets the icon theme for the default screen. See . returns A unique  associated with the default ; screen. This icon theme is associated with the screen and , can be used as long as the screen is open. +Gets the icon theme object associated with screen; if this function has J not previously been called for the given screen, a new icon theme object H will be created and associated with the screen. Icon theme objects are H fairly expensive to create, so using this function is usually a better  choice than calling than % and setting the screen yourself; by N using this function a single icon theme object will be shared between users. screen - a ; returns A unique  associated with the given  screen. GSets the screen for an icon theme; the screen is used to track the user's I currently configured icon theme, which might be different for different  screens. screen - a ;  ISets the search path for the icon theme object. When looking for an icon N theme, Gtk+ will search for a subdirectory of one or more of the directories  in pathD with the same name as the icon theme. (Themes from multiple of the N path elements are combined to allow themes to be extended by adding icons in  the user's home directory.)  In addition if an icon found isn')t found either in the current icon theme K or the default icon theme, and an image file with the right name is found $ directly in one of the elements of path#, then that image will be used for N the icon name. (This is legacy feature, and new icons should be put into the N default icon theme, which is called DEFAULT_THEME_NAME, rather than directly  on the icon path.) path2 - list of directories that are searched for icon  themes  nElements - number of elements in path.  "Gets the current search path. See  . (path, nElements)  path/ - location to store a list of icon theme path  directories.  ,Appends a directory to the search path. See  . path- - directory name to append to the icon path  -Prepends a directory to the search path. See  . path. - directory name to prepend to the icon path  )Sets the name of the icon theme that the  object uses M overriding system configuration. This function cannot be called on the icon  theme objects returned from  and  .  themeName; name of icon theme to use instead of configured theme, or ( to unset a previously set custom theme EChecks whether an icon theme includes an icon for a particular name. iconName - the name of an icon returns True if  iconTheme includes an icon for  iconName. JLooks up a named icon and returns a structure containing information such J as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf  using ". ( combines these two steps if  all you need is the pixbuf.) iconName" - the name of the icon to lookup size - desired icon size flags' - flags modifying the behavior of the  icon lookup  returns a  5 structure containing information about the icon, or   if the icon wasn' t found. JLooks up a named icon and returns a structure containing information such J as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf  using ". ( combines these two steps if  all you need is the pixbuf.) If  iconNames; contains more than one name, this function tries them all B in the given order before falling back to inherited icon themes. # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12  iconNames) terminated list of icon names to lookup size - desired icon size flags' - flags modifying the behavior of the  icon lookup  returns a  5 structure containing information about the icon, or   if the icon wasn' t found. HLooks up an icon and returns a structure containing information such as M the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using  ". # Available since Gtk+ version 2.14 icon - the %% to look up size - desired icon size flags' - flags modifying the behavior of the  icon lookup  returns a  5 structure containing information about the icon, or   if the icon wasn' t found. CLooks up an icon in an icon theme, scales it to the given size and K renders it into a pixbuf. This is a convenience function; if more details  about the icon are needed, use  followed by  ". HNote that you probably want to listen for icon theme changes and update 5 the icon. This is usually done by connecting to the  ::style-set M signal. If for some reason you do not want to update the icon when the icon * theme changes, you should consider using  pixbufCopy to make a private copy N of the pixbuf returned by this function. Otherwise Gtk+ may need to keep the : old icon theme loaded, which would be a waste of memory. iconName" - the name of the icon to lookup size- - the desired icon size. The resulting icon # may not be exactly this size; see ". flags, - flags modifying the behavior of the icon  lookup /returns the rendered icon; this may be a newly 6 created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, " so you must not modify the icon.   if the icon isn' t found. IGets the list of contexts available within the current hierarchy of icon  themes # Available since Gtk+ version 2.12 returns a String list . holding the names of all the contexts in the  theme. JLists the icons in the current icon theme. Only a subset of the icons can L be listed by providing a context string. The set of values for the context G string is system dependent, but will typically include such values as  " Applications" and " MimeTypes". context4 a string identifying a particular type of icon, or  to list all icons. returns a String list 2 holding the names of all the icons in the theme. FReturns an list of integers describing the sizes at which the icon is M available without scaling. A size of -1 means that the icon is available in 1 a scalable format. The list is zero-terminated. " Available since Gtk+ version 2.6 iconName - the name of an icon 8returns An newly allocated list describing the sizes at  which the icon is available. JGets the name of an icon that is representative of the current theme (for A instance, to use when presenting a list of themes to the user.) 'returns the name of an example icon or  FChecks to see if the icon theme has changed; if it has, any currently @ cached information is discarded and will be reloaded next time  iconTheme  is accessed. returns True0 if the icon theme has changed and needed to be  reloaded. GRegisters a built-in icon for icon theme lookups. The idea of built-in G icons is to allow an application or library that uses themed icons to N function requiring files to be present in the file system. For instance, the  default images for all of Gtk+'-s stock icons are registered as built-icons. In general, if you use  you should also install F the icon in the icon theme, so that the icon is generally available. =This function will generally be used with pixbufs loaded via  pixbufNewFromInline. iconName$ - the name of the icon to register size5 - the size at which to register the icon (different > images can be registered for the same icon name at different  sizes.) pixbuf - +$ that contains the image to use for  iconName. %Helper function for build  dFetches the set of attach points for an icon. An attach point is a location in the icon that can be F used as anchor points for attaching emblems or overlays to the icon. eGets the base size for the icon. The base size is a size for the icon that was specified by the icon a theme creator. This may be different than the actual size of image; an example of this is small e emblem icons that can be attached to a larger icon. These icons will be given the same base size as . the larger icons to which they are attached. cGets the built-in image for this icon, if any. To allow GTK+ to use built in icon images, you must  pass the ''IconLookupUseBuiltin'' to . &returns the built-in image pixbuf, or . cGets the display name for an icon. A display name is a string to be used in place of the icon name 1 in a user visible context like a list of icons. )returns the display name for the icon or , if the icon doesn'"t have a specified display name.  eGets the coordinates of a rectangle within the icon that can be used for display of information such 2 as a preview of the contents of a text file. See # for further * information about the coordinate system.  rectangle ' in which to store embedded  rectangle coordinates. !'Gets the filename for the icon. If the ''IconLookupUseBuiltin'' flag was passed to  H, there may be no filename if a builtin icon is returned; in this case,  you should use . #returns the filename for the icon,  or  if  should be used instead. "eLooks up an icon in an icon theme, scales it to the given size and renders it into a pixbuf. This is H a convenience function; if more details about the icon are needed, use   followed by ". bNote that you probably want to listen for icon theme changes and update the icon. This is usually  done by connecting to the styleSet6 signal. If for some reason you do not want to update A the icon when the icon theme changes, you should consider using  pixbufCopy to make a private b copy of the pixbuf returned by this function. Otherwise GTK+ may need to keep the old icon theme + loaded, which would be a waste of memory. #)Sets whether the coordinates returned by   and  D should be returned in their original form as specified in the icon C theme, instead of scaled appropriately for the pixbuf returned by ". cRaw coordinates are somewhat strange; they are specified to be with respect to the unscaled pixmap f for PNG and XPM icons, but for SVG icons, they are in a 1000x1000 coordinate space that is scaled to S the final size of the icon. You can determine if the icon is an SVG icon by using  !, and seeing if it is non- and ends in '.svg'. QThis function is provided primarily to allow compatibility wrappers for older API's, and is not ) expected to be useful for applications. rawCoordinates whether the coordinates of N embedded rectangles and attached points should be returned in their original $GEmitted when the current icon theme is switched or Gtk+ detects that a @ change has occurred in the contents of the current icon theme. .      !"#$.      !"#$*      !"#$portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.netF%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%&%'Create a new IconFactory. $ An application should create a new  and add all  needed icons.  By calling ) these icons become ; available as stock objects and can easily be displayed by  9. Furthermore, a theme can override the icons defined by  the application. ("Add an IconSet to an IconFactory. HIn order to use the new stock object, the factory as to be added to the  default factories by ). )*Add all entries of the IconFactory to the % applications stock object database. *KLooks up the stock id in the icon factory, returning an icon set if found,  otherwise Nothing. (For display to the user, you should use  0Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Style.styleLookupIconSet on the  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Style.Style K for the widget that will display the icon, instead of using this function 2 directly, so that themes are taken into account. +9Looks for an icon in the list of default icon factories. (For display to the user, you should use  0Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Style.styleLookupIconSet on the  #Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Style.Style K for the widget that will display the icon, instead of using this function 2 directly, so that themes are taken into account. ,Remove an IconFactory from the  application's stock database. -Add an & (an Icon with  attributes) to an %. ( If an icon is looked up in the IconSet set the best matching F IconSource will be taken. It is therefore advisable to add a default A (wildcarded) icon, than can be used if no exact match is found. ./Create a new IconSet. 0 Each icon in an application is contained in an %. The  % contains several variants (&s) to , accomodate for different sizes and states. 0Creates a new %% with the given pixbuf as the default/ fallback  source image. If you don't add any additional  IconSource to the icon set, J all variants of the icon will be created from the pixbuf, using scaling, L pixelation, etc. as required to adjust the icon size or make the icon look  insensitive/ prelighted. 17Obtains a list of icon sizes this icon set can render. 2)Check if a given IconSize is registered. D Useful if your application expects a theme to install a set with a K specific size. You can test if this actually happend and use another size  if not. 3Register a new IconSize. the new name of the size the width of the icon the height of the icon the new icon size 4)Register an additional alias for a name. 5Lookup an IconSize by name.  This fixed value iconSizeInvalid is returned if the name was  not found. 6 Lookup the name of an IconSize.  Returns Nothing if the name was not found. 7 Retrieve the  of  this IconSource.  Nothing/ is returned if no explicit direction was set. 8*Retrieve the filename this IconSource was  based on.  Returns Nothing. if the IconSource was generated by a Pixbuf. 9 Retrieve the  of this  IconSource.  Nothing4 is returned if no explicit size was set (i.e. this  & matches all sizes). : Retrieve the 8 of this  &.  Nothing is returned if the & matches all  states. ;Create a new IconSource. K An IconSource is a single image that is usually added to an IconSet. Next H to the image it contains information about which state, text direction  and size it should apply. < Mark this & that it $ should only apply to the specified . =Reset the specific   set with <. >)Load an icon picture from this filename. ?8Retrieves the source pixbuf, or Nothing if none is set. @ESets a pixbuf to use as a base image when creating icon variants for  %. A Set this & to a specific  size. B Reset the  of this  & so that is matches anything. C)Mark this icon to be used only with this  specific state. D Reset the 8 of this  & so that is matches anything. 8 !89:;<= %&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCD8 '()*+,%/0-.1&;! 7<=8>?@9AB8=<;:9:CD23456 %&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDportable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net*%%%%%%%%%%%&&&&&&&E&GInitialize the GUI. EThis must be called before any other function in the Gtk2Hs library. =This function initializes the GUI toolkit and parses all Gtk B specific arguments. The remaining arguments are returned. If the G initialization of the toolkit fails for whatever reason, an exception  is thrown.  Throws: error "Cannot initialize GUI." Z If you want to use Gtk2Hs and in a multi-threaded application then it is your obligation @ to ensure that all calls to Gtk+ happen in a single OS thread. K If you want to make calls to Gtk2Hs functions from a Haskell thread other , than the one that calls this functions and M then you will have to  'post'@ your GUI actions to the main GUI thread. You can do this using  H or I . See also J. H1Post an action to be run in the main GUI thread. GThe current thread blocks until the action completes and the result is  returned. I1Post an action to be run in the main GUI thread. EThe current thread continues and does not wait for the result of the  action. JAcquire the global Gtk lock. I During normal operation, this lock is held by the thread from which all 1 interaction with Gtk is performed. When calling M, the thread will L release this global lock before it waits for user interaction. During this L time it is, in principle, possible to use a different OS thread (any other K Haskell thread that is bound to the Gtk OS thread will be blocked anyway) N to interact with Gtk by explicitly acquiring the lock, calling Gtk functions N and releasing the lock. However, the Gtk functions that are called from this F different thread may not trigger any calls to the OS since this will J lead to a crash on Windows (the Win32 API can only be used from a single I thread). Since it is very hard to tell which function only interacts on E Gtk data structures and which function call actual OS functions, it I is best not to use this feature at all. A better way to perform updates J in the background is to spawn a Haskell thread and to perform the update  to Gtk widgets using I or H. These will execute I their arguments from the main loop, that is, from the OS thread of Gtk, > thereby ensuring that any Gtk and OS function can be called. KRelease the global Gtk lock. 2 The use of this function is not recommended. See J. L8Inquire the number of events pending on the event queue MRun the Gtk+ main event loop. NInquire the main loop level. 3 Callbacks that take more time to process can call P to keep M the GUI responsive. Each time the main loop is restarted this way, the main @ loop counter is increased. This function returns this counter. OExit the main event loop. P&Process an event, block if necessary.  Returns True if O( was called while processing the event. QProcess a single event.  Called with True, this function behaves as P in that it B waits until an event is available for processing. It will return  immediately, if passed False.  Returns True if the O( was called while processing the event. R_Processes a single GDK event. This is public only to allow filtering of events between GDK and A GTK+. You will not usually need to call this function directly. `While you should not call this function directly, you might want to know how exactly events are = handled. So here is what this function does with the event:   Compress enter/7leave notify events. If the event passed build an enter/leave pair together with ] the next event (peeked from GDK) both events are thrown away. This is to avoid a backlog of 3 (de-)highlighting widgets crossed by the pointer. 7 Find the widget which got the event. If the widget can')t be determined the event is thrown away G unless it belongs to a INCR transaction. In that case it is passed to  selectionIncrEvent. W Then the event is passed on a stack so you can query the currently handled event with  getCurrentEvent. _ The event is sent to a widget. If a grab is active all events for widgets that are not in the L contained in the grab widget are sent to the latter with a few exceptions: Y Deletion and destruction events are still sent to the event widget for obvious reasons. P Events which directly relate to the visual representation of the event widget. \ Leave events are delivered to the event widget if there was an enter event delivered to it ( before without the paired leave event. [ Drag events are not redirected because it is unclear what the semantics of that would be. `Another point of interest might be that all key events are first passed through the key snooper 5 functions if there are any. Read the description of keySnooperInstall if you need this  feature. H After finishing the delivery the event is popped from the event stack. S<Trigger destruction of object in case the mainloop at level  mainLevel is quit.  mainLevel< Level of the mainloop which shall trigger the destruction. object Object to be destroyed. TLRegisters a function to be called when an instance of the mainloop is left.  mainLevel Level at which termination the function shall be called. You can pass 0 here to have the function run at the current mainloop. function* The function to call. This should return c] to be removed from the list of quit handlers. Otherwise the function might be called again. :returns A handle for this quit handler (you need this for U) U*Removes a quit handler by its identifier.  quitHandlerId9 Identifier for the handler returned when installing it. Vadd a grab widget Winquire current grab widget Xremove a grab widget YDSets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the default  priority -. The function is called repeatedly until it  returns False<, after which point the timeout function will not be called Q again. The first call to the function will be at the end of the first interval. KNote that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other L event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing. After D each call to the timeout function, the time of the next timeout is L recalculated based on the current time and the given interval (it does not  try to 'catch up' time lost in delays). This function differs from & in that the action will F be executed within the global Gtk+ lock. It is therefore possible to & call Gtk+ functions from the action. ZBSets a function to be called at regular intervals, with the given > priority. The function is called repeatedly until it returns False, after K which point the timeout function will not be called again. The first call ; to the function will be at the end of the first interval. KNote that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other L event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing. After D each call to the timeout function, the time of the next timeout is L recalculated based on the current time and the given interval (it does not  try to 'catch up' time lost in delays). This function differs from &  in that the action will F be executed within the global Gtk+ lock. It is therefore possible to & call Gtk+ functions from the action. [;Add a callback that is called whenever the system is idle. D A priority can be specified via an integer. This should usually be  .  If the function returns False it will be removed. This function differs from &  in that the action will F be executed within the global Gtk+ lock. It is therefore possible to & call Gtk+ functions from the action. \KAdds the file descriptor into the main event loop with the given priority. This function differs from &  in that the action will F be executed within the global Gtk+ lock. It is therefore possible to & call Gtk+ functions from the action. a file descriptor the condition to watch for !the priority of the event source 6the function to call when the condition is satisfied. 6 The function should return False if the event source  should be removed. the event source id ) EFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\)GFHIJKMOLNPQRSTUVWXYZ[\ EEGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\portable (depends on GHC) provisional"gtk2hs-users@lists.sourceforge.net     123459AEGH& & &&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&& &!&"&#&$&%&&&'&(&)&*&+&, !"#&-&.&/&0&1&2&3&4&5&6&7&8&9&:&;&<&=&>&?&@&A&B&C&D&E&F&G&H&I&J&K&L&M&N&O&P&Q&R&S&T&U&V&W&X&Y&Z&[&\&]&^&_&`"4&a&b&c&d&e&f&g&h&i&j&k"5&l&m&n&o&p&q&r&s&t&u&v&w&x&y&z&{&|&}&~&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&B&&& &&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&$%&'&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&'''"3'''"'"''' ' ' ' ' ''''''"""''"'"''''""'''''' '!'"'#'$'%'&'''(')'*'+D','-"%'.'/'0'1'2'3'4C'5()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`defghijklmno      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0189:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxy      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./012345678;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~                           ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~                            ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~                            ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~                            ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~                            ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v ~        !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\"!  t# u v'6      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~a      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      :!:":#:$:%:&:':(:)*+,-.S/S0S1S2S3S4S5S6S7S8S9S:S;S<S=S>S?S@SASBSCSDSESFSGSHSIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwwxxyz{|}~;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;ppppppppIIIIIIIIII     aaaaaabbb b!b"b#b$b%b&b'b(b)b*b+b,b-b.l/l0l1l2l3l4l5l6l7l8l9l:+;+<+=+>+?+@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVW,X,Y-Z-[n\n]n^n_n`nanbncndnenfngnhninjokolomonooopoqDrDsDtDuDvDwDxDyDzD{D|D}D~DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD//////////////////////////55mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm66     ]] L!L"L#$%&'()*+,-./01234456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~23   Q _ ^ H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H !H "k #k $k %k &k 'k (k )k *k +k ,k -k .k /k 0k 1k 2k 3k 4k 5k 6k 7k 8k 9O :O ;O <O =O >O ?O @O AO BO CO DO EO FO GO HO IO JR KT LT MT NT OT PT QT RT S` TY U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g  h  i  j  k  l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~                                                                       Z Z V V V V V V V V V V < = > > > > > > r r r r r r r r r [ [ [ [ [ [ [ t t t t t t t t t t t t              ! "u #\ $\ %\ &\ '\ (\ )\ *\ +\ ,\ -\ .\ /\ 0\ 1\ 2\ 3\ 4\ 5  6  7  8  9  :  ;  <  =  >  ?  @  A  B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e fc gc hc ic j{ k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~  h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h h } ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N K K K K K K K K K K K K                                    ! " " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~            * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *              C C C C C C C C C " " " " " " " " " " " " " $ $ $ $ & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & !& "& #& $& %& && '& (& )& *& +& ,! -! .! /' 0' 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8# 9# :# ;( <( =( >( ? @ A B C D E F G Hj Ij Jj Kj Lj Mj Nj Oj Pj Qj Rj Sj Tj Uj Vj Wj Xj Yj Zj [j \j ]j ^j _j `j aj bj cj dj ej fj gj hj ij jj kj lj mj nj oj pj qj rj sj tj uj vi wi xi yi zi {i |i }i ~   ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? 8 8 9 9                                                                                                     ! " # $ % & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6U 7U 8U 9U :U ;U <U =U >U ?U @U AU BU CU DU EU FU GU HA IA JA KA L0 M0 N0 O0 P0 Q0 R0 S0 T0 U0 V0 W0 X0 Y0 Z0 [0 \0 ]0 ^ _ ` a b c d e fq gq hq iq jq kq lq mq nq oq pq qq rq sq tq uq vq wq xq yq zq {q |q }q ~q q q q q q q X X X X X X X X X X X y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y y v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w x x x       1!1"1#1$%&'()*+,,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGH)I)J)K)L)M)N)O)P)Q)R)S)T)U)V)W)X)Y)Z)[)\)])^)_)`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~       !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@.................zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz z z z z zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz z!z"z#z$z%z&z'z(z)z*z+z,z-z.z/z0z1z2z3z4z5z6z7z8z9z:z;z<z=z>z?z@zAzBzCzDzEzFzGzHzIzJzKzLzMzNzOzPzQzRzSzTzUzVzWzXzYzZz[z\z]z^z_z`zazbzczdzezfzgzhzizjzkzlsmsnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~JJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJ%%%%%%%%%%)Y     QRFGKJEBM NO!?"#$%&'()*+,-.-D/0123456789:;<<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABGCGDGEGFGGGHGIGJGKGLGMGNGOGPGQGRGSGTGUGVGWGXGYGZG[G\G]G^G_G`GaGbGcGdGeGfGgGhGiGjGkGlGmGnGoGpGqGrGsGtGuGvGwGxGyGzG{G|G}G~GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG      PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE E E E E EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE E!E"E#E$E%E&E'E(E)E*E+E,E-E.E/E0E1E2E3E4E5E6E7E8E9E:E;E<E=E>E?E@EAEBECEDEEEFEGEHEIEJEKELEMENEOEPEQERESETEUEVEWEXEYEZE[E\E]E^E_E`EaEbEcEdEeMfMgMhMiMjMkMlMmMnMoMpMqMrMsMtMuMvMwMxMyMzM{M|M}M~MMMM      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~ 8 9|||||||FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFggggggggggggggggggg g g g f fffffffffeeeeeeeddd d!d"d#d$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRS T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] ^ ^ _ ` a b c d e e f g h i j k l m m n o p q r s t u v w x y z { | } ~               !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~WWWWWWWWWWWWBBB        !"#$$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~ [ [      "$&(*,.02468:<>@BDFHJLNPRTVXZ\^`bdfhjlnprtvxz|~   "$&(*V      !"#$%&'&(&)&*&*&+&,&-&./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~      !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~m ::::::SSSSSSSSS     ^i !"#$%&'();*;+;,;-;.;/;0;1;2;3;4;5;6;7;8;9;:;;;<;=;>?@?Ap}pBpCpDpEpFIGIHIIIJKLMNOPQgRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdemfgahaiajakblbmbnbobpbqbrbsbtbubvbwlxlylzl{l|l}l~ll+++++++m,,--nnnnnnnoooooDDDDDDDDDDDD//////5mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm6h     ]]LL !"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~23Q_^HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHkkkk k k k k kkkkkkOOOOOOOOORTTT T!T"`#Y$%&'()* + , - . / 0 1 2 3 456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefZgZhV?ViVjVkVlVmVnVo<p=q>r>s>t>u>vwxyz{|}~rrrrrrrr[[[[[ttttttttttu\\\\\\\\\\\\\\                   6 ccc{ghhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh}~~~~     NNNNNNNNNNN !"#$%&K'K(K)K*K+,-./0123456789 :;<=>?@ABCDoEFGHIJJKLMNO /PmQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_`abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~m [****************************************** CCCCCCCC"""""$$&& & & & & &&&&&&!'o'##((  o k  !"#jj$j%j&j'j(j)j*j+j,j-j.j/j0j1j2j3j4j5j6j7j8j9j:j;j<i=i>i?i@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQ?R?S?T?U?V?W?X?Y?Z?[?\?]?^?_?`?a?b?c?d?e?f?g?h?i8j8k9l9mnopqrstuvwxyz{|}~UUUUUUUUUU 7AAA000000000000    q)qqgqqqqqqqqXXXXXXXXXyoyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy y y y y y y v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v !v "v #v $v %v &v 'w (w )w *w +w ,w -w .w /w 0w 1w 2w 3w 4x 5x 6x 7y 8 9mn : ; < = > ? @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y1 Z1 [1 \1 ] ^ _ ` a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u s v w x y z { | } ~)) ) ) ) ) ) ) m  m  l     ./0123456789:;< !!!!!!!!!! ! ! ! ! !!!!!!!!!!!!@!@!@!@!@!@!@! @!!@!"@!#@!$@!%@!&@!'@!(@!)@!*@!+@!,@!-@!.@!/@!0@!1@!2@!3@!4@ @ .!5.!6.!7.!8.!9.!:.!;.!<.!=.!>.!?!@!A!B!C !D!E!F!G!Hz!Iz!Jz!Kz!Lz!Mz!Nz!Oz!Pz!Qz!Rz!Sz!Tz!Uz!Vz!Wz!Xz!Yz!Zz![z!\z!]z!^z!_z!`z!az!bz!cz!dz!ez!fz!gz!hz!iz!jz!kz!lz!mz!nz!oz!pz!qz!rz!sz!tz!uz!vz!wz!xz!yz!zz!{z!|z!}z!~z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!z!s?s!d!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!JlJ!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J!J"J"J"J"J"J"J"J"J"J" J" J" J" J" J"J"J"J"J"J"J%"%"%" l"""""""""" "!"" "#   "$|"%"&"'"(")"*"+ ", "- ". "/ "0 "1 "2 "3 "4 "5"6"7"8"9":";"<"=">"?"@"A"B"C"D"E"F"G"H"I"J"K"L"M"N"O"P"Q"R"S"T"U"V"W"X"Y"Z"["\"]"^"_"`"a"b"c"d"e"f"g"h"i"j"k"l"m"n"o"p"q"r"s"t"u"v"w"x"y"z"{"|"}"~""" """"""""""s""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" """"""""""""""""""G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G"G#G#G# # # #P#P#P#P# P# P# P# P# P#P#P#P#P#P#P#P#P#P#P#P#P#P#P#P#P#P#P# P#!P#"P##P#$P#%P#&P#'P#(P#)P#*P#+P#,P#-P#.P#/P#0P#1P#2P#3P#4P#5P#6P#7P#8P#9P#:E#;E#<E#=E#>E#?E#@E#AE#BE#CE#DE#EE#FE#GE#E#HE#E#IE#JE#KE#LE#ME#NE#OE#PE#QE#RE#SE#TE#UE#VE#WE#XE#YE#ZE#[E#\E#]E#^E#_E#`E#aE#bE#cE#dE#eE#fE#gE#hE#iE#jE#kE#lE#mE#nE#oE#pE#qE#rE#sE#tE#uE#vE#wE#xE#yE#zE#{E#|E#}E#~E#E#E#E#E#E#E#E#E#E#E#E#E#E#E#E<E#E#E#E#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M#M########## ###############################################################################$$$$$$$`|o$$$ $ $ $ $ $$$$$$$$$o$$$$$$$$$$$ $!$"$#$$$%$&$'$($)$*$+$,$-$.$/$0$1$2$3$4$5$6$7$8$9$:$;$<$=$>$?$@$A$B$C$D$E$F$G$H$I|$J|$K|$L|$M|$N|$OFF$PF$QF$RF$SF$TF$UF$VF$WF$XF$YF$ZF$[F$\F$]F$^F$_F$`F$aF$bF$cF$dF$eF$fg$gg$hg$ig$jg$kg$lg$mg$ng$og$pg$qg$rg$sg$tf$uf$vf$wf$xf$yf$zf${e$|e$}e$~e$d$d$d$d$d$d$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$%%%%%%%%%% % % % % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %!%"%#%$%%%&%'%(%)%*%+%,%-%.%/%0%1%2%3%4%5%6%7%8%9W%:W%;W%<W%=W%>W%?W%@W%AB%B%C%D%E%F%G%H%I%J%K%L%M%N%O%P %Q%R%S%T%U%V%W%X%Y%Z%[%\%]%^%_%`%a%b%c%d%e%d%e%f%g%h%i%j%k%l%m%n%o%p%q%r%s%t%u%v%w%x%y%z%{ %|%}%~%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!%!&!&!&!&!&!&!&!&!&!& !& !& & & & & & &&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&& &!& &"& &#& &$& &%&&&'&&&(&&&)&&&*&&&+&&&,&&&-&&&.&&&/&&&0&&&1&&&2&&&3&&&4&&&5&&&6&&&7&&&8&&&9&&&:&&&;&&&<&&&=&&&>&&&?&&&@&&&A&B&C&D&E&F&G&H&I&J&K&L&M&N&O&P&Q&R&S&T&U&V&W&X&X&Y&Z&Y&[&Y&\&Y&]&Y&^&Y&_&`&a&b&c&d&e&f&g&g&h&i&j&k&l&m&n&o&p&q&r&s&t&u&v&w&x&y&z&{&|&}&~&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&& & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & & &&&&&&&&&& gtk-0.12.0Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.GeneralGraphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.WidgetGraphics.UI.GtkGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.GCGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.EventsGraphics.UI.Gtk.General.Enums%Graphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.FileChooserGraphics.UI.Gtk.Entry.Editable&Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellEditable#Graphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.WindowGroup+Graphics.UI.Gtk.ActionMenuToolbar.UIManager-Graphics.UI.Gtk.ActionMenuToolbar.ActionGroup-Graphics.UI.Gtk.ActionMenuToolbar.RadioAction.Graphics.UI.Gtk.ActionMenuToolbar.ToggleAction.Graphics.UI.Gtk.ActionMenuToolbar.RecentAction(Graphics.UI.Gtk.ActionMenuToolbar.Action!Graphics.UI.Gtk.Entry.EntryBuffer%Graphics.UI.Gtk.Entry.EntryCompletion!Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.ClipboardGraphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.SizeGroup!Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.IconTheme#Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.IconFactory)Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeModelFilter'Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeModelSort#Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeModel'Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeSelection"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.StatusIconGraphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.Tooltip&Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeSortable$Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellLayoutGraphics.UI.Gtk.Builder$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.FileFilter.Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRendererProgress,Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRendererToggle+Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRendererCombo*Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRendererSpin+Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRendererAccel*Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRendererText,Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRendererPixbuf-Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRendererSpinner&Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellRenderer(Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeViewColumnGraphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.Tooltips$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.IMContextSimple#Graphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.IMMulticontext"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.IMContextGraphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.Adjustment#Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.ProgressBar!Graphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.Invisible$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Ornaments.VSeparator$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Ornaments.HSeparator"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Separator$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Scrolling.VScrollbar$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Scrolling.HScrollbar"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.ScrollbarGraphics.UI.Gtk.Entry.VScaleGraphics.UI.Gtk.Entry.HScaleGraphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.ScaleGraphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.RangeGraphics.UI.Gtk.Special.VRulerGraphics.UI.Gtk.Special.HRulerGraphics.UI.Gtk.Special.Ruler Graphics.UI.Gtk.Entry.SpinButtonGraphics.UI.Gtk.Entry.EntryGraphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Spinner Graphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.DrawingArea"Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CellViewGraphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.Calendar"Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeView(Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.Toolbar"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextViewGraphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.Table Graphics.UI.Gtk.Embedding.SocketGraphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.Notebook(Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.MenuBar(Graphics.UI.Gtk.Recent.RecentChooserMenu%Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.Menu*Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.MenuShellGraphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.Layout"Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.IconViewGraphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.VPanedGraphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.HPanedGraphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.PanedGraphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.Fixed!Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.Statusbar+Graphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.FileChooserButton&Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.ComboGraphics.UI.Gtk.Display.InfoBarGraphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.HBox+Graphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.FileChooserWidget'Graphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.FontSelection(Graphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.ColorSelection*Graphics.UI.Gtk.Recent.RecentChooserWidgetGraphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.VBox!Graphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.VButtonBox!Graphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.HButtonBox"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.ButtonBoxGraphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Box2Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.SeparatorToolItem0Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.RadioToolButton1Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.ToggleToolButton/Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.MenuToolButton+Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.ToolButton)Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.ToolItem.Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.ComboBoxEntry)Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.ComboBoxGraphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.ExpanderGraphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.Viewport(Graphics.UI.Gtk.Scrolling.ScrolledWindowGraphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.HandleBoxGraphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.EventBoxGraphics.UI.Gtk.Embedding.Plug%Graphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.MessageDialog-Graphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.FontSelectionDialog+Graphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.FileChooserDialog'Graphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.FileSelection.Graphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.ColorSelectionDialog#Graphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.AboutDialogGraphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.Dialog'Graphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.OffscreenWindow!Graphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.AssistantGraphics.UI.Gtk.Windows.Window2Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.SeparatorMenuItem.Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.ImageMenuItem0Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.TearoffMenuItem.Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.RadioMenuItem.Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.CheckMenuItem)Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.MenuItem+Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.OptionMenu$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.FontButton%Graphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.ColorButton#Graphics.UI.Gtk.Buttons.RadioButton#Graphics.UI.Gtk.Buttons.CheckButton$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Buttons.ToggleButton"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Buttons.LinkButton$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Buttons.VolumeButton#Graphics.UI.Gtk.Buttons.ScaleButtonGraphics.UI.Gtk.Buttons.Button"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.AspectFrameGraphics.UI.Gtk.Ornaments.Frame Graphics.UI.Gtk.Layout.AlignmentGraphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Bin.Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.ToolItemGroup,Graphics.UI.Gtk.MenuComboToolbar.ToolPalette"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.ContainerGraphics.UI.Gtk.Display.ImageGraphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.Arrow"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Display.AccelLabelGraphics.UI.Gtk.Display.LabelGraphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.MiscGraphics.UI.Gtk.Selectors.HSV#Graphics.UI.Gtk.Recent.RecentFilterGraphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.Object"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextMark#Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.PixbufAnimationGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.PixbufGraphics.UI.Gtk.General.DragGraphics.UI.Gtk.General.RcStyleGraphics.UI.Gtk.General.Style&Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextTagTable!Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextTag$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextBufferGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DisplayGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.ScreenGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.PixmapGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DrawWindowGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Drawable$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Recent.RecentManager$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Recent.RecentChooser%Graphics.UI.Gtk.Printing.PrintContext"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Printing.PageSetup'Graphics.UI.Gtk.Printing.PrintOperation&Graphics.UI.Gtk.Printing.PrintSettings$Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.AppLaunchContext"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.DisplayManagerGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.KeymapGraphics.UI.Gtk.Misc.Accessible!Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Selection#Graphics.UI.Gtk.Embedding.Embedding"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TextIter!Graphics.UI.Gtk.Recent.RecentInfo"Graphics.UI.Gtk.Printing.PaperSize*Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeRowReference"Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeDrag%Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.CustomStore#Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.ListStore#Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeStoreGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.RegionGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.CursorGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.KeysGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.EventMGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.Gdk"Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.StockItems!Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.Threading"Graphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.SequenceGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.EnumsGraphics.UI.Gtk.SignalsGraphics.UI.Gtk.Types Graphics.UI.Gtk.General.DNDTypes1Graphics.UI.Gtk.Abstract.ContainerChildPropertiesGraphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView.TypesGraphics.UI.Gtk.Gdk.PixbufDataGraphics.UI.Gtk.General.StructsGraphics.UI.Gtk.Multiline.TypesGraphics.UI.GtkInternalsGraphics.UI.Gtk.CairoGraphics.UI.Gtk.ModelView glib-0.12.0System.Glib.MainLoop priorityLowpriorityDefaultIdlepriorityHighIdlepriorityDefault priorityHigh inputRemove idleRemove timeoutRemove HandlerIdIOInIOOutIOPriIOErrIOHup IOInvalid IOConditionPrioritySystem.Glib.GTypeGType pango-0.12.0Graphics.Rendering.Pango.Cairo layoutPathlayoutLinePathglyphStringPath showLayoutshowLayoutLineshowGlyphString updateLayout createLayout updateContextcairoContextGetFontOptionscairoContextSetFontOptionscairoContextGetResolutioncairoContextSetResolutioncairoCreateContextcairoFontMapGetResolutioncairoFontMapSetResolutioncairoFontMapGetDefaultsetSourceColor Graphics.Rendering.Pango.StructsColor Rectangle OwnerChangeOwnerChangeCloseOwnerChangeDestroyOwnerChangeNewOwner GrabStatus GrabFrozenGrabNotViewableGrabInvalidTimeGrabAlreadyGrabbed GrabSuccessGravity GravityStaticGravitySouthEast GravitySouthGravitySouthWest GravityEast GravityCenter GravityWestGravityNorthEast GravityNorthGravityNorthWestWindowTypeHintWindowTypeHintDndWindowTypeHintComboWindowTypeHintNotificationWindowTypeHintTooltipWindowTypeHintPopupMenuWindowTypeHintDropdownMenuWindowTypeHintDesktopWindowTypeHintDockWindowTypeHintUtilityWindowTypeHintSplashscreenWindowTypeHintToolbarWindowTypeHintMenuWindowTypeHintDialogWindowTypeHintNormal WindowEdgeWindowEdgeSouthEastWindowEdgeSouthWindowEdgeSouthWestWindowEdgeEastWindowEdgeWestWindowEdgeNorthEastWindowEdgeNorthWindowEdgeNorthWest WindowStateWindowStateBelowWindowStateAboveWindowStateFullscreenWindowStateStickyWindowStateMaximizedWindowStateIconifiedWindowStateWithdrawnVisibilityStateVisibilityFullyObscuredVisibilityPartialObscuredVisibilityUnobscured SubwindowModeIncludeInferiorsClipByChildrenScrollDirection ScrollRight ScrollLeft ScrollDownScrollUp NotifyType NotifyUnknownNotifyNonlinearVirtualNotifyNonlinearNotifyInferior NotifyVirtualNotifyAncestor LineStyleLineDoubleDash LineOnOffDash LineSolid JoinStyle JoinBevel JoinRound JoinMiterInputConditionInputException InputWrite InputReadFunctionSetNorNandOrInvert CopyInvert OrReverseEquivOrNoop AndInvert AndReverseAndClearXorInvertCopyFillOpaqueStippledStippledTiledSolid ExtensionModeExtensionEventsCursorExtensionEventsAllExtensionEventsNoneModifier ModifierMaskReleaseMetaHyperSuperButton5Button4Button3Button2Button1Alt5Alt4Alt3Alt2AltControlLockShift EventMask AllEventsMask ScrollMaskSubstructureMaskProximityOutMaskProximityInMaskVisibilityNotifyMaskPropertyChangeMask StructureMaskFocusChangeMaskLeaveNotifyMaskEnterNotifyMaskKeyReleaseMask KeyPressMaskButtonReleaseMaskButtonPressMaskButton3MotionMaskButton2MotionMaskButton1MotionMaskButtonMotionMaskPointerMotionHintMaskPointerMotionMask ExposureMaskDither RgbDitherMaxRgbDitherNormal RgbDitherNone DragAction ActionAsk ActionPrivate ActionLink ActionMove ActionCopy ActionDefault DragProtocolDragProtoLocal DragProtoOle2DragProtoWin32Dropfiles DragProtoNoneDragProtoRootwin DragProtoXdndDragProtoMotif CrossingModeCrossingStateChangedCrossingGtkUngrabCrossingGtkGrabCrossingUngrab CrossingGrabCrossingNormalCapStyle CapProjectingCapRoundCapButt CapNotLast AnchorTypeAnchorEAnchorWAnchorSeAnchorSwAnchorSAnchorNeAnchorNwAnchorN AnchorEast AnchorWestAnchorSouthEastAnchorSouthWest AnchorSouthAnchorNorthEastAnchorNorthWest AnchorNorth AnchorCenterEntryIconPositionEntryIconSecondaryEntryIconPrimaryWrapMode WrapWordCharWrapWordWrapCharWrapNone WindowType WindowPopupWindowToplevelWindowPositionWinPosCenterOnParentWinPosCenterAlways WinPosMouse WinPosCenter WinPosNone VisibilityVisibilityFullVisibilityPartialVisibilityNone UpdateType UpdateDelayedUpdateDiscontinuousUpdateContinuousTreeViewColumnSizingTreeViewColumnFixedTreeViewColumnAutosizeTreeViewColumnGrowOnly ToolbarStyleToolbarBothHoriz ToolbarBoth ToolbarText ToolbarIconsTextWindowTypeTextWindowBottom TextWindowTopTextWindowRightTextWindowLeftTextWindowTextTextWindowWidgetTextWindowPrivateTextSearchFlagsTextSearchTextOnlyTextSearchVisibleOnly TextDirection TextDirRtl TextDirLtr TextDirNone TargetFlagsTargetOtherWidgetTargetOtherAppTargetSameWidget TargetSameAppSpinTypeSpinUserDefinedSpinEndSpinHomeSpinPageBackwardSpinPageForwardSpinStepBackwardSpinStepForwardSpinButtonUpdatePolicy UpdateIfValid UpdateAlwaysSubmenuPlacement LeftRight TopBottomSubmenuDirectionDirectionRight DirectionLeft StateTypeStateInsensitive StateSelected StatePrelight StateActive StateNormalSortTypeSortDescending SortAscending ShadowTypeShadowEtchedOutShadowEtchedIn ShadowOutShadowIn ShadowNone SelectionModeSelectionMultipleSelectionBrowseSelectionSingle SelectionNone ScrollStepScrollHorizontalEndsScrollHorizontalPagesScrollHorizontalSteps ScrollEnds ScrollPages ScrollSteps ScrollType ScrollEnd ScrollStartScrollPageRightScrollPageLeftScrollStepRightScrollStepLeftScrollPageDown ScrollPageUpScrollStepDown ScrollStepUpScrollPageForwardScrollPageBackwardScrollStepForwardScrollStepBackward ScrollJump ScrollNone ResizeModeResizeImmediate ResizeQueue ResizeParent ReliefStyle ReliefNone ReliefHalf ReliefNormalProgressBarOrientationProgressTopToBottomProgressBottomToTopProgressRightToLeftProgressLeftToRight PositionType PosBottomPosTopPosRightPosLeft PolicyType PolicyNeverPolicyAutomatic PolicyAlwaysPathType PathClassPathWidgetClass PathWidgetPathPriorityTypePathPrioHighest PathPrioRc PathPrioThemePathPrioApplication PathPrioGtkPathPrioLowestPackTypePackEnd PackStartPacking PackNaturalPackGrow PackRepel OrientationOrientationVerticalOrientationHorizontal MovementStepMovementHorizontalPagesMovementBufferEnds MovementPagesMovementParagraphEndsMovementParagraphsMovementDisplayLineEndsMovementDisplayLines MovementWordsMovementVisualPositionsMovementLogicalPositions MetricType CentimetersInchesPixelsMenuDirectionType MenuDirPrev MenuDirNext MenuDirChild MenuDirParent MatchType MatchLast MatchExact MatchTail MatchHead MatchAllTailMatchAll Justification JustifyFill JustifyCenter JustifyRight JustifyLeft DirectionTypeDirRightDirLeftDirDownDirUpDirTabBackward DirTabForward DragResultDragResultErrorDragResultGrabBrokenDragResultTimeoutExpiredDragResultUserCancelledDragResultNoTargetDragResultSuccess DestDefaultsDestDefaultAllDestDefaultDropDestDefaultHighlightDestDefaultMotion DeleteTypeDeleteWhitespaceDeleteParagraphsDeleteParagraphEndsDeleteDisplayLineEndsDeleteDisplayLines DeleteWordsDeleteWordEnds DeleteChars CornerTypeCornerBottomRightCornerTopRightCornerBottomLeft CornerTopLeftClick ReleaseClick TripleClick DoubleClick SingleClickCalendarDisplayOptionsCalendarShowDetailsCalendarWeekStartMondayCalendarShowWeekNumbersCalendarNoMonthChangeCalendarShowDayNamesCalendarShowHeadingButtonBoxStyleButtonboxCenter ButtonboxEndButtonboxStart ButtonboxEdgeButtonboxSpreadButtonboxDefaultStyle MouseButton OtherButton RightButton MiddleButton LeftButton AttachOptionsShrinkExpand ArrowType ArrowNone ArrowRight ArrowLeft ArrowDownArrowUp AccelFlags AccelMask AccelLocked AccelVisible toPacking fromPackingGCClassGCFileChooserClass FileChooser EditableClassEditableCellEditableClass CellEditableWindowGroupClass WindowGroupUIManagerClass UIManagerActionGroupClass ActionGroupRadioActionClass RadioActionToggleActionClass ToggleActionRecentActionClass RecentAction ActionClassActionEntryBufferClass EntryBufferEntryCompletionClassEntryCompletionClipboardClass ClipboardSizeGroupClass SizeGroupIconThemeClass IconThemeIconFactoryClass IconFactoryTreeModelFilterClassTreeModelFilterTreeModelSortClass TreeModelSortTreeModelClass TreeModelTreeSelectionClass TreeSelectionStatusIconClass StatusIcon TooltipClassTooltipTreeSortableClass TreeSortableCellLayoutClass BuilderClassBuilderFileFilterClass FileFilterCellRendererProgressClassCellRendererProgressCellRendererToggleClassCellRendererToggleCellRendererComboClassCellRendererComboCellRendererSpinClassCellRendererSpinCellRendererAccelClassCellRendererAccelCellRendererTextClassCellRendererTextCellRendererPixbufClassCellRendererPixbufCellRendererSpinnerClassCellRendererSpinnerCellRendererClass CellRendererTreeViewColumnClassTreeViewColumn TooltipsClassTooltipsIMContextSimpleClassIMContextSimpleIMMulticontextClassIMMulticontextIMContextClass IMContextAdjustmentClass AdjustmentProgressBarClass ProgressBar InvisibleVSeparatorClass VSeparatorHSeparatorClass HSeparatorSeparatorClass SeparatorVScrollbarClass VScrollbarHScrollbarClass HScrollbarScrollbarClass Scrollbar VScaleClassVScale HScaleClassHScale ScaleClassScale RangeClassRange VRulerClassVRuler HRulerClassHRuler RulerClassRulerSpinButtonClass SpinButton EntryClassEntry SpinnerClassSpinnerDrawingAreaClass DrawingArea CellViewClassCellView CalendarClassCalendar TreeViewClassTreeView ToolbarClassToolbar TextViewClassTextView TableClassTable SocketClassSocket NotebookClassNotebook MenuBarClassMenuBarRecentChooserMenuClassRecentChooserMenu MenuClassMenuMenuShellClass MenuShell LayoutClassLayout IconViewClassIconView VPanedClassVPaned HPanedClassHPaned PanedClassPaned FixedClassFixedStatusbarClass StatusbarFileChooserButtonClassFileChooserButton ComboClassCombo InfoBarClassInfoBar HBoxClassHBoxFileChooserWidgetClassFileChooserWidgetFontSelectionClass FontSelectionColorSelectionClassColorSelectionRecentChooserWidgetClassRecentChooserWidget VBoxClassVBoxVButtonBoxClass VButtonBoxHButtonBoxClass HButtonBoxButtonBoxClass ButtonBoxBoxClassBoxSeparatorToolItemClassSeparatorToolItemRadioToolButtonClassRadioToolButtonToggleToolButtonClassToggleToolButtonMenuToolButtonClassMenuToolButtonToolButtonClass ToolButton ToolItemClassToolItemComboBoxEntryClass ComboBoxEntry ComboBoxClassComboBox ExpanderClassExpander ViewportClassViewportScrolledWindowClassScrolledWindowHandleBoxClass HandleBox EventBoxClassEventBox PlugClassPlugMessageDialogClass MessageDialogFontSelectionDialogClassFontSelectionDialogFileChooserDialogClassFileChooserDialogFileSelectionClass FileSelectionColorSelectionDialogClassColorSelectionDialogAboutDialogClass AboutDialog DialogClassDialogOffscreenWindowClassOffscreenWindowAssistantClass Assistant WindowClassWindowSeparatorMenuItemClassSeparatorMenuItemImageMenuItemClass ImageMenuItemTearoffMenuItemClassTearoffMenuItemRadioMenuItemClass RadioMenuItemCheckMenuItemClass CheckMenuItem MenuItemClassMenuItemOptionMenuClass OptionMenuFontButtonClass FontButtonColorButtonClass ColorButtonRadioButtonClass RadioButtonCheckButtonClass CheckButtonToggleButtonClass ToggleButtonLinkButtonClass LinkButtonVolumeButtonClass VolumeButtonScaleButtonClass ScaleButton ButtonClassButtonAspectFrameClass AspectFrame FrameClassFrameAlignmentClass AlignmentBinClassBinToolItemGroupClass ToolItemGroupToolPaletteClass ToolPaletteContainerClass Container ImageClassImage ArrowClassArrowAccelLabelClass AccelLabel LabelClassLabel MiscClassMiscHSVClassHSV WidgetClassWidgetRecentFilterClass RecentFilter ObjectClassObject TextMarkClassTextMarkTextChildAnchorClassTextChildAnchorPixbufAnimationIterClassPixbufAnimationIterPixbufSimpleAnimClassPixbufSimpleAnimPixbufAnimationClassPixbufAnimation PixbufClassPixbufDragContextClass DragContext RcStyleClassRcStyle StyleClassStyleTextTagTableClass TextTagTable TextTagClassTextTagTextBufferClass TextBuffer DisplayClassDisplay ScreenClassScreen PixmapClassPixmapDrawWindowClass DrawWindow DrawableClassDrawableRecentManagerClass RecentManagerRecentChooserClass RecentChooserPrintContextClass PrintContextPageSetupClass PageSetupPrintOperationPreviewClassPrintOperationPreviewPrintOperationClassPrintOperationPrintSettingsClass PrintSettingsAppLaunchContextClassAppLaunchContextDisplayManagerClassDisplayManager KeymapClassKeymapAccessibleClass Accessible toAccessiblecastToAccessiblegTypeAccessibletoKeymap castToKeymaptoDisplayManagercastToDisplayManagertoAppLaunchContextcastToAppLaunchContextgTypeAppLaunchContexttoPrintSettingscastToPrintSettingstoPrintOperationcastToPrintOperationtoPrintOperationPreviewcastToPrintOperationPreview toPageSetupcastToPageSetuptoPrintContextcastToPrintContexttoRecentChoosercastToRecentChoosertoRecentManagercastToRecentManager toDrawablecastToDrawable gTypeDrawablecastToDrawWindowgTypeDrawWindowtoScreen castToScreen gTypeScreen toDisplay castToDisplay gTypeDisplay toTextBuffercastToTextBuffergTypeTextBuffer toTextTag castToTextTag gTypeTextTagtoTextTagTablecastToTextTagTablegTypeTextTagTabletoStyle castToStyle gTypeStyle toRcStyle castToRcStyle gTypeRcStyle toDragContextcastToDragContextgTypeDragContexttoPixbuf castToPixbuf gTypePixbuftoPixbufAnimationcastToPixbufAnimationgTypePixbufAnimationtoPixbufSimpleAnimcastToPixbufSimpleAnimgTypePixbufSimpleAnimtoPixbufAnimationItercastToPixbufAnimationItergTypePixbufAnimationIter toTextMarkcastToTextMark gTypeTextMarktoObject castToObject gTypeObjecttoRecentFiltercastToRecentFiltertoWidget castToWidget gTypeWidgettoHSV castToHSVtoMisc castToMisc gTypeMisctoLabel castToLabel gTypeLabel toAccelLabelcastToAccelLabelgTypeAccelLabeltoArrow castToArrow gTypeArrowtoImage castToImage gTypeImage toContainercastToContainergTypeContainer toToolPalettecastToToolPalettetoToolItemGroupcastToToolItemGrouptoBin castToBingTypeBin toAlignmentcastToAlignmentgTypeAlignmenttoFrame castToFrame gTypeFrame toAspectFramecastToAspectFramegTypeAspectFrametoButton castToButton gTypeButton toScaleButtoncastToScaleButtontoVolumeButtoncastToVolumeButton toLinkButtoncastToLinkButtontoToggleButtoncastToToggleButtongTypeToggleButton toCheckButtoncastToCheckButtongTypeCheckButton toRadioButtoncastToRadioButtongTypeRadioButton toColorButtoncastToColorButtongTypeColorButton toFontButtoncastToFontButtongTypeFontButton toOptionMenucastToOptionMenugTypeOptionMenu toMenuItemcastToMenuItem gTypeMenuItemtoCheckMenuItemcastToCheckMenuItemgTypeCheckMenuItemtoRadioMenuItemcastToRadioMenuItemgTypeRadioMenuItemtoTearoffMenuItemcastToTearoffMenuItemgTypeTearoffMenuItemtoImageMenuItemcastToImageMenuItemgTypeImageMenuItemtoSeparatorMenuItemcastToSeparatorMenuItemgTypeSeparatorMenuItemtoWindow castToWindow gTypeWindow toAssistantcastToAssistanttoOffscreenWindowcastToOffscreenWindowgTypeOffscreenWindowtoDialog castToDialog gTypeDialog toAboutDialogcastToAboutDialoggTypeAboutDialogtoColorSelectionDialogcastToColorSelectionDialoggTypeColorSelectionDialogtoFileSelectioncastToFileSelectiongTypeFileSelectiontoFileChooserDialogcastToFileChooserDialoggTypeFileChooserDialogtoFontSelectionDialogcastToFontSelectionDialoggTypeFontSelectionDialogtoMessageDialogcastToMessageDialoggTypeMessageDialogtoPlug castToPlug gTypePlug toEventBoxcastToEventBox gTypeEventBox toHandleBoxcastToHandleBoxgTypeHandleBoxtoScrolledWindowcastToScrolledWindowgTypeScrolledWindow toViewportcastToViewport gTypeViewport toExpandercastToExpander gTypeExpander toComboBoxcastToComboBox gTypeComboBoxtoComboBoxEntrycastToComboBoxEntrygTypeComboBoxEntry toToolItemcastToToolItem gTypeToolItem toToolButtoncastToToolButtongTypeToolButtontoMenuToolButtoncastToMenuToolButtongTypeMenuToolButtontoToggleToolButtoncastToToggleToolButtongTypeToggleToolButtontoRadioToolButtoncastToRadioToolButtongTypeRadioToolButtontoSeparatorToolItemcastToSeparatorToolItemgTypeSeparatorToolItemtoBox castToBoxgTypeBox toButtonBoxcastToButtonBoxgTypeButtonBox toHButtonBoxcastToHButtonBoxgTypeHButtonBox toVButtonBoxcastToVButtonBoxgTypeVButtonBoxtoVBox castToVBox gTypeVBoxtoRecentChooserWidgetcastToRecentChooserWidgettoColorSelectioncastToColorSelectiongTypeColorSelectiontoFontSelectioncastToFontSelectiongTypeFontSelectiontoFileChooserWidgetcastToFileChooserWidgetgTypeFileChooserWidgettoHBox castToHBox gTypeHBox toInfoBar castToInfoBartoCombo castToCombo gTypeCombotoFileChooserButtoncastToFileChooserButtongTypeFileChooserButton toStatusbarcastToStatusbargTypeStatusbartoFixed castToFixed gTypeFixedtoPaned castToPaned gTypePanedtoHPaned castToHPaned gTypeHPanedtoVPaned castToVPaned gTypeVPaned toIconViewcastToIconView gTypeIconViewtoLayout castToLayout gTypeLayout toMenuShellcastToMenuShellgTypeMenuShelltoMenu castToMenu gTypeMenutoRecentChooserMenucastToRecentChooserMenu toMenuBar castToMenuBar gTypeMenuBar toNotebookcastToNotebook gTypeNotebooktoSocket castToSocket gTypeSockettoTable castToTable gTypeTable toTextViewcastToTextView gTypeTextView toToolbar castToToolbar gTypeToolbar toTreeViewcastToTreeView gTypeTreeView toCalendarcastToCalendar gTypeCalendar toCellViewcastToCellView gTypeCellView toDrawingAreacastToDrawingAreagTypeDrawingAreatoEntry castToEntry gTypeEntry toSpinButtoncastToSpinButtongTypeSpinButtontoRuler castToRulertoHRuler castToHRulertoVRuler castToVRulertoRange castToRange gTypeRangetoScale castToScale gTypeScaletoHScale castToHScale gTypeHScaletoVScale castToVScale gTypeVScale toScrollbarcastToScrollbargTypeScrollbar toHScrollbarcastToHScrollbargTypeHScrollbar toVScrollbarcastToVScrollbargTypeVScrollbar toSeparatorcastToSeparatorgTypeSeparator toHSeparatorcastToHSeparatorgTypeHSeparator toVSeparatorcastToVSeparatorgTypeVSeparator toProgressBarcastToProgressBargTypeProgressBar toAdjustmentcastToAdjustmentgTypeAdjustment toIMContextcastToIMContextgTypeIMContexttoIMMulticontextcastToIMMulticontextgTypeIMMulticontexttoIMContextSimplecastToIMContextSimple toTooltipscastToTooltips gTypeTooltipstoTreeViewColumncastToTreeViewColumngTypeTreeViewColumntoCellRenderercastToCellRenderergTypeCellRenderertoCellRendererSpinnercastToCellRendererSpinnertoCellRendererPixbufcastToCellRendererPixbufgTypeCellRendererPixbuftoCellRendererTextcastToCellRendererTextgTypeCellRendererTexttoCellRendererAccelcastToCellRendererAcceltoCellRendererSpincastToCellRendererSpintoCellRendererCombocastToCellRendererCombogTypeCellRendererCombotoCellRendererTogglecastToCellRendererTogglegTypeCellRendererToggletoCellRendererProgresscastToCellRendererProgressgTypeCellRendererProgress toFileFiltercastToFileFiltergTypeFileFilter toBuilder castToBuilder gTypeBuilder toCellLayouttoTreeSortablecastToTreeSortablegTypeTreeSortable toTooltip castToTooltip toStatusIconcastToStatusIcongTypeStatusIcontoTreeSelectioncastToTreeSelectiongTypeTreeSelection toTreeModelcastToTreeModelgTypeTreeModeltoTreeModelSortcastToTreeModelSortgTypeTreeModelSorttoTreeModelFiltercastToTreeModelFiltergTypeTreeModelFilter toIconFactorycastToIconFactorygTypeIconFactory toIconThemecastToIconTheme toSizeGroupcastToSizeGroupgTypeSizeGroup toClipboardcastToClipboardgTypeClipboardtoEntryCompletioncastToEntryCompletiongTypeEntryCompletion toEntryBuffercastToEntryBuffertoAction castToAction gTypeActiontoRecentActioncastToRecentActiontoToggleActioncastToToggleActiongTypeToggleAction toRadioActioncastToRadioActiongTypeRadioAction toActionGroupcastToActionGroupgTypeActionGroup toUIManagercastToUIManagergTypeUIManager toWindowGroupcastToWindowGroupgTypeWindowGrouptoCellEditablecastToCellEditable toEditablecastToEditable gTypeEditable toFileChoosercastToFileChoosergTypeFileChoosercastToGCgTypeGCSelectionDataM TargetListAtomSelectionTypeTag TargetTag SelectionTagInfoIdatomNew targetListNew socketHasPlugColumnIdTreePathTreeIterTypedTreeModelSortTypedTreeModelClassTypedTreeModeltoTypedTreeModelstringToTreePath PixbufDatascaleSetDigitsscaleGetDigitsscaleSetDrawValuescaleGetDrawValuescaleSetValuePosscaleGetValuePos scaleDigitsscaleDrawValue scaleValuePos GWeakNotify makeNewObject objectWeakrefobjectWeakunref objectDestroy panedAdd1 panedAdd2 panedPack1 panedPack2panedSetPositionpanedGetPositionpanedGetChild1panedGetChild2panedGetHandleWindow panedPositionpanedPositionSetpanedMinPositionpanedMaxPositionpanedChildResizepanedChildShrinkonCycleChildFocusafterCycleChildFocusonToggleHandleFocusafterToggleHandleFocus onMoveHandleafterMoveHandleonCycleHandleFocusafterCycleHandleFocusonAcceptPositionafterAcceptPositiononCancelPositionafterCancelPosition BuilderErrorBuilderErrorDuplicateIdBuilderErrorVersionMismatchBuilderErrorInvalidValue BuilderErrorMissingPropertyValueBuilderErrorInvalidTagBuilderErrorInvalidAttributeBuilderErrorMissingAttributeBuilderErrorUnhandledTagBuilderErrorInvalidTypeFunction builderNewbuilderAddFromFilebuilderAddFromStringbuilderAddObjectsFromFilebuilderAddObjectsFromStringbuilderGetObjectRawbuilderGetObjectbuilderGetObjectsbuilderSetTranslationDomainbuilderGetTranslationDomain KeymapKey SortColumnIdIconSize IconSizeUserIconSizeDialog IconSizeDndIconSizeButtonIconSizeLargeToolbarIconSizeSmallToolbar IconSizeMenuIconSizeInvalidNativeWindowId ResponseId ResponseUser ResponseHelp ResponseApply ResponseNo ResponseYes ResponseCloseResponseCancel ResponseOkResponseDeleteEventResponseAcceptResponseReject ResponseNone RequisitionGCValues foreground backgroundfunctionfilltilestippleclipMask subwindowMode tsXOrigin tsYOrigin clipXOrigin clipYOrigingraphicsExposure lineWidth lineStylecapStyle joinStylePoint newGCValueswidgetGetStatewidgetGetSavedStatedialogGetUpperdialogGetActionAreatoNativeWindowIdfromNativeWindowId drawableGetIDfileSelectionGetButtonswidgetGetDrawWindow widgetGetSizelayoutGetDrawWindowwindowGetFramestyleGetForegroundstyleGetBackground styleGetLightstyleGetMiddle styleGetDark styleGetText styleGetBasestyleGetAntiAliasingcolorSelectionDialogGetColorcolorSelectionDialogGetOkButton#colorSelectionDialogGetCancelButton!colorSelectionDialogGetHelpButtontreeSortableDefaultSortColumnIdselectionPrimaryselectionSecondaryselectionClipboard targetStringselectionTypeAtomselectionTypeIntegerselectionTypeStringSensitivityTypeSensitivityOff SensitivityOnSensitivityAutorangeGetAdjustmentrangeSetAdjustmentrangeGetUpdatePolicyrangeSetUpdatePolicyrangeGetInvertedrangeSetInverted rangeGetValue rangeSetValuerangeSetIncrements rangeSetRangerangeSetLowerStepperSensitivityrangeGetLowerStepperSensitivityrangeSetUpperStepperSensitivityrangeGetUpperStepperSensitivityrangeGetMinSliderSizerangeGetRangeRectrangeGetSliderRangerangeGetSliderSizeFixedrangeSetMinSliderSizerangeSetSliderSizeFixedrangeUpdatePolicyrangeAdjustment rangeInvertedrangeLowerStepperSensitivityrangeUpperStepperSensitivity rangeValuerangeSliderSizeFixedrangeMinSliderSize valueChanged adjustBounds changeValueonRangeChangeValueafterRangeChangeValueonRangeValueChangedafterRangeValueChangedonAdjustBoundsafterAdjustBounds onMoveSliderafterMoveSliderplugNewplugNewForDisplay plugGetIdplugGetEmbeddedplugGetSocketWindowplugAttrEmbeddedplugAttrSocketWindow plugEmbedded socketNew socketAddId socketGetIdsocketGetPlugWindowsocketPlugAddedsocketPlugRemoved onPlugAddedafterPlugAdded onPlugRemovedafterPlugRemovedTextIter textIterCopymiscSetAlignmentmiscGetAlignmentmiscSetPaddingmiscGetPadding miscXalign miscYalignmiscXpadmiscYpad binGetChildContainerForeachCB containerAddcontainerRemovecontainerForeachcontainerForallcontainerGetChildrencontainerSetFocusChildcontainerSetFocusChaincontainerGetFocusChaincontainerUnsetFocusChaincontainerSetFocusVAdjustmentcontainerGetFocusVAdjustmentcontainerSetFocusHAdjustmentcontainerGetFocusHAdjustmentcontainerResizeChildrencontainerSetBorderWidthcontainerGetBorderWidthcontainerGetResizeModecontainerSetResizeModecontainerResizeModecontainerBorderWidthcontainerChildcontainerFocusHAdjustmentcontainerFocusVAdjustmentaddremove checkResize setFocusChildonAddafterAddonRemove afterRemove onCheckResizeafterCheckResizeonSetFocusChildafterSetFocusChildbuttonBoxGetLayoutbuttonBoxGetChildSecondarybuttonBoxSetLayoutbuttonBoxSetChildSecondarybuttonBoxLayoutStylebuttonBoxChildSecondary boxPackStart boxPackEndboxPackStartDefaultsboxPackEndDefaultsboxSetHomogeneousboxGetHomogeneous boxSetSpacingboxReorderChildboxQueryChildPackingboxSetChildPacking boxGetSpacing boxSpacingboxHomogeneousboxChildPackingboxChildPaddingboxChildPackTypeboxChildPosition viewportNewviewportGetHAdjustmentviewportGetVAdjustmentviewportSetHAdjustmentviewportSetVAdjustmentviewportSetShadowTypeviewportGetShadowTypeviewportGetBinWindowviewportGetViewWindowviewportHAdjustmentviewportVAdjustmentviewportShadowType tooltipsNewtooltipsEnabletooltipsDisabletooltipsSetDelaytooltipsSetTiptooltipsDataGettooltipSetMarkuptooltipSetTexttooltipSetIcontooltipSetIconFromStocktooltipSetIconFromIconNametooltipSetCustomtooltipTriggerTooltipQuerytooltipSetTipAreatooltipSetIconFromGIcon SizeGroupMode SizeGroupBothSizeGroupVerticalSizeGroupHorizontal SizeGroupNone sizeGroupNewsizeGroupAddWidgetsizeGroupGetModesizeGroupRemoveWidgetsizeGroupSetModesizeGroupSetIgnoreHiddensizeGroupGetIgnoreHidden sizeGroupModesizeGroupIgnoreHiddenimContextSimpleNewimContextSimpleAddTableimMulticontextNewimMulticontextAppendMenuitems handleBoxNewhandleBoxSetShadowTypehandleBoxGetShadowTypehandleBoxSetHandlePositionhandleBoxGetHandlePositionhandleBoxSetSnapEdgehandleBoxGetSnapEdgehandleBoxShadowTypehandleBoxHandlePositionhandleBoxSnapEdgehandleBoxSnapEdgeSetonChildAttachedafterChildAttachedonChildDetachedafterChildDetached eventBoxNeweventBoxSetVisibleWindoweventBoxGetVisibleWindoweventBoxSetAboveChildeventBoxGetAboveChildeventBoxVisibleWindoweventBoxAboveChild calendarNewcalendarSelectMonthcalendarSelectDaycalendarMarkDaycalendarUnmarkDaycalendarClearMarkscalendarSetDisplayOptionscalendarGetDisplayOptionscalendarDisplayOptionscalendarGetDatecalendarFreeze calendarYear calendarMonth calendarDaycalendarShowHeadingcalendarShowDayNamescalendarNoMonthChangecalendarShowWeekNumbers onDaySelectedafterDaySelectedonDaySelectedDoubleClickafterDaySelectedDoubleClickonMonthChangedafterMonthChanged onNextMonthafterNextMonth onNextYear afterNextYear onPrevMonthafterPrevMonth onPrevYear afterPrevYeararrowNewarrowSetarrowArrowTypearrowShadowType adjustmentNewadjustmentSetLoweradjustmentGetLoweradjustmentSetPageIncrementadjustmentGetPageIncrementadjustmentSetPageSizeadjustmentGetPageSizeadjustmentSetStepIncrementadjustmentGetStepIncrementadjustmentSetUpperadjustmentGetUpperadjustmentSetValueadjustmentGetValueadjustmentClampPageadjustmentAdjChangedadjustmentValueChangedadjustmentValueadjustmentLoweradjustmentUpperadjustmentStepIncrementadjustmentPageIncrementadjustmentPageSize onAdjChangedafterAdjChangedonValueChangedafterValueChangedaccessibleGetWidgetaccessibleSetWidget vScrollbarNewvScrollbarNewDefaultsscrolledWindowNewscrolledWindowGetHAdjustmentscrolledWindowGetVAdjustmentscrolledWindowSetPolicyscrolledWindowGetPolicyscrolledWindowAddWithViewportscrolledWindowSetPlacementscrolledWindowGetPlacementscrolledWindowSetShadowTypescrolledWindowGetShadowTypescrolledWindowSetHAdjustmentscrolledWindowSetVAdjustmentscrolledWindowGetHScrollbarscrolledWindowGetVScrollbarscrolledWindowHAdjustmentscrolledWindowVAdjustmentscrolledWindowHscrollbarPolicyscrolledWindowVscrollbarPolicyscrolledWindowWindowPlacementscrolledWindowShadowTypescrolledWindowPlacement hScrollbarNewhScrollbarNewDefaults RecentInfo mkRecentInforecentInfoExistsrecentInfoGetAddedrecentInfoGetAgerecentInfoGetApplicationInforecentInfoGetApplicationsrecentInfoGetDescriptionrecentInfoGetDisplayNamerecentInfoGetGroupsrecentInfoGetIconrecentInfoGetMimeTyperecentInfoGetModifiedrecentInfoGetPrivateHintrecentInfoGetShortNamerecentInfoGetURIrecentInfoGetURIDisplayrecentInfoGetVisitedrecentInfoHasApplicationrecentInfoHasGrouprecentInfoIsLocalrecentInfoLastApplicationrecentInfoMatchRecentSortTypeRecentSortCustom RecentSortLru RecentSortMruRecentSortNoneRecentChooserErrorRecentChooserErrorInvalidUriRecentChooserErrorNotFoundrecentChooserSetSortFuncrecentChooserSetCurrentURIrecentChooserGetCurrentURIrecentChooserGetCurrentItemrecentChooserSelectURIrecentChooserUnselectURIrecentChooserSelectAllrecentChooserUnselectAllrecentChooserGetItemsrecentChooserGetURIsrecentChooserAddFilterrecentChooserRemoveFilterrecentChooserListFiltersrecentChooserShowPrivaterecentChooserShowTipsrecentChooserShowIconsrecentChooserShowNotFoundrecentChooserSelectMultiplerecentChooserLocalOnlyrecentChooserLimitrecentChooserSortTyperecentChooserFilterrecentChooserSelectionChangedrecentChooserItemActivatedrecentManagerNewrecentManagerGetDefaultrecentManagerAddItemrecentManagerRemoveItemrecentManagerLookupItemrecentManagerHasItemrecentManagerMoveItemrecentManagerGetItemsrecentManagerPurgeItemsrecentManagerFilenamerecentManagerLimitrecentManagerSizerecentManagerChangedRecentFilterFlagsRecentFilterAgeRecentFilterGroupRecentFilterApplicationRecentFilterMimeTypeRecentFilterDisplayNameRecentFilterUrirecentFilterNewrecentFilterGetNamerecentFilterSetNamerecentFilterAddMimeTyperecentFilterAddPatternrecentFilterAddPixbufFormatsrecentFilterAddApplicationrecentFilterAddGrouprecentFilterAddAgerecentChooserWidgetNew recentChooserWidgetNewForManagerrecentChooserMenuNewrecentChooserMenuNewForManagerrecentChooserMenuShowNumbersprintContextGetCairoContextprintContextSetCairoContextprintContextGetPageSetupprintContextGetWidthprintContextGetHeightprintContextGetDpiXprintContextGetDpiYprintContextGetPangoFontmapprintContextCreatePangoContextprintContextCreatePangoLayoutprintContextGetHardMarginsUnitUnitMmUnitInch UnitPoints UnitPixel PaperSize mkPaperSize paperSizeNewpaperSizeNewFromPpdpaperSizeNewCustom paperSizeCopypaperSizeIsEqualpaperSizeGetNamepaperSizeGetDisplayNamepaperSizeGetPpdNamepaperSizeGetWidthpaperSizeGetHeightpaperSizeIsCustompaperSizeSetSizepaperSizeGetDefaultTopMarginpaperSizeGetDefaultBottomMarginpaperSizeGetDefaultLeftMarginpaperSizeGetDefaultRightMarginpaperSizeGetDefaultpaperSizeGetPaperSizes PrintErrorPrintErrorInvalidFilePrintErrorNomemPrintErrorInternalErrorPrintErrorGeneralPrintOperationResultPrintOperationResultInProgressPrintOperationResultCancelPrintOperationResultApplyPrintOperationResultErrorPrintOperationActionPrintOperationActionExportPrintOperationActionPreviewPrintOperationActionPrintPrintOperationActionPrintDialog PrintStatusPrintStatusFinishedAbortedPrintStatusFinishedPrintStatusPrintingPrintStatusPendingIssuePrintStatusPendingPrintStatusSendingDataPrintStatusGeneratingDataPrintStatusPreparingPrintStatusInitialprintOperationNewprintOperationSetAllowAsyncprintOperationGetErrorprintOperationGetNPagesToPrintprintOperationRunprintOperationCancelprintOperationDrawPageFinishprintOperationSetDeferDrawingprintOperationGetStatusprintOperationGetStatusStringprintOperationIsFinishedprintRunPageSetupDialogprintRunPageSetupDialogAsyncprintOperationPreviewEndPreviewprintOperationPreviewIsSelectedprintOperationPreviewRenderPageprintOperationDefaultPageSetupprintOperationPrintSettingsprintOperationJobNameprintOperationNPagesprintOperationCurrentPageprintOperationUseFullPageprintOperationTrackPrintStatusprintOperationUnitprintOperationShowProgressprintOperationAllowAsyncprintOperationExportFilenameprintOperationStatusprintOperationStatusStringprintOperationCustomTabLabelprintOperationSupportSelectionprintOperationHasSelectionprintOperationEmbedPageSetupprintOperationNPagesToPrint printOptDoneprintOptBeginPrintprintOptPaginateprintOptRequestPageSetupprintOptDrawPageprintOptEndPrintprintOptStatusChangedprintOptCreateCustomWidgetprintOptUpdateCustomWidgetprintOptCustomWidgetApplyprintOptPreview printOptReadyprintOptGotPageSizeNumberUpLayout$NumberUpLayoutBottomToTopRightToLeft$NumberUpLayoutBottomToTopLeftToRight$NumberUpLayoutTopToBottomRightToLeft$NumberUpLayoutTopToBottomLeftToRight$NumberUpLayoutRightToLeftBottomToTop$NumberUpLayoutRightToLeftTopToBottom$NumberUpLayoutLeftToRightBottomToTop$NumberUpLayoutLeftToRightTopToBottomPageSet PageSetOdd PageSetEven PageSetAll PrintPagesPrintPagesSelectionPrintPagesRangesPrintPagesCurrent PrintPagesAll PrintDuplexPrintDuplexVerticalPrintDuplexHorizontalPrintDuplexSimplex PrintQualityPrintQualityDraftPrintQualityHighPrintQualityNormalPrintQualityLowPageOrientationPageOrientationReverseLandscapePageOrientationReversePortraitPageOrientationLandscapePageOrientationPortraitprintSettingsNewprintSettingsNewFromFileprintSettingsCopyprintSettingsHasKeyprintSettingsGetprintSettingsSetprintSettingsUnsetprintSettingsForeachprintSettingsGetBoolprintSettingsSetBoolprintSettingsGetDouble!printSettingsGetDoubleWithDefaultprintSettingsSetDoubleprintSettingsGetLengthprintSettingsSetLengthprintSettingsGetIntprintSettingsGetIntWithDefaultprintSettingsSetIntprintSettingsGetPaperWidthprintSettingsSetPaperWidthprintSettingsGetPaperHeightprintSettingsSetPaperHeightprintSettingsSetResolutionXyprintSettingsGetResolutionXprintSettingsGetResolutionYprintSettingsLoadFileprintSettingsToFileprintSettingsPrinterprintSettingsOrientationprintSettingsPaperSizeprintSettingsUseColorprintSettingsCollateprintSettingsReverseprintSettingsDuplexprintSettingsQualityprintSettingsNCopiesprintSettingsNumberUpprintSettingsResolutionprintSettingsScaleprintSettingsPrintPagesprintSettingsPageSetprintSettingsDefaultSourceprintSettingsMediaTypeprintSettingsDitherprintSettingsFinishingsprintSettingsOutputBinprintSettingsNumberUpLayoutprintSettingsPrinterLpi pageSetupNewpageSetupNewFromFile pageSetupCopypageSetupGetTopMarginpageSetupSetTopMarginpageSetupGetBottomMarginpageSetupSetBottomMarginpageSetupGetLeftMarginpageSetupSetLeftMarginpageSetupGetRightMarginpageSetupSetRightMargin&pageSetupSetPaperSizeAndDefaultMarginspageSetupGetPaperWidthpageSetupGetPaperHeightpageSetupGetPageWidthpageSetupGetPageHeightpageSetupLoadFilepageSetupToFilepageSetupOrientationpageSetupPaperSize vSeparatorNew hSeparatorNewframeNew frameSetLabelframeSetLabelWidgetframeGetLabelWidgetframeSetLabelAlignframeGetLabelAlignframeSetShadowTypeframeGetShadowType frameGetLabel frameLabelframeLabelXAlignframeLabelYAlignframeShadowTypeframeLabelWidget vPanedNew vButtonBoxNewvBoxNewtableNew tableResize tableAttachtableAttachDefaultstableSetRowSpacingtableGetRowSpacingtableSetColSpacingtableGetColSpacingtableSetRowSpacingstableGetDefaultRowSpacingtableSetColSpacingstableGetDefaultColSpacingtableSetHomogeneoustableGetHomogeneous tableGetSize tableNRows tableNColumnstableRowSpacingtableColumnSpacingtableHomogeneoustableChildLeftAttachtableChildRightAttachtableChildTopAttachtableChildBottomAttachtableChildXOptionstableChildYOptionstableChildXPaddingtableChildYPadding expanderNewexpanderNewWithMnemonicexpanderSetExpandedexpanderGetExpandedexpanderSetSpacingexpanderGetSpacingexpanderSetLabelexpanderGetLabelexpanderSetUseUnderlineexpanderGetUseUnderlineexpanderSetUseMarkupexpanderGetUseMarkupexpanderSetLabelWidgetexpanderGetLabelWidgetexpanderExpanded expanderLabelexpanderUseUnderlineexpanderUseMarkupexpanderSpacingexpanderLabelWidgetexpanderLabelFill onActivate afterActivate layoutNew layoutPut layoutMove layoutSetSize layoutGetSizelayoutGetHAdjustmentlayoutGetVAdjustmentlayoutSetHAdjustmentlayoutSetVAdjustmentlayoutHAdjustmentlayoutVAdjustment layoutWidth layoutHeight layoutChildX layoutChildYonSetScrollAdjustmentsafterSetScrollAdjustments hPanedNewfixedNewfixedPut fixedMovefixedSetHasWindowfixedGetHasWindowfixedHasWindow fixedChildX fixedChildY hButtonBoxNewhBoxNewaspectFrameNewaspectFrameSetaspectFrameXAlignaspectFrameYAlignaspectFrameRatioaspectFrameObeyChild alignmentNew alignmentSetalignmentSetPaddingalignmentGetPaddingalignmentXAlignalignmentYAlignalignmentXScalealignmentYScalealignmentTopPaddingalignmentBottomPaddingalignmentLeftPaddingalignmentRightPaddingFileFilterFlagsFileFilterMimeTypeFileFilterDisplayName FileFilterUriFileFilterFilename fileFilterNewfileFilterSetNamefileFilterGetNamefileFilterAddMimeTypefileFilterAddPatternfileFilterAddCustomfileFilterAddPixbufFormatsfileFilterNameFileChooserConfirmation"FileChooserConfirmationSelectAgain%FileChooserConfirmationAcceptFilenameFileChooserConfirmationConfirmFileChooserError"FileChooserErrorIncompleteHostnameFileChooserErrorAlreadyExistsFileChooserErrorBadFilenameFileChooserErrorNonexistentFileChooserActionFileChooserActionCreateFolderFileChooserActionSelectFolderFileChooserActionSaveFileChooserActionOpenfileChooserErrorDomainfileChooserSetActionfileChooserGetActionfileChooserSetLocalOnlyfileChooserGetLocalOnlyfileChooserSetSelectMultiplefileChooserGetSelectMultiplefileChooserSetCurrentNamefileChooserGetFilenamefileChooserSetFilenamefileChooserSelectFilenamefileChooserUnselectFilenamefileChooserSelectAllfileChooserUnselectAllfileChooserGetFilenamesfileChooserSetCurrentFolderfileChooserGetCurrentFolderfileChooserGetURIfileChooserSetURIfileChooserSelectURIfileChooserUnselectURIfileChooserGetURIsfileChooserSetCurrentFolderURIfileChooserGetCurrentFolderURIfileChooserSetPreviewWidgetfileChooserGetPreviewWidget!fileChooserSetPreviewWidgetActive!fileChooserGetPreviewWidgetActivefileChooserSetUsePreviewLabelfileChooserGetUsePreviewLabelfileChooserGetPreviewFilenamefileChooserGetPreviewURIfileChooserSetExtraWidgetfileChooserGetExtraWidgetfileChooserAddFilterfileChooserRemoveFilterfileChooserListFiltersfileChooserSetFilterfileChooserGetFilterfileChooserAddShortcutFolderfileChooserRemoveShortcutFolderfileChooserListShortcutFoldersfileChooserAddShortcutFolderURI"fileChooserRemoveShortcutFolderURI!fileChooserListShortcutFolderURIsfileChooserSetShowHiddenfileChooserGetShowHidden%fileChooserSetDoOverwriteConfirmation%fileChooserGetDoOverwriteConfirmationfileChooserUsePreviewLabelfileChooserShowHiddenfileChooserSelectMultiplefileChooserPreviewWidgetActivefileChooserPreviewWidgetfileChooserLocalOnlyfileChooserFilterfileChooserExtraWidget"fileChooserDoOverwriteConfirmationfileChooserActiononCurrentFolderChangedafterCurrentFolderChangedonUpdatePreviewafterUpdatePreviewonFileActivatedafterFileActivatedonConfirmOverwriteafterConfirmOverwritefileChooserWidgetNewfileChooserWidgetNewWithBackendfileChooserButtonNewfileChooserButtonNewWithBackendfileChooserButtonNewWithDialogfileChooserButtonGetTitlefileChooserButtonSetTitlefileChooserButtonGetWidthCharsfileChooserButtonSetWidthCharsfileChooserButtonDialogfileChooserButtonTitlefileChooserButtonWidthChars vRulerNew hRulerNew rulerRange rulerLower rulerUpper rulerPosition rulerMaxSize rulerMetrichsvNewhsvIsAdjustinghsvToRgbrgbToHsvhsvColor hsvMetrics hsvChangedhsvMove fontButtonNewfontButtonNewWithFontfontButtonSetFontNamefontButtonGetFontNamefontButtonSetShowStylefontButtonGetShowStylefontButtonSetShowSizefontButtonGetShowSizefontButtonSetUseFontfontButtonGetUseFontfontButtonSetUseSizefontButtonGetUseSizefontButtonSetTitlefontButtonGetTitlefontButtonTitlefontButtonFontNamefontButtonUseFontfontButtonUseSizefontButtonShowStylefontButtonShowSize onFontSet afterFontSetfontSelectionDialogNewfontSelectionDialogGetFontNamefontSelectionDialogSetFontName!fontSelectionDialogGetPreviewText!fontSelectionDialogSetPreviewText"fontSelectionDialogGetCancelButtonfontSelectionDialogGetOkButton#fontSelectionDialogGetFontSelectionfontSelectionDialogPreviewTextfontSelectionNewfontSelectionGetFontNamefontSelectionSetFontNamefontSelectionGetPreviewTextfontSelectionSetPreviewTextfontSelectionFontNamefontSelectionPreviewTextfileSelectionNewfileSelectionSetFilenamefileSelectionGetFilenamefileSelectionShowFileopButtonsfileSelectionHideFileopButtonsfileSelectionCompletefileSelectionGetSelectionsfileSelectionSetSelectMultiplefileSelectionGetSelectMultiplefileSelectionFilenamefileSelectionShowFileopsfileSelectionSelectMultiplecolorButtonNewcolorButtonNewWithColorcolorButtonSetColorcolorButtonGetColorcolorButtonSetAlphacolorButtonGetAlphacolorButtonSetUseAlphacolorButtonGetUseAlphacolorButtonSetTitlecolorButtonGetTitlecolorButtonUseAlphacolorButtonTitlecolorButtonAlpha onColorSet afterColorSetcolorSelectionDialogNewcolorSelectionNewcolorSelectionGetCurrentAlphacolorSelectionSetCurrentAlphacolorSelectionGetCurrentColorcolorSelectionSetCurrentColor"colorSelectionGetHasOpacityControl"colorSelectionSetHasOpacityControlcolorSelectionGetHasPalettecolorSelectionSetHasPalettecolorSelectionGetPreviousAlphacolorSelectionSetPreviousAlphacolorSelectionGetPreviousColorcolorSelectionSetPreviousColorcolorSelectionIsAdjustingcolorSelectionHasOpacityControlcolorSelectionHasPalettecolorSelectionCurrentAlphacolorSelectionPreviousAlphaMergeIdUIManagerItemTypeUiManagerPopupWithAccelsUiManagerAcceleratorUiManagerSeparatorUiManagerToolitemUiManagerMenuitemUiManagerPopupUiManagerPlaceholderUiManagerToolbar UiManagerMenuUiManagerMenubar UiManagerAuto uiManagerNewuiManagerNewMergeIduiManagerSetAddTearoffsuiManagerGetAddTearoffsuiManagerInsertActionGroupuiManagerRemoveActionGroupuiManagerGetActionGroupsuiManagerGetAccelGroupuiManagerGetWidgetuiManagerGetToplevelsuiManagerGetActionuiManagerAddUiFromStringuiManagerAddUiFromFileuiManagerAddUiuiManagerRemoveUiuiManagerGetUiuiManagerEnsureUpdateuiManagerAddTearoffs uiManagerUi addWidgetactionsChanged onAddWidgetafterAddWidgetonActionsChangedafterActionsChangedonConnectProxyafterConnectProxyonDisconnectProxyafterDisconnectProxy onPreActivateafterPreActivateonPostActivateafterPostActivaterecentActionNewrecentActionNewForManagerrecentActionShowNumbersseparatorToolItemNewseparatorToolItemSetDrawseparatorToolItemGetDrawseparatorToolItemDrawseparatorMenuItemNewToolPaletteDragTargetsToolPaletteDragGroupsToolPaletteDragItemstoolPaletteNewtoolPaletteUnsetIconSizetoolPaletteUnsetStyletoolPaletteGetHAdjustmenttoolPaletteGetVAdjustmenttoolPaletteGetGroupPositiontoolPaletteSetGroupPositiontoolPaletteIconSizetoolPaletteIconSizeSettoolPaletteToolbarStyletoolPaletteChildExclusivetoolPaletteChildExpandtoolPaletteSetScrollAdjustmentstoolItemGroupNewtoolItemGroupGetDropItemtoolItemGroupGetItemPositiontoolItemGroupGetNItemstoolItemGroupGetNthItemtoolItemGroupInserttoolItemGroupSetItemPositiontoolItemGroupCollapsedtoolItemGroupEllipsizetoolItemGroupHeaderRelieftoolItemGroupLabeltoolItemGroupLabelWidgettoolItemGroupChildExpandtoolItemGroupChildFilltoolItemGroupChildHomogeneoustoolItemGroupChildNewRowtoolItemGroupChildPosition toolItemNewtoolItemSetHomogeneoustoolItemGetHomogeneoustoolItemSetExpandtoolItemGetExpandtoolItemSetTooltiptoolItemSetUseDragWindowtoolItemGetUseDragWindowtoolItemSetVisibleHorizontaltoolItemGetVisibleHorizontaltoolItemSetVisibleVerticaltoolItemGetVisibleVerticaltoolItemSetIsImportanttoolItemGetIsImportanttoolItemGetIconSizetoolItemGetOrientationtoolItemGetToolbarStyletoolItemGetReliefStyletoolItemRetrieveProxyMenuItemtoolItemGetProxyMenuItemtoolItemSetProxyMenuItemtoolItemGetEllipsizeModetoolItemGetTextAlignmenttoolItemGetTextOrientationtoolItemGetTextSizeGrouptoolItemVisibleHorizontaltoolItemVisibleVerticaltoolItemIsImportanttoolItemExpandtoolItemHomogeneoustoolItemUseDragWindowtearoffMenuItemNewradioMenuItemNewradioMenuItemNewWithLabelradioMenuItemNewWithMnemonicradioMenuItemNewFromWidget#radioMenuItemNewWithLabelFromWidget&radioMenuItemNewWithMnemonicFromWidgetradioMenuItemNewJoinGroup"radioMenuItemNewJoinGroupWithLabel%radioMenuItemNewJoinGroupWithMnemonic optionMenuNewoptionMenuGetMenuoptionMenuSetMenuoptionMenuRemoveMenuoptionMenuSetHistoryoptionMenuGetHistoryoptionMenuMenu onOMChangedafterOMChangedmenuShellAppendmenuShellPrependmenuShellInsertmenuShellDeactivatemenuShellActivateItemmenuShellSelectItemmenuShellDeselectmenuShellSelectFirstmenuShellCancelmenuShellSetTakeFocusmenuShellGetTakeFocusmenuShellTakeFocusonActivateCurrentafterActivateCurrentonCancel afterCancel onDeactivatedafterDeactivated onMoveCurrentafterMoveCurrentonSelectionDoneafterSelectionDone menuItemNewmenuItemNewWithLabelmenuItemNewWithMnemonicmenuItemSetSubmenumenuItemGetSubmenumenuItemRemoveSubmenumenuItemEmitSelectmenuItemEmitDeselectmenuItemEmitActivatemenuItemSetRightJustifiedmenuItemGetRightJustifiedmenuItemSetAccelPathmenuItemSubmenumenuItemRightJustifiedmenuItemActivatemenuItemActivateItemmenuItemSelectmenuItemDeselectmenuItemToggleonActivateLeafafterActivateLeafonActivateItemafterActivateItemonSelect afterSelect onDeselect afterDeselectonToggle afterToggle PackDirectionPackDirectionBttPackDirectionTtbPackDirectionRtlPackDirectionLtr menuBarNewmenuBarSetPackDirectionmenuBarGetPackDirectionmenuBarSetChildPackDirectionmenuBarGetChildPackDirectionmenuBarPackDirectionmenuBarChildPackDirectioncheckMenuItemNewcheckMenuItemNewWithLabelcheckMenuItemNewWithMnemoniccheckMenuItemSetActivecheckMenuItemGetActivecheckMenuItemEmitToggledcheckMenuItemSetInconsistentcheckMenuItemGetInconsistentcheckMenuItemSetDrawAsRadiocheckMenuItemGetDrawAsRadiocheckMenuItemActivecheckMenuItemInconsistentcheckMenuItemDrawAsRadiocheckMenuItemToggledTreeRowReferencetreeRowReferenceNewtreeRowReferenceGetPathtreeRowReferenceValidtreeSortableGetSortColumnIdtreeSortableSetSortColumnIdtreeSortableSetSortFunctreeSortableSetDefaultSortFunctreeSortableSortColumnChangedtreeSortableHasDefaultSortFuncsortColumnChangedtreeModelEqualtargetTreeModelRowtreeGetRowDragDatatreeSetRowDragData DragDestIfacetreeDragDestRowDropPossibletreeDragDestDragDataReceivedDragSourceIfacetreeDragSourceRowDraggabletreeDragSourceDragDataGettreeDragSourceDragDataDeleteTreeModelIfacetreeModelIfaceGetFlagstreeModelIfaceGetItertreeModelIfaceGetPathtreeModelIfaceGetRowtreeModelIfaceIterNexttreeModelIfaceIterChildrentreeModelIfaceIterHasChildtreeModelIfaceIterNChildrentreeModelIfaceIterNthChildtreeModelIfaceIterParenttreeModelIfaceRefNodetreeModelIfaceUnrefNode CustomStoreTreeModelFlagsTreeModelListOnlyTreeModelItersPersistcustomStoreSetColumntreeModelSetColumncustomStoreNewcustomStoreGetRowtreeModelGetRowcustomStoreGetPrivatecustomStoreGetStampcustomStoreInvalidateItersmakeColumnIdIntmakeColumnIdBoolmakeColumnIdStringmakeColumnIdPixbufcolumnIdToNumberinvalidColumnIdtreeModelGetFlagstreeModelGetIterFromStringtreeModelGetItertreeModelGetIterFirsttreeModelGetPathtreeModelGetValuetreeModelIterNexttreeModelIterChildrentreeModelIterHasChildtreeModelIterNChildrentreeModelIterNthChildtreeModelIterParenttreeModelForeachtreeModelGetStringFromItertreeModelRefNodetreeModelUnrefNodetreeModelRowChangedtreeModelRowInsertedtreeModelRowHasChildToggledtreeModelRowDeletedtreeModelRowsReordered rowChanged rowInsertedrowHasChildToggled rowDeleted rowsReordered ListStore listStoreNewlistStoreNewDNDlistStoreIterToIndexlistStoreDefaultDragSourceIfacelistStoreDefaultDragDestIfacelistStoreGetValuelistStoreSetValuelistStoreToListlistStoreGetSizelistStoreInsertlistStorePrependlistStoreAppendlistStoreRemovelistStoreCleartreeModelSortNewWithModeltreeModelSortGetModel#treeModelSortConvertChildPathToPath#treeModelSortConvertPathToChildPath#treeModelSortConvertChildIterToIter#treeModelSortConvertIterToChildIter!treeModelSortResetDefaultSortFunctreeModelSortClearCachetreeModelSortIterIsValidTreeSelectionForeachCBTreeSelectionCBtreeSelectionSetModetreeSelectionGetModetreeSelectionSetSelectFunctiontreeSelectionGetTreeViewtreeSelectionGetSelectedtreeSelectionSelectedForeachtreeSelectionGetSelectedRowstreeSelectionCountSelectedRowstreeSelectionSelectPathtreeSelectionUnselectPathtreeSelectionPathIsSelectedtreeSelectionSelectItertreeSelectionUnselectItertreeSelectionIterIsSelectedtreeSelectionSelectAlltreeSelectionUnselectAlltreeSelectionSelectRangetreeSelectionUnselectRangetreeSelectionModetreeSelectionSelectionChangedonSelectionChangedafterSelectionChangedtreeViewColumnNewtreeViewColumnPackStarttreeViewColumnPackEndtreeViewColumnCleartreeViewColumnGetCellRendererstreeViewColumnSetSpacingtreeViewColumnGetSpacingtreeViewColumnSetVisibletreeViewColumnGetVisibletreeViewColumnSetResizabletreeViewColumnGetResizabletreeViewColumnSetSizingtreeViewColumnGetSizingtreeViewColumnGetWidthtreeViewColumnSetFixedWidthtreeViewColumnGetFixedWidthtreeViewColumnSetMinWidthtreeViewColumnGetMinWidthtreeViewColumnSetMaxWidthtreeViewColumnGetMaxWidthtreeViewColumnClickedtreeViewColumnSetTitletreeViewColumnGetTitletreeViewColumnSetClickabletreeViewColumnGetClickabletreeViewColumnSetWidgettreeViewColumnGetWidgettreeViewColumnSetAlignmenttreeViewColumnGetAlignmenttreeViewColumnSetReorderabletreeViewColumnGetReorderabletreeViewColumnSetSortColumnIdtreeViewColumnGetSortColumnIdtreeViewColumnSetSortIndicatortreeViewColumnGetSortIndicatortreeViewColumnSetSortOrdertreeViewColumnGetSortOrdertreeViewColumnSetExpandtreeViewColumnGetExpandtreeViewColumnCellIsVisibletreeViewColumnFocusCelltreeViewColumnQueueResizetreeViewColumnVisibletreeViewColumnResizabletreeViewColumnWidthtreeViewColumnSpacingtreeViewColumnSizingtreeViewColumnFixedWidthtreeViewColumnMinWidthtreeViewColumnMaxWidthtreeViewColumnTitletreeViewColumnExpandtreeViewColumnClickabletreeViewColumnWidgettreeViewColumnAlignmenttreeViewColumnReorderabletreeViewColumnSortIndicatortreeViewColumnSortOrdertreeViewColumnSortColumnId onColClickedafterColClickedtreeModelFilterNewtreeModelFilterSetVisibleFunctreeModelFilterSetVisibleColumntreeModelFilterGetModel%treeModelFilterConvertChildIterToIter%treeModelFilterConvertIterToChildIter%treeModelFilterConvertChildPathToPath%treeModelFilterConvertPathToChildPathtreeModelFilterRefiltertreeModelFilterClearCachetreeModelFilterChildModeltreeModelFilterVirtualRoot TreeStore treeStoreNewtreeStoreNewDNDtreeStoreDefaultDragSourceIfacetreeStoreDefaultDragDestIfacetreeStoreInsertForesttreeStoreInsertTreetreeStoreInserttreeStoreRemovetreeStoreCleartreeStoreSetValuetreeStoreChangetreeStoreChangeMtreeStoreGetValuetreeStoreGetTreetreeStoreLookup cellViewNewcellViewNewWithMarkupcellViewNewWithPixbufcellViewNewWithTextcellViewSetModelcellViewGetSizeOfRowcellViewSetBackgroundColorcellViewGetCellRendererscellViewBackgroundcellRendererToggleNewcellRendererToggleSetRadiocellRendererToggleGetRadiocellRendererToggleGetActivecellRendererToggleSetActivecellToggleActivecellToggleInconsistentcellToggleActivatablecellToggleRadiocellToggleIndicatorSize cellToggled onCellToggledafterCellToggledcellRendererSpinNewcellRendererSpinAdjustmentcellRendererSpinClimbRatecellRendererSpinDigitscellRendererTextNew&cellRendererTextSetFixedHeightFromFontcellTextBackgroundcellTextBackgroundColorcellTextBackgroundSetcellTextEditablecellTextEditableSetcellTextEllipsizecellTextEllipsizeSetcellTextFamilycellTextFamilySet cellTextFontcellTextFontDesccellTextForegroundcellTextForegroundColorcellTextForegroundSetcellTextLanguagecellTextLanguageSetcellTextMarkup cellTextRisecellTextRiseSet cellTextScalecellTextScaleSetcellTextSingleParagraphMode cellTextSizecellTextSizePointscellTextSizeSetcellTextStretchcellTextStretchSetcellTextStrikethroughcellTextStrikethroughSet cellTextStylecellTextStyleSetcellTextcellTextUnderlinecellTextUnderlineSetcellTextVariantcellTextVariantSetcellTextWeightcellTextWeightSetcellTextWidthCharscellTextWrapModecellTextWrapWidthcellTextAlignmenteditedonEdited afterEditedcellRendererProgressNewcellProgressValuecellProgressTextcellRendererPixbufNew cellPixbufcellPixbufExpanderOpencellPixbufExpanderClosedcellPixbufStockIdcellPixbufStockSizecellPixbufStockDetailcellPixbufIconNamecellPixbufFollowStatecellRendererComboNewcellComboHasEntrycellComboTextModelcellRendererSpinnerNewcellRendererSpinnerActivecellRendererSpinnerPulsecellRendererSpinnerSizecellLayoutPackStartcellLayoutPackEndcellLayoutReordercellLayoutClearcellLayoutGetCellscellLayoutAddColumnAttributecellLayoutSetAttributescellLayoutSetAttributeFunccellLayoutClearAttributes comboBoxNewcomboBoxNewTextcomboBoxNewWithModelcomboBoxSetModelTextcomboBoxGetModelTextcomboBoxAppendTextcomboBoxInsertTextcomboBoxPrependTextcomboBoxRemoveTextcomboBoxGetActiveTextcomboBoxGetWrapWidthcomboBoxSetWrapWidthcomboBoxGetRowSpanColumncomboBoxSetRowSpanColumncomboBoxGetColumnSpanColumncomboBoxSetColumnSpanColumncomboBoxGetActivecomboBoxSetActivecomboBoxGetActiveItercomboBoxSetActiveItercomboBoxGetModelcomboBoxSetModel comboBoxPopupcomboBoxPopdowncomboBoxSetRowSeparatorSourcecomboBoxSetAddTearoffscomboBoxGetAddTearoffscomboBoxSetTitlecomboBoxGetTitlecomboBoxSetFocusOnClickcomboBoxGetFocusOnClick comboBoxModelcomboBoxWrapWidthcomboBoxRowSpanColumncomboBoxColumnSpanColumncomboBoxActivecomboBoxAddTearoffscomboBoxHasFramecomboBoxFocusOnClickcomboBoxTearoffTitlecomboBoxPopupShown comboBoxTitlechangedpopupShownNotify onChanged afterChangedcomboBoxEntryNewcomboBoxEntryNewTextcomboBoxEntryNewWithModelcomboBoxEntrySetModelTextcomboBoxEntrySetTextColumncomboBoxEntryGetTextColumncomboBoxEntryGetActiveTextcomboBoxEntryTextColumntextTagTableNewtextTagTableAddtextTagTableRemovetextTagTableLookuptextTagTableForeachtextTagTableGetSizeMarkName textMarkNewtextMarkSetVisibletextMarkGetVisibletextMarkGetDeletedtextMarkGetNametextMarkGetBuffertextMarkGetLeftGravitytextMarkVisible spinButtonNewspinButtonNewWithRangespinButtonConfigurespinButtonSetAdjustmentspinButtonGetAdjustmentspinButtonSetDigitsspinButtonGetDigitsspinButtonSetIncrementsspinButtonGetIncrementsspinButtonSetRangespinButtonGetRangespinButtonGetValuespinButtonGetValueAsIntspinButtonSetValuespinButtonSetUpdatePolicyspinButtonGetUpdatePolicyspinButtonSetNumericspinButtonGetNumericspinButtonSpinspinButtonSetWrapspinButtonGetWrapspinButtonSetSnapToTicksspinButtonGetSnapToTicksspinButtonUpdatespinButtonAdjustmentspinButtonClimbRatespinButtonDigitsspinButtonSnapToTicksspinButtonNumericspinButtonWrapspinButtonUpdatePolicyspinButtonValueonInput afterInputonOutput afterOutputonValueSpinnedafterValueSpinned vScaleNewvScaleNewWithRange hScaleNewhScaleNewWithRangeentryCompletionNewentryCompletionGetEntryentryCompletionSetModelentryCompletionGetModelentryCompletionSetTextModelentryCompletionSetMatchFunc"entryCompletionSetMinimumKeyLength"entryCompletionGetMinimumKeyLengthentryCompletionCompleteentryCompletionInsertActionText!entryCompletionInsertActionMarkupentryCompletionDeleteActionentryCompletionSetTextColumnentryCompletionInsertPrefixentryCompletionGetTextColumn"entryCompletionSetInlineCompletion"entryCompletionGetInlineCompletion!entryCompletionSetPopupCompletion!entryCompletionGetPopupCompletionentryCompletionSetPopupSetWidthentryCompletionGetPopupSetWidth"entryCompletionSetPopupSingleMatch"entryCompletionGetPopupSingleMatchentryCompletionModelentryCompletionMinimumKeyLengthentryCompletionTextColumnentryCompletionInlineCompletionentryCompletionPopupCompletionentryCompletionPopupSetWidthentryCompletionPopupSingleMatch insertPrefix matchSelectedcompletionActionActivatedonInsertPrefixafterInsertPrefixonActionActivatedafterActionActivatedentryBufferNewentryBufferGetBytesentryBufferInsertTextentryBufferDeleteTextentryBufferEmitDeletedTextentryBufferEmitInsertedTextentryBufferTextentryBufferLengthentryBufferMaxLengthentryBufferInsertedTextentryBufferDeletedTexteditableSelectRegioneditableGetSelectionBoundseditableInsertTexteditableDeleteTexteditableGetCharseditableCutClipboardeditableCopyClipboardeditablePasteClipboardeditableDeleteSelectioneditableSetPositioneditableGetPositioneditableSetEditableeditableGetEditableeditablePositioneditableEditableeditableChanged deleteTextstopDeleteText insertTextstopInsertTextonEditableChangedafterEditableChanged onDeleteTextafterDeleteText onInsertTextafterInsertTextvolumeButtonNewscaleButtonNewscaleButtonSetIconsscaleButtonGetPopupscaleButtonGetPlusButtonscaleButtonGetMinusButtonscaleButtonValuescaleButtonSizescaleButtonAdjustmentscaleButtonIconsscaleButtonValueChangedscaleButtonPopupscaleButtonPopdown linkButtonNewlinkButtonNewWithLabellinkButtonSetUriHook linkButtonURIlinkButtonVisitedtoggleButtonNewtoggleButtonNewWithLabeltoggleButtonNewWithMnemonictoggleButtonSetModetoggleButtonGetModetoggleButtonToggledtoggleButtonGetActivetoggleButtonSetActivetoggleButtonGetInconsistenttoggleButtonSetInconsistenttoggleButtonActivetoggleButtonInconsistenttoggleButtonDrawIndicatortoggleButtonModetoggled onToggled afterToggledradioButtonNewradioButtonNewWithLabelradioButtonNewWithMnemonicradioButtonNewFromWidget!radioButtonNewWithLabelFromWidget$radioButtonNewWithMnemonicFromWidgetradioButtonNewJoinGroup radioButtonNewJoinGroupWithLabel#radioButtonNewJoinGroupWithMnemonicradioButtonSetGroupradioButtonGetGroupradioButtonGroup groupChangedonGroupChangedafterGroupChangedcheckButtonNewcheckButtonNewWithLabelcheckButtonNewWithMnemonic MessageId ContextId statusbarNewstatusbarGetContextId statusbarPush statusbarPopstatusbarRemovestatusbarSetHasResizeGripstatusbarGetHasResizeGripstatusbarGetMessageAreastatusbarRemoveAllstatusbarHasResizeGrip textPushed textPopped onTextPoppedafterTextPopped onTextPushedafterTextPushed spinnerNew spinnerStart spinnerStop spinnerActiveprogressBarNewprogressBarPulseprogressBarSetTextprogressBarSetFractionprogressBarSetPulseStepprogressBarGetFractionprogressBarGetPulseStepprogressBarGetTextprogressBarSetOrientationprogressBarGetOrientationprogressBarSetEllipsizeprogressBarGetEllipsizeprogressBarOrientationprogressBarDiscreteBlocksprogressBarFractionprogressBarPulseStepprogressBarTextprogressBarEllipsize accelLabelNewaccelLabelSetAccelWidgetaccelLabelGetAccelWidgetaccelLabelAccelWidgetwindowGroupNewwindowGroupAddWindowwindowGroupRemoveWindowwindowGroupListWindows DialogFlagsDialogNoSeparatorDialogDestroyWithParent DialogModal ButtonsTypeButtonsOkCancel ButtonsYesNo ButtonsCancel ButtonsClose ButtonsOk ButtonsNone MessageType MessageOther MessageErrorMessageQuestionMessageWarning MessageInfomessageDialogNewmessageDialogNewWithMarkupmessageDialogSetMarkupmessageDialogSetSecondaryMarkupmessageDialogSetSecondaryTextmessageDialogSetImagemessageDialogMessageTypemessageDialogTextmessageDialogUseMarkupmessageDialogSecondaryTextmessageDialogSecondaryUseMarkupmessageDialogImagemessageDialogButtonsmessageDialogMessageArea infoBarNewinfoBarAddActionWidgetinfoBarAddButtoninfoBarSetResponseSensitiveinfoBarSetDefaultResponseinfoBarEmitResponseinfoBarGetActionAreainfoBarGetContentAreainfoBarMessageType infoBarCloseinfoBarResponseAssistantPageTypeAssistantPageProgressAssistantPageSummaryAssistantPageConfirmAssistantPageIntroAssistantPageContent assistantNewassistantGetNPagesassistantGetNthPageassistantPrependPageassistantAppendPageassistantInsertPageassistantSetForwardPageFuncassistantSetPageTypeassistantGetPageTypeassistantSetPageTitleassistantGetPageTitleassistantSetPageHeaderImageassistantGetPageHeaderImageassistantSetPageSideImageassistantGetPageSideImageassistantSetPageCompleteassistantGetPageCompleteassistantCommitassistantAddActionWidgetassistantRemoveActionWidgetassistantUpdateButtonsStateassistantCurrentPageassistantChildPageTypeassistantChildTitleassistantChildHeaderImageassistantChildSidebarImageassistantChildCompleteassistantCancelassistantPrepareassistantApplyassistantCloseaboutDialogNewaboutDialogGetNameaboutDialogSetNameaboutDialogGetVersionaboutDialogSetVersionaboutDialogGetCopyrightaboutDialogSetCopyrightaboutDialogGetCommentsaboutDialogSetCommentsaboutDialogGetLicenseaboutDialogSetLicenseaboutDialogGetWebsiteaboutDialogSetWebsiteaboutDialogGetWebsiteLabelaboutDialogSetWebsiteLabelaboutDialogSetAuthorsaboutDialogGetAuthorsaboutDialogSetArtistsaboutDialogGetArtistsaboutDialogSetDocumentersaboutDialogGetDocumentersaboutDialogGetTranslatorCreditsaboutDialogSetTranslatorCreditsaboutDialogGetLogoaboutDialogSetLogoaboutDialogGetLogoIconNameaboutDialogSetLogoIconNameaboutDialogSetEmailHookaboutDialogSetUrlHookaboutDialogGetWrapLicenseaboutDialogSetWrapLicenseaboutDialogNameaboutDialogProgramNameaboutDialogVersionaboutDialogCopyrightaboutDialogCommentsaboutDialogLicenseaboutDialogWebsiteaboutDialogWebsiteLabelaboutDialogAuthorsaboutDialogDocumentersaboutDialogArtistsaboutDialogTranslatorCreditsaboutDialogLogoaboutDialogLogoIconNameaboutDialogWrapLicense dialogNew dialogRundialogResponsedialogAddButtondialogAddActionWidgetdialogGetHasSeparatordialogSetDefaultResponsedialogSetHasSeparatordialogSetResponseSensitivedialogGetResponseForWidget"dialogAlternativeDialogButtonOrder(dialogSetAlternativeButtonOrderFromArraydialogGetWidgetForResponsedialogHasSeparatordialogActionAreaBorderdialogButtonSpacingdialogContentAreaBorderdialogContentAreaSpacingresponse onResponse afterResponseoffscreenWindowNewoffscreenWindowGetPixmapoffscreenWindowGetPixbufdisplayManagerGetdisplayManagerListDisplaysdisplayManagerDefaultDisplaydisplayManagerOpenedscreenGetDefaultscreenGetDefaultColormapscreenSetDefaultColormapscreenGetSystemColormapscreenGetRGBAColormapscreenIsCompositedscreenGetRootWindowscreenGetDisplayscreenGetNumberscreenGetWidthscreenGetHeightscreenGetWidthMMscreenGetWidthMmscreenGetHeightMMscreenGetHeightMmscreenListVisualsscreenGetToplevelWindowsscreenMakeDisplayNamescreenGetNMonitorsscreenGetMonitorGeometryscreenGetMonitorAtPointscreenGetMonitorAtWindowscreenGetMonitorHeightMmscreenGetMonitorWidthMmscreenGetMonitorPlugNamescreenGetActiveWindowscreenGetWindowStackscreenFontOptionsscreenResolutionscreenDefaultColormapscreenSizeChangedscreenCompositedChangedscreenMonitorsChanged invisibleNewinvisibleNewForScreeninvisibleSetScreeninvisibleGetScreen OverlapTypeOverlapRectanglePartOverlapRectangleOutOverlapRectangleInFillRule WindingRule EvenOddRuleRegion makeNewRegion regionNew regionPolygon regionCopyregionRectangleregionGetClipboxregionGetRectangles regionEmpty regionEqual regionPointIn regionRectIn regionOffset regionShrinkregionUnionWithRectregionIntersect regionUnionregionSubtract regionXorrenderWithDrawablesetSourcePixbufregiongcNewgcNewWithValues gcSetValues gcGetValuesgcSetClipRectanglegcSetClipRegion gcSetDashesCellRendererModecellRendererStopEditingcellRendererGetFixedSizecellRendererSetFixedSizecellMode cellVisible cellSensitive cellXAlign cellYAligncellXPadcellYPad cellWidth cellHeightcellIsExpandercellIsExpandedcellBackgroundcellBackgroundColorcellBackgroundSeteditingCancelededitingStartedonEditingCanceledafterEditingCanceledonEditingStartedafterEditingStarteddrawableGetDepthdrawableGetSizedrawableGetClipRegiondrawableGetVisibleRegion drawPoint drawPointsdrawLine drawLines drawPixbuf drawSegments drawRectangledrawArc drawPolygon drawGlyphsdrawLayoutLinedrawLayoutLineWithColors drawLayoutdrawLayoutWithColors drawDrawableBitmap pixmapNewPixbufRotationPixbufRotateClockwisePixbufRotateUpsidedownPixbufRotateCounterclockwisePixbufRotateNone InterpType InterpHyperInterpBilinear InterpTiles InterpNearest InlineImage ImageFormat Colorspace ColorspaceRgb PixbufErrorPixbufErrorFailedPixbufErrorUnsupportedOperationPixbufErrorUnknownTypePixbufErrorBadOptionPixbufErrorInsufficientMemoryPixbufErrorCorruptImagepixbufGetColorSpacepixbufGetNChannelspixbufGetHasAlphapixbufGetBitsPerSamplepixbufGetPixelspixbufGetWidthpixbufGetHeightpixbufGetRowstridepixbufGetOptionpixbufNewFromFilepixbufNewFromFileAtSizepixbufNewFromFileAtScalepixbufGetFormats pixbufSave pixbufNewpixbufNewFromXPMDatapixbufNewFromInlinepixbufNewSubpixbuf pixbufCopypixbufScaleSimple pixbufScalepixbufCompositepixbufFlipHorizontallypixbufFlipHorazontallypixbufFlipVerticallypixbufRotateSimplepixbufAddAlphapixbufCopyArea pixbufFillpixbufGetFromDrawablepixbufRenderThresholdAlpha$pixbufRenderPixmapAndMaskForColormappixbufAnimationNewFromFilepixbufAnimationGetWidthpixbufAnimationGetHeightpixbufAnimationGetIterpixbufAnimationIsStaticImagepixbufAnimationGetStaticImagepixbufAnimationIterAdvancepixbufAnimationIterGetDelayTime*pixbufAnimationIterOnCurrentlyLoadingFramepixbufAnimationIterGetPixbufpixbufSimpleAnimNewpixbufSimpleAnimAddFramepixbufSimpleAnimSetLooppixbufSimpleAnimGetLoop CursorTypeCursorIsPixmap BlankCursor LastCursorXtermWatchUrAngleUmbrellaUlAngleTrekTopTeeTopSideTopRightCorner TopLeftCorner TopLeftArrowTcrossTargetStarSpraycanSpiderSizingShuttleSbVDoubleArrow SbUpArrow SbRightArrow SbLeftArrowSbHDoubleArrow SbDownArrowSailboatRtlLogo RightbuttonRightTee RightSideRightPtr QuestionArrowPlusPiratePencilMouse MiddlebuttonManLrAngleLlAngle LeftbuttonLeftTeeLeftSideLeftPtr IronCrossIconHeartHand2Hand1GumbyGobblerFleurExchange DrapedBox DraftSmall DraftLarge DoubleArrowDotboxDot DiamondCross Crosshair CrossReverseCross CoffeeMugClockCircle CenterPtr BoxSpiral BottomTee BottomSideBottomRightCornerBottomLeftCornerBogosityBoat BasedArrowUpBasedArrowDownXCursorCursor cursorNewcursorNewFromPixmapcursorNewFromPixbufcursorNewFromNamecursorNewForDisplaycursorGetDisplaycursorGetImage rcStyleNew rcStyleCopyrcAddDefaultFilercGetDefaultFilesrcGetImModuleFilercGetModuleDir rcGetStylercGetStyleByPaths rcGetThemeDirrcParse rcParseString rcReparseAllrcReparseAllForSettings rcResetStylesrcSetDefaultFilesKeyCodeKeyValkeyName keyFromName keyToChar keyvalNamekeyvalFromName keyvalToCharkeyvalConvertCase keyvalToUpper keyvalToLower keyvalIsLower keyvalIsUpper TimeStamp EGrabBroken EOwnerChange EWindowState EProximity EProperty EConfigureEFocus ECrossing EVisibilityEExposeEMotionEScrollEButtonEKeyEAnyEventM eventWindow eventSenteventCoordinateseventRootCoordinates eventModifiereventModifierAll currentTime eventTime eventKeyVal eventKeyNameeventHardwareKeycodeeventKeyboardGroup eventButton eventClickeventScrollDirection eventIsHint eventArea eventRegioneventVisibilityStateeventCrossingModeeventNotifyTypeeventCrossingFocus eventFocusIn eventPosition eventSize eventPropertyeventWindowStateChangedeventWindowStateeventChangeReasoneventSelectioneventSelectionTimeeventKeyboardGrab eventImpliciteventGrabWindowtryEvent stopEventappLaunchContextNewappLaunchContextSetDesktopappLaunchContextSetDisplayappLaunchContextSetIconappLaunchContextSetIconNameappLaunchContextSetScreenappLaunchContextSetTimestamp displayOpendisplayGetDefaultdisplayGetNamedisplayGetNScreensdisplayGetScreendisplayGetDefaultScreendisplayPointerUngrabdisplayKeyboardUngrabdisplayPointerIsGrabbed displayBeep displaySync displayFlush displayClosedisplayListDevicesdisplaySetDoubleClickTimedisplaySetDoubleClickDistancedisplayGetPointerdisplayGetWindowAtPointerdisplayWarpPointerdisplaySupportsCursorColordisplaySupportsCursorAlphadisplayGetDefaultCursorSizedisplayGetMaximalCursorSizedisplayGetDefaultGroup$displaySupportsSelectionNotification#displayRequestSelectionNotification#displaySupportsClipboardPersistencedisplayStoreClipboarddisplaySupportsShapesdisplaySupportsInputShapesdisplaySupportsComposite displayClosedentryNew entrySetText entryGetTextentryAppendTextentryPrependTextentrySetVisibilityentryGetVisibilityentrySetInvisibleCharentryGetInvisibleCharentrySetMaxLengthentryGetMaxLengthentryGetActivatesDefaultentrySetActivatesDefaultentryGetHasFrameentrySetHasFrameentryGetWidthCharsentrySetWidthCharsentrySetAlignmententryGetAlignmententrySetCompletionentryGetCompletionentryGetIconWindowentryGetTextWindowentryImContextFilterKeypressentryResetImContextentryCursorPositionentrySelectionBound entryEditableentryMaxLengthentryVisibility entryHasFrameentryInvisibleCharentryActivatesDefaultentryWidthCharsentryScrollOffset entryText entryXalignentryAlignmententryCompletion entryActivateentryBackspaceentryCopyClipboardentryCutClipboardentryDeleteFromCursorentryInsertAtCursorentryMoveCursorentryPasteClipboardentryPopulatePopupentryPreeditChangedentryIconPressentryIconReleaseentryToggleOverwirteonEntryActivateafterEntryActivateonCopyClipboardafterCopyClipboardonCutClipboardafterCutClipboardonPasteClipboardafterPasteClipboardonToggleOverwriteafterToggleOverwriteimContextSetClientWindowimContextGetPreeditStringimContextFilterKeypressimContextFocusInimContextFocusOutimContextResetimContextSetCursorLocationimContextSetUsePreeditimContextSetSurroundingimContextGetSurroundingimContextDeleteSurroundingimContextPreeditStartimContextPreeditEndimContextPreeditChangedimContextCommitimContextRetrieveSurroundingimContextDeleteSurrounding'keymapGetDefaultkeymapGetForDisplaykeymapLookupKeykeymapTranslateKeyboardStatekeymapGetEntriesForKeyvalkeymapGetEntriesForKeycodekeymapGetDirectionkeymapHaveBidiLayoutskeymapGetCapsLockStatekeymapDirectionChangedkeymapKeysChangedkeymapStateChanged windowNewwindowNewPopupwindowSetTitlewindowGetTitlewindowSetResizablewindowGetResizablewindowActivateFocuswindowActivateDefaultwindowSetPolicywindowSetModalwindowGetModalwindowSetDefaultSizewindowAddMnemonicwindowRemoveMnemonicwindowMnemonicActivatewindowSetMnemonicModifierwindowGetMnemonicModifierwindowActivateKeywindowPropagateKeyEventwindowGetDefaultSizewindowSetPositionwindowSetTransientForwindowGetTransientForwindowSetDestroyWithParentwindowGetDestroyWithParentwindowIsActivewindowHasToplevelFocuswindowListToplevelswindowGetFocuswindowSetFocuswindowGetDefaultWidgetwindowSetDefault windowPresentwindowDeiconify windowIconifywindowMaximizewindowUnmaximizewindowFullscreenwindowUnfullscreenwindowSetKeepAbovewindowSetKeepBelowwindowSetSkipTaskbarHintwindowGetSkipTaskbarHintwindowSetSkipPagerHintwindowGetSkipPagerHintwindowSetAcceptFocuswindowGetAcceptFocuswindowSetFocusOnMapwindowGetFocusOnMapwindowSetStartupIdwindowSetDecoratedwindowGetDecoratedwindowSetDeletablewindowGetDeletablewindowSetFrameDimensionswindowGetFrameDimensionswindowSetHasFramewindowGetHasFrame windowSetRole windowGetRole windowStick windowUnstickwindowAddAccelGroupwindowRemoveAccelGroup windowSetIcon windowGetIconwindowSetIconListwindowGetIconListwindowSetDefaultIconListwindowGetDefaultIconListwindowSetIconNamewindowGetIconNamewindowSetDefaultIconNamewindowSetDefaultIconwindowSetDefaultIconFromFilewindowGetDefaultIconNamewindowSetScreenwindowGetScreenwindowSetIconFromFile windowSetAutoStartupNotificationwindowSetGravitywindowGetGravity windowMovewindowParseGeometrywindowReshowWithInitialSize windowResizewindowBeginResizeDragwindowBeginMoveDragwindowGetPosition windowGetSizewindowSetTypeHintwindowGetTypeHintwindowPresentWithTimewindowSetUrgencyHintwindowGetUrgencyHintwindowSetGeometryHintswindowSetOpacitywindowGetOpacitywindowGetGroupwindowGetWindowType windowTitle windowTypewindowAllowShrinkwindowAllowGrowwindowResizable windowModal windowOpacity windowFocuswindowHasFramewindowIconListwindowMnemonicModifierwindowMnemonicVisible windowRolewindowStartupIdwindowWindowPositionwindowDefaultWidthwindowDefaultHeightwindowDeletablewindowDestroyWithParent windowIconwindowIconName windowScreenwindowTypeHintwindowSkipTaskbarHintwindowSkipPagerHintwindowUrgencyHintwindowAcceptFocuswindowFocusOnMapwindowDecorated windowGravitywindowToplevelFocuswindowTransientFor frameEvent keysChangedsetFocus onSetFocus afterSetFocusfileChooserDialogNewfileChooserDialogNewWithBackendlabelNewlabelNewWithMnemonic labelSetText labelSetLabellabelSetAttributeslabelGetAttributeslabelSetMarkuplabelSetMarkupWithMnemoniclabelSetPatternlabelSetJustifylabelGetJustifylabelGetLayoutlabelSetLineWraplabelGetLineWraplabelSetLineWrapModelabelGetLineWrapModelabelGetLayoutOffsetslabelGetMnemonicKeyvallabelGetSelectablelabelSetUseMarkuplabelGetUseMarkuplabelSetUseUnderlinelabelGetUseUnderline labelGetText labelGetLabellabelSelectRegionlabelGetSelectionBoundslabelSetMnemonicWidgetlabelGetMnemonicWidgetlabelSetSelectablelabelSetTextWithMnemoniclabelSetEllipsizelabelSetWidthCharslabelSetMaxWidthCharslabelGetEllipsizelabelGetWidthCharslabelGetMaxWidthCharslabelGetSingleLineMode labelGetAnglelabelSetSingleLineMode labelSetAngle labelLabellabelUseMarkuplabelUseUnderline labelJustify labelWrap labelWrapModelabelSelectablelabelMnemonicWidgetlabelMnemonicKeyval labelPatternlabelCursorPositionlabelSelectionBoundlabelEllipsizelabelWidthCharslabelSingleLineMode labelAnglelabelAttributeslabelMaxWidthChars labelLineWrap labelText NotebookPage notebookNewnotebookAppendPagenotebookAppendPageMenunotebookPrependPagenotebookPrependPageMenunotebookInsertPagenotebookInsertPageMenunotebookRemovePagenotebookPageNumnotebookSetCurrentPagenotebookNextPagenotebookPrevPagenotebookReorderChildnotebookSetTabPosnotebookGetTabPosnotebookSetShowTabsnotebookGetShowTabsnotebookSetShowBordernotebookGetShowBordernotebookSetScrollablenotebookGetScrollablenotebookSetTabBordernotebookSetTabHBordernotebookSetTabVBordernotebookSetPopupnotebookGetCurrentPagenotebookSetMenuLabelnotebookGetMenuLabelnotebookSetMenuLabelTextnotebookGetMenuLabelTextnotebookGetNthPagenotebookGetNPagesnotebookGetTabLabelnotebookGetTabLabelTextnotebookQueryTabLabelPackingnotebookSetTabLabelPackingnotebookSetHomogeneousTabsnotebookSetTabLabelnotebookSetTabLabelTextnotebookSetTabReorderablenotebookGetTabReorderablenotebookSetTabDetachablenotebookGetTabDetachablenotebookSetActionWidgetnotebookGetActionWidget notebookPagenotebookTabPosnotebookTabBordernotebookTabHbordernotebookTabVbordernotebookShowTabsnotebookShowBordernotebookScrollablenotebookEnablePopupnotebookHomogeneousnotebookCurrentPagenotebookChildTabLabelnotebookChildMenuLabelnotebookChildPositionnotebookChildTabPackingnotebookChildTabPackTypenotebookChildDetachablenotebookChildReorderablenotebookChildTabExpandnotebookChildTabFillnotebookStyleArrowSpacingnotebookStyleHasBackwardSteppernotebookStyleHasForwardStepper(notebookStyleHasSecondaryBackwardStepper'notebookStyleHasSecondaryForwardSteppernotebookStyleTabCurvaturenotebookStyleTabOverlap switchPage pageReordered pageRemoved pageAdded onSwitchPageafterSwitchPageCellRendererAccelModeCellRendererAccelModeOtherCellRendererAccelModeGtkcellRendererAccelNewcellRendererAccelAccelKeycellRendererAccelAccelModscellRendererAccelKeycodecellRendererAccelAccelMode accelEdited accelClearedEvent ProximityeventInContacteventWindowMaskScrolleventDirection eventVisible Configure eventXParent eventYParent eventWidth eventHeightFocus eventInFocusCrossing eventLeavesKey eventReleaseeventWithCapsLockeventWithNumLockeventWithScrollLock eventKeyCharMotioneventXeventY eventXRoot eventYRootExpose eventCountEventGrabBrokenEventWindowStateEventVisibilityEventProximity EventProperty EventFocus EventCrossingEventConfigureEventKey EventExpose EventMotion EventScroll EventButton marshalEventmarshExposeRectbeepflush screenWidth screenHeight screenWidthMMscreenHeightMM pointerGrab pointerUngrabpointerIsGrabbed keyboardGrabkeyboardUngrabTextAttributesTagName textTagNewtextTagGetPrioritytextTagSetPrioritytextAttributesNewtextAttributesCopytextAttributesCopyValuesmakeNewTextAttributes textTagNametextTagBackgroundtextTagBackgroundSettextTagBackgroundFullHeighttextTagBackgroundFullHeightSettextTagBackgroundGdktextTagBackgroundStippletextTagBackgroundStippleSettextTagForegroundtextTagForegroundSettextTagForegroundGdktextTagForegroundStippletextTagForegroundStippleSettextTagDirectiontextTagEditabletextTagEditableSet textTagFonttextTagFontDesc textTagFamilytextTagFamilySet textTagStyletextTagStyleSettextTagTabsSettextTagVarianttextTagVariantSet textTagWeighttextTagWeightSettextTagStretchtextTagStretchSet textTagSizetextTagSizeSet textTagScaletextTagScaleSettextTagSizePointstextTagJustificationtextTagJustificationSettextTagLanguagetextTagLanguageSettextTagLeftMargintextTagLeftMarginSettextTagRightMargintextTagRightMarginSet textTagIndenttextTagIndentSet textTagRisetextTagRiseSettextTagPixelsAboveLinestextTagPixelsAboveLinesSettextTagPixelsBelowLinestextTagPixelsBelowLinesSettextTagPixelsInsideWraptextTagPixelsInsideWrapSettextTagStrikethroughtextTagStrikethroughSettextTagUnderlinetextTagUnderlineSettextTagWrapModetextTagWrapModeSettextTagInvisibletextTagInvisibleSettextTagParagraphBackgroundtextTagParagraphBackgroundSettextTagParagraphBackgroundGdktextTagPriority textTagEventonTextTagEventtextIterGetBuffertextIterGetOffsettextIterGetLinetextIterGetLineOffsettextIterGetVisibleLineOffsettextIterGetChartextIterGetSlicetextIterGetTexttextIterGetVisibleSlicetextIterGetVisibleTexttextIterGetPixbuftextIterGetChildAnchortextIterGetMarkstextIterGetToggledTagstextIterBeginsTagtextIterEndsTagtextIterTogglesTagtextIterHasTagtextIterGetTagstextIterEditabletextIterCanInserttextIterStartsWordtextIterEndsWordtextIterInsideWordtextIterStartsLinetextIterEndsLinetextIterStartsSentencetextIterEndsSentencetextIterInsideSentencetextIterIsCursorPositiontextIterGetCharsInLinetextIterGetAttributestextIterGetLanguage textIterIsEndtextIterIsStarttextIterForwardChartextIterBackwardChartextIterForwardCharstextIterBackwardCharstextIterForwardLinetextIterBackwardLinetextIterForwardLinestextIterBackwardLinestextIterForwardWordEndstextIterBackwardWordStartstextIterForwardWordEndtextIterBackwardWordStarttextIterForwardCursorPositiontextIterBackwardCursorPositiontextIterForwardCursorPositionstextIterBackwardCursorPositionstextIterForwardSentenceEndstextIterBackwardSentenceStartstextIterForwardSentenceEndtextIterBackwardSentenceStarttextIterSetOffsettextIterSetLinetextIterSetLineOffsettextIterSetVisibleLineOffsettextIterForwardToEndtextIterForwardToLineEndtextIterForwardToTagToggletextIterBackwardToTagToggletextIterForwardFindChartextIterBackwardFindChartextIterForwardSearchtextIterBackwardSearchtextIterForwardVisibleLinetextIterBackwardVisibleLinetextIterForwardVisibleLinestextIterBackwardVisibleLinestextIterForwardVisibleWordEnds!textIterBackwardVisibleWordStartstextIterForwardVisibleWordEnd textIterBackwardVisibleWordStart$textIterForwardVisibleCursorPosition%textIterBackwardVisibleCursorPosition%textIterForwardVisibleCursorPositions&textIterBackwardVisibleCursorPositions textIterEqualtextIterComparetextIterInRange textIterOrdertextIterVisibleLineOffsettextIterOffsettextIterLineOffset textIterLine textBufferNewtextBufferGetLineCounttextBufferGetCharCounttextBufferGetTagTabletextBufferInserttextBufferInsertByteStringtextBufferInsertAtCursor"textBufferInsertByteStringAtCursortextBufferInsertInteractive%textBufferInsertByteStringInteractive#textBufferInsertInteractiveAtCursor-textBufferInsertByteStringInteractiveAtCursortextBufferInsertRange textBufferInsertRangeInteractivetextBufferDeletetextBufferDeleteInteractivetextBufferSetTexttextBufferGetTexttextBufferGetSlicetextBufferSetByteStringtextBufferGetByteStringtextBufferGetByteStringSlicetextBufferInsertPixbuftextBufferCreateMarktextBufferAddMarktextBufferMoveMarktextBufferMoveMarkByNametextBufferDeleteMarktextBufferDeleteMarkByNametextBufferGetMarktextBufferGetInserttextBufferGetSelectionBoundtextBufferPlaceCursortextBufferApplyTagtextBufferRemoveTagtextBufferApplyTagByNametextBufferRemoveTagByNametextBufferRemoveAllTagstextBufferGetIterAtLineOffsettextBufferGetIterAtOffsettextBufferGetIterAtLinetextBufferGetIterAtMarktextBufferGetStartItertextBufferGetEndItertextBufferGetModifiedtextBufferSetModifiedtextBufferDeleteSelectiontextBufferHasSelectiontextBufferGetSelectionBoundstextBufferBeginUserActiontextBufferEndUserActiontextBufferBackspacetextBufferInsertChildAnchortextBufferCreateChildAnchortextBufferSelectRangetextBufferGetIterAtChildAnchortextBufferGetBoundstextBufferPasteClipboard textBufferPasteClipboardAtCursortextBufferCopyClipboardtextBufferCutClipboardtextBufferAddSelectionClipboard"textBufferRemoveSelectionClipboardtextBufferTagTabletextBufferTexttextBufferModifiedapplyTagbeginUserAction bufferChanged deleteRange endUserAction insertPixbufinsertChildAnchorbufferInsertText markDeletedmarkSetmodifiedChanged pasteDone removeTag onApplyTag afterApplyTagonBeginUserActionafterBeginUserActiononBufferChangedafterBufferChanged onDeleteRangeafterDeleteRangeonEndUserActionafterEndUserActiononInsertPixbufafterInsertPixbufonBufferInsertTextafterBufferInsertText onMarkDeletedafterMarkDeleted onMarkSet afterMarkSetonModifiedChangedafterModifiedChanged onRemoveTagafterRemoveTag textViewNewtextViewNewWithBuffertextViewSetBuffertextViewGetBuffertextViewScrollToMarktextViewScrollToItertextViewScrollMarkOnscreentextViewMoveMarkOnscreentextViewPlaceCursorOnscreentextViewGetVisibleRecttextViewGetIterLocationtextViewGetLineAtYtextViewGetLineYrangetextViewGetIterAtLocationtextViewBufferToWindowCoordstextViewWindowToBufferCoordstextViewGetWindowtextViewGetWindowTypetextViewSetBorderWindowSizetextViewGetBorderWindowSizetextViewForwardDisplayLinetextViewBackwardDisplayLinetextViewForwardDisplayLineEnd textViewBackwardDisplayLineStarttextViewStartsDisplayLinetextViewMoveVisuallytextViewAddChildAtAnchortextChildAnchorNewtextChildAnchorGetWidgetstextChildAnchorGetDeletedtextViewAddChildInWindowtextViewMoveChildtextViewSetWrapModetextViewGetWrapModetextViewSetEditabletextViewGetEditabletextViewSetCursorVisibletextViewGetCursorVisibletextViewSetPixelsAboveLinestextViewGetPixelsAboveLinestextViewSetPixelsBelowLinestextViewGetPixelsBelowLinestextViewSetPixelsInsideWraptextViewGetPixelsInsideWraptextViewSetJustificationtextViewGetJustificationtextViewSetLeftMargintextViewGetLeftMargintextViewSetRightMargintextViewGetRightMargintextViewSetIndenttextViewGetIndenttextViewGetDefaultAttributestextViewGetIterAtPositiontextViewSetOverwritetextViewGetOverwritetextViewSetAcceptsTabtextViewGetAcceptsTabtextViewGetHadjustmenttextViewGetVadjustmenttextViewImContextFilterKeypresstextViewResetImContexttextViewPixelsAboveLinestextViewPixelsBelowLinestextViewPixelsInsideWraptextViewEditabletextViewImModuletextViewWrapModetextViewJustificationtextViewLeftMargintextViewRightMargintextViewIndenttextViewCursorVisibletextViewBuffertextViewOverwritetextViewAcceptsTab backspace copyClipboard cutClipboarddeleteFromCursorinsertAtCursor moveCursor moveViewport moveFocuspageHorizontallypasteClipboard populatePopup selectAll setAnchorsetTextViewScrollAdjustmentstoggleCursorVisibletoggleOverwritetextViewPreeditChangedcellEditableStartEditingcellEditableEmitEditingDonecellEditableEmitRemoveWidgetcellEditableEditingCanceledcellEditableEditingDonecellEditableRemoveWidget iconViewNewiconViewNewWithModeliconViewSetModeliconViewGetModeliconViewSetTextColumniconViewGetTextColumniconViewSetMarkupColumniconViewGetMarkupColumniconViewSetPixbufColumniconViewGetPixbufColumniconViewGetPathAtPosiconViewSelectedForeachiconViewSetSelectionModeiconViewGetSelectionModeiconViewSetOrientationiconViewGetOrientationiconViewSetColumnsiconViewGetColumnsiconViewSetItemWidthiconViewGetItemWidthiconViewSetSpacingiconViewGetSpacingiconViewSetRowSpacingiconViewGetRowSpacingiconViewSetColumnSpacingiconViewGetColumnSpacingiconViewSetMarginiconViewGetMarginiconViewSelectPathiconViewUnselectPathiconViewPathIsSelectediconViewGetSelectedItemsiconViewSelectAlliconViewUnselectAlliconViewItemActivatediconViewGetItemAtPosiconViewSetCursoriconViewGetCursoriconViewScrollToPathiconViewGetVisibleRangeiconViewEnableModelDragSourceiconViewEnableModelDragDesticonViewUnsetModelDragSourceiconViewUnsetModelDragDesticonViewSetReorderableiconViewGetReorderableiconViewGetItemRowiconViewGetItemColumniconViewSelectionModeiconViewPixbufColumniconViewTextColumniconViewMarkupColumn iconViewModeliconViewColumnsiconViewItemWidthiconViewSpacingiconViewRowSpacingiconViewColumnSpacingiconViewMarginiconViewOrientationiconViewReorderableiconViewItemOrientationsetIconViewScrollAdjustments itemActivatedselectionChangedTreeViewGridLinesTreeViewGridLinesBothTreeViewGridLinesVerticalTreeViewGridLinesHorizontalTreeViewGridLinesNone treeViewNewtreeViewNewWithModeltreeViewGetModeltreeViewSetModeltreeViewGetSelectiontreeViewGetHAdjustmenttreeViewSetHAdjustmenttreeViewGetVAdjustmenttreeViewSetVAdjustmenttreeViewGetHeadersVisibletreeViewSetHeadersVisibletreeViewColumnsAutosizetreeViewSetHeadersClickabletreeViewGetRulesHinttreeViewSetRulesHinttreeViewAppendColumntreeViewRemoveColumntreeViewInsertColumntreeViewGetColumntreeViewGetColumnstreeViewMoveColumnAftertreeViewMoveColumnFirsttreeViewSetExpanderColumntreeViewGetExpanderColumntreeViewSetColumnDragFunctiontreeViewScrollToPointtreeViewScrollToCelltreeViewSetCursortreeViewSetCursorOnCelltreeViewGetCursortreeViewRowActivatedtreeViewExpandAlltreeViewCollapseAlltreeViewExpandToPathtreeViewExpandRowtreeViewCollapseRowtreeViewMapExpandedRowstreeViewRowExpandedtreeViewGetReorderabletreeViewSetReorderabletreeViewGetPathAtPostreeViewGetCellAreatreeViewGetBackgroundAreatreeViewGetVisibleRecttreeViewTreeToWidgetCoordstreeViewWidgetToTreeCoords$treeViewConvertBinWindowToTreeCoords&treeViewConvertBinWindowToWidgetCoords$treeViewConvertTreeToBinWindowCoords!treeViewConvertTreeToWidgetCoords&treeViewConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoords!treeViewConvertWidgetToTreeCoordstreeViewCreateRowDragIcontreeViewGetEnableSearchtreeViewSetEnableSearchtreeViewGetSearchColumntreeViewSetSearchColumntreeViewSetSearchEqualFunctreeViewGetFixedHeightModetreeViewSetFixedHeightModetreeViewGetHoverSelectiontreeViewSetHoverSelectiontreeViewGetHoverExpandtreeViewSetHoverExpandtreeViewGetHeadersClickabletreeViewGetVisibleRangetreeViewEnableModelDragDesttreeViewEnableModelDragSourcetreeViewUnsetRowsDragSourcetreeViewUnsetRowsDragDesttreeViewGetSearchEntrytreeViewSetSearchEntrytreeViewSetRowSeparatorFunctreeViewGetRubberBandingtreeViewSetRubberBandingtreeViewGetEnableTreeLinestreeViewSetEnableTreeLinestreeViewGetGridLinestreeViewSetGridLines treeViewModeltreeViewHAdjustmenttreeViewVAdjustmenttreeViewHeadersVisibletreeViewHeadersClickabletreeViewExpanderColumntreeViewReorderabletreeViewRulesHinttreeViewEnableSearchtreeViewSearchColumntreeViewFixedHeightModetreeViewHoverSelectiontreeViewHoverExpandtreeViewShowExpanderstreeViewLevelIndentationtreeViewRubberBandingtreeViewEnableGridLinestreeViewEnableTreeLinestreeViewGridLinestreeViewSearchEntry testExpandRowtestCollapseRow rowExpanded rowActivated rowCollapsedcolumnsChanged cursorChangedonColumnsChangedafterColumnsChangedonCursorChangedafterCursorChangedonRowActivatedafterRowActivatedonRowCollapsedafterRowCollapsed onRowExpandedafterRowExpandedonStartInteractiveSearchafterStartInteractiveSearchonTestCollapseRowafterTestCollapseRowonTestExpandRowafterTestExpandRowmenuNewmenuReorderChild menuPopupmenuSetAccelGroupmenuGetAccelGroupmenuSetAccelPath menuSetTitle menuGetTitle menuPopdownmenuReposition menuGetActive menuSetActivemenuSetTearoffStatemenuGetTearoffStatemenuAttachToWidget menuDetachmenuGetAttachWidget menuSetScreenmenuSetMonitor menuAttachmenuGetForAttachWidget menuTitlemenuTearoffStatemenuAccelGroup menuActivemenuChildLeftAttachmenuChildRightAttachmenuChildTopAttachmenuChildBottomAttach targetListAddtargetListAddTextTargetstargetListAddImageTargetstargetListAddUriTargetstargetListAddRichTextTargetstargetListRemoveselectionAddTargetselectionClearTargetsselectionOwnerSetselectionOwnerSetForDisplayselectionRemoveAllselectionDataSetselectionDataGetselectionDataIsValidselectionDataSetTextselectionDataGetTextselectionDataSetPixbufselectionDataGetPixbufselectionDataSetURIsselectionDataGetURIsselectionDataGetTargetselectionDataSetTargetselectionDataGetTargets selectionDataTargetsIncludeImageselectionDataTargetsIncludeTextselectionDataTargetsIncludeUri#selectionDataTargetsIncludeRichTextselectionReceived selectionGet clipboardGetclipboardGetForDisplayclipboardGetDisplayclipboardSetWithDataclipboardSetTextclipboardSetImageclipboardRequestContentsclipboardRequestTextclipboardRequestImageclipboardRequestTargetsclipboardRequestRichTextclipboardSetCanStoreclipboardStore StockItem siStockIdsiLabel siModifiersiKeyval siTransDomStockId stockAddItemstockLookupItem stockListIds stockAboutstockAdd stockApply stockBold stockCancelstockCapsLockWarning stockCDROM stockClear stockClosestockColorPicker stockConvert stockConnect stockCopystockCut stockDeletestockDialogAuthenticationstockDialogErrorstockDialogInfostockDialogQuestionstockDialogWarningstockDirectory stockDiscardstockDisconnectstockDndstockDndMultiple stockEdit stockExecute stockFile stockFindstockFindAndRelpace stockFloppystockFullscreenstockGotoBottomstockGotoFirst stockGotoLast stockGotoTop stockGoBack stockGoDownstockGoForward stockGoUp stockHarddisk stockHelp stockHome stockIndent stockIndex stockInfo stockItalic stockJumpTostockJustifyCenterstockJustifyFillstockJustifyLeftstockJustifyRightstockLeaveFullscreenstockMissingImagestockMediaForwardstockMediaNextstockMediaPausestockMediaPlaystockMediaPreviousstockMediaRecordstockMediaRewindstockMediaStop stockNetworkstockNewstockNostockOk stockOpenstockOrientationLandscape stockOrientationReverseLandscapestockOrientationPortraitstockOrientationReversePortraitstockPageSetup stockPastestockPreferences stockPrintstockPrintErrorstockPrintPausedstockPrintReportstockPrintWarningstockPrintPreviewstockProperties stockQuit stockRedo stockRefresh stockRemovestockRevertToSaved stockSave stockSaveAsstockSelectAllstockSelectColorstockSelectFontstockSortAscendingstockSortDescendingstockSpellCheck stockStopstockStrikethrough stockUndeletestockUnderline stockUndo stockUnindentstockYes stockZoom100 stockZoomFit stockZoomIn stockZoomOutdragContextActionsdragContextSuggestedActiondragContextAction dragDestSetdragDestSetProxy dragDestUnsetdragDestFindTargetdragDestGetTargetListdragDestSetTargetListdragDestAddTextTargetsdragDestAddImageTargetsdragDestAddURITargets dragFinish dragGetDatadragGetSourceWidget dragHighlightdragUnhighlightdragSetIconWidgetdragSetIconPixbufdragSetIconStockdragSetIconNamedragSetIconDefaultdragCheckThreshold dragSourceSetdragSourceSetIconPixbufdragSourceSetIconStockdragSourceSetIconNamedragSourceUnsetdragSourceSetTargetListdragSourceGetTargetListdragSourceAddTextTargetsdragSourceAddImageTargetsdragSourceAddURITargets dragStatus dragBegindragDataDelete dragDataGetdragDataReceiveddragDropdragEnd dragFailed dragLeave dragMotion ImageType ImageGicon ImageIconNameImageAnimation ImageIconSet ImageStock ImagePixbuf ImageImage ImagePixmap ImageEmptyimageNewFromFileimageNewFromPixbufimageNewFromAnimationimageNewFromStockimageNewimageNewFromIconNameimageGetPixbufimageSetFromPixbufimageSetFromAnimationimageSetFromFileimageSetFromStockimageSetFromIconNameimageSetPixelSizeimageGetPixelSize imageClear imagePixbufimageAnimation imagePixmap imageImage imageMask imageFile imageStock imageIconSizeimagePixelSize imageIconNameimageStorageType statusIconNewstatusIconNewFromPixbufstatusIconNewFromFilestatusIconNewFromStockstatusIconNewFromIconNamestatusIconSetFromPixbufstatusIconSetFromFilestatusIconSetFromStockstatusIconSetFromIconNamestatusIconGetStorageTypestatusIconGetPixbufstatusIconGetStockstatusIconGetIconNamestatusIconGetSizestatusIconSetTooltipstatusIconSetVisiblestatusIconGetVisiblestatusIconSetBlinkingstatusIconGetBlinkingstatusIconIsEmbeddedstatusIconPositionMenustatusIconGetGeometrystatusIconSetNamestatusIconPixbufstatusIconFilestatusIconStockstatusIconIconNamestatusIconStorageTypestatusIconSizestatusIconBlinkingstatusIconVisiblestatusIconSizeChangedstatusIconActivatestatusIconPopupMenu onPopupMenuafterPopupMenu onSizeChangedafterSizeChanged buttonNewbuttonNewWithLabelbuttonNewWithMnemonicbuttonNewFromStock buttonPressedbuttonReleased buttonClicked buttonEnter buttonLeavebuttonSetReliefbuttonGetReliefbuttonSetLabelbuttonGetLabelbuttonSetUseStockbuttonGetUseStockbuttonSetUseUnderlinebuttonGetUseUnderlinebuttonSetFocusOnClickbuttonGetFocusOnClickbuttonSetAlignmentbuttonGetAlignmentbuttonGetImagebuttonSetImagebuttonSetImagePositionbuttonGetImagePositionbuttonGetEventWindow buttonLabelbuttonUseUnderlinebuttonUseStockbuttonFocusOnClick buttonRelief buttonXalign buttonYalign buttonImagebuttonImagePositionbuttonActivatedonButtonActivateafterButtonActivate onClicked afterClickedonEnter afterEnteronLeave afterLeave onPressed afterPressed onReleased afterReleasedimageMenuItemNewimageMenuItemNewFromStockimageMenuItemNewWithLabelimageMenuItemNewWithMnemonicimageMenuItemSetImageimageMenuItemGetImageimageMenuItemImage toolbarNewtoolbarInsertNewButtontoolbarAppendNewButtontoolbarPrependNewButtontoolbarInsertNewToggleButtontoolbarAppendNewToggleButtontoolbarPrependNewToggleButtontoolbarInsertNewRadioButtontoolbarAppendNewRadioButtontoolbarPrependNewRadioButtontoolbarInsertNewWidgettoolbarAppendNewWidgettoolbarPrependNewWidgettoolbarSetOrientationtoolbarGetOrientationtoolbarSetStyletoolbarGetStyletoolbarUnsetStyletoolbarSetTooltipstoolbarGetTooltipstoolbarSetIconSizetoolbarGetIconSize toolbarInserttoolbarGetItemIndextoolbarGetNItemstoolbarGetNthItemtoolbarGetDropIndextoolbarSetDropHighlightItemtoolbarSetShowArrowtoolbarGetShowArrowtoolbarGetReliefStyletoolbarOrientation toolbarStyletoolbarShowArrowtoolbarTooltipstoolbarChildExpandtoolbarChildHomogeneousonOrientationChangedafterOrientationChangedonStyleChangedafterStyleChangedonPopupContextMenuafterPopupContextMenu toolButtonNewtoolButtonNewFromStocktoolButtonSetLabeltoolButtonGetLabeltoolButtonSetUseUnderlinetoolButtonGetUseUnderlinetoolButtonSetStockIdtoolButtonGetStockIdtoolButtonSetIconWidgettoolButtonGetIconWidgettoolButtonSetLabelWidgettoolButtonGetLabelWidgettoolButtonSetIconNametoolButtonGetIconNametoolButtonLabeltoolButtonUseUnderlinetoolButtonLabelWidgettoolButtonStockIdtoolButtonIconNametoolButtonIconWidgetonToolButtonClickedafterToolButtonClickedmenuToolButtonNewmenuToolButtonNewFromStockmenuToolButtonSetMenumenuToolButtonGetMenumenuToolButtonSetArrowTooltip!menuToolButtonSetArrowTooltipText#menuToolButtonSetArrowTooltipMarkupmenuToolButtonMenu onShowMenu afterShowMenutoggleToolButtonNewtoggleToolButtonNewFromStocktoggleToolButtonSetActivetoggleToolButtonGetActivetoggleToolButtonActiveonToolButtonToggledafterToolButtonToggledradioToolButtonNewradioToolButtonNewFromStockradioToolButtonNewFromWidget%radioToolButtonNewWithStockFromWidgetradioToolButtonGetGroupradioToolButtonSetGroupradioToolButtonGroup actionNew actionGetNameactionIsSensitiveactionGetSensitiveactionSetSensitiveactionIsVisibleactionGetVisibleactionSetVisibleactionActivateactionCreateMenuItemactionCreateToolItemactionConnectProxyactionDisconnectProxyactionGetProxiesactionConnectAcceleratoractionDisconnectAcceleratoractionGetAccelPathactionSetAccelPathactionSetAccelGroup actionName actionLabelactionShortLabel actionTooltip actionStockIdactionVisibleHorizontalactionVisibleOverflownactionVisibleVerticalactionIsImportantactionHideIfEmptyactionSensitive actionVisibleactionAccelPathactionAlwaysShowImageactionActivatedonActionActivateafterActionActivatetoggleActionNewtoggleActionToggledtoggleActionSetActivetoggleActionGetActivetoggleActionSetDrawAsRadiotoggleActionGetDrawAsRadiotoggleActionDrawAsRadiotoggleActionActive actionToggledonActionToggledafterActionToggledradioActionNewradioActionGetGroupradioActionSetGroupradioActionGetCurrentValueradioActionValueAttrradioActionGroupradioActionCurrentValueradioActionChangedonRadioActionChangedafterRadioActionChangedRadioActionEntryradioActionNameradioActionLabelradioActionStockIdradioActionAcceleratorradioActionTooltipradioActionValueToggleActionEntrytoggleActionNametoggleActionLabeltoggleActionStockIdtoggleActionAcceleratortoggleActionTooltiptoggleActionCallbacktoggleActionIsActive ActionEntryactionEntryNameactionEntryLabelactionEntryStockIdactionEntryAcceleratoractionEntryTooltipactionEntryCallbackactionGroupNewactionGroupGetNameactionGroupGetSensitiveactionGroupSetSensitiveactionGroupGetVisibleactionGroupSetVisibleactionGroupGetActionactionGroupListActionsactionGroupAddActionactionGroupAddActionWithAccelactionGroupRemoveActionactionGroupAddActionsactionGroupAddToggleActionsactionGroupAddRadioActionsactionGroupSetTranslateFuncactionGroupSetTranslationDomainactionGroupTranslateStringactionGroupNameactionGroupSensitiveactionGroupVisibleWidgetHelpTypeWidgetHelpWhatsThisWidgetHelpTooltip widgetShow widgetShowNow widgetHide widgetShowAll widgetHideAll widgetDestroywidgetQueueDrawwidgetQueueResizewidgetQueueResizeNoRedrawwidgetSizeRequestwidgetGetChildRequisitionwidgetSizeAllocatewidgetAddAcceleratorwidgetRemoveAcceleratorwidgetSetAccelPathwidgetCanActivateAccelwidgetActivatewidgetIntersectwidgetHasIntersectionwidgetGetIsFocuswidgetGrabFocuswidgetGrabDefault widgetSetName widgetGetNamewidgetSetSensitivewidgetSetSensitivitywidgetGetParentWindowwidgetDelEventswidgetAddEventswidgetGetEventswidgetSetEventswidgetSetExtensionEventswidgetGetExtensionEventswidgetGetToplevelwidgetGetAncestorwidgetGetColormapwidgetSetColormapwidgetGetPointerwidgetIsAncestorwidgetTranslateCoordinateswidgetSetStylewidgetGetStylewidgetPushColormapwidgetPopColormapwidgetSetDefaultColormapwidgetGetDefaultStylewidgetGetDefaultColormapwidgetSetDirectionwidgetGetDirectionwidgetSetDefaultDirectionwidgetGetDefaultDirectionwidgetShapeCombineMaskwidgetInputShapeCombineMaskwidgetGetTooltipWindowwidgetSetTooltipWindowwidgetTriggerTooltipQuerywidgetGetSnapshot widgetPathwidgetClassPathwidgetGetCompositeNamewidgetModifyStylewidgetGetModifierStylewidgetModifyFgwidgetModifyBgwidgetModifyTextwidgetModifyBasewidgetModifyFontwidgetCreatePangoContextwidgetGetPangoContextwidgetCreateLayoutwidgetRenderIconwidgetQueueDrawAreawidgetResetShapeswidgetSetAppPaintablewidgetSetDoubleBufferedwidgetSetRedrawOnAllocatewidgetSetCompositeNamewidgetSetScrollAdjustmentswidgetRegionIntersectwidgetGetAccessiblewidgetChildFocuswidgetGetChildVisiblewidgetGetParentwidgetGetSettingswidgetGetClipboardwidgetGetDisplaywidgetGetRootWindowwidgetGetScreenwidgetHasScreenwidgetGetSizeRequestwidgetSetChildVisiblewidgetSetSizeRequestwidgetSetNoShowAllwidgetGetNoShowAllwidgetListMnemonicLabelswidgetAddMnemonicLabelwidgetRemoveMnemonicLabelwidgetGetActionwidgetIsCompositedwidgetReparentwidgetSetCanFocuswidgetGetCanFocuswidgetGetAllocation widgetEvent widgetName widgetParentwidgetWidthRequestwidgetHeightRequest widgetVisiblewidgetSensitivewidgetAppPaintablewidgetCanFocuswidgetHasFocus widgetIsFocuswidgetCanDefaultwidgetHasDefaultwidgetReceivesDefaultwidgetCompositeChild widgetStyle widgetEventswidgetExtensionEventswidgetNoShowAllwidgetChildVisiblewidgetColormapwidgetCompositeNamewidgetDirectionwidgetTooltipMarkupwidgetTooltipTextwidgetHasTooltipwidgetHasRcStylewidgetGetRealizedwidgetGetMapped mapSignal unmapSignalrealize unrealize sizeRequest sizeAllocate showSignal hideSignalfocus stateChanged parentSethierarchyChangedstyleSetdirectionChanged grabNotifypopupMenuSignalshowHelpaccelClosuresChanged screenChanged queryTooltipbuttonPressEventbuttonReleaseEvent scrollEventmotionNotifyEvent deleteEvent destroyEvent exposeEvent keyPressEventkeyReleaseEvententerNotifyEventleaveNotifyEventconfigureEvent focusInEvent focusOutEventmapEvent unmapEventproximityInEventproximityOutEventvisibilityNotifyEvent noExposeEventwindowStateEventgrabBrokenEvent onButtonPressafterButtonPressonButtonReleaseafterButtonReleaseonClient afterClient onConfigureafterConfigureonDelete afterDeleteonDestroyEventafterDestroyEventonDirectionChangedafterDirectionChanged onEnterNotifyafterEnterNotify onLeaveNotifyafterLeaveNotifyonExpose afterExpose onExposeRectafterExposeRectonFocus afterFocus onFocusIn afterFocusIn onFocusOut afterFocusOut onGrabFocusafterGrabFocus onDestroy afterDestroyonHide afterHideonHierarchyChangedafterHierarchyChanged onKeyPress afterKeyPress onKeyReleaseafterKeyReleaseonMnemonicActivateafterMnemonicActivateonMotionNotifyafterMotionNotify onParentSetafterParentSet onProximityInafterProximityInonProximityOutafterProximityOut onRealize afterRealizeonScroll afterScrollonShow afterShowonSizeAllocateafterSizeAllocate onSizeRequestafterSizeRequestonStateChangedafterStateChangedonUnmap afterUnmap onUnrealizeafterUnrealizeonVisibilityNotifyafterVisibilityNotify onWindowStateafterWindowStatedrawWindowGetStatedrawWindowScrolldrawWindowCleardrawWindowClearAreadrawWindowClearAreaExposedrawWindowRaisedrawWindowLowerdrawWindowBeginPaintRectdrawWindowBeginPaintRegiondrawWindowEndPaintdrawWindowInvalidateRectdrawWindowInvalidateRegiondrawWindowGetUpdateAreadrawWindowFreezeUpdatesdrawWindowThawUpdatesdrawWindowProcessUpdatesdrawWindowSetAcceptFocusdrawWindowShapeCombineMaskdrawWindowShapeCombineRegiondrawWindowSetChildShapesdrawWindowMergeChildShapesdrawWindowGetPointerdrawWindowGetPointerPosdrawWindowGetOrigindrawWindowForeignNewdrawWindowGetDefaultRootWindowcomboNewcomboSetPopdownStringscomboSetValueInListcomboSetUseArrowscomboSetUseArrowsAlwayscomboSetCaseSensitivecomboDisableActivatecomboEnableArrowKeyscomboEnableArrowsAlwayscomboCaseSensitivecomboAllowEmptycomboValueInListdrawingAreaNewdrawingAreaGetDrawWindowdrawingAreaGetSizeIconInfoIconThemeErrorIconThemeFailedIconThemeNotFoundIconLookupFlagsIconLookupForceSizeIconLookupGenericFallbackIconLookupUseBuiltinIconLookupForceSvgIconLookupNoSvg iconThemeNewiconThemeGetDefaulticonThemeGetForScreeniconThemeSetScreeniconThemeSetSearchPathiconThemeGetSearchPathiconThemeAppendSearchPathiconThemePrependSearchPathiconThemeSetCustomThemeiconThemeHasIconiconThemeLookupIconiconThemeChooseIconiconThemeLookupByGIconiconThemeLoadIconiconThemeListContextsiconThemeListIconsiconThemeGetIconSizesiconThemeGetExampleIconNameiconThemeRescanIfNeedediconThemeAddBuiltinIconiconThemeErrorQuarkiconInfoNewForPixbuf iconInfoCopyiconInfoGetAttachPointsiconInfoGetBaseSizeiconInfoGetBuiltinPixbuficonInfoGetDisplayNameiconInfoGetEmbeddedRecticonInfoGetFilenameiconInfoLoadIconiconInfoSetRawCoordinatesiconThemeChangedIconSet IconSourceiconFactoryNewiconFactoryAddiconFactoryAddDefaulticonFactoryLookupiconFactoryLookupDefaulticonFactoryRemoveDefaulticonSetAddSourceiconSetRenderIcon iconSetNewiconSetNewFromPixbuficonSetGetSizes iconSizeCheckiconSizeRegistericonSizeRegisterAliasiconSizeFromNameiconSizeGetNameiconSourceGetDirectioniconSourceGetFilenameiconSourceGetSizeiconSourceGetState iconSourceNewiconSourceSetDirectioniconSourceResetDirectioniconSourceSetFilenameiconSourceGetPixbuficonSourceSetPixbuficonSourceSetSizeiconSourceResetSizeiconSourceSetStateiconSourceResetStateFDunsafeInitGUIForThreadedRTSinitGUI postGUISync postGUIAsync threadsEnter threadsLeave eventsPendingmainGUI mainLevelmainQuit mainIterationmainIterationDo mainDoEventquitAddDestroyquitAdd quitRemovegrabAddgrabGetCurrent grabRemove timeoutAddtimeoutAddFullidleAddinputAddobjectUnrefFromMainloopSplitPlaceViewR:>EmptyRViewL:<EmptyLMaybe2Just2Nothing2ElemgetElemNodeNode3Node2DigitFourThreeTwoOne FingerTreeDeepSingleEmptySeqSizedsizedeep digitToTreenode2node3 nodeToDigitempty singleton<|consTree|>snocTree>< appendTree0 addDigits0 appendTree1 addDigits1 appendTree2 addDigits2 appendTree3 addDigits3 appendTree4 addDigits4nulllengthviewl viewLTreeviewr viewRTreeindex lookupTree lookupNode lookupDigitupdateadjust adjustTree adjustNode adjustDigittakedropsplitAtsplit splitTreedeepLdeepR splitNode splitDigitfromListtoListfoldr foldrTree foldrDigit foldrNodefoldr1 foldr1Tree foldr1Digitfoldl foldlTree foldlDigit foldlNodefoldl1 foldl1Tree foldl1Digitfoldr'foldrMfoldl'foldlMreverse reverseTree reverseDigit reverseNodebaseGHC.Listelem$fEnumGrabStatus $fEnumGravity$fEnumWindowState$fEnumSubwindowMode$fEnumNotifyType$fEnumInputConditionconnect_BOXED__BOOLconnect_PTR__BOOLconnect_BOXED_BOXED__BOOLconnect_ENUM__BOOLconnect_ENUM_DOUBLE__BOOLconnect_INT__BOOLconnect_OBJECT_BOXED__BOOLconnect_INT_INT__BOOLconnect_INT_INT_INT__BOOLconnect_WORD__BOOLconnect_NONE__BOOLconnect_BOOL__BOOLconnect_NONE__ENUMconnect_ENUM__ENUMconnect_PTR__INTconnect_BOOL__NONEconnect_INT__NONEconnect_INT_INT__NONEconnect_NONE__NONEconnect_DOUBLE__NONEconnect_BOXED__NONEconnect_BOXED_BOXED__NONEconnect_BOXED_BOXED_PTR__NONEconnect_BOXED_OBJECT__NONEconnect_BOXED_WORD__NONEconnect_ENUM__NONEconnect_ENUM_INT__NONEconnect_ENUM_INT_BOOL__NONEconnect_OBJECT__NONEconnect_MOBJECT__NONE connect_OBJECT_BOXED_BOXED__NONEconnect_OBJECT_OBJECT__NONEconnect_PTR__NONEconnect_PTR_WORD__NONEconnect_STRING__NONEconnect_STRING_STRING__NONEconnect_WORD_WORD__NONEconnect_WORD_STRING__NONEconnect_BOXED_PTR_INT__NONEconnect_INT_BOOL__NONEconnect_OBJECT_STRING__NONEconnect_STRING__BOOLconnect_OBJECT_PTR_BOXED__BOOLconnect_PTR_BOXED_BOXED__BOOLconnect_PTR_INT_PTR__NONEconnect_PTR_WORD_WORD__NONE"connect_OBJECT_PTR_WORD_WORD__NONE*connect_OBJECT_INT_INT_PTR_WORD_WORD__NONE!connect_OBJECT_INT_INT_WORD__BOOLconnect_OBJECT_WORD__NONEconnect_OBJECT_ENUM__BOOLconnect_BOXED_STRING__NONEconnect_OBJECT_INT__NONEconnect_ENUM_BOOL__BOOLconnect_BOXED_INT__NONE(connect_OBJECT_INT_INT_BOOL_OBJECT__BOOLconnect_INT_STRING_INT__NONE!connect_STRING_INT_ENUM_INT__NONEconnect_OBJECT__BOOLconnect_OBJECT_INT_OBJECT__NONE"connect_OBJECT_OBJECT_OBJECT__NONE"connect_OBJECT_OBJECT_OBJECT__BOOLconnect_ENUM_PTR__NONESystem.Glib.SignalsGClosure ConnectId SignalName ConnectAfterSignalonafter disconnectsignalDisconnect signalBlock signalUnblocksignalStopEmissionconnectGeneric$fEnumTargetFlags$fEnumPathPriorityType$fEnumDestDefaults$fEnumAttachOptions$fEnumAccelFlagsgdk_gc_get_typegtk_file_chooser_get_typegtk_editable_get_typegtk_cell_editable_get_typegtk_window_group_get_typegtk_ui_manager_get_typegtk_action_group_get_typegtk_radio_action_get_typegtk_toggle_action_get_typegtk_recent_action_get_typegtk_action_get_typegtk_entry_buffer_get_typegtk_entry_completion_get_typegtk_accel_map_get_typegtk_accel_group_get_typegtk_clipboard_get_typegtk_size_group_get_typegtk_icon_theme_get_typegtk_icon_factory_get_typegtk_tree_model_filter_get_typegtk_tree_model_sort_get_typegtk_list_store_get_typegtk_tree_store_get_typegtk_tree_model_get_typegtk_tree_selection_get_typegtk_status_icon_get_typegtk_tooltip_get_typegtk_tree_sortable_get_typegtk_cell_layout_get_typegtk_builder_get_typegtk_file_filter_get_type#gtk_cell_renderer_progress_get_type!gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_type gtk_cell_renderer_combo_get_typegtk_cell_renderer_spin_get_type gtk_cell_renderer_accel_get_typegtk_cell_renderer_text_get_type!gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_get_type"gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_get_typegtk_cell_renderer_get_typegtk_tree_view_column_get_typegtk_tooltips_get_typegtk_item_factory_get_typegtk_im_context_simple_get_typegtk_im_multicontext_get_typegtk_im_context_get_typegtk_adjustment_get_typegtk_progress_bar_get_typegtk_preview_get_typegtk_invisible_get_typegtk_vseparator_get_typegtk_hseparator_get_typegtk_separator_get_typegtk_vscrollbar_get_typegtk_hscrollbar_get_typegtk_scrollbar_get_typegtk_vscale_get_typegtk_hscale_get_typegtk_scale_get_typegtk_range_get_typegtk_vruler_get_typegtk_hruler_get_typegtk_ruler_get_typegtk_spin_button_get_typegtk_entry_get_typegtk_spinner_get_typegtk_drawing_area_get_typegtk_cell_view_get_typegtk_calendar_get_typegtk_tree_view_get_typegtk_toolbar_get_typegtk_text_view_get_typegtk_table_get_typegtk_socket_get_typegtk_notebook_get_typegtk_menu_bar_get_type gtk_recent_chooser_menu_get_typegtk_menu_get_typegtk_menu_shell_get_typegtk_list_get_typegtk_layout_get_typegtk_icon_view_get_typegtk_vpaned_get_typegtk_hpaned_get_typegtk_paned_get_typegtk_fixed_get_typegtk_ctree_get_typegtk_clist_get_typegtk_statusbar_get_type gtk_file_chooser_button_get_typegtk_combo_get_typegtk_info_bar_get_typegtk_hbox_get_type gtk_file_chooser_widget_get_typegtk_font_selection_get_typegtk_color_selection_get_type"gtk_recent_chooser_widget_get_typegtk_vbox_get_typegtk_vbutton_box_get_typegtk_hbutton_box_get_typegtk_button_box_get_typegtk_box_get_type gtk_separator_tool_item_get_typegtk_radio_tool_button_get_typegtk_toggle_tool_button_get_typegtk_menu_tool_button_get_typegtk_tool_button_get_typegtk_tool_item_get_typegtk_combo_box_entry_get_typegtk_combo_box_get_typegtk_expander_get_typegtk_viewport_get_typegtk_scrolled_window_get_typegtk_handle_box_get_typegtk_event_box_get_typegtk_plug_get_typegtk_message_dialog_get_typegtk_input_dialog_get_type"gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_type gtk_file_chooser_dialog_get_typegtk_file_selection_get_type#gtk_color_selection_dialog_get_typegtk_about_dialog_get_typegtk_dialog_get_typegtk_offscreen_window_get_typegtk_assistant_get_typegtk_window_get_typegtk_list_item_get_type gtk_separator_menu_item_get_typegtk_image_menu_item_get_typegtk_tearoff_menu_item_get_typegtk_radio_menu_item_get_typegtk_check_menu_item_get_typegtk_menu_item_get_typegtk_item_get_typegtk_option_menu_get_typegtk_font_button_get_typegtk_color_button_get_typegtk_radio_button_get_typegtk_check_button_get_typegtk_toggle_button_get_typegtk_link_button_get_typegtk_volume_button_get_typegtk_scale_button_get_typegtk_button_get_typegtk_aspect_frame_get_typegtk_frame_get_typegtk_alignment_get_typegtk_bin_get_typegtk_tool_item_group_get_typegtk_tool_palette_get_typegtk_container_get_typegtk_image_get_typegtk_arrow_get_typegtk_tips_query_get_typegtk_accel_label_get_typegtk_label_get_typegtk_misc_get_typegtk_hsv_get_typegtk_widget_get_typegtk_recent_filter_get_typegtk_object_get_typegtk_text_mark_get_typegtk_text_child_anchor_get_type"gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_typegdk_pixbuf_simple_anim_get_typegdk_pixbuf_animation_get_typegdk_pixbuf_get_typegdk_drag_context_get_typegtk_rc_style_get_typegtk_style_get_typegtk_text_tag_table_get_typegtk_text_tag_get_typegtk_text_buffer_get_typegtk_settings_get_typegdk_device_get_typegdk_visual_get_typegdk_display_get_typegdk_screen_get_typegdk_colormap_get_typegdk_pixmap_get_typegdk_window_object_get_typegdk_drawable_get_typegtk_recent_manager_get_typegtk_recent_chooser_get_typegtk_print_context_get_typegtk_page_setup_get_type$gtk_print_operation_preview_get_typegtk_print_operation_get_typegtk_print_settings_get_typegdk_app_launch_context_get_typegdk_display_manager_get_typegdk_keymap_get_typegtk_accessible_get_typeatk_object_get_type AccelMapClassAccelMapAccelGroupClass AccelGroupListStoreClassTreeStoreClass CellLayoutItemFactoryClass ItemFactory PreviewClassPreviewInvisibleClass ListClassList CTreeClassCTree CListClassCListInputDialogClass InputDialog ListItemClassListItem ItemClassItemTipsQueryClass TipsQuery SettingsClassSettings DeviceClassDevice VisualClassVisual ColormapClassColormapAtkObjectClass AtkObjectcastTo toAtkObjectcastToAtkObjectgTypeAtkObject gTypeKeymapgTypeDisplayManagergTypePrintSettingsgTypePrintOperationgTypePrintOperationPreviewgTypePageSetupgTypePrintContextgTypeRecentChoosergTypeRecentManager toDrawWindowtoPixmap castToPixmap gTypePixmap toColormapcastToColormap gTypeColormaptoVisual castToVisual gTypeVisualtoDevice castToDevice gTypeDevice toSettingscastToSettings gTypeSettingstoTextChildAnchorcastToTextChildAnchorgTypeTextChildAnchorgTypeRecentFiltergTypeHSV toTipsQuerycastToTipsQuerygTypeTipsQuerygTypeToolPalettegTypeToolItemGroupgTypeScaleButtongTypeVolumeButtongTypeLinkButtontoItem castToItem gTypeItem toListItemcastToListItem gTypeListItemgTypeAssistant toInputDialogcastToInputDialoggTypeInputDialoggTypeRecentChooserWidget gTypeInfoBartoCList castToCList gTypeCListtoCTree castToCTree gTypeCTree castToList gTypeListgTypeRecentChooserMenu toSpinner castToSpinner gTypeSpinner gTypeRuler gTypeHRuler gTypeVRuler toInvisiblecastToInvisiblegTypeInvisible toPreview castToPreview gTypePreviewgTypeIMContextSimple toItemFactorycastToItemFactorygTypeItemFactorygTypeCellRendererSpinnergTypeCellRendererAccelgTypeCellRendererSpincastToCellLayoutgTypeCellLayout gTypeTooltip toTreeStorecastToTreeStoregTypeTreeStore toListStorecastToListStoregTypeListStoregTypeIconTheme toAccelGroupcastToAccelGroupgTypeAccelGroup toAccelMapcastToAccelMap gTypeAccelMapgTypeEntryBuffergTypeRecentActiongTypeCellEditabletoGCSystem.Glib.GObjectisAobjectGetAttributeUnsafeobjectSetAttributeobjectCreateAttributequarkFromStringwrapNewGObjectconstructNewGObjectmakeNewGObject gTypeGObject objectRef objectRefSink objectNew DestroyNotifyQuark destroyFunPtrdestroyStablePtrSystem.Glib.Types castToGObject unGObject mkGObjectGObjectunsafeCastGObject toGObject GObjectClass objectUnref mkAtkObject unAtkObject mkAccessible unAccessiblemkKeymapunKeymapmkDisplayManagerunDisplayManagermkAppLaunchContextunAppLaunchContextmkPrintSettingsunPrintSettingsmkPrintOperationunPrintOperationmkPrintOperationPreviewunPrintOperationPreview mkPageSetup unPageSetupmkPrintContextunPrintContextmkRecentChooserunRecentChoosermkRecentManagerunRecentManager mkDrawable unDrawable mkDrawWindow unDrawWindowmkPixmapunPixmap mkColormap unColormapmkScreenunScreen mkDisplay unDisplaymkVisualunVisualmkDeviceunDevice mkSettings unSettings mkTextBuffer unTextBuffer mkTextTag unTextTagmkTextTagTableunTextTagTablemkStyleunStyle mkRcStyle unRcStyle mkDragContext unDragContextmkPixbufunPixbufmkPixbufAnimationunPixbufAnimationmkPixbufSimpleAnimunPixbufSimpleAnimmkPixbufAnimationIterunPixbufAnimationItermkTextChildAnchorunTextChildAnchor mkTextMark unTextMarkmkObjectunObjectmkRecentFilterunRecentFiltermkWidgetunWidgetmkHSVunHSVmkMiscunMiscmkLabelunLabel mkAccelLabel unAccelLabel mkTipsQuery unTipsQuerymkArrowunArrowmkImageunImage mkContainer unContainer mkToolPalette unToolPalettemkToolItemGroupunToolItemGroupmkBinunBin mkAlignment unAlignmentmkFrameunFrame mkAspectFrame unAspectFramemkButtonunButton mkScaleButton unScaleButtonmkVolumeButtonunVolumeButton mkLinkButton unLinkButtonmkToggleButtonunToggleButton mkCheckButton unCheckButton mkRadioButton unRadioButton mkColorButton unColorButton mkFontButton unFontButton mkOptionMenu unOptionMenumkItemunItem mkMenuItem unMenuItemmkCheckMenuItemunCheckMenuItemmkRadioMenuItemunRadioMenuItemmkTearoffMenuItemunTearoffMenuItemmkImageMenuItemunImageMenuItemmkSeparatorMenuItemunSeparatorMenuItem mkListItem unListItemmkWindowunWindow mkAssistant unAssistantmkOffscreenWindowunOffscreenWindowmkDialogunDialog mkAboutDialog unAboutDialogmkColorSelectionDialogunColorSelectionDialogmkFileSelectionunFileSelectionmkFileChooserDialogunFileChooserDialogmkFontSelectionDialogunFontSelectionDialog mkInputDialog unInputDialogmkMessageDialogunMessageDialogmkPlugunPlug mkEventBox unEventBox mkHandleBox unHandleBoxmkScrolledWindowunScrolledWindow mkViewport unViewport mkExpander unExpander mkComboBox unComboBoxmkComboBoxEntryunComboBoxEntry mkToolItem unToolItem mkToolButton unToolButtonmkMenuToolButtonunMenuToolButtonmkToggleToolButtonunToggleToolButtonmkRadioToolButtonunRadioToolButtonmkSeparatorToolItemunSeparatorToolItemmkBoxunBox mkButtonBox unButtonBox mkHButtonBox unHButtonBox mkVButtonBox unVButtonBoxmkVBoxunVBoxmkRecentChooserWidgetunRecentChooserWidgetmkColorSelectionunColorSelectionmkFontSelectionunFontSelectionmkFileChooserWidgetunFileChooserWidgetmkHBoxunHBox mkInfoBar unInfoBarmkCombounCombomkFileChooserButtonunFileChooserButton mkStatusbar unStatusbarmkCListunCListmkCTreeunCTreemkFixedunFixedmkPanedunPanedmkHPanedunHPanedmkVPanedunVPaned mkIconView unIconViewmkLayoutunLayoutmkListunList mkMenuShell unMenuShellmkMenuunMenumkRecentChooserMenuunRecentChooserMenu mkMenuBar unMenuBar mkNotebook unNotebookmkSocketunSocketmkTableunTable mkTextView unTextView mkToolbar unToolbar mkTreeView unTreeView mkCalendar unCalendar mkCellView unCellView mkDrawingArea unDrawingArea mkSpinner unSpinnermkEntryunEntry mkSpinButton unSpinButtonmkRulerunRulermkHRulerunHRulermkVRulerunVRulermkRangeunRangemkScaleunScalemkHScaleunHScalemkVScaleunVScale mkScrollbar unScrollbar mkHScrollbar unHScrollbar mkVScrollbar unVScrollbar mkSeparator unSeparator mkHSeparator unHSeparator mkVSeparator unVSeparator mkInvisible unInvisible mkPreview unPreview mkProgressBar unProgressBar mkAdjustment unAdjustment mkIMContext unIMContextmkIMMulticontextunIMMulticontextmkIMContextSimpleunIMContextSimple mkItemFactory unItemFactory mkTooltips unTooltipsmkTreeViewColumnunTreeViewColumnmkCellRendererunCellRenderermkCellRendererSpinnerunCellRendererSpinnermkCellRendererPixbufunCellRendererPixbufmkCellRendererTextunCellRendererTextmkCellRendererAccelunCellRendererAccelmkCellRendererSpinunCellRendererSpinmkCellRendererCombounCellRendererCombomkCellRendererToggleunCellRendererTogglemkCellRendererProgressunCellRendererProgress mkFileFilter unFileFilter mkBuilder unBuilder mkCellLayout unCellLayoutmkTreeSortableunTreeSortable mkTooltip unTooltip mkStatusIcon unStatusIconmkTreeSelectionunTreeSelection mkTreeModel unTreeModel mkTreeStore unTreeStore mkListStore unListStoremkTreeModelSortunTreeModelSortmkTreeModelFilterunTreeModelFilter mkIconFactory unIconFactory mkIconTheme unIconTheme mkSizeGroup unSizeGroup mkClipboard unClipboard mkAccelGroup unAccelGroup mkAccelMap unAccelMapmkEntryCompletionunEntryCompletion mkEntryBuffer unEntryBuffermkActionunActionmkRecentActionunRecentActionmkToggleActionunToggleAction mkRadioAction unRadioAction mkActionGroup unActionGroup mkUIManager unUIManager mkWindowGroup unWindowGroupmkCellEditableunCellEditable mkEditable unEditable mkFileChooser unFileChoosermkGCunGCgtk_target_list_refgtk_target_list_newgdk_atom_intern gdk_atom_nametarget_list_unref SelectionData PropertyTagghc-prim GHC.TypesDoubleGHC.Showshow mkTargetList gtk_container_child_get_property gtk_container_child_set_property!containerChildSetPropertyInternal!containerChildGetPropertyInternalcontainerChildGetPropertyBoolcontainerChildSetPropertyBool$newAttrFromContainerChildIntProperty%newAttrFromContainerChildUIntProperty%newAttrFromContainerChildBoolProperty%newAttrFromContainerChildEnumProperty&newAttrFromContainerChildFlagsProperty'newAttrFromContainerChildStringPropertygtk_tree_path_get_indicesgtk_tree_path_get_depthgtk_tree_path_append_indexgtk_tree_path_newgtk_tree_path_free ColumnAccessCAPixbufCAStringCABoolCAInt CAInvalidNativeTreePath TreeIterPtrTypedTreeModelFilterdummyunsafeTreeModelToGenericunsafeTreeModelSortToGenericunsafeTreeModelFilterToGenericreceiveTreeIter peekTreeItertreeIterSetStampnativeTreePathFree newTreePath withTreePathnativeTreePathGetIndices peekTreePath fromTreePath comboQuark mkPixbufData$fMArrayPixbufDataeIOgtk_scale_get_value_posgtk_scale_set_value_posgtk_scale_get_draw_valuegtk_scale_set_draw_valuegtk_scale_get_digitsgtk_scale_set_digitsg_object_weak_unrefg_object_weak_ref mkDestructorgtk_paned_get_handle_windowgtk_paned_get_child2gtk_paned_get_child1gtk_paned_get_positiongtk_paned_set_positiongtk_paned_pack2gtk_paned_pack1gtk_paned_add2gtk_paned_add1"gtk_builder_get_translation_domain"gtk_builder_set_translation_domaingtk_builder_get_objectsgtk_builder_get_object#gtk_builder_add_objects_from_string!gtk_builder_add_objects_from_filegtk_builder_add_from_stringgtk_builder_add_from_filegtk_builder_newSystem.Glib.GErrorcatchGErrorJustg_freegdk_x11_drawable_get_xidgdkColormapQueryColorgdkColormapAllocColorgdkColormapGetSystemkeycodegrouplevel TargetEntry AllocationColorMap pokeGCValues inputError treeIterSize textIterSize fromResponse toResponseunNativeWindowIdnativeWindowIdNonetoolbarChildButtontoolbarChildToggleButtontoolbarChildRadioButton comboGetListdragContextGetActionsdragContextSetActionsdragContextGetActiondragContextSetActiondragContextGetSuggestedActiondragContextSetSuggestedAction intToAtom tagInvalidselectionDataGetTypewithTargetEntriesgtk_sensitivity_type_get_typegtk_range_set_slider_size_fixedgtk_range_set_min_slider_sizegtk_range_get_slider_size_fixedgtk_range_get_slider_rangegtk_range_get_range_rectgtk_range_get_min_slider_size'gtk_range_get_upper_stepper_sensitivity'gtk_range_set_upper_stepper_sensitivity'gtk_range_get_lower_stepper_sensitivity'gtk_range_set_lower_stepper_sensitivitygtk_range_set_rangegtk_range_set_incrementsgtk_range_set_valuegtk_range_get_valuegtk_range_set_invertedgtk_range_get_invertedgtk_range_set_update_policygtk_range_get_update_policygtk_range_set_adjustmentgtk_range_get_adjustmentGHC.BoolTrueFalsegtk_plug_get_socket_windowgtk_plug_get_embeddedgtk_plug_get_idgtk_plug_new_for_display gtk_plug_newgtk_socket_get_plug_windowgtk_socket_get_idgtk_socket_add_idgtk_socket_newmkTextIterCopymakeEmptyTextItergtk_misc_get_paddinggtk_misc_set_paddinggtk_misc_get_alignmentgtk_misc_set_alignmentgtk_bin_get_childgtk_container_set_resize_modegtk_container_get_resize_modegtk_container_get_border_widthgtk_container_set_border_widthgtk_container_resize_children#gtk_container_get_focus_hadjustment#gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment#gtk_container_get_focus_vadjustment#gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustmentgtk_container_unset_focus_chaingtk_container_get_focus_chaingtk_container_set_focus_chaingtk_container_set_focus_childgtk_container_get_childrengtk_container_forallgtk_container_foreachgtk_container_removegtk_container_addmkContainerForeachFuncCallbackGHC.EnummaxBound"gtk_button_box_set_child_secondarygtk_button_box_set_layout"gtk_button_box_get_child_secondarygtk_button_box_get_layoutgtk_pack_type_get_typegtk_box_get_spacinggtk_box_set_child_packinggtk_box_query_child_packinggtk_box_reorder_childgtk_box_set_spacinggtk_box_get_homogeneousgtk_box_set_homogeneousgtk_box_pack_end_defaultsgtk_box_pack_start_defaultsgtk_box_pack_endgtk_box_pack_startgtk_viewport_get_view_windowgtk_viewport_get_bin_windowgtk_viewport_get_shadow_typegtk_viewport_set_shadow_typegtk_viewport_set_vadjustmentgtk_viewport_set_hadjustmentgtk_viewport_get_vadjustmentgtk_viewport_get_hadjustmentgtk_viewport_newgtk_tooltips_data_getgtk_tooltips_set_tipgtk_tooltips_set_delaygtk_tooltips_disablegtk_tooltips_enablegtk_tooltips_new TooltipsDatagtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_gicongtk_tooltip_set_tip_area!gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_querygtk_tooltip_set_custom#gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_icon_namegtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_stockgtk_tooltip_set_icongtk_tooltip_set_textgtk_tooltip_set_markup Data.MaybeNothing gtk_size_group_get_ignore_hidden gtk_size_group_set_ignore_hiddengtk_size_group_set_modegtk_size_group_remove_widgetgtk_size_group_get_modegtk_size_group_add_widgetgtk_size_group_newgtk_im_context_simple_add_tablegtk_im_context_simple_newInt$gtk_im_multicontext_append_menuitemsgtk_im_multicontext_newgtk_handle_box_get_snap_edgegtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge"gtk_handle_box_get_handle_position"gtk_handle_box_set_handle_positiongtk_handle_box_get_shadow_typegtk_handle_box_set_shadow_typegtk_handle_box_newgtk_event_box_get_above_childgtk_event_box_set_above_child gtk_event_box_get_visible_window gtk_event_box_set_visible_windowgtk_event_box_newgtk_calendar_thawgtk_calendar_freezegtk_calendar_get_dategtk_calendar_display_options gtk_calendar_get_display_options gtk_calendar_set_display_optionsgtk_calendar_clear_marksgtk_calendar_unmark_daygtk_calendar_mark_daygtk_calendar_select_daygtk_calendar_select_monthgtk_calendar_newgtk_shadow_type_get_typegtk_arrow_type_get_type gtk_arrow_set gtk_arrow_newgtk_adjustment_value_changedgtk_adjustment_changedgtk_adjustment_clamp_pagegtk_adjustment_get_valuegtk_adjustment_set_valuegtk_adjustment_newgtk_accessible_set_widgetgtk_accessible_get_widgetgtk_vscrollbar_newgtk_corner_type_get_typegtk_policy_type_get_type"gtk_scrolled_window_get_vscrollbar"gtk_scrolled_window_get_hscrollbar#gtk_scrolled_window_set_vadjustment#gtk_scrolled_window_set_hadjustment#gtk_scrolled_window_get_shadow_type#gtk_scrolled_window_set_shadow_type!gtk_scrolled_window_get_placement!gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement%gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewportgtk_scrolled_window_get_policygtk_scrolled_window_set_policy#gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment#gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustmentgtk_scrolled_window_newgtk_hscrollbar_newgtk_recent_info_match gtk_recent_info_last_applicationgtk_recent_info_is_localgtk_recent_info_has_groupgtk_recent_info_has_applicationgtk_recent_info_get_visitedgtk_recent_info_get_uri_displaygtk_recent_info_get_urigtk_recent_info_get_short_name gtk_recent_info_get_private_hintgtk_recent_info_get_modifiedgtk_recent_info_get_mime_typegtk_recent_info_get_icongtk_recent_info_get_groups gtk_recent_info_get_display_namegtk_recent_info_get_description gtk_recent_info_get_applications$gtk_recent_info_get_application_infogtk_recent_info_get_agegtk_recent_info_get_addedgtk_recent_info_existsgtk_recent_info_unrefgtk_recent_sort_type_get_typegtk_recent_chooser_list_filters gtk_recent_chooser_remove_filtergtk_recent_chooser_add_filtergtk_recent_chooser_get_urisgtk_recent_chooser_get_itemsgtk_recent_chooser_unselect_allgtk_recent_chooser_select_allgtk_recent_chooser_unselect_urigtk_recent_chooser_select_uri#gtk_recent_chooser_get_current_item"gtk_recent_chooser_get_current_uri"gtk_recent_chooser_set_current_uri gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_funcmkRecentSortFuncRecentSortFunc$fEnumRecentSortTypegtk_recent_manager_purge_itemsgtk_recent_manager_get_itemsgtk_recent_manager_move_itemgtk_recent_manager_has_itemgtk_recent_manager_lookup_itemgtk_recent_manager_remove_itemgtk_recent_manager_add_itemgtk_recent_manager_get_defaultgtk_recent_manager_newgtk_recent_filter_add_agegtk_recent_filter_add_group!gtk_recent_filter_add_application$gtk_recent_filter_add_pixbuf_formatsgtk_recent_filter_add_patterngtk_recent_filter_add_mime_typegtk_recent_filter_set_namegtk_recent_filter_get_namegtk_recent_filter_new$fEnumRecentFilterFlags)gtk_recent_chooser_widget_new_for_managergtk_recent_chooser_widget_new'gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new_for_managergtk_recent_chooser_menu_new"gtk_print_context_get_hard_margins%gtk_print_context_create_pango_layout>k_print_context_create_pango_context#gtk_print_context_get_pango_fontmapgtk_print_context_get_dpi_ygtk_print_context_get_dpi_xgtk_print_context_get_heightgtk_print_context_get_width gtk_print_context_get_page_setup#gtk_print_context_set_cairo_context#gtk_print_context_get_cairo_contextGraphics.Rendering.Pango.TypesFontMap#Graphics.Rendering.Pango.BasicTypes PangoLayoutgtk_paper_size_get_paper_sizesgtk_paper_size_get_default'gtk_paper_size_get_default_right_margin>k_paper_size_get_default_left_margin(gtk_paper_size_get_default_bottom_margin%gtk_paper_size_get_default_top_margingtk_paper_size_set_sizegtk_paper_size_is_customgtk_paper_size_get_heightgtk_paper_size_get_widthgtk_paper_size_get_ppd_namegtk_paper_size_get_display_namegtk_paper_size_get_namegtk_paper_size_is_equalgtk_paper_size_copygtk_paper_size_new_customgtk_paper_size_new_from_ppdgtk_paper_size_newpaper_size_freegtk_print_status_get_typegtk_unit_get_type'gtk_print_operation_preview_render_page'gtk_print_operation_preview_is_selected'gtk_print_operation_preview_end_preview%gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_asyncgtk_print_run_page_setup_dialoggtk_print_operation_is_finished%gtk_print_operation_get_status_stringgtk_print_operation_get_status%gtk_print_operation_set_defer_drawing$gtk_print_operation_draw_page_finishgtk_print_operation_cancelgtk_print_operation_run(gtk_print_operation_set_custom_tab_label*gtk_print_operation_set_track_print_status%gtk_print_operation_set_show_progress'gtk_print_operation_set_export_filenamegtk_print_operation_set_unit%gtk_print_operation_set_use_full_page$gtk_print_operation_set_current_page(gtk_print_operation_get_n_pages_to_printgtk_print_operation_set_n_pages gtk_print_operation_set_job_namegtk_print_operation_get_error#gtk_print_operation_set_allow_asyncgtk_print_operation_newmkGtkPageSetupDoneFuncPageSetupDoneFuncGErrorprintOperationSetJobNameprintOperationSetNPagesprintOperationSetCurrentPageprintOperationSetUseFullPageprintOperationSetUnitprintOperationSetExportFilenameprintOperationSetShowProgress!printOperationSetTrackPrintStatusprintOperationSetCustomTabLabelconnect_NONE__OBJECTPTRgtk_print_settings_to_filegtk_print_settings_load_file!gtk_print_settings_set_output_bin!gtk_print_settings_get_output_bin!gtk_print_settings_set_finishings!gtk_print_settings_get_finishingsgtk_print_settings_set_dithergtk_print_settings_get_dither!gtk_print_settings_set_media_type!gtk_print_settings_get_media_type%gtk_print_settings_set_default_source%gtk_print_settings_get_default_sourcegtk_print_settings_set_page_setgtk_print_settings_get_page_set"gtk_print_settings_set_print_pages"gtk_print_settings_get_print_pagesgtk_print_settings_set_scalegtk_print_settings_get_scale"gtk_print_settings_set_printer_lpi"gtk_print_settings_get_printer_lpi#gtk_print_settings_get_resolution_y#gtk_print_settings_get_resolution_x$gtk_print_settings_set_resolution_xy!gtk_print_settings_set_resolution!gtk_print_settings_get_resolution'gtk_print_settings_set_number_up_layout'gtk_print_settings_get_number_up_layout gtk_print_settings_set_number_up gtk_print_settings_get_number_upgtk_print_settings_set_n_copiesgtk_print_settings_get_n_copiesgtk_print_settings_set_qualitygtk_print_settings_get_qualitygtk_print_settings_set_duplexgtk_print_settings_get_duplexgtk_print_settings_set_reversegtk_print_settings_get_reversegtk_print_settings_set_collategtk_print_settings_get_collate gtk_print_settings_set_use_color gtk_print_settings_get_use_color#gtk_print_settings_set_paper_height#gtk_print_settings_get_paper_height"gtk_print_settings_set_paper_width"gtk_print_settings_get_paper_width!gtk_print_settings_set_paper_size!gtk_print_settings_get_paper_size"gtk_print_settings_set_orientation"gtk_print_settings_get_orientationgtk_print_settings_set_printergtk_print_settings_get_printergtk_print_settings_set_int'gtk_print_settings_get_int_with_defaultgtk_print_settings_get_intgtk_print_settings_set_lengthgtk_print_settings_get_lengthgtk_print_settings_set_double*gtk_print_settings_get_double_with_defaultgtk_print_settings_get_doublegtk_print_settings_set_boolgtk_print_settings_get_boolgtk_print_settings_foreachgtk_print_settings_unsetgtk_print_settings_setgtk_print_settings_getgtk_print_settings_has_keygtk_print_settings_copy gtk_print_settings_new_from_filegtk_print_settings_newmkPrintSettingsFuncPrintSettingsFuncprintSettingsGetPrinterprintSettingsSetPrinterprintSettingsGetOrientationprintSettingsSetOrientationprintSettingsGetPaperSizeprintSettingsSetPaperSizeprintSettingsGetUseColorprintSettingsSetUseColorprintSettingsGetCollateprintSettingsSetCollateprintSettingsGetReverseprintSettingsSetReverseprintSettingsGetDuplexprintSettingsSetDuplexprintSettingsGetQualityprintSettingsSetQualityprintSettingsGetNCopiesprintSettingsSetNCopiesprintSettingsGetNumberUpprintSettingsSetNumberUpprintSettingsGetNumberUpLayoutprintSettingsSetNumberUpLayoutprintSettingsGetResolutionprintSettingsSetResolutionprintSettingsGetPrinterLpiprintSettingsSetPrinterLpiprintSettingsGetScaleprintSettingsSetScaleprintSettingsGetPrintPagesprintSettingsSetPrintPagesprintSettingsGetPageSetprintSettingsSetPageSetprintSettingsGetDefaultSourceprintSettingsSetDefaultSourceprintSettingsGetMediaTypeprintSettingsSetMediaTypeprintSettingsGetDitherprintSettingsSetDitherprintSettingsGetFinishingsprintSettingsSetFinishingsprintSettingsGetOutputBinprintSettingsSetOutputBingtk_page_setup_to_filegtk_page_setup_load_filegtk_page_setup_get_page_heightgtk_page_setup_get_page_widthgtk_page_setup_get_paper_heightgtk_page_setup_get_paper_width1gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size_and_default_marginsgtk_page_setup_set_right_margingtk_page_setup_get_right_margingtk_page_setup_set_left_margingtk_page_setup_get_left_margin gtk_page_setup_set_bottom_margin gtk_page_setup_get_bottom_margingtk_page_setup_set_top_margingtk_page_setup_get_top_margingtk_page_setup_set_paper_sizegtk_page_setup_get_paper_sizegtk_page_setup_set_orientationgtk_page_setup_get_orientationgtk_page_setup_copygtk_page_setup_new_from_filegtk_page_setup_newpageSetupGetOrientationpageSetupSetOrientationpageSetupGetPaperSizepageSetupSetPaperSizegtk_vseparator_newgtk_hseparator_newgtk_frame_get_labelgtk_frame_get_shadow_typegtk_frame_set_shadow_typegtk_frame_get_label_aligngtk_frame_set_label_aligngtk_frame_get_label_widgetgtk_frame_set_label_widgetgtk_frame_set_label gtk_frame_newgtk_vpaned_newgtk_vbutton_box_new gtk_vbox_newgtk_attach_options_get_typegtk_table_get_sizegtk_table_get_homogeneousgtk_table_set_homogeneous!gtk_table_get_default_col_spacinggtk_table_set_col_spacings!gtk_table_get_default_row_spacinggtk_table_set_row_spacingsgtk_table_get_col_spacinggtk_table_set_col_spacinggtk_table_get_row_spacinggtk_table_set_row_spacinggtk_table_attach_defaultsgtk_table_attachgtk_table_resize gtk_table_newgtk_expander_get_label_widgetgtk_expander_set_label_widgetgtk_expander_get_use_markupgtk_expander_set_use_markupgtk_expander_get_use_underlinegtk_expander_set_use_underlinegtk_expander_get_labelgtk_expander_set_labelgtk_expander_get_spacinggtk_expander_set_spacinggtk_expander_get_expandedgtk_expander_set_expandedgtk_expander_new_with_mnemonicgtk_expander_newgtk_layout_set_vadjustmentgtk_layout_set_hadjustmentgtk_layout_get_vadjustmentgtk_layout_get_hadjustmentgtk_layout_get_sizegtk_layout_set_sizegtk_layout_movegtk_layout_putgtk_layout_newgtk_hpaned_newgtk_fixed_get_has_windowgtk_fixed_set_has_windowgtk_fixed_move gtk_fixed_put gtk_fixed_newgtk_hbutton_box_new gtk_hbox_newgtk_aspect_frame_setgtk_aspect_frame_newgtk_alignment_get_paddinggtk_alignment_set_paddinggtk_alignment_setgtk_alignment_new"gtk_file_filter_add_pixbuf_formatsgtk_file_filter_add_customgtk_file_filter_add_patterngtk_file_filter_add_mime_typegtk_file_filter_get_namegtk_file_filter_set_namegtk_file_filter_newmkHandler_GtkFileFilterFuncGtkFileFilterFuncGtkFileFilterInfoPtr.gtk_file_chooser_get_do_overwrite_confirmation.gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation gtk_file_chooser_get_show_hidden gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden*gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folder_uris+gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder_uri(gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri>k_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folders'gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder$gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_foldergtk_file_chooser_get_filtergtk_file_chooser_set_filtergtk_file_chooser_list_filtersgtk_file_chooser_remove_filtergtk_file_chooser_add_filter!gtk_file_chooser_get_extra_widget!gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri%gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename>k_file_chooser_get_use_preview_label>k_file_chooser_set_use_preview_label*gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_widget_active*gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active#gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_widget#gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget'gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri'gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_urigtk_file_chooser_get_urisgtk_file_chooser_unselect_urigtk_file_chooser_select_urigtk_file_chooser_set_urigtk_file_chooser_get_uri#gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder#gtk_file_chooser_set_current_foldergtk_file_chooser_get_filenamesgtk_file_chooser_unselect_allgtk_file_chooser_select_all"gtk_file_chooser_unselect_filename gtk_file_chooser_select_filenamegtk_file_chooser_set_filenamegtk_file_chooser_get_filename!gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name$gtk_file_chooser_get_select_multiple$gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiplegtk_file_chooser_get_local_onlygtk_file_chooser_set_local_onlygtk_file_chooser_get_actiongtk_file_chooser_set_actiongtk_file_chooser_error_quarkfromStringGSList(gtk_file_chooser_widget_new_with_backendgtk_file_chooser_widget_new'gtk_file_chooser_button_set_width_chars'gtk_file_chooser_button_get_width_chars!gtk_file_chooser_button_set_title!gtk_file_chooser_button_get_title'gtk_file_chooser_button_new_with_dialog(gtk_file_chooser_button_new_with_backendgtk_file_chooser_button_newgtk_vruler_newgtk_hruler_newgtk_metric_type_get_typegtk_ruler_get_rangegtk_ruler_set_range rulerSetRange rulerGetRangegtk_rgb_to_hsvgtk_hsv_to_rgbgtk_hsv_is_adjustinggtk_hsv_get_metricsgtk_hsv_set_metricsgtk_hsv_get_colorgtk_hsv_set_color gtk_hsv_new hsvSetColor hsvGetColor hsvSetMetrics hsvGetMetricsgtk_font_button_get_titlegtk_font_button_set_titlegtk_font_button_get_use_sizegtk_font_button_set_use_sizegtk_font_button_get_use_fontgtk_font_button_set_use_fontgtk_font_button_get_show_sizegtk_font_button_set_show_sizegtk_font_button_get_show_stylegtk_font_button_set_show_stylegtk_font_button_get_font_namegtk_font_button_set_font_namegtk_font_button_new_with_fontgtk_font_button_new,gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_selection'gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_ok_button+gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_cancel_button*gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_preview_text*gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_preview_text'gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name'gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_namegtk_font_selection_dialog_new#gtk_font_selection_set_preview_text#gtk_font_selection_get_preview_text gtk_font_selection_set_font_name gtk_font_selection_get_font_namegtk_font_selection_new>k_file_selection_get_select_multiple>k_file_selection_set_select_multiple g_strfreev!gtk_file_selection_get_selectionsgtk_file_selection_complete>k_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons>k_file_selection_show_fileop_buttonsgtk_file_selection_get_filenamegtk_file_selection_set_filenamegtk_file_selection_newgtk_color_button_get_titlegtk_color_button_set_titlegtk_color_button_get_use_alphagtk_color_button_set_use_alphagtk_color_button_get_alphagtk_color_button_set_alphagtk_color_button_get_colorgtk_color_button_set_colorgtk_color_button_new_with_colorgtk_color_button_newgtk_color_selection_dialog_new gtk_color_selection_is_adjusting>k_color_selection_set_previous_color>k_color_selection_get_previous_color>k_color_selection_set_previous_alpha>k_color_selection_get_previous_alpha#gtk_color_selection_set_has_palette#gtk_color_selection_get_has_palette+gtk_color_selection_set_has_opacity_control+gtk_color_selection_get_has_opacity_control%gtk_color_selection_set_current_color%gtk_color_selection_get_current_color%gtk_color_selection_set_current_alpha%gtk_color_selection_get_current_alphagtk_color_selection_newgtk_ui_manager_ensure_updategtk_ui_manager_get_uigtk_ui_manager_remove_uigtk_ui_manager_add_uigtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_file!gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_stringgtk_ui_manager_get_actiongtk_ui_manager_get_toplevelsgtk_ui_manager_get_widgetgtk_ui_manager_get_accel_group gtk_ui_manager_get_action_groups"gtk_ui_manager_remove_action_group"gtk_ui_manager_insert_action_groupgtk_ui_manager_get_add_tearoffsgtk_ui_manager_set_add_tearoffsgtk_ui_manager_new_merge_idgtk_ui_manager_new fromMergeId!gtk_recent_action_new_for_managergtk_recent_action_new gtk_separator_tool_item_get_draw gtk_separator_tool_item_set_drawgtk_separator_tool_item_newgtk_separator_menu_item_newgtk_toolbar_style_get_typegtk_icon_size_get_type#gtk_tool_palette_set_group_position#gtk_tool_palette_get_group_position gtk_tool_palette_get_vadjustment gtk_tool_palette_get_hadjustmentgtk_tool_palette_unset_style gtk_tool_palette_unset_icon_sizegtk_tool_palette_new$fEnumToolPaletteDragTargetsgtk_relief_style_get_typepango_ellipsize_mode_get_type%gtk_tool_item_group_set_item_positiongtk_tool_item_group_insert gtk_tool_item_group_get_nth_itemgtk_tool_item_group_get_n_items%gtk_tool_item_group_get_item_position!gtk_tool_item_group_get_drop_itemgtk_tool_item_group_new!gtk_tool_item_get_text_size_group"gtk_tool_item_get_text_orientation gtk_tool_item_get_text_alignment gtk_tool_item_get_ellipsize_mode!gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item!gtk_tool_item_get_proxy_menu_item>k_tool_item_retrieve_proxy_menu_itemgtk_tool_item_get_relief_stylegtk_tool_item_get_toolbar_stylegtk_tool_item_get_orientationgtk_tool_item_get_icon_sizegtk_tool_item_get_is_importantgtk_tool_item_set_is_important"gtk_tool_item_get_visible_vertical"gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical$gtk_tool_item_get_visible_horizontal$gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal!gtk_tool_item_get_use_drag_window!gtk_tool_item_set_use_drag_windowgtk_tool_item_set_tooltipgtk_tool_item_get_expandgtk_tool_item_set_expandgtk_tool_item_get_homogeneousgtk_tool_item_set_homogeneousgtk_tool_item_newgtk_tearoff_menu_item_newgtk_radio_menu_item_get_group%gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic"gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_labelgtk_radio_menu_item_newgtk_option_menu_get_historygtk_option_menu_set_historygtk_option_menu_remove_menugtk_option_menu_set_menugtk_option_menu_get_menugtk_option_menu_newgtk_menu_shell_get_take_focusgtk_menu_shell_set_take_focusgtk_menu_shell_cancelgtk_menu_shell_select_firstgtk_menu_shell_deselectgtk_menu_shell_select_itemgtk_menu_shell_activate_itemgtk_menu_shell_deactivategtk_menu_shell_insertgtk_menu_shell_prependgtk_menu_shell_appendgtk_menu_item_set_accel_path!gtk_menu_item_get_right_justified!gtk_menu_item_set_right_justifiedgtk_menu_item_activategtk_menu_item_deselectgtk_menu_item_selectgtk_menu_item_remove_submenugtk_menu_item_get_submenugtk_menu_item_set_submenugtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonicgtk_menu_item_new_with_labelgtk_menu_item_new%gtk_menu_bar_get_child_pack_direction%gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_directiongtk_menu_bar_get_pack_directiongtk_menu_bar_set_pack_directiongtk_menu_bar_new%gtk_check_menu_item_get_draw_as_radio%gtk_check_menu_item_set_draw_as_radio$gtk_check_menu_item_get_inconsistent$gtk_check_menu_item_set_inconsistentgtk_check_menu_item_toggledgtk_check_menu_item_get_activegtk_check_menu_item_set_active%gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic"gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_labelgtk_check_menu_item_newgtk_tree_row_reference_validgtk_tree_row_reference_get_pathgtk_tree_row_reference_newtree_row_reference_free'gtk_tree_sortable_has_default_sort_func%gtk_tree_sortable_sort_column_changed'gtk_tree_sortable_set_default_sort_funcgtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_func$gtk_tree_sortable_set_sort_column_id$gtk_tree_sortable_get_sort_column_idmkTreeIterCompareFuncTreeIterCompareFunc orderToGIntgtk_tree_set_row_drag_datagtk_tree_get_row_drag_datagtk2hs_store_increment_stampgtk2hs_store_get_stampgtk2hs_store_get_privgtk2hs_store_get_implgtk2hs_store_newCustomStoreImplementationcustomStoreColumnscustomStoreIfacecustomTreeDragSourceIfacecustomTreeDragDestIface ColumnMap columnMapNew GHC.IORefIORef treeModelIfaceGetNColumns_static caToGType"treeModelIfaceGetColumnType_statictreeModelIfaceGetFlags_statictreeModelIfaceGetIter_statictreeModelIfaceGetPath_statictreeModelIfaceGetValue_statictreeModelIfaceIterNext_static!treeModelIfaceIterChildren_static!treeModelIfaceIterHasChild_static"treeModelIfaceIterNChildren_static!treeModelIfaceIterNthChild_statictreeModelIfaceIterParent_statictreeModelIfaceRefNode_statictreeModelIfaceUnrefNode_static!treeDragSourceRowDraggable_static treeDragSourceDragDataGet_static#treeDragSourceDragDataDelete_static#treeDragDestDragDataReceived_static"treeDragDestRowDropPossible_static maybeNull iterSetStampgtk_tree_model_rows_reorderedgtk_tree_model_row_deleted$gtk_tree_model_row_has_child_toggledgtk_tree_model_row_insertedgtk_tree_model_row_changedgtk_tree_model_unref_nodegtk_tree_model_ref_node#gtk_tree_model_get_string_from_itergtk_tree_model_foreachgtk_tree_model_iter_parentgtk_tree_model_iter_nth_childgtk_tree_model_iter_n_childrengtk_tree_model_iter_has_childgtk_tree_model_iter_childrengtk_tree_model_iter_nextgtk_tree_model_get_valuegtk_tree_model_get_pathgtk_tree_model_get_iter_firstgtk_tree_model_get_iter#gtk_tree_model_get_iter_from_stringgtk_tree_model_get_flagsmkTreeModelForeachFuncTreeModelForeachFuncGHC.BaseStringlistStorePrependListlistStoreReorder listStoreSwaplistStoreMoveBeforelistStoreMoveAfter!gtk_tree_model_sort_iter_is_validgtk_tree_model_sort_clear_cache+gtk_tree_model_sort_reset_default_sort_func.gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_iter_to_child_iter.gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_child_iter_to_iter.gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_path_to_child_path.gtk_tree_model_sort_convert_child_path_to_pathgtk_tree_model_sort_get_model"gtk_tree_model_sort_new_with_model!gtk_tree_selection_unselect_rangegtk_tree_selection_select_rangegtk_tree_selection_unselect_allgtk_tree_selection_select_all#gtk_tree_selection_iter_is_selected gtk_tree_selection_unselect_itergtk_tree_selection_select_iter#gtk_tree_selection_path_is_selected gtk_tree_selection_unselect_pathgtk_tree_selection_select_path>k_tree_selection_count_selected_rows$gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows#gtk_tree_selection_selected_foreachgtk_tree_selection_get_selected gtk_tree_selection_get_tree_view>k_tree_selection_set_select_functiongtk_tree_selection_get_modegtk_tree_selection_set_modemkTreeSelectionForeachFuncmkTreeSelectionFuncTreeSelectionForeachFuncTreeSelectionFunc!gtk_tree_view_column_queue_resizegtk_tree_view_column_focus_cell$gtk_tree_view_column_cell_is_visiblegtk_tree_view_column_get_expandgtk_tree_view_column_set_expand#gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_order#gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_order'gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_indicator'gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_indicator'gtk_tree_view_column_get_sort_column_id'gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id$gtk_tree_view_column_get_reorderable$gtk_tree_view_column_set_reorderable"gtk_tree_view_column_get_alignment"gtk_tree_view_column_set_alignmentgtk_tree_view_column_get_widgetgtk_tree_view_column_set_widget"gtk_tree_view_column_get_clickable"gtk_tree_view_column_set_clickablegtk_tree_view_column_get_titlegtk_tree_view_column_set_titlegtk_tree_view_column_clicked"gtk_tree_view_column_get_max_width"gtk_tree_view_column_set_max_width"gtk_tree_view_column_get_min_width"gtk_tree_view_column_set_min_width$gtk_tree_view_column_get_fixed_width$gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_widthgtk_tree_view_column_get_widthgtk_tree_view_column_get_sizinggtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing"gtk_tree_view_column_get_resizable"gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable gtk_tree_view_column_get_visible gtk_tree_view_column_set_visible gtk_tree_view_column_get_spacing gtk_tree_view_column_set_spacing'gtk_tree_view_column_get_cell_renderersgtk_tree_view_column_cleargtk_tree_view_column_pack_endgtk_tree_view_column_pack_startgtk_tree_view_column_newgtk_tree_path_get_type!gtk_tree_model_filter_clear_cachegtk_tree_model_filter_refilter0gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_path_to_child_path0gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path0gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_iter_to_child_iter0gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_iter_to_itergtk_tree_model_filter_get_model(gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column>k_tree_model_filter_set_visible_funcgtk_tree_model_filter_newmkTreeModelFilterVisibleFuncTreeModelFilterVisibleFuncCacheStoredepthcontentDepthcontainers-0.4.0.0 Data.TreeTree bitsNeeded getBitSlice setBitSliceiterPrefixEqual invalidItershowBitscalcForestDepthtoPathfromPath storeToCache cacheToStore advanceCache checkSuccessgetTreeIterLeafiterNext iterNthChild iterNChildren iterParentinsertIntoForestdeleteFromForest changeForest gtk_cell_view_get_cell_renderers"gtk_cell_view_set_background_colorgtk_cell_view_get_size_of_rowgtk_cell_view_set_modelgtk_cell_view_new_with_textgtk_cell_view_new_with_pixbufgtk_cell_view_new_with_markupgtk_cell_view_new#gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active#gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_active"gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_radio"gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_radiogtk_cell_renderer_toggle_newgtk_cell_renderer_spin_newpango_alignment_get_typepango_wrap_mode_get_typepango_variant_get_typepango_underline_get_typepango_style_get_typepango_stretch_get_typepango_font_description_get_typegdk_color_get_type1gtk_cell_renderer_text_set_fixed_height_from_fontgtk_cell_renderer_text_newGraphics.Rendering.Pango.Enums EllipsizeNoneinternalEditedgtk_cell_renderer_progress_newgtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_newgtk_cell_renderer_combo_newgtk_cell_renderer_spinner_new gtk_cell_layout_clear_attributes"gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_funcgtk_cell_layout_add_attributegtk_cell_layout_get_cellsgtk_cell_layout_cleargtk_cell_layout_reordergtk_cell_layout_pack_endgtk_cell_layout_pack_startmkSetAttributeFuncCellLayoutDataFunc!convertIterFromParentToChildModel gtk_combo_box_get_focus_on_click gtk_combo_box_set_focus_on_clickgtk_combo_box_get_titlegtk_combo_box_set_titlegtk_combo_box_get_add_tearoffsgtk_combo_box_set_add_tearoffs$gtk_combo_box_set_row_separator_funcgtk_combo_box_popdowngtk_combo_box_popupgtk_combo_box_set_modelgtk_combo_box_get_modelgtk_combo_box_set_active_itergtk_combo_box_get_active_itergtk_combo_box_set_activegtk_combo_box_get_active$gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column$gtk_combo_box_get_column_span_column!gtk_combo_box_set_row_span_column!gtk_combo_box_get_row_span_columngtk_combo_box_set_wrap_widthgtk_combo_box_get_wrap_widthgtk_combo_box_new_with_modelgtk_combo_box_newmkRowSeparatorFuncTreeViewRowSeparatorFuncgtk_combo_box_get_active_text#gtk_combo_box_entry_get_text_column#gtk_combo_box_entry_set_text_columngtk_combo_box_entry_newgtk_text_tag_table_get_sizegtk_text_tag_table_foreachgtk_text_tag_table_lookupgtk_text_tag_table_removegtk_text_tag_table_addgtk_text_tag_table_newmkTextTagTableForeachTextTagTableForeachgtk_text_mark_get_left_gravitygtk_text_mark_get_buffergtk_text_mark_get_namegtk_text_mark_get_deletedgtk_text_mark_get_visiblegtk_text_mark_set_visiblegtk_text_mark_new textMarkNametextMarkLeftGravitygtk_spin_button_update!gtk_spin_button_get_snap_to_ticks!gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticksgtk_spin_button_get_wrapgtk_spin_button_set_wrapgtk_spin_button_spingtk_spin_button_get_numericgtk_spin_button_set_numeric!gtk_spin_button_get_update_policy!gtk_spin_button_set_update_policygtk_spin_button_set_value gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_intgtk_spin_button_get_valuegtk_spin_button_get_rangegtk_spin_button_set_rangegtk_spin_button_get_incrementsgtk_spin_button_set_incrementsgtk_spin_button_get_digitsgtk_spin_button_set_digitsgtk_spin_button_get_adjustmentgtk_spin_button_set_adjustmentgtk_spin_button_configuregtk_spin_button_new_with_rangegtk_spin_button_newgtk_vscale_new_with_rangegtk_vscale_newgtk_hscale_new_with_rangegtk_hscale_new+gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_single_match+gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_single_match(gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_set_width(gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_set_width)gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_completion)gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_completion*gtk_entry_completion_get_inline_completion*gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_completion$gtk_entry_completion_get_text_column"gtk_entry_completion_insert_prefix$gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column"gtk_entry_completion_delete_action)gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_markup'gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_textgtk_entry_completion_complete+gtk_entry_completion_get_minimum_key_length+gtk_entry_completion_set_minimum_key_length#gtk_entry_completion_set_match_funcgtk_entry_completion_get_modelgtk_entry_completion_set_modelgtk_entry_completion_get_entrygtk_entry_completion_new%mkHandler_GtkEntryCompletionMatchFuncGtkEntryCompletionMatchFunc#gtk_entry_buffer_emit_inserted_text"gtk_entry_buffer_emit_deleted_textgtk_entry_buffer_delete_textgtk_entry_buffer_insert_textgtk_entry_buffer_get_bytesgtk_entry_buffer_newgtk_editable_get_editablegtk_editable_set_editablegtk_editable_get_positiongtk_editable_set_positiongtk_editable_delete_selectiongtk_editable_paste_clipboardgtk_editable_copy_clipboardgtk_editable_cut_clipboardgtk_editable_get_charsgtk_editable_delete_textgtk_editable_insert_text!gtk_editable_get_selection_boundsgtk_editable_select_regiongtk_volume_button_newg_strv_get_type!gtk_scale_button_get_minus_button gtk_scale_button_get_plus_buttongtk_scale_button_get_popupgtk_scale_button_set_iconsgtk_scale_button_newgtk_link_button_set_uri_hookgtk_link_button_new_with_labelgtk_link_button_newmkLinkButtonUriFuncLinkButtonUriFunc"gtk_toggle_button_set_inconsistent"gtk_toggle_button_get_inconsistentgtk_toggle_button_set_activegtk_toggle_button_get_activegtk_toggle_button_toggledgtk_toggle_button_get_modegtk_toggle_button_set_mode#gtk_toggle_button_new_with_mnemonic gtk_toggle_button_new_with_labelgtk_toggle_button_newgtk_radio_button_set_groupgtk_radio_button_get_group.gtk_radio_button_new_with_mnemonic_from_widget+gtk_radio_button_new_with_label_from_widget gtk_radio_button_new_from_widget"gtk_radio_button_new_with_mnemonicgtk_radio_button_new_with_labelgtk_radio_button_new"gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonicgtk_check_button_new_with_labelgtk_check_button_newgtk_statusbar_remove_allgtk_statusbar_get_message_area!gtk_statusbar_get_has_resize_grip!gtk_statusbar_set_has_resize_gripgtk_statusbar_removegtk_statusbar_popgtk_statusbar_pushgtk_statusbar_get_context_idgtk_statusbar_newgtk_spinner_stopgtk_spinner_startgtk_spinner_newgtk_progress_bar_get_ellipsizegtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize gtk_progress_bar_get_orientation gtk_progress_bar_set_orientationgtk_progress_bar_get_textgtk_progress_bar_get_pulse_stepgtk_progress_bar_get_fractiongtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_stepgtk_progress_bar_set_fractiongtk_progress_bar_set_textgtk_progress_bar_pulsegtk_progress_bar_new EllipsizeMode gtk_accel_label_get_accel_widget gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widgetgtk_accel_label_newgtk_window_group_list_windowsgtk_window_group_remove_windowgtk_window_group_add_windowgtk_window_group_newgtk_buttons_type_get_typegtk_message_type_get_typegtk_message_dialog_set_imagegtk_message_dialog_set_markup$message_dialog_format_secondary_text&message_dialog_format_secondary_markupmessage_dialog_newcall_message_dialog_newunPrintfgtk_info_bar_get_content_areagtk_info_bar_get_action_areagtk_info_bar_response!gtk_info_bar_set_default_response#gtk_info_bar_set_response_sensitivegtk_info_bar_add_buttongtk_info_bar_add_action_widgetgtk_info_bar_new gtk_assistant_page_type_get_type"gtk_assistant_update_buttons_state"gtk_assistant_remove_action_widgetgtk_assistant_add_action_widgetgtk_assistant_commitgtk_assistant_get_page_completegtk_assistant_set_page_complete!gtk_assistant_get_page_side_image!gtk_assistant_set_page_side_image#gtk_assistant_get_page_header_image#gtk_assistant_set_page_header_imagegtk_assistant_get_page_titlegtk_assistant_set_page_titlegtk_assistant_get_page_typegtk_assistant_set_page_type#gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_funcgtk_assistant_insert_pagegtk_assistant_append_pagegtk_assistant_prepend_pagegtk_assistant_get_nth_pagegtk_assistant_get_n_pagesgtk_assistant_set_current_pagegtk_assistant_get_current_pagegtk_assistant_newmkAssistantPageFuncAssistantPageFuncassistantGetCurrentPageassistantSetCurrentPage!gtk_about_dialog_set_wrap_license!gtk_about_dialog_get_wrap_licensegtk_about_dialog_set_url_hookgtk_about_dialog_set_email_hook#gtk_about_dialog_set_logo_icon_name#gtk_about_dialog_get_logo_icon_namegtk_about_dialog_set_logogtk_about_dialog_get_logo'gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits'gtk_about_dialog_get_translator_credits gtk_about_dialog_get_documenters gtk_about_dialog_set_documentersgtk_about_dialog_get_artistsgtk_about_dialog_set_artistsgtk_about_dialog_get_authorsgtk_about_dialog_set_authors"gtk_about_dialog_set_website_label"gtk_about_dialog_get_website_labelgtk_about_dialog_set_websitegtk_about_dialog_get_websitegtk_about_dialog_set_licensegtk_about_dialog_get_licensegtk_about_dialog_set_commentsgtk_about_dialog_get_commentsgtk_about_dialog_set_copyrightgtk_about_dialog_get_copyrightgtk_about_dialog_set_versiongtk_about_dialog_get_version!gtk_about_dialog_set_program_name!gtk_about_dialog_get_program_namegtk_about_dialog_newmkAboutDialogActivateLinkFuncAboutDialogActivateLinkFunc"gtk_dialog_get_widget_for_response2gtk_dialog_set_alternative_button_order_from_array#gtk_alternative_dialog_button_order"gtk_dialog_get_response_for_widget!gtk_dialog_set_response_sensitivegtk_dialog_set_has_separatorgtk_dialog_set_default_responsegtk_dialog_get_has_separatorgtk_dialog_add_action_widgetgtk_dialog_add_buttongtk_dialog_responsegtk_dialog_rungtk_dialog_newgtk_offscreen_window_get_pixbufgtk_offscreen_window_get_pixmapgtk_offscreen_window_new!gdk_display_manager_list_displaysgdk_display_manager_getinitgdk_screen_get_window_stackgdk_screen_get_active_windowgdk_screen_set_font_optionsgdk_screen_get_font_options gdk_screen_get_monitor_plug_namegdk_screen_get_monitor_width_mm gdk_screen_get_monitor_height_mm gdk_screen_get_monitor_at_windowgdk_screen_get_monitor_at_pointgdk_screen_get_monitor_geometrygdk_screen_get_n_monitorsgdk_screen_make_display_namegdk_screen_get_toplevel_windowsgdk_screen_list_visualsgdk_screen_get_height_mmgdk_screen_get_width_mmgdk_screen_get_heightgdk_screen_get_widthgdk_screen_get_numbergdk_screen_get_displaygdk_screen_get_root_windowgdk_screen_is_compositedgdk_screen_get_system_visualgdk_screen_get_rgba_colormapgdk_screen_get_system_colormapgdk_screen_set_default_colormapgdk_screen_get_default_colormapgdk_screen_get_defaultscreenGetSystemVisualscreenGetFontOptionsscreenSetFontOptionsgtk_invisible_get_screengtk_invisible_set_screengtk_invisible_new_for_screengtk_invisible_newgdk_region_xorgdk_region_subtractgdk_region_uniongdk_region_intersectgdk_region_union_with_rectgdk_region_shrinkgdk_region_offsetgdk_region_rect_ingdk_region_point_ingdk_region_equalgdk_region_emptygdk_region_get_rectanglesgdk_region_get_clipboxgdk_region_rectanglegdk_region_copygdk_region_polygongdk_region_newregion_destroygdk_cairo_regiongdk_cairo_set_source_pixbufgdk_cairo_create cairo-0.12.0Graphics.Rendering.Cairo.Types ExtendNone!Graphics.Rendering.Cairo.InternalRendergdk_gc_set_dashesgdk_gc_set_clip_regiongdk_gc_set_clip_rectanglegdk_gc_get_valuesgdk_gc_set_valuesgdk_gc_new_with_values gdk_gc_newgtk_cell_renderer_mode_get_type gtk_cell_renderer_set_fixed_size gtk_cell_renderer_get_fixed_sizegtk_cell_renderer_stop_editingCellRendererModeEditableCellRendererModeActivatableCellRendererModeInertgdk_draw_drawablegdk_draw_layout_with_colorsgdk_draw_layout gdk_draw_layout_line_with_colorsgdk_draw_layout_linegdk_draw_glyphsgdk_draw_polygon gdk_draw_arcgdk_draw_rectanglegdk_draw_segmentsgdk_draw_pixbufgdk_draw_lines gdk_draw_linegdk_draw_pointsgdk_draw_pointgdk_drawable_get_visible_regiongdk_drawable_get_clip_regiongdk_drawable_get_sizegdk_drawable_get_depthgdk_pixmap_new.gdk_pixbuf_render_pixmap_and_mask_for_colormap!gdk_pixbuf_render_threshold_alphagdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawablegdk_pixbuf_fillgdk_pixbuf_copy_areagdk_pixbuf_add_alphagdk_pixbuf_rotate_simplegdk_pixbuf_flipgdk_pixbuf_compositegdk_pixbuf_scalegdk_pixbuf_scale_simplegdk_pixbuf_copygdk_pixbuf_new_subpixbufgdk_pixbuf_new_from_inlinegdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_datagdk_pixbuf_newgdk_pixbuf_savev!gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_scale gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_sizegdk_pixbuf_new_from_filegdk_pixbuf_error_quarkgdk_pixbuf_get_optiongdk_pixbuf_get_rowstridegdk_pixbuf_get_heightgdk_pixbuf_get_widthgdk_pixbuf_get_pixelsgdk_pixbuf_get_bits_per_samplegdk_pixbuf_get_has_alphagdk_pixbuf_get_n_channelsgdk_pixbuf_get_colorspaceGHC.WordWord8Word32pixbufErrorDomain$fEnumPixbufRotationgdk_pixbuf_simple_anim_get_loopgdk_pixbuf_simple_anim_set_loop gdk_pixbuf_simple_anim_add_framegdk_pixbuf_simple_anim_new$gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_pixbuf4gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_on_currently_loading_frame(gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_delay_time!gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_advance%gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_static_image$gdk_pixbuf_animation_is_static_imagegdk_pixbuf_animation_get_itergdk_pixbuf_animation_get_heightgdk_pixbuf_animation_get_width"gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_fileSystem.Glib.GDateTimegGetCurrentTimegdk_cursor_get_imagegdk_cursor_get_displaygdk_cursor_new_for_displaygdk_cursor_new_from_namegdk_cursor_new_from_pixbufgdk_cursor_new_from_pixmapgdk_cursor_new cursor_unref makeNewCursorgtk_rc_set_default_filesgtk_rc_reset_stylesgtk_rc_reparse_all_for_settingsgtk_rc_reparse_allgtk_rc_parse_string gtk_rc_parsegtk_rc_get_theme_dirgtk_rc_get_style_by_pathsgtk_rc_get_stylegtk_rc_get_module_dirgtk_rc_get_im_module_filegtk_rc_get_default_filesgtk_rc_add_default_filegtk_rc_style_copygtk_rc_style_newSystem.Glib.GTypeConstantsnonegdk_keyval_is_uppergdk_keyval_is_lowergdk_keyval_to_lowergdk_keyval_to_uppergdk_keyval_convert_casegdk_keyval_to_unicodegdk_keyval_from_namegdk_keyval_name defModMaskHasTime HasModifierHasRootCoordinatesHasCoordinates$gdk_app_launch_context_set_timestamp!gdk_app_launch_context_set_screen$gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon_namegdk_app_launch_context_set_icon"gdk_app_launch_context_set_display"gdk_app_launch_context_set_desktopgdk_app_launch_context_newgdk_display_supports_composite!gdk_display_supports_input_shapesgdk_display_supports_shapesgdk_display_store_clipboard*gdk_display_supports_clipboard_persistence*gdk_display_request_selection_notification+gdk_display_supports_selection_notificationgdk_display_get_default_group#gdk_display_get_maximal_cursor_size#gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size!gdk_display_supports_cursor_alpha!gdk_display_supports_cursor_colorgdk_display_warp_pointer!gdk_display_get_window_at_pointergdk_display_get_pointer%gdk_display_set_double_click_distance!gdk_display_set_double_click_timegdk_display_list_devicesgdk_display_closegdk_display_flushgdk_display_syncgdk_display_beepgdk_display_pointer_is_grabbedgdk_display_keyboard_ungrabgdk_display_pointer_ungrabgdk_display_get_default_screengdk_display_get_screengdk_display_get_n_screensgdk_display_get_namegdk_display_get_defaultgdk_display_opengtk_entry_reset_im_context$gtk_entry_im_context_filter_keypressgtk_entry_get_text_windowgtk_entry_get_icon_windowgtk_entry_get_completiongtk_entry_set_completiongtk_entry_get_alignmentgtk_entry_set_alignmentgtk_entry_set_width_charsgtk_entry_get_width_charsgtk_entry_set_has_framegtk_entry_get_has_framegtk_entry_set_activates_defaultgtk_entry_get_activates_defaultgtk_entry_get_max_lengthgtk_entry_set_max_lengthgtk_entry_get_invisible_chargtk_entry_set_invisible_chargtk_entry_get_visibilitygtk_entry_set_visibilitygtk_entry_prepend_textgtk_entry_append_textgtk_entry_get_textgtk_entry_set_text gtk_entry_newonEntryChangedafterEntryChanged!gtk_im_context_delete_surroundinggtk_im_context_get_surroundinggtk_im_context_set_surroundinggtk_im_context_set_use_preedit"gtk_im_context_set_cursor_locationgtk_im_context_resetgtk_im_context_focus_outgtk_im_context_focus_ingtk_im_context_filter_keypress!gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string gtk_im_context_set_client_windowgdk_keymap_get_caps_lock_stategdk_keymap_have_bidi_layoutsgdk_keymap_get_direction"gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keycode!gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keyval#gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_stategdk_keymap_lookup_keygdk_keymap_get_for_displaygdk_keymap_get_defaultgtk_window_position_get_typegtk_window_type_get_typegtk_window_get_window_typegtk_window_get_groupgtk_window_get_opacitygtk_window_set_opacitygtk_window_set_geometry_hintsgtk_window_get_urgency_hintgtk_window_set_urgency_hintgtk_window_present_with_timegtk_window_get_type_hintgtk_window_set_type_hintgtk_window_get_sizegtk_window_get_positiongtk_window_begin_move_draggtk_window_begin_resize_draggtk_window_resize#gtk_window_reshow_with_initial_sizegtk_window_parse_geometrygtk_window_movegtk_window_get_gravitygtk_window_set_gravity(gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notificationgtk_window_set_icon_from_filegtk_window_get_screengtk_window_set_screen gtk_window_get_default_icon_name%gtk_window_set_default_icon_from_filegtk_window_set_default_icon gtk_window_set_default_icon_namegtk_window_get_icon_namegtk_window_set_icon_name gtk_window_get_default_icon_list gtk_window_set_default_icon_listgtk_window_get_icon_listgtk_window_set_icon_listgtk_window_get_icongtk_window_set_icongtk_window_remove_accel_groupgtk_window_add_accel_groupgtk_window_unstickgtk_window_stickgtk_window_get_rolegtk_window_set_rolegtk_window_get_has_framegtk_window_set_has_framegtk_window_get_frame_dimensionsgtk_window_set_frame_dimensionsgtk_window_get_deletablegtk_window_set_deletablegtk_window_get_decoratedgtk_window_set_decoratedgtk_window_set_startup_idgtk_window_get_focus_on_mapgtk_window_set_focus_on_mapgtk_window_get_accept_focusgtk_window_set_accept_focusgtk_window_get_skip_pager_hintgtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint gtk_window_get_skip_taskbar_hint gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hintgtk_window_set_keep_belowgtk_window_set_keep_abovegtk_window_unfullscreengtk_window_fullscreengtk_window_unmaximizegtk_window_maximizegtk_window_iconifygtk_window_deiconifygtk_window_presentgtk_window_get_default_widgetgtk_window_set_focusgtk_window_get_focusgtk_window_list_toplevelsgtk_window_has_toplevel_focusgtk_window_is_active"gtk_window_get_destroy_with_parent"gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parentgtk_window_get_transient_forgtk_window_set_transient_forgtk_window_set_positiongtk_window_get_default_sizegtk_window_propagate_key_eventgtk_window_activate_key gtk_window_get_mnemonic_modifier gtk_window_set_mnemonic_modifiergtk_window_mnemonic_activategtk_window_remove_mnemonicgtk_window_add_mnemonicgtk_window_set_default_sizegtk_window_get_modalgtk_window_set_modalgtk_window_set_policygtk_window_activate_defaultgtk_window_activate_focusgtk_window_get_resizablegtk_window_set_resizablegtk_window_get_titlegtk_window_set_titlegtk_window_newGdkWindowHintsGdkHintUserSizeGdkHintUserPosGdkHintWinGravityGdkHintResizeInc GdkHintAspectGdkHintBaseSizeGdkHintMaxSizeGdkHintMinSize GdkHintPos$fEnumGdkWindowHintsinternalFileChooserDialogNewgtk_label_set_anglegtk_label_set_single_line_modegtk_label_get_anglegtk_label_get_single_line_modegtk_label_get_max_width_charsgtk_label_get_width_charsgtk_label_get_ellipsizegtk_label_set_max_width_charsgtk_label_set_width_charsgtk_label_set_ellipsize gtk_label_set_text_with_mnemonicgtk_label_set_selectablegtk_label_get_mnemonic_widgetgtk_label_set_mnemonic_widgetgtk_label_get_selection_boundsgtk_label_select_regiongtk_label_get_labelgtk_label_get_textgtk_label_get_use_underlinegtk_label_set_use_underlinegtk_label_get_use_markupgtk_label_set_use_markupgtk_label_get_selectablegtk_label_get_mnemonic_keyvalgtk_label_get_layout_offsetsgtk_label_get_line_wrap_modegtk_label_set_line_wrap_modegtk_label_get_line_wrapgtk_label_set_line_wrapgtk_label_get_layoutgtk_label_get_justifygtk_label_set_justifygtk_label_set_pattern"gtk_label_set_markup_with_mnemonicgtk_label_set_markupgtk_label_get_attributesgtk_label_set_attributesgtk_label_set_labelgtk_label_set_textgtk_label_new_with_mnemonic gtk_label_newPangoAttributeGraphics.Rendering.Pango.LayoutlayoutGetAttributesWrapWholeWordsgtk_notebook_get_action_widgetgtk_notebook_set_action_widgetgtk_notebook_get_tab_detachablegtk_notebook_set_tab_detachable gtk_notebook_get_tab_reorderable gtk_notebook_set_tab_reorderablegtk_notebook_set_tab_label_textgtk_notebook_set_tab_label!gtk_notebook_set_homogeneous_tabs"gtk_notebook_set_tab_label_packing$gtk_notebook_query_tab_label_packinggtk_notebook_get_tab_label_textgtk_notebook_get_tab_labelgtk_notebook_get_n_pagesgtk_notebook_get_nth_page gtk_notebook_get_menu_label_text gtk_notebook_set_menu_label_textgtk_notebook_get_menu_labelgtk_notebook_set_menu_labelgtk_notebook_get_current_pagegtk_notebook_popup_disablegtk_notebook_popup_enablegtk_notebook_set_tab_vbordergtk_notebook_set_tab_hbordergtk_notebook_set_tab_bordergtk_notebook_get_scrollablegtk_notebook_set_scrollablegtk_notebook_get_show_bordergtk_notebook_set_show_bordergtk_notebook_get_show_tabsgtk_notebook_set_show_tabsgtk_notebook_get_tab_posgtk_notebook_set_tab_posgtk_notebook_reorder_childgtk_notebook_prev_pagegtk_notebook_next_pagegtk_notebook_set_current_pagegtk_notebook_page_numgtk_notebook_remove_pagegtk_notebook_insert_page_menugtk_notebook_insert_pagegtk_notebook_prepend_page_menugtk_notebook_prepend_pagegtk_notebook_append_page_menugtk_notebook_append_pagegtk_notebook_new%gtk_cell_renderer_accel_mode_get_typegdk_modifier_type_get_typegtk_cell_renderer_accel_newgdk_keyboard_ungrabgdk_keyboard_grabgdk_pointer_is_grabbedgdk_pointer_ungrabgdk_pointer_grabgdk_screen_height_mmgdk_screen_width_mmgdk_screen_heightgdk_screen_width gdk_flushgdk_beepgtk_wrap_mode_get_typegtk_justification_get_typegtk_text_direction_get_typegtk_text_attributes_copy_valuesgtk_text_attributes_copygtk_text_attributes_newgtk_text_tag_set_prioritygtk_text_tag_get_prioritygtk_text_tag_newtext_attributes_unrefFontDescription StyleItalic StyleNormalVariantVariantSmallCaps VariantNormalStretchStretchCondensed StretchNormal UnderlineNonegtk_text_iter_ordergtk_text_iter_in_rangegtk_text_iter_comparegtk_text_iter_equal/gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_cursor_positions.gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_cursor_positions.gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_cursor_position-gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_cursor_position)gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_start>k_text_iter_forward_visible_word_end*gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_starts'gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_ends$gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_lines#gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_lines#gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_line"gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_linegtk_text_iter_backward_searchgtk_text_iter_forward_search gtk_text_iter_backward_find_chargtk_text_iter_forward_find_char$gtk_text_iter_backward_to_tag_toggle#gtk_text_iter_forward_to_tag_toggle!gtk_text_iter_forward_to_line_endgtk_text_iter_forward_to_end%gtk_text_iter_set_visible_line_offsetgtk_text_iter_set_line_offsetgtk_text_iter_set_linegtk_text_iter_set_offset%gtk_text_iter_backward_sentence_start"gtk_text_iter_forward_sentence_end>k_text_iter_backward_sentence_starts#gtk_text_iter_forward_sentence_ends'gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_positions>k_text_iter_forward_cursor_positions>k_text_iter_backward_cursor_position%gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position!gtk_text_iter_backward_word_startgtk_text_iter_forward_word_end"gtk_text_iter_backward_word_startsgtk_text_iter_forward_word_endsgtk_text_iter_backward_linesgtk_text_iter_forward_linesgtk_text_iter_backward_linegtk_text_iter_forward_linegtk_text_iter_backward_charsgtk_text_iter_forward_charsgtk_text_iter_backward_chargtk_text_iter_forward_chargtk_text_iter_is_startgtk_text_iter_is_endgtk_text_iter_get_languagegtk_text_iter_get_attributesgtk_text_iter_get_chars_in_line gtk_text_iter_is_cursor_positiongtk_text_iter_inside_sentencegtk_text_iter_ends_sentencegtk_text_iter_starts_sentencegtk_text_iter_ends_linegtk_text_iter_starts_linegtk_text_iter_inside_wordgtk_text_iter_ends_wordgtk_text_iter_starts_wordgtk_text_iter_can_insertgtk_text_iter_editablegtk_text_iter_get_tagsgtk_text_iter_has_taggtk_text_iter_toggles_taggtk_text_iter_ends_taggtk_text_iter_begins_taggtk_text_iter_get_toggled_tagsgtk_text_iter_get_marksgtk_text_iter_get_child_anchorgtk_text_iter_get_pixbufgtk_text_iter_get_visible_textgtk_text_iter_get_visible_slicegtk_text_iter_get_textgtk_text_iter_get_slicegtk_text_iter_get_char%gtk_text_iter_get_visible_line_offsetgtk_text_iter_get_line_offsetgtk_text_iter_get_linegtk_text_iter_get_offsetgtk_text_iter_get_buffermkTextCharPredicateTextCharPredicateTextCharPredicateCB*gtk_text_buffer_remove_selection_clipboard'gtk_text_buffer_add_selection_clipboardgtk_text_buffer_cut_clipboardgtk_text_buffer_copy_clipboardgtk_text_buffer_paste_clipboardgtk_text_buffer_get_bounds(gtk_text_buffer_get_iter_at_child_anchorgtk_text_buffer_select_range#gtk_text_buffer_create_child_anchor#gtk_text_buffer_insert_child_anchorgtk_text_buffer_backspacegtk_text_buffer_end_user_action!gtk_text_buffer_begin_user_action$gtk_text_buffer_get_selection_bounds gtk_text_buffer_delete_selectiongtk_text_buffer_set_modifiedgtk_text_buffer_get_modifiedgtk_text_buffer_get_end_itergtk_text_buffer_get_start_iter gtk_text_buffer_get_iter_at_mark gtk_text_buffer_get_iter_at_line"gtk_text_buffer_get_iter_at_offset'gtk_text_buffer_get_iter_at_line_offsetgtk_text_buffer_remove_all_tags"gtk_text_buffer_remove_tag_by_name!gtk_text_buffer_apply_tag_by_namegtk_text_buffer_remove_taggtk_text_buffer_apply_taggtk_text_buffer_place_cursor#gtk_text_buffer_get_selection_boundgtk_text_buffer_get_insertgtk_text_buffer_get_mark#gtk_text_buffer_delete_mark_by_namegtk_text_buffer_delete_mark!gtk_text_buffer_move_mark_by_namegtk_text_buffer_move_markgtk_text_buffer_add_markgtk_text_buffer_create_markgtk_text_buffer_insert_pixbufgtk_text_buffer_get_slicegtk_text_buffer_get_textgtk_text_buffer_set_text"gtk_text_buffer_delete_interactivegtk_text_buffer_delete(gtk_text_buffer_insert_range_interactivegtk_text_buffer_insert_range,gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive_at_cursor"gtk_text_buffer_insert_interactive gtk_text_buffer_insert_at_cursorgtk_text_buffer_insertgtk_text_buffer_get_tag_tablegtk_text_buffer_get_char_countgtk_text_buffer_get_line_countgtk_text_buffer_newbytestring-0.9.1.10Data.ByteString.Internal ByteStringgtk_text_view_reset_im_context(gtk_text_view_im_context_filter_keypressgtk_text_view_get_vadjustmentgtk_text_view_get_hadjustmentgtk_text_view_get_accepts_tabgtk_text_view_set_accepts_tabgtk_text_view_get_overwritegtk_text_view_set_overwrite"gtk_text_view_get_iter_at_position$gtk_text_view_get_default_attributesgtk_text_view_get_indentgtk_text_view_set_indentgtk_text_view_get_right_margingtk_text_view_set_right_margingtk_text_view_get_left_margingtk_text_view_set_left_margingtk_text_view_get_justificationgtk_text_view_set_justification$gtk_text_view_get_pixels_inside_wrap$gtk_text_view_set_pixels_inside_wrap$gtk_text_view_get_pixels_below_lines$gtk_text_view_set_pixels_below_lines$gtk_text_view_get_pixels_above_lines$gtk_text_view_set_pixels_above_lines gtk_text_view_get_cursor_visible gtk_text_view_set_cursor_visiblegtk_text_view_get_editablegtk_text_view_set_editablegtk_text_view_get_wrap_modegtk_text_view_set_wrap_modegtk_text_view_move_child!gtk_text_view_add_child_in_window!gtk_text_child_anchor_get_deleted!gtk_text_child_anchor_get_widgetsgtk_text_child_anchor_new!gtk_text_view_add_child_at_anchorgtk_text_view_move_visually!gtk_text_view_starts_display_line)gtk_text_view_backward_display_line_start>k_text_view_forward_display_line_end#gtk_text_view_backward_display_line"gtk_text_view_forward_display_line$gtk_text_view_get_border_window_size$gtk_text_view_set_border_window_sizegtk_text_view_get_window_typegtk_text_view_get_window%gtk_text_view_window_to_buffer_coords%gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords"gtk_text_view_get_iter_at_locationgtk_text_view_get_line_yrangegtk_text_view_get_line_at_ygtk_text_view_get_iter_locationgtk_text_view_get_visible_rect#gtk_text_view_place_cursor_onscreen gtk_text_view_move_mark_onscreen"gtk_text_view_scroll_mark_onscreengtk_text_view_scroll_to_itergtk_text_view_scroll_to_markgtk_text_view_get_buffergtk_text_view_set_buffergtk_text_view_new_with_buffergtk_text_view_newgtk_cell_editable_remove_widgetgtk_cell_editable_editing_donegtk_cell_editable_start_editinggtk_orientation_get_typegtk_icon_view_get_item_columngtk_icon_view_get_item_rowgtk_icon_view_get_reorderablegtk_icon_view_set_reorderable#gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_dest%gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_source$gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_destgtk_target_table_free>k_icon_view_enable_model_drag_sourcegtk_target_table_new_from_listgtk_icon_view_get_visible_rangegtk_icon_view_scroll_to_pathgtk_icon_view_get_cursorgtk_icon_view_set_cursorgtk_icon_view_get_item_at_posgtk_icon_view_item_activatedgtk_icon_view_unselect_allgtk_icon_view_select_all gtk_icon_view_get_selected_itemsgtk_icon_view_path_is_selectedgtk_icon_view_unselect_pathgtk_icon_view_select_pathgtk_icon_view_get_margingtk_icon_view_set_margin gtk_icon_view_get_column_spacing gtk_icon_view_set_column_spacinggtk_icon_view_get_row_spacinggtk_icon_view_set_row_spacinggtk_icon_view_get_spacinggtk_icon_view_set_spacinggtk_icon_view_get_item_widthgtk_icon_view_set_item_widthgtk_icon_view_get_columnsgtk_icon_view_set_columnsgtk_icon_view_get_orientationgtk_icon_view_set_orientation gtk_icon_view_get_selection_mode gtk_icon_view_set_selection_modegtk_icon_view_selected_foreachgtk_icon_view_get_path_at_posgtk_icon_view_get_pixbuf_columngtk_icon_view_set_pixbuf_columngtk_icon_view_get_markup_columngtk_icon_view_set_markup_columngtk_icon_view_get_text_columngtk_icon_view_set_text_columngtk_icon_view_get_modelgtk_icon_view_set_modelgtk_icon_view_new_with_modelgtk_icon_view_newmkIconViewForeachFuncIconViewForeachFunc!gtk_tree_view_grid_lines_get_typegtk_tree_view_set_grid_linesgtk_tree_view_get_grid_lines#gtk_tree_view_set_enable_tree_lines#gtk_tree_view_get_enable_tree_lines gtk_tree_view_set_rubber_banding gtk_tree_view_get_rubber_banding$gtk_tree_view_set_row_separator_funcgtk_tree_view_set_search_entrygtk_tree_view_get_search_entry"gtk_tree_view_unset_rows_drag_dest$gtk_tree_view_unset_rows_drag_source>k_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source$gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_destgtk_tree_view_get_visible_range#gtk_tree_view_get_headers_clickablegtk_tree_view_set_hover_expandgtk_tree_view_get_hover_expand!gtk_tree_view_set_hover_selection!gtk_tree_view_get_hover_selection#gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode#gtk_tree_view_get_fixed_height_mode#gtk_tree_view_set_search_equal_funcgtk_tree_view_set_search_columngtk_tree_view_get_search_columngtk_tree_view_set_enable_searchgtk_tree_view_get_enable_search"gtk_tree_view_create_row_drag_icon+gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_tree_coords1gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords+gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_widget_coords/gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords1gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_widget_coords/gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_tree_coords#gtk_tree_view_widget_to_tree_coords#gtk_tree_view_tree_to_widget_coordsgtk_tree_view_get_visible_rect!gtk_tree_view_get_background_areagtk_tree_view_get_cell_areagtk_tree_view_get_path_at_posgtk_tree_view_set_reorderablegtk_tree_view_get_reorderablegtk_tree_view_row_expandedgtk_tree_view_map_expanded_rowsgtk_tree_view_collapse_rowgtk_tree_view_expand_rowgtk_tree_view_expand_to_pathgtk_tree_view_collapse_allgtk_tree_view_expand_allgtk_tree_view_row_activatedgtk_tree_view_get_cursor gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cellgtk_tree_view_set_cursorgtk_tree_view_scroll_to_cellgtk_tree_view_scroll_to_point>k_tree_view_set_column_drag_function!gtk_tree_view_get_expander_column!gtk_tree_view_set_expander_columngtk_tree_view_move_column_aftergtk_tree_view_get_columnsgtk_tree_view_get_columngtk_tree_view_insert_columngtk_tree_view_remove_columngtk_tree_view_append_columngtk_tree_view_set_rules_hintgtk_tree_view_get_rules_hint#gtk_tree_view_set_headers_clickablegtk_tree_view_columns_autosize!gtk_tree_view_set_headers_visible!gtk_tree_view_get_headers_visiblegtk_tree_view_set_vadjustmentgtk_tree_view_get_vadjustmentgtk_tree_view_set_hadjustmentgtk_tree_view_get_hadjustmentgtk_tree_view_get_selectiongtk_tree_view_set_modelgtk_tree_view_get_modelgtk_tree_view_new_with_modelgtk_tree_view_newmkTreeViewRowSeparatorFuncmkTreeViewSearchEqualFuncmkTreeViewMappingFuncmkTreeViewColumnDropFuncTreeViewSearchEqualFuncTreeViewMappingFuncTreeViewColumnDropFuncreadNTPgtk_menu_get_for_attach_widgetgtk_menu_attachgtk_menu_set_monitorgtk_menu_set_screengtk_menu_get_attach_widgetgtk_menu_detachgtk_menu_attach_to_widgetgtk_menu_get_tearoff_stategtk_menu_set_tearoff_stategtk_menu_set_activegtk_menu_get_activegtk_menu_repositiongtk_menu_popdowngtk_menu_get_titlegtk_menu_set_titlegtk_menu_set_accel_pathgtk_menu_get_accel_groupgtk_menu_set_accel_groupgtk_get_current_event_timegtk_menu_popupgtk_menu_reorder_child gtk_menu_new,gtk_selection_data_targets_include_rich_text>k_selection_data_targets_include_uri'gtk_selection_data_targets_include_text(gtk_selection_data_targets_include_imagegtk_selection_data_get_targetsgtk_selection_data_get_urisgtk_selection_data_set_urisgtk_selection_data_get_pixbufgtk_selection_data_set_pixbufgtk_selection_data_get_textgtk_selection_data_set_textgtk_selection_data_setgtk_selection_remove_all#gtk_selection_owner_set_for_displaygtk_selection_owner_setgtk_selection_clear_targetsgtk_selection_add_targetgtk_target_list_remove%gtk_target_list_add_rich_text_targetsgtk_target_list_add_uri_targets!gtk_target_list_add_image_targets gtk_target_list_add_text_targetsgtk_target_list_addselectionDataGetLengthgtk_clipboard_storegtk_clipboard_set_can_storegtk_clipboard_request_rich_textgtk_clipboard_request_targetsgtk_clipboard_request_imagegtk_clipboard_request_textgtk_clipboard_request_contentsgtk_clipboard_set_imagegtk_clipboard_set_textgtk_clipboard_cleargtk_clipboard_get_ownergtk_clipboard_set_with_ownerg_object_set_qdata_fullgtk_clipboard_set_with_datagtk_clipboard_get_displaygtk_clipboard_get_for_displaygtk_clipboard_getmkClipboardRichTextReceivedFuncmkClipboardTargetsReceivedFuncmkClipboardImageReceivedFuncmkClipboardTextReceivedFuncmkClipboardReceivedFuncmkClipboardClearFuncmkClipboardGetFuncClipboardRichTextReceivedFuncClipboardTargetsReceivedFuncClipboardImageReceivedFuncClipboardTextReceivedFuncClipboardReceivedFuncClipboardClearFuncClipboardGetFunc getFuncQuarkclearFuncQuarkclipboardSetWithOwnerclipboardGetOwnerclipboardClearstock_list_ids stock_lookup stock_addgdk_drag_statusgtk_drag_source_add_uri_targets!gtk_drag_source_add_image_targets gtk_drag_source_add_text_targetsgtk_drag_source_get_target_listgtk_drag_source_set_target_listgtk_drag_source_unsetgtk_drag_source_set_icon_namegtk_drag_source_set_icon_stockgtk_drag_source_set_icon_pixbufgtk_drag_source_setgtk_drag_check_thresholdgtk_drag_set_icon_defaultgtk_drag_set_icon_namegtk_drag_set_icon_stockgtk_drag_set_icon_pixbufgtk_drag_set_icon_widgetgtk_drag_unhighlightgtk_drag_highlightgtk_drag_get_source_widgetgtk_drag_get_datagtk_drag_finishgtk_drag_dest_add_uri_targetsgtk_drag_dest_add_image_targetsgtk_drag_dest_add_text_targetsgtk_drag_dest_set_target_listgtk_drag_dest_get_target_listgtk_drag_dest_find_targetgtk_drag_dest_unsetgtk_drag_dest_set_proxygtk_drag_dest_setgtk_image_type_get_typegtk_image_cleargtk_image_get_pixel_sizegtk_image_set_pixel_sizegtk_image_set_from_icon_namegtk_image_set_from_stockgtk_image_set_from_filegtk_image_set_from_animationgtk_image_set_from_pixbufgtk_image_get_pixbufgtk_image_new_from_icon_name gtk_image_newgtk_image_new_from_stockgtk_image_new_from_animationgtk_image_new_from_pixbufgtk_image_new_from_filegtk_status_icon_set_namegtk_status_icon_get_geometrygtk_status_icon_position_menugtk_status_icon_is_embeddedgtk_status_icon_get_blinkinggtk_status_icon_set_blinkinggtk_status_icon_get_visiblegtk_status_icon_set_visiblegtk_status_icon_set_tooltipgtk_status_icon_get_sizegtk_status_icon_get_icon_namegtk_status_icon_get_stockgtk_status_icon_get_pixbuf gtk_status_icon_get_storage_type"gtk_status_icon_set_from_icon_namegtk_status_icon_set_from_stockgtk_status_icon_set_from_filegtk_status_icon_set_from_pixbuf"gtk_status_icon_new_from_icon_namegtk_status_icon_new_from_stockgtk_status_icon_new_from_filegtk_status_icon_new_from_pixbufgtk_status_icon_newgtk_position_type_get_typegtk_button_get_event_windowgtk_button_get_image_positiongtk_button_set_image_positiongtk_button_set_imagegtk_button_get_imagegtk_button_get_alignmentgtk_button_set_alignmentgtk_button_get_focus_on_clickgtk_button_set_focus_on_clickgtk_button_get_use_underlinegtk_button_set_use_underlinegtk_button_get_use_stockgtk_button_set_use_stockgtk_button_get_labelgtk_button_set_labelgtk_button_get_reliefgtk_button_set_reliefgtk_button_leavegtk_button_entergtk_button_clickedgtk_button_releasedgtk_button_pressedgtk_button_new_from_stockgtk_button_new_with_mnemonicgtk_button_new_with_labelgtk_button_new buttonXAlign buttonYAligngtk_image_menu_item_get_imagegtk_image_menu_item_set_image%gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic"gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_label"gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stockgtk_image_menu_item_newgtk_toolbar_get_relief_stylegtk_toolbar_get_show_arrowgtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow#gtk_toolbar_set_drop_highlight_itemgtk_toolbar_get_drop_indexgtk_toolbar_get_nth_itemgtk_toolbar_get_n_itemsgtk_toolbar_get_item_indexgtk_toolbar_insertgtk_toolbar_get_icon_sizegtk_toolbar_set_icon_sizegtk_toolbar_get_tooltipsgtk_toolbar_set_tooltipsgtk_toolbar_unset_stylegtk_toolbar_get_stylegtk_toolbar_set_stylegtk_toolbar_get_orientationgtk_toolbar_set_orientationgtk_toolbar_insert_widgetgtk_toolbar_insert_elementgtk_toolbar_insert_stockgtk_toolbar_new mkToolTextgtk_tool_button_get_icon_namegtk_tool_button_set_icon_name gtk_tool_button_get_label_widget gtk_tool_button_set_label_widgetgtk_tool_button_get_icon_widgetgtk_tool_button_set_icon_widgetgtk_tool_button_get_stock_idgtk_tool_button_set_stock_id!gtk_tool_button_get_use_underline!gtk_tool_button_set_use_underlinegtk_tool_button_get_labelgtk_tool_button_set_labelgtk_tool_button_new_from_stockgtk_tool_button_new-gtk_menu_tool_button_set_arrow_tooltip_markup+gtk_menu_tool_button_set_arrow_tooltip_text>k_menu_tool_button_set_arrow_tooltipgtk_menu_tool_button_get_menugtk_menu_tool_button_set_menu#gtk_menu_tool_button_new_from_stockgtk_menu_tool_button_new!gtk_toggle_tool_button_get_active!gtk_toggle_tool_button_set_active%gtk_toggle_tool_button_new_from_stockgtk_toggle_tool_button_newgtk_radio_tool_button_set_groupgtk_radio_tool_button_get_group0gtk_radio_tool_button_new_with_stock_from_widget%gtk_radio_tool_button_new_from_widget$gtk_radio_tool_button_new_from_stockgtk_radio_tool_button_newgtk_action_set_accel_groupgtk_action_set_accel_pathgtk_action_get_accel_path!gtk_action_disconnect_acceleratorgtk_action_connect_acceleratorgtk_action_get_proxiesgtk_action_disconnect_proxygtk_action_connect_proxygtk_action_create_tool_itemgtk_action_create_menu_itemgtk_action_activategtk_action_set_visiblegtk_action_get_visiblegtk_action_is_visiblegtk_action_set_sensitivegtk_action_get_sensitivegtk_action_is_sensitivegtk_action_get_namegtk_action_new#gtk_toggle_action_get_draw_as_radio#gtk_toggle_action_set_draw_as_radiogtk_toggle_action_get_activegtk_toggle_action_set_activegtk_toggle_action_toggledgtk_toggle_action_new"gtk_radio_action_get_current_valuegtk_radio_action_set_groupgtk_radio_action_get_groupgtk_radio_action_new!gtk_action_group_translate_string'gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain#gtk_action_group_set_translate_funcgtk_action_group_remove_action>k_action_group_add_action_with_accelgtk_action_group_add_actiongtk_action_group_list_actionsgtk_action_group_get_actiongtk_action_group_set_visiblegtk_action_group_get_visiblegtk_action_group_set_sensitivegtk_action_group_get_sensitivegtk_action_group_get_namegtk_action_group_newmkTranslateFunc TranslateFuncgtk_widget_get_mappedgtk_widget_get_realizedgtk_widget_has_rc_stylegdk_event_mask_get_typegtk_widget_eventgtk_widget_get_allocationgtk_widget_reparentgtk_widget_is_compositedgtk_widget_get_action gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_labelgtk_widget_add_mnemonic_labelgtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labelsgtk_widget_get_no_show_allgtk_widget_set_no_show_allgtk_widget_set_size_requestgtk_widget_set_child_visiblegtk_widget_get_size_requestgtk_widget_has_screengtk_widget_get_screengtk_widget_get_root_windowgtk_widget_get_displaygtk_widget_get_clipboardgtk_widget_get_settingsgtk_widget_get_parentgtk_widget_get_child_visiblegtk_widget_child_focusgtk_widget_get_accessiblegtk_widget_region_intersect!gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustmentsgtk_widget_set_composite_name!gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocategtk_widget_set_double_bufferedgtk_widget_set_app_paintablegtk_widget_reset_shapesgtk_widget_queue_draw_areagtk_widget_render_icongtk_widget_create_pango_layoutgtk_widget_get_pango_contextgtk_widget_create_pango_contextgtk_widget_modify_fontgtk_widget_modify_basegtk_widget_modify_textgtk_widget_modify_bggtk_widget_modify_fggtk_widget_get_modifier_stylegtk_widget_modify_stylegtk_widget_get_composite_namegtk_widget_class_pathgtk_widget_pathgtk_widget_get_snapshot gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_querygtk_widget_set_tooltip_windowgtk_widget_get_tooltip_window#gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_maskgtk_widget_shape_combine_mask gtk_widget_get_default_direction gtk_widget_set_default_directiongtk_widget_get_directiongtk_widget_set_directiongtk_widget_get_default_colormapgtk_widget_get_default_stylegtk_widget_set_default_colormapgtk_widget_pop_colormapgtk_widget_push_colormapgtk_widget_get_stylegtk_widget_ensure_stylegtk_widget_set_style gtk_widget_translate_coordinatesgtk_widget_is_ancestorgtk_widget_get_pointergtk_widget_set_colormapgtk_widget_get_colormapgtk_widget_get_ancestorgtk_widget_get_toplevelgtk_widget_get_extension_eventsgtk_widget_set_extension_eventsgtk_widget_add_eventsgtk_widget_set_eventsgtk_widget_get_eventsgtk_widget_get_parent_windowgtk_widget_set_sensitivegtk_widget_get_namegtk_widget_set_namegtk_widget_grab_defaultgtk_widget_grab_focusgtk_widget_is_focusgtk_widget_intersectgtk_widget_activategtk_widget_can_activate_accelgtk_widget_set_accel_pathgtk_widget_remove_acceleratorgtk_widget_add_acceleratorgtk_widget_size_allocate gtk_widget_get_child_requisitiongtk_widget_size_request!gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redrawgtk_widget_queue_resizegtk_widget_queue_drawgtk_widget_destroygtk_widget_hide_allgtk_widget_show_allgtk_widget_hidegtk_widget_show_nowgtk_widget_show PangoContexteventMpropertyNotifyEventeventgdk_get_default_root_windowgdk_window_foreign_newgdk_window_get_origingdk_window_get_pointergdk_window_merge_child_shapesgdk_window_set_child_shapesgdk_window_shape_combine_regiongdk_window_shape_combine_maskgdk_window_set_accept_focusgdk_window_process_updatesgdk_window_thaw_updatesgdk_window_freeze_updatesgdk_window_get_update_areagdk_window_invalidate_regiongdk_window_invalidate_rectgdk_window_end_paintgdk_window_begin_paint_regiongdk_window_begin_paint_rectgdk_window_register_dndgdk_window_lowergdk_window_raisegdk_window_clear_area_egdk_window_clear_areagdk_window_cleargdk_window_scrollgdk_window_get_statedrawWindowRegisterDndgtk_combo_disable_activategtk_combo_set_case_sensitivegtk_combo_set_use_arrows_alwaysgtk_combo_set_use_arrowsgtk_combo_set_value_in_listgtk_list_item_new_with_labelgtk_list_clear_items gtk_combo_newgtk_drawing_area_new!gtk_icon_info_set_raw_coordinatesgtk_icon_info_load_icongtk_icon_info_get_filenamegtk_icon_info_get_embedded_rectgtk_icon_info_get_display_name gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbufgtk_icon_info_get_base_sizegtk_icon_info_get_attach_pointsgtk_icon_info_copygtk_icon_info_new_for_pixbufgtk_icon_theme_error_quarkgtk_icon_theme_add_builtin_icongtk_icon_theme_rescan_if_needed$gtk_icon_theme_get_example_icon_namegtk_icon_theme_get_icon_sizesgtk_icon_theme_list_icons g_list_freegtk_icon_theme_list_contextsgtk_icon_theme_load_icongtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicongtk_icon_theme_choose_icongtk_icon_theme_lookup_icongtk_icon_theme_has_icongtk_icon_theme_set_custom_theme"gtk_icon_theme_prepend_search_path!gtk_icon_theme_append_search_pathgtk_icon_theme_get_search_pathgtk_icon_theme_set_search_pathgtk_icon_theme_set_screengtk_icon_theme_get_for_screengtk_icon_theme_get_defaultgtk_icon_theme_newicon_info_free gio-0.12.0System.GIO.Types mkIconInfogtk_icon_source_set_state$gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcardedgtk_icon_source_set_size#gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcardedgtk_icon_source_set_pixbufgtk_icon_source_get_pixbufgtk_icon_source_set_filenamegtk_icon_source_set_direction(gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcardedgtk_icon_source_newgtk_icon_source_get_state$gtk_icon_source_get_state_wildcardedgtk_icon_source_get_size#gtk_icon_source_get_size_wildcardedgtk_icon_source_get_filenamegtk_icon_source_get_direction(gtk_icon_source_get_direction_wildcardedgtk_icon_size_from_namegtk_icon_size_register_aliasgtk_icon_size_registergtk_icon_size_lookupgtk_icon_set_get_sizesgtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbufgtk_icon_set_newgtk_icon_set_render_icongtk_icon_set_add_sourcegtk_icon_factory_remove_defaultgtk_icon_factory_lookup_defaultgtk_icon_factory_lookupgtk_icon_factory_add_defaultgtk_icon_factory_addgtk_icon_factory_newgtk_icon_size_get_nameicon_source_freeicon_set_unrefgtk_grab_removegtk_grab_get_current gtk_grab_addgtk_quit_remove gtk_quit_addgtk_quit_add_destroygtk_main_do_eventgtk_main_iteration_dogtk_main_iteration gtk_main_quitgtk_main_levelgtk_maingtk_events_pendingthreadsLeave'_threadsEnter'_gtk_init_check mkGtkFunctioninitialiseGThreads GtkFunctionSystem.Glib.Attributesgetset writeAttrreadAttrnewAttrwriteNamedAttr readNamedAttr newNamedAttrAttrReadAttr WriteAttr ReadWriteAttr:=:~:=>:~>::=::~AttrOp Graphics.Rendering.Pango.ContextcontextSetMatrixcontextGetMatrixcontextGetTextGravityHintcontextSetTextGravityHintcontextGetTextGravitycontextSetTextGravitycontextGetTextDircontextSetTextDircontextGetLanguagecontextSetLanguagecontextGetFontDescriptioncontextSetFontDescriptioncontextGetMetricscontextListFamilieslayoutLineGetXRangeslayoutLineXToIndexlayoutLineIndexToXlayoutLineGetPixelExtentslayoutLineGetExtentslayoutIterGetLineExtentslayoutIterGetLineYRangelayoutIterGetRunExtentslayoutIterGetClusterExtentslayoutIterGetCharExtentslayoutIterGetLinelayoutIterGetItemlayoutIterGetBaselinelayoutIterGetIndexlayoutIterAtLastLinelayoutIterNextLinelayoutIterNextClusterlayoutIterNextCharlayoutIterNextItem layoutGetIterlayoutGetLines layoutGetLinelayoutGetLineCountlayoutGetPixelExtentslayoutGetExtentslayoutMoveCursorVisuallylayoutGetCursorPoslayoutIndexToPoslayoutXYToIndexlayoutGetSingleParagraphModelayoutSetSingleParagraphMode layoutGetTabslayoutResetTabs layoutSetTabslayoutGetAlignmentlayoutSetAlignmentlayoutGetAutoDirlayoutSetAutoDirlayoutGetJustifylayoutSetJustifylayoutGetSpacinglayoutSetSpacinglayoutGetIndentlayoutSetIndentlayoutGetEllipsizelayoutSetEllipsize layoutGetWrap layoutSetWraplayoutGetWidthlayoutSetWidthlayoutGetFontDescriptionlayoutSetFontDescriptionlayoutSetAttributeslayoutSetMarkupWithAccel escapeMarkuplayoutSetMarkup layoutGetText layoutSetTextlayoutContextChangedlayoutGetContext layoutCopy layoutText layoutEmpty WrapAnywhereWrapPartialWordsLayoutWrapMode AlignLeft AlignCenter AlignRightLayoutAlignmentTabAlign TabPositionCursorPosPrevPara CursorPosCursorPosNextPara"Graphics.Rendering.Pango.Rendering pangoShapepangoItemGetFontMetrics pangoItemizeGraphics.Rendering.Pango.MarkupmarkSpan FontDescr FontFamilyFontSize FontStyle FontWeight FontVariant FontStretchFontForegroundFontBackground FontUnderlineFontRiseFontLang FontGravityFontGravityHint SpanAttributeGraphics.Rendering.Pango.FontpangoFontFaceDescribepangoFontFaceListSizespangoFontFamilyListFacespangoFontFamilyIsMonospacepangoFontMapListFamilies$Graphics.Rendering.Pango.DescriptionfontDescriptionToStringfontDescriptionFromStringfontDescriptionBetterMatchfontDescriptionMergefontDescriptionUnsetFieldsfontDescriptionGetSizefontDescriptionSetSizefontDescriptionGetStretchfontDescriptionSetStretchfontDescriptionGetWeightfontDescriptionSetWeightfontDescriptionGetVariantfontDescriptionSetVariantfontDescriptionGetStylefontDescriptionSetStylefontDescriptionGetFamilyfontDescriptionSetFamilyfontDescriptionCopyfontDescriptionNewPangoFontMaskFamilyPangoFontMaskStylePangoFontMaskVariantPangoFontMaskWeightPangoFontMaskStretchPangoFontMaskSizePangoFontMaskGravityFontMask SizePointSizeUnreadableSizeTiny SizeSmall SizeMedium SizeLargeSizeHuge SizeGiant SizeSmaller SizeLargerSizeEllipsizeStartEllipsizeMiddle EllipsizeEndstrikethroughPositionstrikethroughThicknessunderlinePositionunderlineThicknessapproximateDigitWidthapproximateCharWidthdescentascent FontMetrics%Graphics.Rendering.Pango.GlyphStorageglyphItemSplitglyphItemGetLogicalWidthsglyphItemXToIndexglyphItemIndexToXglyphItemExtentsRangeglyphItemExtents#Graphics.Rendering.Pango.Attributes parseMarkuppangoItemGetLanguagepangoItemGetFont pangoScaleMarkup PangoUnitPangoRectanglePangoDirectionLtrPangoDirectionRtlPangoDirectionWeakLtrPangoDirectionWeakRtlPangoDirectionNeutralPangoDirectionpaLangpaEndpaStart AttrLanguagepaFamily AttrFamilypaStyle AttrStylepaWeight AttrWeight paVariant AttrVariant paStretch AttrStretchpaSizeAttrSize AttrAbsSizepaFontDescriptionAttrFontDescriptionpaColorAttrForegroundAttrBackground paUnderline AttrUnderlineAttrUnderlineColorpaStrikethroughAttrStrikethroughAttrStrikethroughColorpaRiseAttrRise paLogicalpaInk AttrShapepaScale AttrScale paFallback AttrFallbackpaLetterSpacingAttrLetterSpacing paGravity AttrGravity paGravityHintAttrGravityHintlanguageFromString emptyLanguageLanguage StyleOblique WeightThinWeightUltralight WeightLight WeightBook WeightNormal WeightMediumWeightSemibold WeightBoldWeightUltrabold WeightHeavyWeightUltraheavyWeightStretchUltraCondensedStretchExtraCondensedStretchSemiCondensedStretchSemiExpandedStretchExpandedStretchExtraExpandedStretchUltraExpandedUnderlineSingleUnderlineDouble UnderlineLowUnderlineError UnderlinePangoGravitySouthPangoGravityEastPangoGravityNorthPangoGravityWestPangoGravityAuto PangoGravityPangoGravityHintNaturalPangoGravityHintStrongPangoGravityHintLinePangoGravityHint PangoItem GlyphItem LayoutIter LayoutLinePangoContextClassFont FontClassFontFamilyClassFontFace FontFaceClass FontMapClass